645D81002
Air Quality Criteria for Particulate Matter and Sulfur Oxides: Volume II
409
1981
NEPIS
online
hardcopy
LM
20130806
single page tiff
Draft
Do Not Quote or Cite
External Review Draft No. 2
January 1981
Air Quality Criteria
for Participate Matter
and Sulfur Oxides
Volume II
NOTICE
This document is a preliminary draft. It has not been formally released by EPA and should not at this stage be
construed to represent Agency policy. It is being circulated for comment on its technical accuracy and
policy implications.
Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office
Office of Health and Environmental Assessment
Office of Research and Development
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
image:
-------
NOTE TO READER
The Environmental Protection Agency is revising the existing criteria
documents for particulate matter and sulfur oxides (PM/SOx) under Sections 108
and 109 of the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7408, 7409. The first external
review draft of a revised combined PM/SO criteria document was made available
for public comment in April 1980.
The Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office (ECAO) filled more than
4,000 public requests for copies of the first external review draft. Because
all those who received copies of the first draft from ECAO will be sent copies
of the second external review draft, there is no need to resubmit a request.
To facilitate public review, the second external review draft will be
released in five volumes on a staggered schedule as the volumes are completed.
Volume I (containing Chapter 1), Volume II (containing Chapters 2, 3, 4, and 5),
Volume III (containing Chapters 6, 7, and 8), Volume IV (containing Chapters 9
and 10), and Volume V (containing Chapters 11, 12, 13, and 14) will be released
during January-February, 1981. As noted earlier, they will be released as
volumes are completed, not in numerical order by volume.
The first external review draft was announced in the Federal Register of
April 11, 1980 (45 FR 24913). ECAO received and reviewed 89 comments from the
public, many of which were quite extensive. The Clean Air Scientific Advisory
Committee (CASAC) of the Science Advisory Board also provided advice and
comments on the first external review draft at a public meeting of August 20-22,
1980 (45 FR 51644, August 4, 1980).
As with the first external review draft, the second external review draft
will be submitted to CASAC for its advice and comments. ECAO is also soliciting
written comments from the public on the second external review draft and
requests that an original and three copies of all comments be submitted to:
Project Officer for PM/SO , Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office, MD-52,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N. C. 27711. To
facilitate ECAO's consideration of comments on this lengthy and complex docu-
ment, commentators with extensive comments should index the major points which
they intend ECAO to address, by providing a list of the major points and a
cross-reference to the pages in the document. Comments should be submitted
during the forthcoming comment period, which will be announced in the Federal
Register once all volumes of the second external review draft are available.
SOX9A/C 12-23-80
image:
-------
Draft
Do Not Quote or Cite
External Review Draft No. 2
January 1981
Air Quality Criteria
for Participate Matter
and Sulfur Oxides
Volume II
NOTICE
This document is a preliminary draft. It has not been formally released by EPA and should not at this stage be
construed to represent Agency policy. It is being circulated for comment on its technical accuracy and
policy implications.
Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office
Office of Health and Environmental Assessment
Office of Research and Development
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
image:
-------
PREFACE
This document is a revision of External Review Draft No. 1, Air
Quality Criteria for Particulate Matter and Sulfur Oxides, released in
April 1980. Comments received during a public comment period from April
15, 1980 through July 31, 1980, and recommendations made by the Clean Air
Scientific Advisory Committee in August have been addressed here.
Volume II contains Chapters 2, 3, 4, and 5 which cover analytical
techniques, sources, emissions, environmental concentrations and exposure
of sulfur oxides and particulate matter. A Table of Contents for Volumes
I, II, III, IV, and V follows.
11
image:
-------
CONTENTS
VOLUMES I, II, III, IV, AND V
Page
Volume I.
Chapter 1. Executive Summary 1-1
Volume II.
Chapter 2. Physical and Chemical Properties of Sulfur
Oxides and Particulate Matter 2-1
Chapter 3. Techniques for the Collection and Analysis of
Sulfur Oxides, Particulate Matter, and Acidic
Precipitation 3-1
Chapter 4. Sources and Emissions 4-1
Chapter 5. Environmental Concentrations and Exposure.... 5-1
Volume III.
Chapter 6. Atmospheric Transport, Transformation and
Deposition 6-1
Chapter 7. Acidic Deposition 7-1
Chapter 8. Effects on Vegetation 8-1
Volume IV.
Chapter 9. Effects on Visibility and Climate 9-1
Chapter 10. Effects on Materials 10-1
Volume V.
Chapter 11. Respiratory Deposition and Biological Fate
of Inhaled Aerosols and SO- 11-1
Chapter 12. Toxicological Studies 12-1
Chapter 13. Controlled Human Studies 13-1
Chapter 14. Epidemiological Studies of the Effects of
Atmospheric Concentrations of Sulfur Dioxide
and Particulate Matter on Human Health 14-1
image:
-------
CONTENTS
2.
PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SULFUR OXIDES AND PARTICULATE MATTER. . . .
2. 1 INTRODUCTION
2.2 ATMOSPHERIC DOMAIN AND PROCESSES
2.3 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SULFUR OXIDES
2.3.1 Physical Properties of Sulfur Oxides in the Gas
Phase
2.3.2 Solution Physical Properties
2.3.2.1 S0?
2.3.2.2 SOg'and HpSO.
2.3.3 Gas-Phase Chemical Reactions of Sulfur Dioxide
2.3.3.1 Elementary Reactions
2.3.3.2 Tropospheric Chemistry of SO^ Oxidation
2.3.4 Solution-Phase Chemical Reactions
2.3.4.1 S(IV))-0? - H?0 System
2.3.4.2 S(IV) - Catalyst - 09 - H?0 System
2.3.4.3 S(IV) - Carbon Black - O/- H?0
2.3.4.4 S(IV) - Dissolved OxidanCs - R?0
2.3.4.5 The Influence of NH, 7
2.3.5 Surface Chemical Reactions
2.3.6 Estimates of SO, Oxidation
2. 4 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF PARTICULATE MATTER
2.4. 1 Definitions
2.4.2 Physical Properties of Gases and Particles
2.4.2.1 Physical Properties of Gases
2.4.2.2 Physical Properties of Particles
2.4.2.2.1 Physical configuration
2.4.2.2.2 Bulk material properties
2.4.2.2.3 Surface properties
2.4.3 Dynamics of Single Particles
2.4.4 Formation and Growth of Particles
2.4.5 Characterization of Atmospheric Aerosol
2.4.5.1 Distribution
2.4.5.2 Composition of Particle
2.4.5.2.1 Elemental Carbon (Soot) and
Organics
2.4. 5. 2. 2 Nitrates
2.4. 5. 2. 3 Summary
2.4.6 Modeling of General Aerosol Systems
2.5 REFERENCES
TECHNIQUES FOR THE COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS OF SULFUR OXIDES,
PARTICULATE MATTER, AND ACID PRECIPITATION
3. 1 INTRODUCTION
3. 2 MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES FOR SULFUR DIOXIDE
3.2.1 Introduction
3.2.2 Manual Methods
3.2.2.1 Sample Collection
3.2.2.2 Calibration
2-1
2-1
2-3
2-5
2-7
2-9
2-9
2-10
2-12
2-13
2-14
2-21
2-22
2-25
2-30
2-30
2-32
2-33
2-35
2-36
2-37
2-40
2-40
2-41
2-41
2-42
2-43
2-45
2-45
2-47
2-47
2-50
2-51
2-53
2-53
2-53
2-55
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-3
SOXERR/N iv 1-22-81
image:
-------
3.2. 2.3 Measurement Methods 3-4
3.2.2.3.1 Colorimetric method:
pararosaniline 3-4
3.2.2.3.2 Titrimetric method:
hydrogen peroxide 3-7
3.2.2.3.3 lodimetric methods 3-8
3.2.2.3.4 Impregnated filter paper methods 3-9
3.2.2.3.5 Chemiluminescence method 3-10
3.2.2.3.6 Ion exchange chromatographic
method 3-10
3.2.2.3.7 Sulfation methods 3-10
3.2.2.3.8 Other manual methods 3-11
3.2.3 Automated Methods 3-12
3.2.3.1 Sample Collection 3-12
3.2.3.2 Calibration 3-12
3.2.3.3 Measurement Methods 3-12
3.2.3.3.1 Conductometric analyzers 3-12
3.2.3.3.2 Colorimetric analyzers 3-13
3.2.3.3.3 Coulometric and amperometric
analyzers 3-14
3.2.3.3.4 Flame photometric analyzers 3-14
3.2.3.3.5 Second-derivative spectrometric
analyzers 3-15
3.2.3.3.6 Fluorescence analyzers 3-16
3.2.3.3.7 Other automated methods 3-16
3.2.3.4 EPA Designated Equivalent Methods 3-17
3.2.4 Summary 3-21
3.3 PARTICULATE MATTER (PM) 3-24
3. 3.1 Introduction 3-24
3.3.2 Direct PM Mass Measurements 3-29
3.3.2.1 Filtration Samplers 3-31
3.3.2.1.1 TSP high-volume sampler 3-35
3.3.2.1.2 Dichotomous sampler 3-39
3.3.2.1.3 Cyclone samplers 3-41
3.3.2.1.4 High-volume sampler with size
selective inlet 3-43
3.3.2.1.5 Elutriator samplers 3-43
3.3.2.2 Impactor Samplers 3-43
3.3.2.3 Dustfall Sampling 3-50
3.3.3 Indirect Mass Measurements 3-50
3.3.3.1 Filtration and Impaction Samplers 3-53
3.3.3.1.1 British Smoke Shade sampler 3-53
3.3.3.1.2 Tape sampler 3-54
3.3.3.1.3 Beta-ray attenuation 3-55
3.3.3.1.4 Piezoelectric microbalance 3-55
3.3.3.2 In Situ Samplers 3-57
3.3.3.2.1 Integrating nephelometer 3-57
3.3.3.2.2 Condensation nuclei counter 3-57
3.3.3.2.3 Electrical aerosol analyzer (EAA) 3-60
3.3.3.2.4 Diffusion battery 3-60
3.3.3.2.5 Optical particle counters 3-60
3.3.3.2.6 Long path optical measurement.... 3-60
SOXERR/N 1-22-81
image:
-------
3.3.4 Particle Composition 3-60
3.3.4.1 Analysis of Sulfates 3-61
3.3.4.1.1 Total water soluble sulfates 3-61
3.3.4.1.1.1 BaS04 Turbidimetry.. 3-62
3.3.4.1.1.2 Methylthymol Blue
(MTB) 3-62
3.3.4.1.1.3 Thorin 3-63
3.3.4.1.1.4 Ion exchange
chromatography 3-64
3.3.4.1.2 Total aerosol sulfur 3-64
3.3.4.1.3 Sulfuric Acid Determination 3-65
3.3.4.1.4 Filter sampling problems
related to sulfate analysis 3-67
3.3.4.2 Ammonium and Gaseous Ammonia Determination.. 3-68
3.3.4.3 Analysis of Nitrates 3-70
3.3.4.3.1 Measurement techniques for
nitrates 3-70
3.3.4.3.2 Filter sampling problems related
to nitrate analysis 3-71
3.3.4.4 Analysis of Trace Elements 3-72
3.3.4.4.1 Atomic absorption spectrometry... 3-73
3.3.4.4.2 Optical emission spectrometry 3-74
3.3.4.4.3 Spark source mass spectrometry... 3-74
3.3.4.4.4 Neutron activation analysis 3-75
3.3.4.4.5 X-ray fluorescence spectrometry.. 3-75
3.3.4.4.6 Electrochemical methods 3-76
3.3.4.4.7 Chemical methods 3-76
3.3.4.5 Analysis of orgam'cs 3-76
3.3.5 Particle Morphology Measurements 3-78
3.3.6 Intercomparison of Particulate Matter Measurements... 3-78
3.3.7 Summary - Measurement Techniques for Particulate
Matter 3-80
3.4 MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES FOR ACIDIC DEPOSITION 3-82
3.4.1 Introduction 3-82
3.4.2 U.S. Precipitation Studies 3-83
3.4.3 Analytical Techniques 3-86
3.4.3.1 Introduction 3-86
3.4.3.2 Analysis of Acid Deposition Samples 3-86
3.4.3.2.1 Sample Preparation 3-86
3.4.3.2.2 Volume 3-88
3.4.3.2.3 pH 3-88
3.4.3.2.4 Conductivity 3-88
3.4.3.2.5 Acidity 3-88
3.4.3.2.5.1 pH 3-89
3.4.3.2.5.2 Titrimetric 3-89
3.4.3.2.5.3 Ion Balance 3-90
3.4.3.2.6 Sulfate 3-90
3.4.3.2.7 Ammonium 3-90
3.4.3.2.8 Nitrate 3-90
3.4.3.2.9 Chloride 3-90
3.4.3.2.10 Fluoride 3-91
3.4.3.2.11 Trace Metals 3-91
3.4.4 Inter!aboratory Comparisons 3-91
3.5 REFERENCES 3-94
APPENDIX 3-A
SOXERR/N 1-22-81
VI
image:
-------
4. SOURCES AND EMISSIONS 4-1
4.1 INTRODUCTION 4-1
4. 2 SUMMARY 4-2
4. 3 DATA SOURCES AND ACCURACY 4-2
4.4 NATURAL SOURCES AND EMISSIONS 4-4
4.4.1 Terrestrial Dust 4-4
4.4.2 Sea Spray 4-6
4.4.3 Biogenic Emanations 4-8
4.4.4 Volcanic Emissions 4-9
4.4.5 Wi 1 df i res 4-11
4.5 MANMADE SOURCES AND EMISSIONS 4-11
4.5.1 Historical Emission Trends 4-11
4.5.2 Stationary Point Source Emissions 4-13
4.5.2.1 Fuel Combustion 4-25
4.5.2.2 Industrial Processes 4-28
4.5.3 Industrial Process Fugitive Particulate Emissions 4-31
4.5.4 Non-Industrial Fugitive Particulate Emissions 4-34
4.5.5 Transportation Source Emissions 4-37
4.6 REFERENCES 4-39
5. ENVIRONMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS AND EXPOSURE 5-1
5.1 INTRODUCTION 5-1
5.2 AMBIENT MEASUREMENTS OF SULFUR DIOXIDE 5-2
5.2.1 Monitoring Factors 5-4
5.2.2 Sulfur Dioxide Concentrations 5-5
5.2.3 Sulfur Dioxide Concentration by Site and Region 5-5
5.2.3.1 Analyses by Various Site Classifications 5-5
5.2.3.2 Regional Comparisons 5-7
5.2.4 Peak Localized SO- Concentrations 5-12
5.2.4.1 1978 Hignest Annual Average Concentrations... 5-12
5.2.4.2 1978 Highest Daily Average Concentrations 5-12
5.2.4.3 Highest 1-Hour S0? Concentrations 1978 NADB
Data 5-12
5.2.5 Temporal Patterns in S0? Concentrations 5-13
5.2.5.1 Diurnal Patterns 5-13
5.2.5.2 Seasonal Patterns 5-16
5.2.5.3 Yearly Trends 5-16
5. 3 AMBIENT MEASUREMENTS OF SUSPENDED PARTICULATE MASS 5-22
5.3.1 Monitoring Factors 5-24
5.3.1.1 Sampling Frequency 5-24
5.3.1.2 Monitor Location 5-28
5.3.2 Ambient Air TSP Values 5-28
5.3.3 TSP Concentrations by Site and Region 5-32
5.3.3.1 TSP by Site Classification 5-32
5.3.3.2 Intracity Comparisons 5-34
5.3.3.3 Regional Differences in Background
Concentrations 5-34
5.3.3.4 Peak TSP Concentrations 5-36
5.3.4 Temporal Patterns in TSP Concentrations 5-36
5.3.4.1 Diurnal Patterns 5-36
5.3.4.2 Weekly Patterns 5-38
5.4.4.3 Seasonal Patterns 5-38
5.3.4.4 Yearly Trends 5-38
SOXERR/N 1-22-81
vi i
image:
-------
5.4 SIZE OF ATMOSPHERIC PARTICLES 5-48
5.4.1 Introduction 5-48
5.4.2 Size Distribution of Particle Mass 5-49
5.5 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF FINE PARTICLES 5-57
5.5.1 Sulfates 5-59
5. 5.2 Nitrates 5-74
5.5.3 Carbon and Organics 5-78
5.5.3.1 Physical Properties of Particulate Organics.. 5-78
5.5.3.2 Carbon and Total Organic Mass 5-79
5.5.3.3 Chemical Composition of Particle Organics 5-85
5.5.4 Metallic Components of Fine Particles 5-87
5.5.4.1 Lead 5-89
5.5.4.2 Vanadium and Nickel 5-95
5.5.5 Acidity of Atmospheric Aerosols 5-95
5.6 COARSE PARTICLES IN AIR 5-100
5.6.1 Introduction 5-100
5.6.2 Elemental Analysis of Coarse Particles 5-101
5.6.3 Evidence from Microscopical Evaluation of Coarse
Particles 5-104
5.6.4 Fugitive Dust 5-107
5.6.5 Summary 5-109
5.7 SOURCE-APPORTIONMENT OR SOURCE-RECEPTOR MODELS 5-109
5.8 FACTORS INFLUENCING EXPOSURE 5-115
5.8.1 Introduction 5-115
5.8.2 Indoor Concentrations of S02 5-115
5.8.3 Particle Exposures Indoors. 5-121
5.8.3.1 Introduction 5-121
5.8.3.2 Coarse Particle Concentrations Indoors 5-121
5.8.3.3 Fine Particles Indoors 5-126
5.8.4 Monitoring and Estimation of Personal Exposures 5-131
5.9 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS AND EXPOSURE 5-136
5.10 REFERENCES 5-139
SOXERR/N viii 1-22-81
image:
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE
2-1 The global sulfur cycle, showing the major reservoirs, pathways
and forms of occurrence of sulfur 2-4
2-2 Interrelations of pathways, process, and properties of sulfur
oxides and particulate matter and effects ? 2-8
2-3 The distribution of species for the SO?rH90-HSO.,~-SO, system
as a function of pH r 7 2-11
2-4 Schematic of the polluted atmospheric photooxidation cycle 2-17
2-5 The theoretical rate of reaction (percent per hour) of various
free-radical species on SOj 2-19
2-6 Percentage conversion at mTd-day of sulfur dioxide to sulfate
by HO and by HO, H0?) and CH.,0,, radicals as function of °N
latitude in summer and winter. 2-20
2-7 Frequency plots of number, surface, and volume distributions for
1969 Pasadena smog aerosol 2-49
3-1 Respiratory deposition modesl used as patterns for sampler
cutpoints 3-25
3-2 Plots illustrating the relationship of particle number,
surface area, and volume distribution as a function of
particle size 3-27
3-3 Typical ambient mass distribution data for particles up to
200 urn 3-28
3-4 Sampling effectiveness of a Hi-Vol sampler as a function of
wi nd speed 3-30
3-5 Sampling effectiveness of the dichotomous sampler inlet as a
function of wind speed 3-32
3-6 Sampling effectiveness of the Wedding IP inlet 3-33
3-7 Sampling effectiveness of UM-LBL IP inlet 3-34
3-8 Effect of sampler flow rate on the performance of a Hi-Vol
for 29 urn particles at a wind speed of 2 km/hr 3-37
3-9 Separation efficiency and wall losses of the dichotomous
sampler at 2.5 urn 3-40
3-10 Sampling effectiveness for the 3.5 urn cutpoint CHESS
cyclone sampler 3-42
3-11 Fraction of methylene blue particle deposited in a cyclone
as a function of the aerodynamic particle diameter 3-44
3-12 Sampling effectiveness for the size selective inlet Hi-Vol
sampler for 2 km/hr 3-45
3-13 Effect of wind speed upon cutpoint size of the size selective
inlet 3-46
3-14 Effect of sampler flow rate on the sampling effectiveness of
the size selective inlet Hi-Vol for a particle size of
14.1 urn and wind, speed of 2 km/hr 3-47
3-15 An example of a mass size distribution obtained using a
cascade impactor 3-49
3-16 Fractional particle collection of the CHAMP fractionator
inlet at a sampler flow rate of 1133 liters/min 3-51
3-17 Efficiency of the single impaction stage of the CHAMP Hi-Vol
sampler 3-52
SOXERR/N 1-22-81
ix
image:
-------
3-18 Sampling effectiveness of the inlet alone and through the
entire flow system of the British Smoke Shade sampler 3-55
3-19 Response of a Piezoelectric Microbalance to relative humidity
for various particle types 3-58
3-20 Light scattering expressed as extinction per unit volume of
aerosol as a function of particle size integrated over all
wavelengths for a refractive index of 1.5 3-59
APPENDIX 3A FIGURES
3A-1 Early inlet for the dichotomous sampler 3A-2
3A-2 Wedding IPM inlet, section view, not to scale 3A-3
3A-3 TSP Hi-Vol 3A-4
3A-4 Dichotomous sampler separator 3A-5
3A-5 Chess cyclone sampler and shelter assembly 3A-6
3A~6 Assembly for sampling with a total filter and cyclone in
paral lei 3A-7
3A-7 Size-Selective Inler (SSI) hi-vol 3A-8
3A-8 The horizontal elutriator designed to match the BMRC
deposition curve 3A-9
3A-9 Schematic diagram of a cascade impactor 3A-10
3A-10 Cross section schematic of the CHAMP aerosol sampler 3A-11
3A-11 British smoke shade sampler 3A-12
3A-12 AISI tape sampler 3A-13
3A-13 Relationship between particle size, diameter and number of
atoms for the light and electron microscope range 3A-14
4-1 Map of EPA Regions 4-16
5-1 Relative locations for sites measuring concentrations represent
several spatial scales of measurement in an urban complex, with
respect to annual averaging times 5-3
5-2 Histogram shows annual average sulfur dioxide concentrations
for valid continuous sites, 1978 5-6
5-3 Characterization of 1974-76 national SO, status is shown by
second highest 24-hr average concentration 5-10
5-4 Composite diurnal pattern of hourly sulfur dioxide concentra-
tions are shown for Watertown, MA, for December, 1978 5-14
5-5 Monthly means of hourly suflur dioxide concentrations are shown
for Kingston (TVA site 44-1714-003, "Laddie Village") for
January 1975 and 1978 5-15
5-6 Monthly means of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown
for St. Louis (city site no 26-4280-007. "Broadway & Hurck")
for February 1977 and 1978 5-17
5-7 Monthly means of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are
shown for Steubenville, OH (NOVAA site 36-6420-012) for
June 1976 and July 1977 5-18
5-8 Seasonal variations in sulfur dioxide levels are shown for
Steubenville, St. Louis, and Watertown 5-19
5-9 Average sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for 32 urban
NASN stations 5-20
5-10 Nationwide trends in annual average sulfur dioxide concentra-
tions from 1972 to 1977 are shown for 1233 sampling sites 5-22
SOXERR/N 1-22-81
image:
-------
5-11 Distribution shows the number of observations per valid site in
1978; total of 2882 sites 5-26
5-12 The 95 percent confident^ intervals about an annual mean TSP
concentration of 75 ug/m is shown for various sampling
frequencies 5-27
5-13 Distribution of mean and 90th percentile TSP concentrations is
shown for valid 1978 sites 5-29
5-14 Histogram of number of sites against concentration shows that
over one-third of the sites had annual mean concentrations
betv/een 40 and 60 ug/m 5-31
5-15 Histogram of mean TSP levels by neighborhood shows lowest levels
in residential areas, higher levels in commercial areas and
highest levels in industrial areas 5-33
5-16 Average estimated contributions to nonurban levels in the East,
Midwest, and West are most variable for transported secondary
and continental sources 5-35
5-17 Severity of TSP peak exposures is shown on the basis of the
90th percentile concentration 5-37
5-18 Seasonal variations in urban, suburban, and rural areas are
shown for four size ranges of particles 5-39
5-19 Monthly mean TSP concentrations are shown for the Northern Ohio
Valley Air Monitoring Headquarters, Steubenville, OH 5-40
5-20 Annual geometric mean TSP trends are shown for selected NASN
sites 5-43
5-21 (Top) Nationwide trends in annual mean total suspended particu-
late concentrations from 1972 to 1977 are shown for 2702
sampling sites. (Bottom) Convention for box plots 5-44
5-22 Regional trends of annual mean total suspended particulate
concentrations, 1972-1977, Eastern states 5-45
5-23 Regional trends of annual mean total suspended particulate
concentrations, 1972-1977, Western states 5-46
5-24 Li near-log plot of the volume distribution for the four
background distributions 5-50
5-25 Li near-log plot of the volume distributions for two urban
aerosols and a typical distribution measured in the Labadie
coal-fired power plant plume near St. Louis 5-50
5-26 Incursion of aged smog from Los Angeles at the Gold Stone
tracking station in the Mojave Desert in California 5-51
5-27 Sudden growth of the coarse particle mode due to local dust
sources, measured at the Hunter-Liggett Military Reservation
in California 5-52
5-28 Inhalable Particulate Network sites established as of
March 19, 1980 5-56
5-29 Contour maps of sulfate concentrations for 1974 are shown for:
(a) annual average; (b) winter average; (c) summer average 5-61
5-30 Intensive sulfate study area in Eastern Canada shows the
geometric mean of the concentration of particulate soluble
sulfate during the study period 5-62
5-31 Map of SURE regions shows location of ground measurement
stations 5-64
5-32 Cumulative plots show the frequency of sulfate concentrations
in the SURE region on the basis of the 1974-75 historical data.. 5-65
SOXERR/N 1-22-81
xi
image:
-------
5-33 Map shows the spatial distribution of number of days per inonth
that the sulfate cocentration equaled or exceeded 10 ng/m 5-66
5-34 1977 seasonal patterns of SCL emissions and 24-hr average SCL
and SO. ambient levels in the New York area are normalized to
the annual average values 5-67
5-35 Monthly variation in monthly mean of 24-hr average sulfate
concentration at downtown Los Angeles is compared with monthly
mean 1973 Los Angeles County power plant S02 emissions 5-68
5-36 Map shows annual mean 24-hr average sulfate levels in micrograms
per cubic meter in the New York area, based on 1972 data from
Lynn et al. (1975) 5-71
5-37 Distribution of annual average sulfate concentration in
micrograms per cubic meter in the greater Los Angeles area
based on 1972-1974 data 5-72
5-38 Map shows U.S. mean annual ambient nitrate levels in micrograms
per cubic meter 5-75
5-39 Mean nitrate concentrations in micrograms per cubic meter were
measured at nonurban sites by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (unpublished data) 5-76
5-40 Calculated distribution of aerosol constituents for two aerosol
samples taken in the Los Angeles Basin 5-82
5-41 Benzo(a)pyrene seasonality and trends (1966 to 1975) in the
50th and 90th percentiles for 34 NASN urban sites 5-84
5-42 Seasonal patterns and trends in quarterly average urban lead
concentrations 5-94
5-43 Regional trends in the 90th percentile of the annual averages
for vanadium 5-96
5-44 Seasonal variation in quarterly averages for nickel and
vanadium at urban sites in the northeast 5-97
5-45 Trends in the 50th percentile of annual averages for metals
associated metal industry sources at urban sites 5-98
5-46 Elemental composition of some coarse particle components 5-103
5-47 Diurnal variation of particulate concentrations and Plymouth
Avenue traffic volume at Falls River, Mass., during March
through June (weekdays only), shows contribution from
reentrained particles 5-108
5-48 Types of Receptor-Source Apportionment Models 5-110
5-49 Source contributions at RAPS sites estimated by chemical element
balance 5-112
5-50 Monthly averages of size fractionated Denver aerosol mass and
composition for January and May, 1979 5-113
5-51 Aerosol source in Downtown Portland, annual stratified
arithmetic average 5-114
5-52 Smoking impairs long-term dust clearance from the lungs 5-116
5-53 Annual sulfur dioxide concentrations averaged across each
community's indoor and outdoor network (May 1977-April 1978) 5-118
5-54 Monthly mean S0? concentrations averaged across Watertown's
indoor and outdoor network (November 1976-April 1978) 5-119
5-55 Monthly mean S02 concentrations averaged across Steubenvilie's
indoor and outdoor network (November 1976-April 1978) 5-120
5-56 Annual respirable particulate concentrations averaged across
each community's indoor and outdoor network (May 1977-
April 1978) 5-129
SOXERR/N 1-22-81
xi i
image:
-------
5-57 Monthly outdoor and indoor (by smoking) respirable participate
concentrations averaged across six-city network (November 1976-
April 1978) 5-130
5-58 Persona] exposure to respirable particles 5-132
5-59 Norma}ized-distribution of personal (12-hr) exposure samples
(|jg/m ) for non-smoke exposed and smoke exposed samples ^ 5-134
5-60 Daily mean indoor/outdoor and personal concentrations (|jg/m )
of respirable particles 5-135
SOXERR/N 1-22-81
xiii
image:
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Number Page
2-1 Annual fluxes, (tg/year) of environmental sulfur 2-6
2-2 Characteristic times and lengths for observation of effects 2-7
2-3 Dilute sulfur dioxide-water system 2-10
2-4 Rate constants for hydroxyl, peroxy, and methoxy radicals 2-14
2-5 Investigations of SOp - Op aqueous systems 2-23
2-6 Investigations of SOp - manganese - Op aqueous system 2-26
2-7 Rate expression for the manganese-catalyzed oxidation 2-26
2-8 Investigations of SOp - iron - 0? aqueous system 2-28
2-9 Rate expression for the iron-catalyzed oxidation 2-28
2-10 Investigations of SO, - Copper - Op aqueous systems 2-29
2-11 Estimates of SOp oxiaation rates in well-mixed troposphere 2-35
2-12 Estimate of tropospheric particulate matter production rates 2-38
2-13 Particle shapes and source types 2-41
2-14 Conditions for the single-particle regime 2-46
2-15 Classification of major chemical species associated with
atmospheric particles 2-50
3-1 Temperature effect on collected SOp-TCM samples 3-6
3-2 Performance specifications for EPA equivalent methods for SOp... 3-18
3-3 List of EPA designated equivalent methods for SOp 3-19
3-4 Interferent test concentrations used in the testing of EPA
equivalent methods for SOp 3-20
3-5 Comparison of EPA designated equivalent methods for SOp 3-22
3-6 Recommended physical/chemical parameters for analysis 3-86
3-7 Results of WMO intercomparisons on synthetic precipitation
samples 3-92
3-8 Coefficients of variation of WMO intercomparisons on
synthetic precipitation samples 3-93
4-1 Two EPA estimatesfiof 1977 emissions of particulates and
sulfur oxides (10 metric tons per year) 4-3
4-2 Summary of natural source particulate and sulfur emissions 4-5
4-3 Aerosol enrichment factors relative to Al 4-7
4-4 Summary of estimated annual manmade emissions , 4-11
4-5 (a) National estimates of particulate emissions (10 metric
tons per year) 6 4-12
(b) National estimates of sulfur oxide emissions (10 metric
tons per year 4-12
4-6 1978 Estimates of particulate and sulfur oxide emissions
from stationary point sources 4-14
4-7 State-by-state listing of total estimated particulate and
sulfur oxide emissions from stationary point sources (1977),
population, and density factors 4-17
4-8 Examples of uncontrolled particulate emission characteristics... 4-22
4-9 Size specific particulate emissions from coal-fired boilers 4-26
4-10 Trace element air emissions vs. solid waste: percent from
conventional stationary fuel combustion sources, and total
(metric tons per year) 4-27
SOXERR/N 1-22-81
xiv
image:
-------
4-11 Uncontrolled industrial process fugitive particulate emissions... 4-32
4-12 Toxic components of fugitive (and stack) particulate
emissions in the primary and secondary metals industries 4-35
4-13 Estimated annual particulate emissions from non-industrial
fugitive sources 4-36
4-14 Estimated particle size distributions for several
non-industrial fugitive source categories in California's
south coast air basin 4-37
5-1 Crosstabulation of annual mean S02 concentration by method
(bubbler or continuous) for population-oriented and for
source-oriented center city sites 5-8
5-2 Continuous SCK monitor results by region 5-9
5-3 Eleven SOp monitoring sites with the highest annual mean
concentrations in 1978 (valid continuous sites only) 5-11
5-4 Comparison of frequency distribution of SO, concentration (PPM)
during 1962-67 and during 1977 5-21
5-5 Range of annual geometric mean concentrations in areas with
high TSP concentrations in 1977 5-34
5-6 Regional summaries of TSP values from valid monitors 5-42
5-7 Fine and coarse aerosol concentrations from some urban
measurements compared to clean areas 5-54
5-8 Fine fraction and coarse fraction dichotomous sampling by
Environmental Science Research Lab, USEPA in 4 locations 5-55
5-9 Recent dichotomous sampler and TSP data from selected sites--
arithmetic averages 5-58
5-10 Some characteristics of pollution in the New York and
Los Angeles areas 5-70
5-11 Primary ranking of variables for correlating airborne sulfate
in two cities based on a stepwise linear regression of
15 variables from CHAMP and related monitoring stations 5-73
5-12 Typical values of aerosol concentration for different
geographic areas (annual averages) 5-81
5-13 Annual averages of organic fractions in total suspended
particulate matter, New York City, dispersion normalized 5-85
5-14 Composition of the organic fraction of airbonre particulate
matter col lected in Detroit 5-86
5-15 Comparison of urban and nonurban annual average concentrations
for selected metals, 1970-1974 5-88
5-16 Ratios of urban (U) to suburban (S) concentrations in air,
Cleveland, Ohio, area 5-90
5-17 Correlations of chemical content with particle size 5-91
5-18 Particulate analyses from selected urban locations 5-92
5-19 Trends in urban metal concentrations and their possible causes.. 5-93
5-20 Coarse particle silicon, aluminum, calcium, and iron 5-102
5-21 Relative amounts of fine, coarse, and super-coarse particles at
selected sites 5-105
5-22 14-city study - microscopical identification of corase
particles 5-106
5-23 Summary of indoor/outdoor particulate monitoring studies by
method 5-122
5-24 Measurements in principal room of study 5-127
5-25 Measurements in various closed rooms 5-127
5-26 Respirable particulate concentrations outdoors and indoors by
amount of smoking 5-128
SOXERR/N 1-22-81
xv
image:
-------
2. PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SULFUR OXIDES AND PARTICULATE MATTER
2.1 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this chapter is to present the state of our knowledge of the chemistry and
physics of sulfur oxides and particulate matter that is pertinent to tropospheric phenomena,
effects and sampling methodology. The 1970 Sulfur Oxides and Particulate Matter Air Quality
Criteria Documents at the time of their publication provided an adequate description of our
knowledge of the ambient chemistry and physics of sulfur oxides and particulate matter. How-
ever, significant progress has been made since that time in our understanding of tropospheric
properties and processes. While this chapter focuses mainly on the advances of the past de-
cade, earlier work is mentioned for the sake of completeness.
This chapter is organized into three principal parts with the following scope:
A. Atmospheric Domain and Processes
—global sulfur cycle
—atmospheric sulfur cycle
—pathways and processes
B. Physics and Chemistry of Sulfur Oxides
--gaseous physical properties
—solution physical properties
—gas-phase chemical reactions (elementary rate constants for S0? oxidation;
influence of volatile organics and nitrogen oxides)
—solution-phase chemical reactions (reaction kinetics for oxidation by 0,,
HpOp, and catalysts; limitations of reported studies)
—surface chemical reactions (metal oxides and carbon)
C. Physics and Chemistry of Particulate Matter
—definitions of aerosol science terms
—physical properties of gases and particles (size, shape, density, morphology,
charging, optical, adhesion, vapor pressure)
—dynamics of single particles (sedimentation, impaction, diffusion, electro-
dynamics)
--formation and growth of particles (nucleation, coagulation, condensation,
gas-particle chemical reaction)
--characterization of atmospheric aerosol (size, area, volume, mass
distributions; atmospheric particle distributions; composition of fine
and coarse particle mass fractions)
--modeling of general aerosol systems (theoretical formulations, results of
model predictions)
The evidence cited (and in some cases the lack of available evidence) is presented in this
chapter in order to reach the following conclusions in regard to S0? and particulate matter:
SOX2D/B 2-1 1-21-81
image:
-------
A. The physics and chemistry of S0?
1. The thermodynamic properties, molecular structure and bonding, and electro-
magnetic absorption spectra in air and dissolved in water are well established, except for
hygroscopic/deliquescent properties of internally mixed salts.
2. Of the homogeneous gas-phase S02 oxidation reactions, only three have been
identified as being potentially significant in the troposphere:
a. OH radical attack on S02
b. H02 radical attack on SOp
c. CH3°2 radical attack on S02
3. The auto-oxidation (uncatalyzed) reaction of S02 dissolved in liquid water is
too slow to be an important reaction in the troposphere.
4. The Mn(II)- and Fe(III)- catalyzed oxidation of S02 dissolved in liquid water
may be an important reaction in the troposphere. However, there is serious doubt regarding
the rate expression for the Mn(II)-catalyzed oxidation.
5. The effectiveness of Cu(II), V(V), V(IV), Ni(II), Zn(II), and Pb(II) as cata-
lysts for the oxidation of S0? dissolved in liquid water are unknown.
6. The lack of knowledge of the effectiveness of dissolved organics and of bicar-
bonate ion (HCO- ) as inhibitors prevents the use with confidence of aqueous-phase SO,, cata-
lyzed oxidation rate expressions for tropospheric model prediction.
7. Elemental carbon (soot) particles coated with an aqueous film are potentially
important catalysts for S0? oxidation in the troposphere.
8. The reaction rate expressions of dissolved 0, and dissolved N0» with dissolved
S02 species are known, but these reactions appear to be ineffective for sulfate formation in
the troposphere.
9. The rate expression for dissolved H?0? and dissolved S0? species is known and
appears to be a potentially highly effective reaction for sulfate formation in the tropo-
sphere.
10. S0« reactions with solid-particle surfaces are not effective for sustained sul-
fate formation in the troposphere.
B. The physics and chemistry of particulate matter
I. The physical properties of gases that affect aerosol behavior are well-known.
2. The physical characteristics of tropospheric particles are highly variable, but
the physics through which they influence aerosol behavior is well-known.
3. For tropospheric aerosols over land, the particle mass distribution function
(AM/A log Diam. v. log Diam.) is often multi-modal. The fine particles (diameter less than
2.5 urn) may have two (or more) modes, usually at about 0.02 urn and at about 0.2 ym. The
coarse particles (greater than 2.5 urn) generally have one mode in the range 5 to to 50 urn.
4. The mass composition of the coarse particles is dominated by minerals whose
direct source types are well-known.
SOX2D/B 2-2 1-21-81
image:
-------
*
5. The mass composition of the fine particles is dominated by sulfate ions, organ-
ics, elemental carbon (soot), nitrate ions, and ammonium ions whose direct and indirect source
types are well-known.
6. The chemical pathways for forming the sulfate ions, organics, and nitrate ions
found in the fine particles are not established.
7. Strong acids are often found in the fine mass fraction, while bases are found
in the coarse mass fraction.
8. The molecular composition of the organic compounds (generally found in the fine
mass fraction) is not well-characterized.
9. Water is the major constituent of the particle mass, but the deliquescence and
hygroscopic properties of mixed salts cannot be predicted reliably.
10. The dynamics of motion with a particle of diameter less than 10 pro can best be
described in terms of the physical characteristics of the particle, the force fields present,
and the motion of the suspending gas. However, our ability does not adequately extend to
larger particles, especially in the presence of non-steady force fields and motions of the
suspending gas. This limitation restricts our ability to properly sample ambient particles
with diameters greater than 10 |jm.
11. Fundamental problems remain in our knowledge of the aerosol process of nuclea-
tion, condensation, and coagulation, but these processes are sufficiently understood to ex-
plain and predict the behavior of aerosols in the troposphere.
12. Theoretical predictions confirm atmospheric observations that condensation,
gas-particle reactions, and coagulation are important processes only for the growth of fine
particles as opposed to coarse particles.
13. Qualitatively, a fairly reliable picture has been developed of the various rate
processes that alter the composition and concentration of tropospheric particles over land.
The rate of change of particle composition or concentration
= rate of change due to air motions (advection, convection, and dispersion)
+ rate of change due to particle coagulation
+ rate of change due to condensation and accretion
+ rate of change due to input of sources
+ rate of change due to dry removal at the earth's surface (sedimentation, impac-
tion, diffusion)
+ rate of change due to wet removal
2.2 ATMOSPHERIC DOMAIN AND PROCESSES
The rationale for scientific interest in various physical properties and chemistry of
sulfur oxides and particulate matter must be explained. Sulfur has an important natural cycle
(see Figure 2-1) in the environment in which it goes through various oxidation and reduction
reactions and translocations among the atmosphere, biosphere, hydrosphere, pedosphere, and
SOX2D/B 2-3 1-21-81
image:
-------
Figure 2-1. The global sulfur cycle, showing the major reservoirs, pathways, and forms of occurrence of
sulfur. Figures enclosed in circles (e.g. 1) refer to the individual fluxes and correspond to figures in column
Liable 2-1.
Source: Moss (1978).
2-4
image:
-------
lithosphere. Human activity (especially fossil-fuel combustion) has added a major perturba-
tion to the natural cycle (and perhaps modified natural rates and reservoirs). The global
sulfur cycle (Moss, 1978) is shown in Figure 2-1, with the major reservoirs, pathways, and
forms of sulfur indicated. The fluxes of sulfur translocation between reservoirs have been
estimated for the paths that are numbered in Figure 2-1. The estimates of annual fluxes are
presented in Table 2-1. The agreement among the reported values is not good; for example, the
estimates of annual anthropogenic sulfur fluxes to the atmosphere range from 11 to 45 percent
of the total sulfur involved in the atmospheric balance. The global cycles of carbon and
nitrogen and their mutual interactions with the sulfur cycle are important, but too complex to
present here.
While the global sulfur cycle (Figure 2-1) and the annual fluxes of sulfur between com-
partments (Table 2-1) provide a broad view of the processes that may lead to adverse impacts
upon mankind and ecological systems, the global scale is clearly beyond the scope of this
document. Also, the sulfur and particulate matter emissions are not uniformly distributed
over the land mass of the United States, nor is the time scale of one year adequately sensi-
tive to relate emissions to effects.
Cause-effect relationships are described in terms of certain length and time scales. Con-
sequently, our understanding of the physics and chemistry of sulfur oxides and particulate
matter must correspond to those length and time scales. The characteristic time and length
scales for typical effects are shown in Table 2-2; also the parameters that control the
functions relating the effects to pollutants are given. The relationships of emissions to
effects as shown in Table 2-2 require that we understand the physics and chemistry of sulfur
oxides and particulate matter on time scales of one hour to decades and length scales of 10 to
100 km. With these constraints, our attention is focused on that portion of the global sulfur
cycle that consists of the perturbed atmosphere over land surfaces. Most of the natural and
anthropogenic emissions of sulfur oxides and particulate matter are contained within the tropo-
sphere, which is the layer of air contained in the zone from ground level to a height of 12 ± 5
km. This zone contains most of the pollutants emitted into the atmosphere.
Thus, in order to understand the relationships between sources and effects, we must have
detailed knowledge of the pathways, properties, and processes that are shown in Figure 2-2.
Chapter 2 presents a discussion on the state of knowledge of physical properties, chem-
istry, and gas-to-aerosol transformations. The dry and wet removal pathways are discussed in
Chapter 6, which also addresses modeling of atmospheric dispersion, transport, transformation,
and removal.
2.3 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SULFUR OXIDES
Knowledge of the physics and chemistry of sulfur oxides is necessary for the designing of
satisfactory samplers and monitors, understanding the relationships between sources and
effects, and understanding important processes in the troposphere such as chemical transfor-
mations and deposition.
SOX2D/B 2-5 1-21-81
image:
-------
TABLE 2-1. ANNUAL FLUXES (TG/YEAR) OF ENVIRONMENTAL SULFUR0
Source of Sulfur i
Biological decay (land)
Biological decay (ocean)
Volcanic activity
Sea spray (total)
To ocean
To land
Anthropogenic
Precipitation (land)
Dry deposition
Absorption (vegetation)
Precipitation and dry
deposition (ocean)
Absorption (ocean)
Total sulfur involved in
atmospheric balance
Atmospheric balance
Land -> sea
Sea •» land
Fertilizer
Rock weathering
Pedosphere •» river runoff
Total river runoff
Flux
Number
n Figure 2-1
1
2
3
4
4i
42
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Eriksson
(I960, 1963)
110
170
—
45
(40)
(5)
40
65
100
75
100
100
365
-10
5
10
15
55
80
Robinson
and Robbins
(1968, 1970)
68
30
—
44
—
--
70
70
20
26
71
25
212
+26
4
11
14
48
73
Kellogg
et al., (1972)
QO
"U
1.5
47
(43)
(4)
50
86
10
15
72
--
183
+5
4
—
--
--
Friend
(1973)
58
48
2
44
(40)
(40)
65
86
20
15
71
25
217
+8
4
26
42
89
136
Granat
et al. (1976)
5
27
3
44
(40)
(40)
65
43
9ft
C-O
70
/ 3
144
+18
17
—
--
--
122
Sources: as cited in each column and, in part, Friend (1973, Table 4).
image:
-------
TABLE 2-2. CHARACTERISTIC TIMES AND LENGTHS FOR
OBSERVATION OF EFFECTS
Types of Effects
Function
Time
Climate modification
(see Chapter 9)
Damage to human lungs
due to S02 and
particulate inhalation/
deposition (see
Chapters II & 12)
Length
Damage to ecosystems and
materials due to SO,, and
particulate mass deposition
(see Chapters 7, 8, and 10)
Loss of visual quality
(see Chapter 9)
Acid flux
(= acid and S02
mass concentration x
deposition velocity)
Mass concentration,
particle size
distribution, and
composition
hours
to
years
Hours
to
days
10- 103 km
10-103 km
Atmospheric burden decades global
of particle mass,
particle size, and
composition
Mass concentration, hour <1 cm
particle size to
distribution, years
composition
In Section 2.3, the physical properties and reaction chemistry of sulfur oxides in the
gas and solution phases are reviewed. The status of our knowledge in these important areas in
presented at the end of each of the subsections.
2.3.1 Physical Properties of Sulfur Oxides in the Gas Phase
The four known monomeric sulfur oxides are sulfur monoxide (SO), sulfur dioxide (SOp),
sulfur trioxide (SO,), and disulfur monoxide ($20). Of these, only S02 is present at signifi-
cant concentrations in the gas phase of the troposphere. S03 is emitted directly into the
atmosphere by combustion and manufacturing sources and is formed in the atmosphere by oxida-
tion of S02; however, because of its high affinity for water (H20), it reacts within milli-
seconds to form sulfuric acid (H2S04). Polymeric sulfur oxides are known to exist, but they
are not stable in the presence of H?0 vapor and are not found in the atmosphere.
Since the standard enthalpy of formation of S02 is -70.9 kcal/mole (25°C), S02 is thermo-
dynamically stable (Glasstone, 1947). S02 is capable of being oxidized to S03, which yields
H?SO. in the atmosphere (the important tropospheric reactions are discussed in Sections 2.3.3
to 2.3.5). S0? is also capable of being reduced by reaction with H2S to form elemental S
(known as the Clauss Reaction); this reaction is important commercially, but is not thought to
be important in the troposphere. The physical properties of S02, including its molecular
SOX2D/B 2-7 1-21-81
image:
-------
SOURCES
DISPERSION
AND
TRANSPORTATION
SO2
- PHYSICAL
PROPERTIES
-CHEMISTRY
DRY
REMOVAL
ECO-SYSTEMS
TRANSFORMATIONS
WET
REMOVAL
EFFECTS
PARTICULATE MATTER
-PHYSICAL
PROPERTIES
- DYNAMICS
-CHEMISTRY
DRY
REMOVAL
WET
REMOVAL
ECO-SYSTEMS
Figure 2-2. Inter-relations of pathways, processes, and properties of sulfur oxides and particulate mat-
ter and effects.
2-8
image:
-------
structure and bonding, vapor pressure of liquid and solid phases, electro-magnetic absorption
(ultra-violet, visible, and infrared) spectra, and thermodynamic constants are well estab-
lished. Extensive descriptions and references to original work can be found in Schenk and
Steudel (1968) and in Schroeter (1966).
The physical properties of gaseous SOp are well-known.
2.3.2 Solution Physical Properties
Knowledge of the physical properties of dissolved SCL solution species and sulfates is
required for sampler design, interpretation of laboratory measurements of S02 oxidation, and
modeling SCk oxidation in particles, fog, and rain.
2.3.2.1 S0_2--S02 dissolves in H20 to form these species: S02'H20, HS03~, and SOj2'. Al-
though the formation of sulfurous acid, HLSOo, is often postulated instead of SO^hLO, it has
not been observed (Lyon and Nickless, 1968). The electronic absorption spectra (Hayon et al.,
1972), redox potentials (Valensi et al., 1966), and structure and bonding (Lyons and Nickless,
y-
1968) of HS03 and SO, are known. The formation of these species in water occurs through
the equilibrium reactions given in Table 2-3. Eigen et al. (1961) measured the forward (k+-^)
and reverse (k_-,) rate constants at 20°C for reaction
H+ + HS03"
and found that
k+1 = 3.4 x lo
k_A = 2 x loW1.
These measurements are important because they demonstrate that the S02-H20 - HS03 reaction
will achieve equilibrium within 1 us of a perturbation. The rate constants k+2 and k_2 for
the reaction
HS03" 5 H+ + S032"
are unknown. It is reasonable that the value of the protonation rate constant (k_2) is less
than the theoretical diffusion limit (~5 x 10 M s ), but greater than k ,. The expected
3-1 2-
range of k ? is therefore (0.008-2) x 10 s , which means that S03 will achieve equilibrium
concentration within 0.5-125 ms of a perturbation. Thus, the equilibrium distribution of the
p_
SOp-HpO, HSO, , and SO, is expected to achieve chemical equilibrium with a relaxation time
of 0.5 to 125 ms. This time is too short to impact sulfate formation rates in particles,
mists, and rain; that is, equilibrium conditions can be assumed to be continuously satisfied
in these liquid systems. However, the relaxation times need to be considered in interpreting
the kinetics of rapid oxidation, such as measured in flash photolysis and flash radiolysis
experiments.
SOX2D/B 2-9 1-21-81
image:
-------
TABLE 2-3. DILUTE SULFUR DIOXIDE-WATER SYSTEM
Reaction Constant (25°C)
S02(g) ? S02-H20 H = 0.0332
S02-H20 2 H+ + HS03" KA1 = 1.39 x 10"2
pKA1 = 1.86
HS03" J H+ + S032" KA2 = 4 x 10"8
pKA2 = 7.40
Notes:
1. H = Henry's law constant (dimensionless)
=(S02/ v molar concentration)/(S02'H20 molar concentration)
Source of value: Hales and Sutter (1973)
2. K.-, = dissociation constant, mole/liter
Source of value: Huss and Eckert (1977)
3. KAp = dissociation constant, mole/liter
Source of value: Salomaa et al. (1969)
- 2- +
An important feature of the S02«H20 - HS03 - S03 system is the influence of H in
governing the distribution of these species, which is shown in Eigure 2-3. Ihe oxidation rate
of this system is often pH dependent, indicating different oxidation rates for the three
species. Ihe oxidation reactions are discussed in Section 2.3.4.
Sulfite ion forms stable complexes with many metal ions, especially those in Periodic
Group VIII (Lyons and Nickless, 1968). Ihe formation of the stable complex dichlorosulfito-
mercurate ion is the basis of the West-Gaeke method for determining S0? in the air (see
Chapter 3).
Ihe physical properties of dissolved S02 and its water-association products are well
known.
2.3.2.2 S03_and_H2SO/|--Knowledge of the properties of S03 and H2S04 are important for the
design of samplers and monitors, and for understanding the behavior of ambient particles,
fogs, and rain.
S03 has a high affinity for water and is not present at significant concentrations in the
atmosphere. Eree S03 molecules have a high affinity for water molecules and water droplets
and quickly react to form H9SO, water solution droplets. Ihe vapor pressure of SO, over H,SOy,
c. H o £ ff
SOX2D/B 2-10 1-21-81
image:
-------
o
u
DC
01 2345678
9 10 11 12
Figure 2-3. The distribution of species for the SC
a function of pH.
-SOg system as
2-11
image:
-------
water solutions is extremely low; the vapor pressure of H?0 over H?SO, water solution is an
important parameter governing nucleation of particles and the size and pH of water droplets in
the atmosphere. (See the discussion in Section 2.4.4.)
H S04 is the only important strong sulfur oxy acid in the troposphere. Its solution pro-
perties are well known. H^SCL is a strong dibasic acid that reacts with water:
H2S04 -»• H+ + HS04"
HS04~ -* H+ + S042"
For water systems likely to be present in the troposphere, the first dissociation can be con-
sidered to be complete. The pKfl of the second dissociation is ~2 (Robinson and Stokes, 1970).
" + 2-
Thus, for pH >3, the H2S04 - HLO system can adequately be described in terms of H and SO^ ;
for lower pH's, it is often necessary to consider the presence of HSO.
Sulfuric acid is not considered to be a strong oxidizer (Cotton and Wilkerson, 1967).
Dilute H?SO. solution is an important medium for organic reactions; however, the significance
of this role in the troposphere has not been reported.
Most sulfate salts are soluble; the only important exceptions in the troposphere are
CaSO, and PbSO.. The properties of tropospheric aerosols are influenced by NH.HSO. and
(NH4)2S04 (see Section 2.4.4).
2.3.3 Gas-Phase Chemical Reactions of Sulfur Dioxide
The chemical transformation of sulfur dioxide in the atmosphere has been studied exten-
sively over the past 20 years. Recent reviews, Calvert et al. (1978), Middleton et al. (1980)
and Mb'ller (1980), which consider analysis of laboratory and field data as well as theoretical
studies, indicated that SO, oxidation may proceed through both gas and liquid phase reactions.
The oxidation of S0? in the atmosphere is of considerable importance, in that it represents a
major pathway for particle production through the formation of sulfates. The S02 oxidation
process, though not completely understood mechanistically, has been demonstrated to proceed
via four pathways: homogeneous gas phase reactions; heterogeneous gas-solid interface reac-
tions; and catalyzed and uncatalyzed liquid phase reactions. Homogeneous gas phase reactions
are by far the most extensively studied and best understood quantatively.
The homogeneous gas-phase chemistry of oxidation in the clean and the polluted tropo-
sphere is reviewed in this section. The status of our knowledge is presented for the elemen-
tary oxidation reactions of SO- and the importance of volatile organic and nitrogen oxides as
generators of free radical oxidizers. This review will show that the photochemical oxidation
of S0? is potentially a significant pathway for tropospheric sulfate formation. The three
most important oxidizers of S02 are: (1) hydroxyl radical HO; (2) peroxy radical, H02, and
(3) methoxy radical, CH^O At this time, only the reaction rate constant for HO is well
established. The pathways of formation of the oxidizer radicals for the unpolluted tropo-
sphere can be explained in terms of the photochemistry of the NO-CH4~CO-03 system. In pol-
luted atmospheres, volatile organics and oxides of nitrogen act together to produce additional
SOX2D/B 2-12 1-21-81
image:
-------
radicals and accelerate overall radical production. There is also evidence that a dark reac-
tion among 03, alkenes, and S02 is effective in oxidizing S02.
2.3.3.1 Elementary Reactions—The elementary chemical reactions of S0? in air have been the
subject of intense investigation. Studies prior to 1965 have been critically reviewed by
Altshuller and Bufalini (1971), and more recently by Calvert et al. (1978). The review of
Calvert et al. (1978) systematically examined the rate constants and significance of SO,, ele-
mentary reactions known to occur in the troposphere; identified as generally unimportant reac-
tions were: photodissociation, photoexcitation, reaction with singlet delta oxygen [02('A )],
reaction with oxygen atom [0( P)], reaction with ozone (0,), reaction with nitrogen oxides
(N02> NO,, N20j-), reaction with tert-butylperoxy radical [(CH3),CO?], and reaction with acetyl-
peroxy radical (RCOCK). The only S0« reactions in the troposphere that were identified as
important were those due to hydroxyl radical (HO), peroxy radical (H0?), and methoxy radical
(CHJDp). The rate constants recommended by Calvert et al. (1978) for these three reactions
are given in Table 2-4. More recent work is in conflict with the rate constants for HOp and
CH302 that have been recommended by Calvert et al. (1978). Graham et al. (1979) and Burrows
et al. (1979) have reported rate constants for the H0? reaction that are much lower than that
recommended by Calvert et al. (1978); these more recent results are shown in Table 2-4. Also,
Sander and Watson (1981) have reported a rate constant for the CHJ^ reaction that is much
lower that that recommended by Calvert et al. (1978); that value is given in Table 2-4. The
reasons for the discrepancies for these two rate constants are unknown, and there is no basis
to recommend preferred values.
Although the dark reaction of S0? + 0- is too slow to be important in the troposphere,
the addition of alkenes greatly enhances the oxidation rate. The experimental work of Cox and
Penkett (1971a,b; 1972) and McNeil's et al. (1975) has been reviewed and reevaluated by Calvert
et al. (1978). The reaction system is too complex to discuss here, but Calvert et al. (1978)
report results of their calculations for total alkenes = 0.10 ppm, [0-.] = 0.15 ppm, and [S00]
-1
= 0.05 ppm; they estimated that the disappearance rate of S02 is 0.23 and 0.12% h at 50 and
100% relative humidity (25°C). The reaction mechanism for the 03 + alkene + S02 system is not
known, but studies by Niki et al. (1977) and Su et al. (1980) indicate that the reactive
species may be the biradical, formed by the decomposition of the original molozonide.
Summary: The status of our knowledge of the gas-phase tropospheric oxidation reactions
is:
1. Three reactions have been identified as being potentially important.
a. HO radical. The rate constant appears to be well-established.
b. H0? radical. The rate constant is not well-established.
c. CH-0? radical. The rate constant is not well-established.
2. The S09 + 0, + alkenes reaction may be an important dark reaction.
SOX2D/B 2-13 1-21-81
image:
-------
TABLE 2-4. RATE CONSTANTS FOR HYDROXYL, PEROXY, AND METHOXY RADICALS
Second order rate
3 -1 -1
Reaction constant, cm mole s Source
HO + S02 -> HOS02 (1.1 ± 0.3) x 10"12 Calvert et al.
-»• H2S04 (1978)
H02 + S02 -» HO + S03 >(8.7 ± 1.3) x lo"16 Calvert et al.
•* H2S04 (1978)
<1 x 10"18 Graham et al.
<2 x 10 Burrows et al.
(1979)
Jurrows
(1979)
CH30 + S03 (5.3 ± 2.5) x 10"15 Calvert et al.
-» H2S04 (1978)
5 x 10 Sander and
Watson (1981)
2.3.3.2 Tropospheric Chemistry of S00 Oxidation--The chemistry of the clean troposphere and
its mathematical simulation have been studied extensively by Levy (1971), Wofsy et al. (1972),
Crutzen (1974), Fishman and Crutzen (1977), Chameides and Walker (1973, 1976) and Stewart et
al. (1977).
The photochemistry of the unpolluted troposphere develops around a chain reaction sequence
involving NO, CH^, CO and 0.,. The photochemical reaction chain sequence in the troposphere is
initiated by hydroxyl radicals (HO) formed from the interaction of 0( D), the product of pho-
tolysis of ozone in the short end portion of the solar spectrum, with water.
03 + hv(A < 310 nm) -> 0(1D) + 02 (2-1)
0(1D) + H20 -> 2HO (2-2)
The HO produced reacts with CH4 and CO present in the clean troposphere, resulting in the
generation of peroxy radical species, H0», CH.,0?.
HO + CH4 -> CH3 + H20 (2-3)
HO + CO -> H + C02 (2-4)
CH3 + 02 + M -> CH302 + M (2-5)
H + 02 + M -» H02 + M (2-6)
SOX2D/B 2-14 1-21-81
image:
-------
X
The peroxy radicals in turn participate in a chain propagating sequence which convert
nitric oxide (NO) to nitrogen dioxide (NOp and in the process produces additional hydroxyl
anrl nevnvu ir'arliral cnac-iac
and peroxy radical species.
H0
NO -» CH30 + N02 (2-7)
2 + NO -»• HO + N02 (2-8)
CH30 + 02 -* H02 + H2CO (2-9)
H2CO + hv(\ < 370 nni) -» H + HCO (2-10)
HCO + 0£ -» H02 + CO (2-11)
The major chain terminating steps include:
HO + N02 + M -» HON02 + M • (12-12)
H02 + H02 -> H202 + 02 (12-13)
H202 + HO -» H20 + H02 (12-14)
The reaction sequence for 0, production involves converting NO to N0? at a rate suffi-
ciently high to maintain a N02/N0 ratio to sustain the observed background levels of 0,.
H02 + NO -» N02 + HO (2-8)
N02 + hv -> NO + 0 (2-15)
0+02+M+03+M (2-16)
NO + 03 -> N02 + 02 (2-17)
HO + CO -> H + C0£ (2-4)
In general, reactions (15) through (17) govern the ozone concentration levels present in
the sunlight irradiated well-mixed atmosphere at any instant and to a first approximation the
steady state relationship, Leighton (1961),
(N02)
(NO) k1?
= (0,)
provides an accurate estimate of ozone given the ratio of (NO,,)/(NO) and k^/k,-,. The photo-
lytic rate constant k,r is directly related to the integrated actinic solar flux over the wave-
length range 290 - 430 nm.
The paths for ozone destruction in the troposphere include the reaction sequence
H02 + 03 -» HO + 202 (2-18)
HO + 03 -> H02 + 02 (2-19)
Hydroxyl radical abundances predicted by the tropospheric photochemical models, 10 to
(• _O
10 molec - cm , are in qualitative agreement with recent measurements by Davis et al.
(1976), Perner et al. (1976), and Campbell et al. (1979) and inferred HO levels based on mea-
sured trace gas abundances in the troposphere by Singh (1977).
SOX2D/B 2-15 1-21-81
image:
-------
In the case of the chemistry of polluted atmospheres, extensive discussions on the
mechanism of photochemical smog and its computer simulation have been presented by Demerjian
et al. (1974), Calvert and McQuigg (1975), Niki et al. (1972), Hecht et al. (1974) and Carter
et al. (1979).
Perturbations introduced by man's emissions on the photochemical oxidation cycle within
the atmosphere are predominately due to two classes of compounds, volatile organics and nitro-
gen oxides. The reaction chain sequence discussed earlier for the clean troposphere has now
been immensely complicated by the addition of scores of volatile organic compounds which par-
ticipate in the chain propagating cycle. Figure 2-4 depicts a schematic of the polluted
atmospheric photooxidation cycle. The addition of volatile organic compounds in the atmos-
phere introduces a variety of new peroxy radical species.
In its simplest form the photochemical oxidation cycle in polluted atmospheres is
governed by the following basic features. Free radical attack on atmospheric VOCs is initial-
ized by a select group of compounds which are for the most part activated by sunlight. For-
maldehyde and nitrous acid, in particular, show high potential as free radical initiators dur-
ing the early morning sunrise period. After initial free radical attack, the VOCs decompose
through paths resulting in the production of peroxy radical species (HCL, R0?, R'Op, etc.) and
partially oxidized products which in themselves may be photoactive radical-producing com-
pounds. The peroxy radicals react with NO, converting it to NOp, and in the process produce
hydroxy/alkoxy radical species (OH, RO, R'O, etc.). Alkoxy radicals can be further oxidized,
forming additional peroxy radicals and partially oxidized products, thereby completing the
inner cyclical loop reaction chain process illustrated in Figure 2-4; or they may attack, as
would be the major path for hydroxyl radical, the VOC pool present in the polluted atmosphere,
thereby completing the outer loop reaction chain process. The resultant effect in either case
is the conversion of NO to NOp with a commensurate oxidation of reactive organic carbon.
The complex mixture of organic compounds present in the polluted atmosphere react at
different rates dependent upon their molecular structure, the result being varying yields of
free radical species, ozone, N0?, PAN and other partially oxidized organic products as a func-
tion of VOC composition and VOC-NO levels.
Hydroxyl radical (HO) reactions seem to be the dominant mechanism by which hydrocarbons,
nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide are consumed in the atmosphere (Niki et al., 1972;
Demerjian et al., 1974; Calvert et al., 1978). Interestingly enough, this highly reactive
transient species, quite contrary to its organic free radical counterparts, does not show
appreciable change in concentration with atmospheric VOC and NO variation, a result readily
-X
explainable upon review of the free radical production and consumption sources. In the case
of hydroxyl radicals, ambient concentration conditions which enhance its production tend to
also consume the radical at an equivalent rate. The result is a faster cycling in the VOC-NO
oxidation chain (that is, increased chain lengths) but very little perturbation in the HO
steady state concentration. In contrast, organic free radicals, mainly peroxy species, are
SOX2D/B 2-16 1-21-81
image:
-------
FREE RADICAL INITIATORS
Og + ttV
HONO+hv
RCHO + hp>
PAN + hi>/AT
O3 + C=C
NO
r
voc
RO
NO
image:
-------
consumed by alternate pathways which are less competitive and result in increased steady state
concentration.
Applying this basic knowledge of the photochemistry of the lower atmosphere, Calvert et
al. (1978) determined theoretical rates of S02 oxidation via attack of various free radical
species whose concentrations were estimated from computer simulations of the chemical reaction
mechanisms for clean and polluted atmospheres.
Based on limited rate constant data for the S02-free radical reactions, Calvert deter-
mined that the hydroxyl radical dominated the rate of S02 oxidation in the clean troposphere,
while in polluted atmospheres the rate of S0? oxidation showed equivalent contributions from
hydroxyl, hydroperoxy (HO-) and methylperoxy (CH,02) radicals. Figure 2-5 depicts the esti-
mated time dependent rates of S02 oxidation by free radical species in a polluted air mass.
Recent laboratory measurements suggest that the rate of reaction of S02 with H02 and CH302 may
not be as great as estimated by Calvert et al. (1978) (see discussion in Section 2.3.3.1).
Typical rates of S02 oxidation were of the order of 1.5 percent/h and 4.0 percent/h for clean
and polluted atmospheres, respectively, during July at mid-northern latitudes, the major
difference in rates being a result of higher concentration levels of free radicals in the
hydrocarbon rich polluted atmospheres. In a similar manner, Altshuller (1979) predicted the
rates of homogeneous oxidation of sulfur dioxide to sulfate in the clean troposphere using
concentration predictions of the pertinent free radicals from a two dimensional global model
by Fishman and Crutzen (1978). A sample result from this study showing the latitudinal and
seasonal dependence of the rate of SO,, oxidation is presented in Figure 2-6; the variability
in rate being predominantly due to availability of u.v. solar intensity which derives the
free-radical production process. The solar radiation dependence of S02 conversion rate has
also been observed in field measurements within power plants plumes, Husar et al. (1978), but
should be viewed cautiously in light of the complicating factors introduced by the dispersion
and local chemistry of the primary source emissions.
The most important impact on S0? homogeneous gas phase reactions has come from recent
experimental determinations of the reaction rate constants of S0? with H0_ by Graham et al.
(1979) and by Burrows et al. (1979) and S02 with CH302 by Sander and Watson (1981). As a
result of these recent determinations, H0? and CH-,0? must be considered as questionable con-
tributing sources to the oxidation of S0? in the atmosphere. Therefore, in the theoretical
estimates of S02 oxidation rates, by Calvert et al. (1978), and by Altshuller (1979), only the
hydroxyl radical portion of the contribution is now accepted as established, in view of these
recent experimental rate constant determinations. This results in maximum established S0?
oxidation rates of the order of 1.5 percent/h for both clean and polluted atmosphere during
July at mid-northern latitudes, a factor of 2.5 less than previous theoretical estimates for
polluted atmospheres. The revised rate is equivalent to a diurnally averaged rate of the
order 0.4 percent/hr. Field measurements on the rates of S02 oxidation, discussed in Chapter
6, indicate that maximum S02 oxidation rates of the order of 10 percent/h are typical of many
SOX2D/B 2-18 1-21-81
image:
-------
I I I I I I
30 60 90
IRRADIATION TIME, min
120
Figure 2-5. The theoretical rate of reaction (percent per hour) of
various free-radical species on SOo is shown for a simulated sunlight-
irradiated (solar zenith angle of 40") polluted atmosphere. The initial
concentrations (in ppm) were as follows: SC>2,0.05; NO, 0.15; NO2,
0.05; CO, 10; CH4,1.5; CH2O, 0; CH3CHO, 0. The relative humidity
was 50 percent, and the temperature was 25° C.
Note: The rate constants for HO2 and CH3C>2 radical reactions with
SOo are not well established. See Table 2-4 and its discussion.
Source: Calvert et al. (1978).
2-19
image:
-------
JULY,HO.HO2.CH302
• JULY, HO
D JANUARY, HO, HOj
• JANUARY. HO
30 40 50
LATITUDE, °N
Figure 2-6. Percentage conversion at mid-day of sulfur dioxide to sulfate by
HO and by HO, HO2, and CHgO2 radicals as function of °N latitude in sum-
mer and winter.
2-20
image:
-------
atmospheric pollution scenarios. Our present knowledge of homogeneous S02 gas-phase reactions
does not sufficiently account for the rates observed. Smog chamber studies have demonstrated
that some species other than HO radical oxidizes S02 (Kuhlman et al., 1978; McNelis et al.,
1975). Alternate homogeneous gas reaction oxidation pathways are being studied (Su et al.,
1980), but certainly the role of heterogeneous and liquid phase S02 oxidation pathways should
not be overlooked in attempts to resolve this discrepancy.
Summary. The status of our knowledge of S0? oxidation in the troposphere is:
1. HO radical dominates the gas-phase oxidation of S07 in the clean troposphere. A
_n <-
typical rate is on the order of 1.5%h at noon during July at mid-northern latitudes.
2. HO radical accounts for about 1.2%h of the S0? oxidation in the polluted tropo-
sphere. The combined contribution of H00 and CH000 radical reactions may be as great as about
_^ f- j £
2.8%h , but their rate constants are not well-established.
2.3.4 Solution-Phase Chemical Reactions
2-
The knowledge of the reactions of the aqueous S02'H20-HS03 -andSO., system is impor-
tant to understanding the processes of H?SO, formation in tropospheric particles, mists, fogs,
and rain. This section reviews the oxidation reaction of dissolved S02 species, including the
auto-oxidation, metal-ion catalyzed oxidation, carbon catalyzed oxidation, and reactions with
the dissolved oxidants N00) 0~, and H000.
£ O Z Z _ n_
The state of knowledge of aqueous oxidation rates of dissolved S0?, HSO, , and SO, is
inadequate for simple systems and is extremely poor (or non-existent) for complex systems that
include dissolved nitrogen and carbon compounds. Unfortunately, most of the studies are not
definitive because the investigators: (1) did not provide sufficient descriptions of experi-
mental procedure (especially the purification of the water and reagents), (2) did not select a
proper reactor design, and (3) worked at concentration levels that were orders of magnitude
greater than possible for ambient atmospheric aqueous systems. Trace quantities (at the part-
per-billion level) of catalytic metal ions are capable of enhancing the reaction velocities by
orders of magnitude over the auto-oxidation rate, while similar trace quantities of organics
inhibit the rate. The characteristics of the chemical reactor govern the range of the half-
life that can be investigated and may influence the observed rate of oxidation. Two-phase
air-water reactors (e.g., bubblers and supported droplets) may have reaction characteristics
that are dependent upon: (1) the mass transfer rate of the reactants through the air-water
interface, and (2) the mixing rates within the gas and water phases (Carberry, 1976; Freiberg
and Schwartz, 1981). Unless an adequate characterization of the two-phase reactor was per-
formed, it is not recommended that the implied elementary rate constant be accepted. Support-
ed droplets may suffer from an additional problem: radical chains are efficiently terminated
at liquid-solid interfaces, thereby reducing the observed rate. Therefore, supported droplet
measurements are not defensible unless it is established that the oxidation is not a free-rad-
ical mechanism. Several notable reviews of the oxidation of dissolved S02 and its hydration
products in simple systems have been published recently (Schroeter, 1963; Hegg and Hobbs,
1978).
SOX2D/B 2-21 1-21-81
image:
-------
This review will show that:
1. The auto-oxidation (uncatalyzed) reaction is very slow compared to the other reactions
2. Mn(II) and Fe(III) are significant catalysts for the oxidation. The kinetic rate
expression is in doubt for the Mn(II) reaction, but that for Fe(III) is in agreement among
several independent investigators.
3. The catalytic effectiveness of these ions is unknown: Cu(II), V(V), V(IV), Ni(II),
Zn(II), and Pb(II).
4. Elemental carbon (soot) with a water film is a potentially effective oxidation
catalyst.
5. Dissolved HNO? and 0, oxidation rates are known and appear to be too low to be
effective.
6. The kinetics of the dissolved HJK oxidation of dissolved S02 species are known and
appear to be effective for forming sulfate in particles, mists, fogs and rain.
2.3.4.1 S(IV)-02 - H20 System—The simple S(IV) - 02 auto-oxidation has been the subject of
numerous investigations, most of which are listed in Table 2-5. The mechanism for the auto-
oxidation is not firmly established. However, the behavior of the system is best explained as
a modification to the scheme of Backstrom (1934), taking into account the recent results of
Schmidkunz (1963) and Hayon et al. (1972):
Chain initiation
S032~ + M+ -> -S03~ + M (2-20)
(M = trace concentration of metal ion or reactive wall)
Chain propagation
•S03" + 02 -» -S05" (2-21)
Oxidation
Termination
•S05" + S032" -> -S04~ + S042" (2-22)
•S04" + S032" -> S042" + -S03" (2-23)
-S04 + inhibitor -» _ (2-24)
radical + radical ->• (2-25)
Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974b) propose an alternative scheme that does not include the
so4
radical-ion; in their scheme,
?-
•so5 + so3 -
so/' + so32- -
equation (2-22)
9-
> -so3 + so52
> 2 SO/'.
is replaced by:
(2-26)
(2-27)
and equation (2-24) is absent.
Hegg and Hobbs (1978) have discussed most of the investigations identified in Table 2-5,
and they summarized the rate expressions, rate constants, and important features of the
studies. The observations can be classified into three types of rate expressions:
SOX2D/B 2-22 1-21-81
image:
-------
TABLE 2-5. INVESTIGATIONS OF S02 - 02 AQUEOUS SYSTEMS
Investigators
Bigelow (1898)
Titoff (1903)
Lumiere and Seyewetz (1905)
Milbaur and Pazourek (1921)
Reinders and Vies (1925)
Haber and Wansbrough-Jones (1932)
Vol'fkovick and Belopol'skii (1932)
Backstrom (1934)
Fuller and Crist (1941)
Riccoboni et al. (1949)
Abel (1951)
Winkelmann (1955)
van den Heuvel and Mason (1962)
Schroeter (1963)
Schwab and Strohmeyer (1965)
Rand and Gale (1967)
Scott and Hobbs (1967)
McKay (1971)
Miller and de Pena (1972)
Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974a)
Bielke et al. (1975)
Horike (1976)
Larson (1976)
Huss et al. (1978)
Larson et al. (1978)
Type of system
Bubbler
Bulk
Bulk
Bulk
2-phase bulk
Bulk
Bulk
Theoretical
Bubbler
Bulk
Theoretical
Bulk
Supported droplet
Bubbler
Bulk
Bulk
Theoretical
Theoretical
Supported droplets
Bubbler
Supported droplet
Bubbler
Bubbler
Bulk
Bubbler
Comment*
1,2,3
2,3
2,3
2,3
1,2,3
2,3
2,3
1
2,3
2
1,3
1
2
2,3
1
1
1,3
1,3
1
1,3
1
*1. Incompletely characterized 2-phase system; results cannot be considered to
be reliable.
2. Purity of water is uncertain; results cannot be considered to be reliable.
3. Rate expression not reported.
SOX2D/B 2-23 1-21-81
image:
-------
*
1. The type first reported by Fuller and Crist (1941),
2. The type first reported by Winkelmann (1955),
dt
3. The type observed by Beilke et al. (1975).
iKJ , ki [HV0.U ^2-J
It is presently unresolved as to which type of rate expression is correct. Doubt is cast on
"type 3" found by Beilke et al. (1975) because of the use of a plastic vessel that could have
introduced trace organic inhibitors into the system. All of the other studies (yielding
"types 1 and 2") were performed with two-phase systems whose mass transfer properties were
insufficiently reported.
The auto-oxidation is inhibited by trace concentrations of organic species. The classes
of organic species capable of serving as inhibitors include alcohols, glycols, aldehydes,
ketones, phenols, amines, and acids. Backstrom (1934) first demonstrated that the inhibition
of sulfide oxidation can be expressed as:
l3
where
k, = the uninhibited rate constant
A,B = constants that are functions of the inhibitor
m = molar concentration of the inhibitor
The influence of inhibitors on the rate has been extensively studied by Schroeter (1963), and
more recently by Altwicker (1979). According to Schroeter (1963), A and B are usually on the
order of 10 molar, which means that inhibitor concentrations greater than 10 molar are
effective. The form of the rate equation (Equation 2-31) suggests that the mechanism involves
a bimolecular reaction between an inhibitor molecule and a radical in the chain.
In summary, our status of knowledge of the auto-oxidation reaction is:
1. The reaction is very slow.
2. The rate is extremely sensitive to the presence of catalysts and inhibitors.
3. The rate is first order in sulfite.
4. No reaction mechanism has been satisfactorily demonstrated to account completely for
the observations of the more reliable studies (e.g., the dependence of the rate on [H ] '
found by Fuller and Crist, 1941 and by Larson et al., 1978).
SOX2D/B 2-24 1-21-81
image:
-------
*
2-3.4.2 S(IV) - catalyst - Op - H^O System--It is well-established that some metal cations
catalyze the oxidation of HS03" and SOj2". Of particular interest to the issue of atmospheric
sulfate formation in particles, mist, fog, and rain is possible catalytic activity of:
Mn(II), Fe(III), Cu(II), Ni(II), and V(IV). General features of the catalyzed reaction
include: (a) inhibition by oxidizable organic molecules, (b) inhibition by metal ion-
complexing molecules (inorganic and organic), (c) exhibition of an induction time of several
seconds to several minutes, (d) detection of metal ion - S(IV) complexes, (e) no dependence of
rate on dissolved 0» concentration, (f) dependence of the rate on the inverse of the initial
H concentration (i.e., the rate is independent of pH change after the reaction has been
initiated). While the catalytic reaction mechanisms are unknown, they are thought to be a
modification of the initiation step of the auto-oxidation free radical mechanism (Equations
+ -9
2-20 through 2-25); instead of M being a trace concentration (<10 M) of metal ion or a
reactive wall, it is a reagent present at concentrations >10 M. The rate expressions for
the various catalysts have different forms, suggesting different types of initiation mechan-
isms (e.g., simple redox reactions or the formation of stable, reactive complexes). The
agreement between independent investigators is generally poor, indicating the likelihood of
mass transfer limitations of the rate or the presence of contaminants. A large percentage of
the investigations were conducted with two-phase reactors for which the ma?s transfer charac-
teristics were not adequately reported; therefore, those results must be considered to be
unreliable for estimating the elementary rate constant and for determining the reaction order.
Also, the results for investigations using supported droplets may be biased due to radical
chain termination at the liquid-solid interface.
The Mn(II) catalyzed reaction kinetics have been investigated for over 75 years; the
studies pertinent to the formation of sulfate in the troposphere are presented in Table 2-6.
One of the first critics of Mn(II) catalysis studies was Titoff (1903), who remarked: "In
Bigelow's (1898) work the reaction occurred between two phases, and the retardation could be
determined by a change in the boundary layer or by a decrease in the solution rate of oxygen."
Unfortunately, that comment applies to all but three of the Mn studies in Table 2-6, which
are: Hoather and Goodeve (1934), Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958), and Coughanowr and
Krause (1965). It is odd that each of these investigators did not present rate expressions
and rate constants derived from their data, and instead left to the reader the task of ex-
tracting that information. Estimates of their rate expressions are presented in Table 2-7.
There is agreement that the Mn (II) catalyzed rate is independent of dissolved Q9, SQ9, HSO, ,
9-
and SO, concentrations.
Clearly, Hoather and Goodeve (1934) and Coughanowr and Krause (1965) are in good agree-
ment. However, Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958) observed a first-order dependence on
[Mn(II)]. There appears to be no basis to discount any of the three investigations, yet it
appears that serious errors may have been made. There is a slight preference for the expres-
sion for the results of Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958) because: (1) they measured the
rate of disappearance of S(IV) by direct chemical means, and (2) the period of observation
SOX2D/B 2-25 1-21-81
image:
-------
TABLE 2-6. INVESTIGATIONS OF S0£ - MANGANESE - 02 AQUEOUS SYSTEM
Investigators
Type of system
Comment
Titoff (1903)
Johnstone (1931)
Hoather and Goodeve (1934)
Bassett and Parker (1951)
Johnstone and Coughanowr (1958)
Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958)
Johnstone and Moll (1960)
Coughanowr and Krause (1965)
Bracewell and Gall (1967)
Matteson et al. (1969)
Cheng et al. (1971)
Bulk 2
Bubbler 1,2
Bulk 2
Bulk 2
Supported droplet 1,2
Bulk 2
Free droplets 2
Bulk and flow 2
Bubbler 1
Free and supported 3
droplets
Supported droplets 1
1. Incompletely characterized 2-phase system; results cannot be considered to
be reliable.
2. Rate expression not reported.
3. Results are biased due to continued reaction (supported) droplets on filter
of sampler; rate expression cannot be considered to be reliable.
TABLE 2-7. RATE EXPRESSION FOR THE MANGANESE-CATALYZED OXIDATION
Expression3' >c
pH
Investigators
d[SO
d[S042"]
- - -
dt
d[S02']
, ? Q
s 44 [HnCII)]1-' [S(IV)]U [H
-5 0 + -1
1.7 x 10 D [Mn(II)] [S(IV)]U [H ]
8 [Mn(II)r [S(IV)]U
Adapted from Hoather
3-4 Goodeve (1934)
-2.2 Adapted from Neytzell-de
Wilde and Taverner (1958)
-3-4 Adapted from Coughanowr
and Krause (1965);
dependence on pH not
reported
The units are: liter, mole, second.
Concentrations shown with zero power (e.g., [S(IV)] ) indicate that the investigators
found the rate to be independent of those species. Note that any concentration to the
zero power is equal to unity.
r + -1
The term £H ] indicates that the rate is+dependent only on the inverse of the
initial H ion concentration; changes in H concentration after the reaction is
in progress do not affect the rate.
SOX2D/B
2-26
1-21-81
image:
-------
(10-100 minutes) of the experimental runs were sufficiently long that it is reasonable that
the rate of oxidation was measured after the establishment of the radial chains, and not dur-
ing the induction period.
The Fe(III) catalyzed reaction studies that are pertinent to the formation of sulfate in
the troposphere are identified in Table 2-8. The only studies not using two-phase systems
(subject to mass transport limitations) are those of Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958),
Karraker (1963), Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974a), and Fuzzi (1978). Hegg and Hobbs (1978)
have pointed out that Karraker (1963) did not investigate the catalyzed oxidation in which
dissolved 0^ is the oxidant, but instead the redox system associated with the couple
Fe(III) + e •» Fe(II) in an oxygen-free system. Thus, Karraker1s work is not considered
applicable. Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958) reported that the sulfate formation rate
was second order for [S(IV)], but Karraker (1963) has re-analyzed their data and has shown
instead that the order is unity. As noted for the Mn(II) system, Neytzell-de Wilde and
Taverner (1958) did not present a rate expression and constant for the Fe(III) system; an es-
timate derived from their paper is presented in Table 2-9. Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974a)
have reported a rate expression and constant measured at a constant pH = 4; unfortunately,
they used a plastic reaction vessel, which could have released organic inhibitors into the
system, causing the rate to be diminished. (At pH = 4, their rate is 0.25 of that of
Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner, 1958, and 0.1 of that of Fuzzi, 1978.) Fuzzi (1978) did not
note the similarity of his observations and those of Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958),
especially the dependence of the rate on the initial inverse H concentration for pH < 4.0.
Fuzzi's (1978) rate expression has been modified by incorporating the dependence on [H ] and
is presented in Table 2-9. Note that Fuzzi's (1978) modified rate constant is 2.5 times
greater than that of Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958), which is good agreement for this
type of measurement; these two studies appear to be the most definitive for the Fe(III) sys-
tem, and there is no basis to prefer one over the other. Fuzzi (1978) has clearly demonstra-
ted the change in the reaction order of [S(IV)] from 1 to 2 as pH increases from 4 to 5. The
change in kinetics is due to the formation of colloidal Fe(OH)., for pH > 4, which provides an
explanation for the disagreement among earlier investigators. Because of the formation of the
Fe(OH),, colloid, it is unlikely that a meaningful Fe(III) catalyzed rate expression for use in
tropospheric sulfate formation can be stated for conditions in which pH > 4.
The Cu catalyzed reaction kinetics have been described in the early work of Titoff (1903).
The pertinent investigations are identified in Table 2-10. As with the Mn and Fe studies,
most of the Cu studies were performed with incompletely characterized systems. Fuller and
Crist (1941) point out that the prior work is unreliable because of the likely presence of
contaminants. However, the investigations of Fuller and Crist (1941) were carried out in a
two-phase reactor whose mass transfer characteristics are not completely described; no one has
since conducted a study that is more definitive of this system. The reagent concentrations
used by Barron and O'Hern (1966) are orders of magnitude too large, and the pH range (>8) used
by Mishra and Srivastava (1976) is not applicable. For that reason, no rate expression can
SOX2D/B 2-27 1-21-81
image:
-------
TABLE 2-8. INVESTIGATIONS OF S09 - IRON - 0, AQUEOUS SYSTEM
Investigators Type of system Comment
Reinders and Vies (1925)
Bassett and Parker (1951)
Higgins and Marshall (1957)
Johnstone and Coughanawr (1958)
Junge and Ryan (1958)
Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958)
Johnstone and Moll (1960)
Danilczuk and Swinarski (1961)
Karraker (1963)
Bracewell and Gall (1967)
Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974a)
Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974b)
Freiberg (1974)
Lunak and Veprek-Siska (1975)
Barrie and Georgii (1976)
Fuzzi (1978)
Bulk 2
Bulk 2
Bulk 2
Support droplet 1
Bubbler 1,2
Bulk 2
Free droplets 2
Bulk 2
Bulk 3
Bubbler 1
Bubbler 1
Not reported 4
Theoretical
Flow 5
Supported droplet 1
Bulk
1. Incompletely characterized 2-phase system;
to be reliable.
2. Rate expression not reported.
3. Op-free system; results not applicable to
4. Insufficient details reported to determine
considered to be reliable.
5. Photochemical initiation.
results cannot be considered
tropospheric S02 oxidation.
if the results should be
TABLE 2-9. RATE EXPRESSION FOR THE IRON-CATALYZED OXIDATION
r- . a.b
Expression
PH
Investigators
d[S042']
dt
d[S042"]
dt
d[S042"]
dt
= 0.04 [Fe(III)] [S(IV)]
= 100 [Fe(III)] [S(IV)]
- 0.1 [Fe(III)] [S(IV)]
"2 Adapted from Neytzell-de
Wilde and Taverner (1958)
4 Brimblecombe and
Spedding (1974a)
<4 Adapted from Fuzzi (1978)
The units are: liter, mole, second.
The term [H ] indicates that the rate is dependent on the inverse of the initial
H ion concentration; changes in H concentration after the reaction is in progress
do not affect the rate.
SOX2D/B
2-28
1-21-81
image:
-------
TABLE 2-10. INVESTIGATIONS OF S02 - COPPER - 0£ AQUEOUS SYSTEMS
Investigators
Type of system
Comment
Titoff (1903)
Reinders and Vies (1925)
Alyea and Backstrb'm (1929)
Johnstone (1931)
Albu and Grof von Schweinitz (1932)
Fuller and Crist (1941)
Riccoboni et al. (1949)
Bassett and Parker (1951)
Higgins and Marshall (1957)
Johnstone and Coughanowr (1958)
Junge and Ryan (1958)
Barron and O'Hern (1966)
Bracewell and Gall (1967)
Cheng et al. (1971)
Veprek-Siska and Lunak (1974)
Barrie and Georgii (1976)
Huss et al. (1978)
Mishra and Srivastava (1976)
Bulk
Bulk
Bulk
Bubbler
Bulk
Bubbler
Bulk
Bulk
Bulk
Supported droplet
Bubbler
Flow
Bubbler
Supported droplet
Flow
Supported droplet
Bulk
Flow
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1. Incompletely characterized 2-phase system; results cannot be considered
to be reliable.
2. Rate expression not reported.
be recommended as reliable for use in calculating sulfate formation rates due to Cu catalysis
in the troposphere.
Vanadium catalysis has been reported in only one study (Bracewell and Gall, 1967); a
bubble reactor was used, and its mass transfer characteristics were inadequately reported.
Therefore, no rate expression can be recommended as reliable. However, Bracewell and Gall
(1967) did observe qualitatively that V(V) was orders of magnitude less effective than Mn and
Fe. Most likely, V(V) catalysis is unimportant for sulfate formation in the troposphere.
Likewise, there are no definitive studies for Cr(III), Ni(II), Zn(II), and Pb(II), but it
appears from the qualitative work of Bracewell and Gall that these catalytic reactions are
unimportant.
Barrie and Georgii (1976) have demonstrated qualitatively that Mn(II) and Fe(III) exhibit
a synergistic rate for the catalysis of S(IV) oxidation. Their rate expression cannot be con-
sidered to be reliable since they used a supported droplet.
In summary, our status of knowledge of the homogeneous metal ion catalysis systems is:
1. S(IV) oxidation rates are significantly increased by Mn(II) and Fe(III). There is
serious doubt regarding the rate expression for Mn(II), but the agreement among independent
studies is much better for Fe(III).
2. These systems are presently inadequately characterized: Cu(II), V(V), V(IV),
Ni(II), Zn(II), and Pb(II).
3. There are no quantitative studies of metal ion-metal ion synergism.
SOX2D/B 2-29 1-21-81
image:
-------
4. The ability of atmospheric organic compounds to inhibit the catalysis is unknown.
5. All studies have been performed in the absence of HCCL ; however, the reactions
•S04" + HC03" -» HC03 + S042"
•OH + HC03~ -> HC03 + OH"
may be important. It is possible that such reactions may occur, and if so, they would prevent
the oxidation radical chain from establishing since HC03 is not a powerful oxidizer (Hoigne
and Bader, 1978).
6. In general, the rate expressions for catalytic oxidation to form sulfuric acid are
not well-established.
2.3.4.3 S(IV) - Carbon Black -0,, - HpO—The catalysis of the oxidation of dissolved S02 by
carbon particles suspended in the water has been studied by Chang et al. (1979) and by Eatough
et al. (1979). It was found by Chang et al. (1979) that the oxidation rate of dissolved S02
species was:
d[S(IV)] n ,q n
- ^ = k[C] [02]U-by[S(IV)]U exp(-Eg/RT) (2-32)
with an activation energy of E = 11.7 kcal/mol over the pH range of 1.45 to 7.5 for the car-
3
bon studied, which was Nuchar-190. (The investigators demonstrated that Nuchar-190 behaved
similarly to soot from acetylene and natural gas flames.) An average value of k = 1.17 x 10
mol ' x liter /g-sec was reported. The kinetics have been interpreted in terms of the
rate-limiting step being the formation of an activated complex between molecular oxygen and
the carbon surface (Chang et al., 1979; Eatough et al., 1979).
Chang et al. (1979) have estimated that for 10 ug of their fine carbon soot suspended in
0.05 g of liquid water and dispersed in 1 m of air, the atmospheric sulfate production would
be about 1 ug/hr. Heavy hydrocarbons are adsorbed on the surfaces of atmospheric soots and
may inhibit the carbon-surface catalyzed oxidation of dissolved SO,,. At this time, it remains
to be demonstrated that the laboratory soots used by Chang et al. (1979) correspond to those
3
present in the atmosphere or that the suspension of soot at ambient levels (<10 |jg/m ) in
aerosols, cloud droplets, or rain is similar to the laboratory system.
2.3.4.4 S(IV) - Dissolved Oxidants - H,,0—Hydrogen peroxide, ozone, and nitrogen dioxide may
be important in the oxidation of S0? in aqueous aerosols and fogs. Although these compounds
do not demonstrate high reactivity toward S0? in air, their reactivity is enhanced in the li-
quid phase. Again, caution is advised in accepting the results of studies of two-phase sys-
tems in which the investigators have not completely accounted for the possibility of the mass
transport limitation of the oxidation rate. Therefore, only the recent results for single-
phase systems are discussed here.
Martin et al. (1981) have used a stopped-flow reactor to investigate the kinetics of oxi-
dation of aqueous SO- species by aqueous NO, N02, and NO,. Over the pH range of 0.6 to 3.2,
SOX2D/B 2-30 1-21-81
image:
-------
they found for NO and N0~ that the disappearance of S(IV) species is:
- d^[V)J = k [NO or N0~] [S(IV)] (2-33)
k i 0.01 mole l~1s~1.
2~
However, for the same conditions, the reaction with N0? is rapid and the formation of SO.
can be expressed as:
]
= k-JH r^ [HN02 + N02] [S02-H20 + HSO~] (2-34)
kj = 142 (liter/mole)1' 5s"1
The N0? is reduced quantitatively in this reaction to N90. Martin et al. (1981) also observed
2+
that this reaction is not catalyzed by Fe(III), Mn(II), or VO . It is unlikely that tropo-
spheric nitrous acid (HNO?) concentrations are high enough for this reaction to be important
for HpSO. formation.
The oxidation of dissolved S02 by ozone has been investigated with stopped-flow systems.
Penkett (1972) and Penkett et al. (1979) have interpreted their work in terms of a decomposi-
tion of ozone to initiate a free-radical chain reaction involving OH, HSO.., and HSOj, radicals,
after Backstrom (1934). Penkett et al . (1979) suggested that the rate expression is
2-
d[so4 ] _ + _-. r?-3
where k = 71 sec . Erickson et al. (1977) reported the fractional contributions of the oxida-
tion of the three sulfur oxide species by ozone at various pH values; their rate expressions are
d[SO 2~]
d[S02~]
HgO] [03] (2-36)
= k2[HS03 ] [03] (2-37)
d[SO 2~] 2.
— df- = ¥S°3 1 t03] (2-38)
5 9
where k, = 590 liter/mol -sec, k2 = 3.1 x 10 liter/mol -sec, and k3 = 2.2 x 10 liter/mol -sec.
Penkett et al. (1979) used a stopped-flow reactor to determine the kinetics of oxidation
of dissolved S0? species by hydrogen peroxide. It was found that the rate of sulfate formation
is given by
dtsof] . +
dt4 = k[H202] [HS03] [H ] + ka[H202] [HS03] [HA] (2-39)
7 7 2
where k = 2.6 x 10 liter/mol -sec, with k and k being the third-order rate constants for
the catalysis by free protons and proton-donating buffers (HA), respectively. At pH < 4, it
SOX2D/B 2-31 1-21-81
image:
-------
is found that k/k > 3200. Therefore, the second term is probably not important for acid
a ""*
aerosols and fogs. It is of great significance that the reaction rate increases as the solu-
tion becomes more acidic, which is in contrast to aqueous oxidation by metal ions and by
ozone. The activation energy and the effect of ionic strength on the reaction have been mea-
sured by Penkett et al. (1979). Dasgupta (1980) has criticized the presentation of Penkett
et al. (1979); use of the rate expression (equation 2-39) takes into account Dasgapta's (1980)
points. Martin and Damschen (1981) have found that
2] [S02-H20]/{0.1 + [H ]} (2-40)
dt
where k = 7.2 x 10 s ; their expression is applicable over the range 0 but it is expected to be usually unimportant.
4. The oxidation rate for H?0? is known and appears to be potentially a highly effec-
tive reaction for formation of H2$04 in the troposphere. This rate could possibly be enhanced
by metal ions, but no studies have been reported.
5. Organic oxidizers may be important, but no studies have been reported.
2.3.4.5 The Influence of NH, — It has been recognized for several decades that NH, may influ-
ence the formation rate of H2S04 in aqueous particles, mist, fog, and rain. Hegg and Hobbs
(1978) have reviewed the studies of the NH, influence. They have called attention to a mis-
understanding in the literature: NH, is commonly reported incorrectly to be a "positive
catalyst" for the oxidation of dissolved SO,,. In the strict sense of the definition of
"catalyst," the term cannot be applied to the role of NH,. The observed enhancement by NH, of
the oxidation rates of the auto-oxidation, metal-ion oxidation, and the 0, oxidation is due to
O
its action to raise and maintain a high pH. The following process occurs to raise and main-
tain a higher pH through the conversion of NH, to NH.:
1. Ambient gaseous NH.,., , dissolves in the water,
NH,, , -» NH,, ,
3(g) <- 3(aq)
2. The dissolved NH3, , reacts with H+, which raises the pH
NH3(aq) * H+ I <
Therefore, the ambient pathways of auto-oxidation, Mn(II)- and Fe(III)- catalyzed oxida-
tion, and 03 oxidation would have their rates enhanced by absorption of NH,. However, the am-
bient pathways of H202 and HN02 would have their rates retarded by NH, absorption. The rate
for soot would not be influenced.
SOX2D/B 2-32 1-21-81
image:
-------
NH3 can play other important roles. Reinders and Vies (1925) observed qualitatively that
Cu(II) was complexed by NH3 and rendered non-catalytic. At high pH's (>9) such that NH3(aq)
is the dominant form, NH3 may be oxidized by 0, and free-radicals (Hoigne and Bader, 1978).
In summary, the role of NH3 is explained in terms of its influence on the pH of the water
system; NH3 is not a catalyst.
2.3.5 Surface Chemical Reactions
Industrial emissions of solid particles (e.g., fly ash) and fugitive dust (e.g., wind-
blown soil and minerals) provide a solid-surface that may chemisorb SCL and yield sulfate ions.
The work reviewed in this section will include investigations of the SO- oxidation on the sur-
faces of: metal oxides, fly ash, charcoal, and soot. Although reaction kinetics have not
been identified, two general types of processes have been: a capacity-limited reaction for
S02 removal and a catalytic S02 oxidation process. The initial contact of SC^ with the solid
produces a rapid loss of SO- from the gas phase; the reaction rate decreases with time. For
the capacity-limited reaction, the rate slowly approaches zero; for the catalytic process, the
rate levels off for a time and then approaches zero. The latter phenomenon is attributed to a
pH decrease caused by sulfuric acid formation.
Urone et al. (1968) and Smith et al. (1969) found a number of solids to be effective in
removing Sf^. In Urone1s studies, SCL was admitted to a flask containing a powder that was
allowed to react with no mixing, and the product and remaining SCL were determined. Only the
average reaction rates can be calculated from these experiments; more importantly, with this
experimental procedure the rates may be diffusion-limited. The highest rate determined was
for SCL with ferric oxide; the value was >75 percent per minute. Other materials found to be
slightly less reactive than ferric oxide were magnetite, lead oxide, lead dioxide, calcium
oxide, and aluminum oxide. The rate for the ferric oxide experiment was for 20 mg of ferric
7 3
oxide in a 2-liter flask; the ferric oxide concentration would thus be 10 ug/m . Assuming a
direct proportionality between rate and particle concentration, the S0« removal rate in the
3
atmosphere would be calculated to be 0.04 percent per hour for 100 (jg/m of particles with the
same reactivity as ferric oxide. However, since the mass transfer characteristics of the
reactor were not reported, these results cannot be considered reliable for estimating rates.
Smith et al. (1969) did not focus on sulfate formation kinetics; instead, they illustrated
through a novel experiment the ability of solid particles to adsorb SO- and to release S02
during passage through a tube with a wall that adsorbes SO-. They measured the number of SO-
monolayers absorbed on suspended Fe30« as function of SO- partial pressure. (The monolayer
coverage data reported in their Table I are in error by a factor of 100 to large; e.g., the
number of monolayers at 1.13 ppm should be 0.38 x 10 .)
Chun and Quon (1973) measured the reactivity of ferric oxide to S02, using a flow system
involving a filter containing suspended particles. They determined a removal rate constant of
9.4 x 10"^ ppm min (-din 0/dt), where 8 is the fraction of surface sites available for
reaction. Extrapolating this to an atmospheric particle concentration of 100 pg/m with an
SOX2D/B 2-33 1-21-81
image:
-------
equivalent reactivity and an SOp concentration of 0.1 ppm, the data project an atmospheric
removal rate of 0.1 percent per hour.
Stevens et. al. (1978) report total iron concentrations in six U.S. cities ranging be-
tween 0.5 and 1.3 ug/m . Other species such as manganese, copper, or vanadium had total con-
centrations usually below 0.1 pg/m3. Thus actual ambient air concentrations are a factor of
approximately 50 times less than that assumed by the authors in the above papers. A reactive
o
particle concentration of 2 ug/m would yield a predicted $02 removal rate of no more than
0.002 percent per hour. Therefore, surface reactions are probably not important except in
sources prior to or immediately after emission.
The most comprehensive study to date on S0? removal by pure solids was made by Judeikis
(1974) and Judeikis et al. (1978), who used a tubular flow reactor in which solids were sup-
ported on an axial cylinder to measure reactivities of MgO, Fe203, A1203, Mn02, PbO, NaCl,
charcoal, and fly ash. They found that the rates of S0? removal diminished with exposure
until the solids completely lost ability to react with S02- The relative humidity was impor-
tant in determining the total capacity for S02 removal, but not the initial rate of uptake;
total capacity increased as relative humidity increased. The capacity for S02 could be ex-
tended by exposure to NhL. This type of behavior is consistent with the formation of H2SO» on
the surfaces.
Because of the ubiquitous nature of carbonaceous matter in ambient air particulate sam-
ples, various workers have studied the S0? removal rate by carbon. A comparison of the
results is rather difficult because of the varieties of carbon available for study, such as
activated charcoal, graphite, acetylene flame products, and combustion products of diesel oil
and heating oil. We cite here a few investigations that deal with the gas-solid reaction of
S02 with carbon.
Novakov et al. (1974) performed laboratory experiments that showed that graphite and soot
o_
particles oxidize S02 in air. The soot exposed to humidified air produced more SO, than
that exposed only to dry air. They also observed for downtown Los Angeles a strong correla-
p_
tion between the concentrations of ambient carbon and SO- , which supports their hypothesis
o-
that carbon (soot) oxidation of S02 is the major pathway for SO, formation. (See discussion
in Section 2.3.4.3).
Tartarelli et al. (1978) studied the interaction of S02 with carbonaceous particles col-
lected from the flue ducts of oil-burning power stations. They concluded that the amount of
adsorption is increased by the presence of oxygen and water in the gas stream. Reaction rates
were not determined in this study.
Liberti et al. (1978) studied the adsorption and oxidation of S02 on various particles,
including soot from an oil furnace and various atmospheric particulate samples. They
concluded that the main interaction between the S02 and particulate matter is adsorption, with
most catalytic reactions occurring at high temperatures, near the combustion source. Their
SOX2D/B 2-34 1-21-81
image:
-------
experiments with atmospheric participate samples led them to the conclusion that any hetero-
geneous nonphotochemical sulfate formation is strongly dependent on the reactivity of the
particle surface, and hence the history (aged, freshly emitted), of the aerosol.
In summary, the status of our knowledge of surface reactions is:
1. The reactions are capacity-limited. Those that involve catalysis in liquid films can
be extended by the absorption of NH3-
2. The initial rates may be large, but quickly approach zero.
3. Except for the carbon (soot) reaction, solid surface reactions do not appear to be
effective pathways for H2S(K formation in the troposphere.
2.3.6 Estimates of SO,, Oxidation
It is of interest at this point to compare the rates of S02 oxidation by the more impor-
tant reactions identified in the previous sections of Chapter 2. The important reactions for
gas-phase and aqueous-phase oxidation are listed in Table 2-11, and rates of SO,, oxidation for
an assumed set of conditions are present. These calculations ignore the non-homogeneous
nature of the troposphere and assume that all of the reactants are well-mixed. (The more
general case is treated in Chapter 6.)
TABLE 2-11. ESTIMATES OF S02 OXIDATION RATES IN WELL-MIXED
TROPOSPHERE
Reaction
I. Gas phase
HO radical
H0? radical
CHp2 radical
II. Aqueous phase, pH:
Mn(II) catalysis
Fe(III) catalysis
C (soot) catalysis
0, (40 ppb)
0^ (120 ppb)
Hp? (1 ppb)
H^ (10 ppb)
Rate, % h"1
1
1E-1
5E-5
3E+1
2E-8
6E-8
2E-2
2E-1
0.3 - 1.3
0.4 - 2.0
0.3 - 1.5
3
1E+1
5E-1
3E+1
2E-6
6E-6
3E-2
2E-1
5
1E+3
5E+3
3E+1
2E-4
6E-4
3E-2
3E-1
Discussion
Section
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
4
4
Comments
1
1
1
2
3
6
3
3
3
3
,2
,2
,3,4
,5
,7
,7
,8
,8
NOTE: "E" denotes "exponential to 10th power;" e.g., 3E-1 = 3 X 10"1
1. Typical range for daytime at northern midlatitudes during the summer.
2. This reaction rate is not well established; see discussion section.
-12 3 3
3. Assumed that liquid water volume of aerosol = 50 x 10 m /m ,
[S091 = 10 ppb (or 27 ug/m3).
9 3
4. Assumed that Mn(II) mass concentration = 20 ng/m ; also, the Mn(II) is
assumed to be uniformly dissolved in the liquid water of the aerosol
([Mn(II)J = 8.9 x 10 M). Rate calculation used the expression of
Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958); see Table 2-7.
SOX2D/B 2-35 1-21-81
image:
-------
5. Assumed that Fe(III) mass concentration = 2 yg/m3; also, the Fe(III) is
assumed to be uniformly dissolved in the liquid water of the aerosol
([Fe(III)] = 0.9 M). Rate calculation used the expression of
Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958); see Table 2-9.
O
6. Assumed that C mass concentration = 10 ug/m and behaves as the soots
studied by Chang et al. (1979), whose expression was used for this
calculation (Equation 2-32).
7. Rate calculation was based on Equation 2-35.
8. Rate calculation was based on Equation 2-39.
For this comparison, it has been assumed that the S00 concentration is 10 ppb for all of
-12 3 3
the reactions, and that the liquid water content of the aerosol is 50 x 10 m /m .
The gas-phase rates have been calculated based on the discussion material presented in
Section 2.3.3.2. The aqueous-phase rates have been calculated based on the discussion mate-
rial presented in Sections 2.3.4.2-4. Several of the assumptions made do not have any basis,
namely:
1. The ambient mass concentration of 20 ng/m for Mn is reasonable, but: (a) it is not
known if the predominate form is Mn(II), and (b) it is unlikely that Mn is uniformly distri-
buted and dissolved.
3
2. Likewise, the ambient concentration of 2 ug/m for Fe is reasonable, but: (a) it is
not known if Fe(III) is the predominate form, and (b) it is unlikely that Fe is uniformly dis-
tributed and dissolved.
3. There is no basis to assume that the rate equation observed for laboratory-generated
carbon (soot) applies to atmospheric carbon.
4. The rates for the H02 and CH^O^ reactions recommended by Calvert et al. (1978) are
not well established.
It is very likely that the rates estimated for Mn(II) catalysis, Fe(III) catalysis, and C
(soot) catalysis are gross over-estimates. Also, the H02 and CH30? rates may be too high.
Uncritically accepting all of the rates, at a pH = 3, and [H,00] = 10 ppb, the S09 con-
-1
version rate would exceed 40% h . However, if only the well-established rates are consi-
dered, the S0? conversion rate becomes ~1.1^ h
In summary, our status of knowledge of S0? oxidation pathways is:
I. The gas-phase reaction rate of HO and the aqueous-phase reaction of H,0, are well
_1 £ *-
established, but are expected to account for only about 1.1% h (under the conditions given
in Table 2-11).
2. The Mn(II), Fe(III), and C (soot) catalyzed reactions have sufficient rates to domi-
nate SOp oxidation in the troposphere, but we do not have confidence that the assumptions dis-
cussed above are reasonable.
2.4 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF PARTICULATE MATTER
Knowledge of the physics and chemistry of particulate matter is necessary for design of
satisfactory samplers and monitors, understanding the relationships between sources and
SOX2D/B 2-36 1-21-81
image:
-------
*
effects, and understanding important processes in the troposphere that involve chemical trans-
formations and removal.
In Section 2.2, the global cycle and annual budget for sulfur were presented to aid in
establishing the goals and limitations of this document's treatment of sulfur oxides. That
discussion is insufficient in that particulate matter is related to cycles of numerous ele-
ments and their interactions. Among the more important cycles of elements are: sulfur, nitro-
gen, carbon, hydrogen, boron, oxygen, sodium, aluminum, silicon, phosphorous, chlorine, potas-
sium, calcium, vanadium, manganese, iron, mercury, and lead. Since it is beyond the scope of
this document to deal with the details of these cycles, a perspective of the problem can be
obtained from a budget estimate of the particulate mass injected into the troposphere. The
estimate by Hidy and Brock (1971) of the daily particulate mass emitted or formed in the tro-
posphere is presented in Table 2-12. On a global basis, the anthropogenic contribution is
about 6 percent; however, the non-homogeneous distribution and the type of emissions pose
serious problems. (See Chapter 4 for a discussion of sources in the United States.) Figure
2-2 showed the general inter-relations of pathways, processes, and properties of sulfur oxides
and particulate matter and effects. Section 2-3 treated the SCL physical properties and chem-
istry (including transformation chemistry), which are indicated in Figure 2-2. Section 2.4
will discuss the physics and chemistry of particulate matter that are related to particle pro-
perties, single particle dynamics of motion, formation and growth, and aerosol system dynamics.
The budget in Table 2-12 indicates that secondary particulate matter formation dominate
the rates. The importance of this type of source will be made evident in the discussions in
Section 2.4.
2.4.1 Definitions
The field of aerosol science spans chemistry, physics, engineering, meteorology, and the
biological sciences. Unfortunately, the lack of communication between workers in these diverse
disciplines has impeded the unification of their ideas. One of the results has been a lack of
universally accepted definitions of the terms "aerosol" and "particle" and the terms for class-
ification of aerosol systems. For the purpose of this document, the definitions are made to
be consistent with the general usage by atmospheric scientists.
Particle — any object having definite physical boundaries in all directions, without any
limit with respect to size (Cadle, 1975). In practice, the particle size range of interest is
used to define "particle." In atmospheric sciences, "particle" usually means a solid or liquid
subdivision of matter that has dimensions greated than molecular radii (-vlO nm); there is also
not a firm upper limit, but in practice it rarely exceeds 1 mm.
Aerosol — a disperse system with a gas-phase medium and a solid or liquid disperse phase
(Fuchs, 1964). Often, however, individual workers modify the definition of "aerosol" by arbi-
trarily requiring limits on individual particle motion or surface-to-volume ratio (e.g., see
Hidy and Brock, 1970). Aerosols are formed by (a) the suspension of particles due to grinding
or atomization, or (b) condensation of supersaturated vapors (Fuchs, 1964).
SOX2D/B 2-37 1-21-81
image:
-------
X
For the purpose of this document, an aerosol is not the halocarbon vapor used as the pro-
pellent in pressured cans (commonly referred to as "aerosol cans" and "aerosol bombs"). The
improper use of the term "aerosol" by marketers of foams, gels, sprays, etc., has caused the
lay public to associate incorrectly environmental issues of suspended particulate matter with
the issue of halocarbon impact on the stratospheric ozone layer. In the context of this docu-
ment, the usage of the term "aerosol" is not related to the impact of halocarbons on strato-
spheric ozone layer.
TABLE 2-12. ESTIMATE OF TROPOSPHERIC PARTICULATE MATTER
DDnmirTTflN PATPC3
PRODUCTION RATES
Source % by weight of total
A.
1.
2.
Natural sources
Primary
Wind-blown dust
Sea Spray
Volcanoes
Forest fires
Secondary
Vegetation
Sulfur cycle
Nitrogen cycle
Volcanoes (gases)
9.3
28
0.09
3.8
28
9.3
14.8
0.009
SUBTOTALS 94
B. Manmade sources
1. Primary
Combustion and industrial 2.8
Dust from cultivation 0.009
2. Secondary
Hydrocarbon vapors 0.065
Sulfates 2.8
Nitrates 0.56
Ammonia 0.028
SUBTOTALS
TOTAL 100
^Source: Hidy and Brock (1970)
Production rate = 10.7 x 10 m
metric tons/day
Traditionally, workers in various scientific fields have classified the aerosol systems
to reflect their origin, physical state, and range of particle size. The meanings of these
classifications are not universally accepted; however, the following definitions are consis-
tent with general usage by atmospheric scientists.
SOX2D/B 2'38
image:
-------
Particulate Mass — a generic classification in which no distinction is made on the basis
of origin, physical state, and range of particle size (Dennis, 1976). (The term "participate"
is an adjective, but it is commonly used incorrectly as a noun.)
Dust -- dispersion aerosols with solid particles formed by comminution or disintegration
without regard to particle size (Fuchs, 1964; Dennis, 1976; Hidy and Brock, 1970). Typical
examples include (a) natural minerals suspected by the action of wind and (b) solid particles
suspended during industrial grinding, crushing, or blasting.
Smokes -- dispersion aerosols containing both liquid and solid particles formed by con-
densation from supersaturated vapors (Fuchs, 1964; Hidy and Brock, 1970). Generally, the par-
ticle size is in the range of 0.1 |jm to 10 urn. A typical example is the formation of parti-
cles due to incomplete combustion of fuels.
Fumes — dispersion aerosols containing liquid or solid particles formed by condensation
of vapors produced by chemical reaction of gases or sublimation (Dennis, 1976). Generally,
the particle size is in the range 0.01 (jm to 1 urn. Distinction between the terms "smokes" and
"fumes" is often difficult to apply.
Mists -- suspension of liquid droplets formed by condensation of vapor or atomization;
the droplet diameters exceed 10 (jm and in general the particulate concentration is not high
enough to obscure visibility (Hidy and Brock, 1970).
Fogs — same as "mists," but the particulate concentration is sufficiently high to
obscure visibility (Hidy and Brock, 1970). [Dennis (1976) proposes alternate definitions that
distinguish "mists" and fogs" on the basis of particle size.]
Haze -- an aerosol that impedes vision (Dennis, 1976) and may consist of a combination of
water droplets, pollutants, and dust (Hidy and Brock, 1970).
Smog — a combination of "smoke" and "fog." Originally this term referred to episodes in
Great Britain that were attributed to coal burning during persistent foggy conditions
(Chambers, 1968). In the United States "smog" has become associated with urban aerosol forma-
tion during periods of high oxidant concentrations.
Smaze -- a combination of "smoke" and "haze" (Corn, 1968).
Cloud — a free aerodisperse system of any type having a definite size and form and with-
out regard to particle size (Fuchs, 1964).
Primary Particles (or Primary Aerosols) — dispersion aerosols formed from particles that
are emitted directly into the air and that do not change form in the atmosphere (NAS, 1977).
Examples include windblown dust and ocean salt spray.
Secondary Particles (or Secondary Aerosols) -- dispersion aerosols that form in the atmos-
phere as a result of chemical reactions, often involving gases (NAS, 1977). A typical example
is sulfate ions produced by photochemical oxidation of SO-.
In addition to classifying aerosol systems by their properties (origin, physical state,
size), systems are classified according to the performance characteristics of the sampler or
analyzer. Some of the more common classifications used are the following:
SOX2D/B 2-39 1-21-81
image:
-------
Aitken nuclei -- those particles and ions measured by means of an instrument in which
water vapor is made to condense on particles by supersaturating the vapor (White and Kassner,
1971). In order to eliminate condensation of light ions, the supersaturation should not exceed
270% (White and Kassner, 1971). The term "condensation nuclei" is often used synonymously with
the term "Aitken nuclei."
Total Suspended Particulate (TSP) Mass — the particulate mass that is collected by the
Hi-Volume Sampler. (The system is classified in terms of the operational characteristics of
the sampler. See the discussion in Chapter 3.)
Coarse and Fine Particles -- these two fractions are usually defined in terms of the
separation diameter of a sampler. For the dichotomous sampler (see Chapter 3), the separation
diameter is usually set to be 2.5 urn. Thus, for the dichotomous sampler, the "coarse parti-
cles" are those with diameters greater than 2.5 urn and that are collected by the sampler; the
"fine particles" are those with diameters less than 2.5 urn and that are collected by the samp-
ler. (NOTE: seperation diameters other than 2.5 urn have been used.)
Additional definitions that relate to particulate size, particle size distributions, and
particle motion will be provided in the context of the material discussed in the following
Sections.
2.4.2 Physical Properties of Gases and Particles
It is necessary to know the physical properties of the gases and particles of an aerosol
system in order to understand the behavior of the system. Such knowledge is necessary for the
design of particle samplers, understanding the effects of aerosols (e.g., loss of visual
quality), understanding aerosol processes (such as coagulation, growth, deposition), and
modeling the effects and dynamics of aerosols.
2.4.2.1 Physical Properties of Gases--An aerosol consists of two principal components: the
gas-phase medium and the solid or liquid disperse phase. The behavior of aerosol systems can
be described in terms of the behavior and interaction of these two components.
For tropospheric aerosols, the gas of interest is "air." The molecular and fluid proper-
ties of air are well established and will not be reviewed here (see Hirschfelder et al., 1954;
Bird et al., 1960). The fluid motion of air, especially laminar flow, is adequately under-
stood. Presently, turbulent flow is formulated in statistical descriptions, and often the flow
fields in complex geometry cannot be satisfactorily predicted. This limitation in theory has
seriously affected our ability to describe the tropospheric microscale motion of particles with
diameters greater than 10 urn; specific problems include the performance of particle samplers
and the formulation of particle dry deposition.
In summary, the status of knowledge of the properties of air is:
1. The physical properties are adequately known.
2. Laminar flow of air is adequately understood.
3. Turbulent flow must be described in terms of a random fluctuating component; this
limitation seriously affects our ability to describe particle motion, especially for particles
with diameters greater than 10 urn.
SOX2D/B 2-40 1-21-81
image:
-------
2.4.2.2 Physical Properties of Particles—The physical properties of particles that influence
behavior have been recognized to be divided into three types (Billings and Gussman, 1976):
physical configuration, bulk material properties, and surface properties. The specific pro-
perties within these three types that are important for characterizing tropospheric particles
are discussed in detail.
2.4.2.2.1 Physical configuration. The shape, structure, and density are physical configura-
tion properties that are very important parameters in the equations of motion for particles.
The shape of particles is highly variable. Tropospheric particles have been reported to
have the following types of shapes: spherical, irregular, cubical, flake, fibrous, and con-
densation floes. The shape of particles has been observed to be related to source type, as
shown in Table 2-13.
The physical dimensions of particles are usually expressed in terms of an equivalent sta-
tistical diameter; for such a measure to be meaningful for non-spherical particles, it must be
applied as an average to a statistically significant number of particles (Cadle, 1975). For
sizing collected particles, the most widely used "diameters" for irregular particles are:
TABLE 2-13. PARTICLE SHAPES AND SOURCE TYPES3
Shape Examples
Spherical Smoke, pollen, fly ash
Irregular Mineral
Cubical Cinder
Flakes Mineral, epidermis
Fibrous Lint, plant fiber
Condensation floes Carbon, smoke, fume
aWhitby et al., 1957.
1. Martin's diameter — the distance between opposite sides of the particle, measured
crosswise of the particle and on a line bisecting the projected area. (For examples, see
Cadle, 1975; McCrone and Delly, 1973.)
2. Feret's diameter — the distance between two tangents on opposite sides of the par-
ticle. (For examples, see Cadle, 1975; McCrone and Delly, 1973.)
3. The maximum horizontal intercept ~ the longest diameter from edge to edge of the
particle, parallel to the reference line (McCrone and Delly, 1973).
4. The projected area diameter (British Standard method) -- found by comparing the pro-
jected area of the particle with the areas of reference circles on an ocular graticule (McCrone
and Delly, 1973).
Historically, these four "diameters" are of interest in powder technology; they possess a
deficiency in their usefulness for applications relating to particle dynamics. They describe
SOX2D/B 2-41 1-21-81
image:
-------
the shape in terms of one or two dimensions (i.e., projected surface area). The dynamics of
particle motion are formulated in terms of the diameters of spheres (which is a three-dimen-
sional shape). The relation between the "diameters" measured for projected surface areas of
irregular particles and the "diameter" meaningful for particle motion is not obvious. For
regular-shaped particles (e.g., cubes, cylinders, oblates), Fuchs (1964) has derived dynamic
shape factors that permit their representation as equivalent spheres.
The density (mass per unit volume) of particles is an important parameter that affects
motion and behavior. The density of particles that are spheres, cubes, and other regular geo-
metries is the same as the density of the bulk material. However, many particles are agglo-
merates of smaller particles of various composition. Such agglomerates have a large percen-
tage of their volume as voids or pores that are filled with air. Such a structure has the
appearance of a cluster of grapes. The sum of the volume of the small solid/ liquid particles
plus the void volume is defined as the "apparent" volume of the agglomerate. The "apparent
density" of agglomerates is defined as the ratio of solid/liquid mass to the apparent volume
(Fuchs, 1964), and it is often factors of 2-10 times lower than the density of mass that ex-
cludes the pore volume (Hesketh, 1977).
Because of the large number of tropospheric particles that are irregular or agglomerates
and have unknown density, it has become common practice to represent the shape, structure and
density of particles in terms of dynamically equivalent spheres of unit density. Hence, the
following definition:
3
Aerodynamic diameter — the diameter of a sphere of unit density (1 g/cm ) that attains
the same terminal velocity at low Reynolds number in still air as the actual particle under
consideration.
2.4.2.2.2 Bulk material properties. The bulk material properties that affect aerosol behav-
ior include chemical composition, vapor pressure, hygroscopicity and deliquescence, and index
of refraction. These properties are of interest because they control (a) the physical state
and growth, and (b) the scattering and absorption of light by tropospheric particles.
The chemical composition of tropospheric particles will be discussed briefly in Section
2.4.5 and in more detail in Chapter 5. It is sufficient to point out here that the particles
2- + +
with diameters less than approximately 2.5 urn contain most of the S04 , NO, , H , and NH.
and interact with H^O vapor much more strongly than larger particles (Meszaros, 1971; Charlson
et al. , 1978).
The most important systems are those of H2S04, NH4HSO., (NH.KSO.. These systems have
been characterized recently by Charlson et al. (1978), Tang et al. (1976), Tang and Munkelwitz
(1977), and Tang (1980a). Charlson et al. (1978) used an apparatus in their studies that meas-
ured the light scattering coefficient of the aerosol as a function of the relative humidity.
They obtained good agreement between theory and experiment in observing the hygroscopic behav-
ior of H2S04. However, they did not observe the predicted deliquescence points of NHJ4SCK and
. They speculated that these transitions were not observed because the salt
SOX2D/B 2-42 1-21-81
image:
-------
particles may have exhibited hysteresis and formed supercooled solutions (Orr et al., 1958).
Tang (1980a) used a system in which the salt aerosol was first dried, and then passed through
a controlled humidity chamber; the particles were sized with a single-particle optical analy-
ser. His data on deliquescence points and hygroscopic growth agreed well with theory, and he
concluded that for the NH.HSO.-H-O systems that the equilibrium size of mixed-salt droplets
may be adequately predicted from bulk solution properties. (The Kelvin effect, which may limit
growth, is discussed in Section 2.4.4.) Tang (1980a) has described the equilibrium deliques-
cence points and hygroscopic behavior for the complete hLCHNH.^SO.-^SO. system. He also
demonstrated the hysteresis phenomenon for (NH.)?SO. particles; as the particles were subjected
to decreasing relative humidity, solid crystals did not form at the deliquescence point (79.5%
RH), but formed at about 30% RH (in agreement with the observations of Orr et al., 1958).
The influence of NO, is an important consideration. Tang (1980b) has performed detailed
qualitative calculations of the partial pressures of NH, and HN03 over the NHg-HNO^-H^SO.-H^O
system at 24°C. He studied the effects of relative humidity and pH on these partial pressures
and deduced that: (1) the HNO~ partial pressure depends strongly on both the relative humid-
ity and droplet pH, and (2) the NH., partial pressure varies only slightly with humidity but
+ J
inversely with H concentration. Tang (1980b) remarked that the strong dependence of the HMO,
partial pressure on relative humidity may affect the nitrate content of particles that are
sampled, leading to biases in the determination of ambient N03 .
Charlson et al. (1978) have reviewed the potential use of the difference in the indices
of refraction for differentiating ambient particles of H?SO. and (NH.)pSO,. The ratio of back-
ward hemispheric scattering to the total scattering was measured near St. Louis in 1973 during
periods that were classified as H^SO. or (NH.^SO. dominated events. However, the absolute
value of the backward/total scatter did not agree with the predicted, which led Charlson et
al. (1978) to deduce that the refractive index is too variable to be used as an analytical tool
2-
in differentiating the types of SO, systems.
In general, the status of our knowledge regarding the bulk material properties is:
1. Bulk material properties are adequate for describing the state of tropospheric par-
ticles.
2. However, there is a paucity of thermodynamic data to permit prediction of deliques-
cence and hygroscopic behavior and vapor pressures of multi-component systems, especially for
relative humidities below about 90 percent.
2.4.2.2.3 Surface properties. The surface properties of particles provide a means of detec-
tion and measurement, collection, and may increase persistence of droplets in the atmosphere.
Some of the more important surface properties are: electrostatic charging, adhesion, and the
influence of surface films.
A number of identifiable mechanisms can lead to electrostatic charging of particles.
These include contact charging, photionization, field emission charging, and gaseous ion cap-
ture. For the practical applications in the troposphere gaseous ion capture is the most
SOX2D/B 2-43 1-21-81
image:
-------
important of these mechanisms. Contact charging also produces charging as in the tribo-
electric charging of dust as a result of dust rise by wind on the earth surface and by produc-
tion of charged sea spray aerosols over the ocean.
Reviews of experiment and theory for gaseous ion capture by aerosol particles may be found
in Bricard (1977) and Whitby and Liu (1966). Two recognized capture mechanisms are field
charging and diffusion charging. Field charging denotes the process in which an ion is cap-
tured by a particle in the presence of an external electrical field. Diffusion charging is a
process in the absence of an external electrical field. Field charging of aerosol particles
is utilized in particle control technology in the operation of electrostatic precipitators.
Diffusion charging is employed in classification or sizing of aerosol particles according to
their electrical mobility.
The rate of gaseous ion capture by an aerosol particle depends upon a number of para-
meters including the particle size and shape, the dielectric coefficient of the particle, the
number of charges already on the particle, and the mean free path and mobility of the gaseous
ion, plus, for field charging, the external electrical field strength.
The charging of an aerosol has been shown to be a stochastic process by Biosdron and Brock
(1970). Inherent difficulties in the use of particle charging as an aerosol detection method
has been shown by Marlow (1978a and 1978b) and by Porstendorfer and Mercer (1978). These
studies indicate that the polydispersity of the aerosol, the dielectric coefficient of the
particles, and humidity in the presence of trace gases lead to uncertainties in aerosol parti-
cle charges.
Particles are removed from the troposphere by diffusion to or impaction against surfaces;
particles also collide with each other and stick together. The forces of adhesion that hold
particles to surfaces and to each other include electrostatic forces, capillary forces in the
presence of a liquid, and London van der Walls forces. In general, for uniform conditions,
the efficiency of particle removal from surfaces by air flow decreases as the particle size
decreases for dry, solid particles (Corn, 1976). While the types of forces are known, the
magnitude of these forces usually cannot be predicted precisely.
The influence of surface films on aqueous droplets has been recognized for many years
(Bradley, 1955; Eisner et al., 1960). Chang and Hill (1980) have reviewed some of the studies
on droplet stabilization by surface films.- They have also demonstrated that the products of
the reaction between 0., and 1-decene in humid air produces a species that adsorbs on water
droplets and retards the evaporation rate. Chang and Hill (1980) suggest that photochemical
reactions may produce similar products that would retard the evaporation of urban fogs, and
perhaps extend their duration by hours. However, they report no kinetic data. Eisner et al.
(1960) investigated the kinetics of evaporation of droplets with fatty alcohols on the sur-
face. They were able to increase the lifetime of an evaporating 10-um droplet only by a fac-
tor of about 250, which corresponds to about 2.5 minutes. (Another likely cause of stable fogs
is the formation of supercooled droplets.) At this time, the influence of photochemically
produced organic condensates on the kinetics of droplet evaporation is not known.
SOX2D/B 2-44 1-21-81
image:
-------
2.4.3 Dynamics of Single Particles
The behavior of atmospheric aerosols depends upon the physical properties of the suspend-
ing gas, the particles, gas-particle interactions, particle-particle interactions, and the
fluid motion of the gas. Knowledge of these properties and interactions is essential to our
understanding of atmospheric phenomena, our ability to formulate predictive models of pollu-
tant particle concentrations and effects, and our ability to sample and measure particles. In
this section, the conditions will be presented for which aerosol systems can be described in
terms of the dynamics of single particles.
According to Hidy and Brock (1970), particles may be considered to be independent of each
other and the dynamics of single particles may be applied if the conditions in Table 2-14 are
satisfied. If coagulation or deposition is an important process, and the system satisfies all
but the last condition, they refer to the system as being in the "quasi-single particle
regime." As is seen in Table 2-14, the conditions for the "single particle regime" are
generally satisfied for the troposphere.
The dynamics of single particles include sedimentation, impaction, diffusion, coagulation,
electrodynamics, and filtration (Fuchs, 1964; Hidy and Brock, 1970; Friedlander, 1977). In
general, the dynamics can be described adequately for particles with diameters less than 10 urn.
However, the motion of particles with diameters greater than 10 urn in a turbulent air stream
cannot be predicted accurately. This deficiency in theory has adversely impacted our efforts
to design adequate samplers for particles with diameters greater than 10 urn.
2.4.4 Formation and Growth of Particles
Particles are formed by two processes: (1) the grinding or atomization of matter, and
(2) the nucleation of supersaturated vapors. The particles formed in the first process may be
emitted directly into the atmosphere. However, the particles formed in the second process
usually result from reactions of gases in the atmosphere to yield compounds with low vapor
pressures, when such species reach sufficiently high supersaturation, they nucleate to form
particles. The dynamics of nucleation have been extensively reviewed by Hidy and Brock
(1970), who discuss two types:
I. Homogeneous nucleation, which is the formation of particles by the molecular agglom-
eration of supersaturated vapors in the absence of foreign particles and ions. Important
examples include the formation of particles by: (a) H,,S04 molecules produced by the reaction
of HO radical with S02, and (b) carboxylic acids formed by the reaction of 03 and olefins.
2. Heterogeneous nucleation, which -is the condensation of molecules of a supersaturated
vapor onto foreign particles or ions. Important examples include: (a) the condensation of
hydrocarbon vapors onto Pb halide and carbon particles during cooling of automobile exhaust,
and (b) the condensation of H2$04 molecules onto fly ash during the cooling of plumes from
power plants burning fossil fuels.
Particle growth in the atmosphere occurs through gas-particle interactions, and particle-
particle interactions (coagulation).
SOX2D/B 2-45 1-21-81
image:
-------
TABLE 2-14. CONDITIONS FOR THE SINGLE-PARTICLE REGIME3
Conditions Range in troposphere
1. n-/nr <
I U
2. \Gn.1/3 <
3. Rinj1/3 <
4. n-1/3L . <
1 VI
5. Q. Q.K/kT <
J
:< I
:< 1
:< 1
:< 1
:< 1
for
for
for
for
for
all i
all i
all i,j
all i
all i.j
~ 10
~ 10
~ 10
~ 0
~ 10
-13
-3
-1
-2
to
to
to
to
10
10
10
10
-19
-5
-7
-6
a From Hidy and Brock (1970).
n. = number concentration of particles of type i
-19 -3
nr = number concentration of air molecules (~ 10 cm )
-5
AG = mean free path of air molecules (~ 10 cm)
R. = radius of particle, cm
L • = characteristic distance (cm) associated with change in number concen-
tration, temperature, and velocities
Q. = electrostatic charge
K = Debye reciprocal length
k = Boltzmann' constant
T = temperature, °K
Gas-particle interactions include the absorption and the adsorption of pollutant gases,
such as S02, NOp, hydrocarbons, 0, and FUOp, followed by their chemical reactions to yield
products such as SO. , NO., , and organics. Also included is the condensation of low-vapor
pressure molecules formed in gas phase reactions, such as HpSO,, HN03, and organics. An
important limitation on the accumulation of chemical species on submicrometric particles is
the Kelvin-Gibbs effect. The vapor pressures of the solvent and solute (or surface-absorbed
species) are increased as surface curvature is increased. For a condensing species being
formed by gas-phase reactions, there will be a minimum particle-size for which condensation
will not occur; this value is determined in part by the supersaturation reached by the species
(Friedlander, 1977).
Nair and Vohra (1975) have used bulk vapor pressure data and the Kelvin-Gibbs equation to
predict the growth behavior of H9SO. droplets as a function of the degree of H00 supersatura-
-17
tion. For example, a droplet with 10 g I^SO, has a diameter of 0.02 |jm at r.h. =0 percent.
At r.h. = 10ft percent, its diameter increases by a factor of 3; droplets with greater dry mass
SOX2D/B 2-46 1-21-81
image:
-------
of H2S04 will grow without bound. However, this 10 g HpSO, droplet and those smaller are
prevented by the Kelvin-Gibbs effect from reaching the critical size needed for unbounded
growth (a r.h. > 102 percent is required for this mass). This effect is important because it
prevents the dilution of H2SO- acidity in particles below the critical growth diameter; such
particles when inhaled could remain highly acidic.
Our status of knowledge of the formation and growth of particles is:
1. Fundamental problems remain regarding nucleation, condensation, diffusion, coagula-
tion, and transport. However, our understanding is adequate to explain and predict the tropo-
spheric behavior of particles with diameter less than 10 urn.
2. The dynamics of motion of particles with diameters greater than 10 pm are difficult
to predict, especially in turbulent flow fields.
2.4.5 Characterization of Atmospheric Aerosol
Significant advances have been made in the past decade in regard to elucidating the nature
of the tropospheric particle size, area, volume, and mass distribution functions and the
chemical composition. This section will discuss general aspects of distribution functions,
the observed behavior of tropospheric particle distributions, and chemical composition.
Evidence will be presented for the existence of multi-modal mass distributions and the differ-
ence in composition of particles above and below 2.5 pm.
2.4.5.1 Distribution—The multimodal nature (to be discussed below) of tropospheric particle
surface and mass distribution functions remained unrecognized until the early 1970s. The fac-
tors that caused it to remain dormant were the methods of presenting number size distribution
data and mass distribution data.
Tropospheric particles are polydisperse. For reason of convenience, particle size, area,
and volume (or mass) data are usually expressed in terms of a mathematical distribution func-
tion. Such functions are ordinarily characterized by two parameters. The fraction of the
total number of particles having diameters which lie between D and dD is
dN = f(D)dD (2-41)
with the normalization condition
J^ f(D)dD = 1. (2-42)
the curve representing the function f(D) is called the "number frequency distribution" or the
"number differential" curve. Similarly, the area and volume frequency distributions are
dA - f(D2)dD (2-43)
and
dV = f(D3)dD (2-44)
where the proper normalization is taken into account.
SOX2D/B 2-47 1-21-81
image:
-------
Prior to the 1970s, atmospheric scientists employed two predominate types of frequency
distributions [i.e., functional forms of f(D), f(D2), and f(D3)]: they were (a) Junge's
(1955) power law distribution for particle size, and (b) the log-normal distribution for mass.
Investigators that employed instrumentation that measured the particle size spectra
usually reported their data in terms of Junge's (1955) power law, which is
H = AD"k (2-45)
where A and k are constants. Clark and Whitby (1967) found that this power law was a reason-
able fit to the number distribution, but it was an inadequate model of the surface and volume
distribution.
Also, investigators that used cascade impactors that determined the mass distribution
spectra usually reported their data in terms of the log-normal distribution (see Fuchs, 1964;
Cadle, 1975). While multi-modal log-normal distributions can be recognized from standard
plots of data on log-normal graph paper, three effects combined to mask the multi-modal char-
acter of urban particle mass distribution: (1) the cascade impactors had serious (and un-
known) inlet biases against particles larger than about 5 urn, (2) the cascade impactors did
not have operational characteristics that permitted mass fraction below about 0.2 urn, and (3)
particle bounce distorts the mass distribution in cascade impactors. The warning of Fuchs
(1964) that the log-normal distribution is an adequate model only if the particles are sampled
perfectly and the sampler provides adequate fractionation points went unnoticed.
Whitby et al. (1972) were responsible for a major advance in recognizing that Junge's
(1955) power law and the log-normal distribution function were inadequate models of experi-
mental data for urban aerosols. Instead of seeking other functional forms to express the num-
ber, area, and volume distribution, they plotted dN/d log D, dA/d log D, and dV/d log D versus
log D. The result is seen in Figure 2-7. This type of plot has a convenient feature: the
area under the curve is proportional to the quantity (N, A, or V) between two diameters. The
particle volume between the diameters D, and D? is:
log D?
V(D,, D-) = / * (dV/d log D) d log D (2-46)
log Dx
For small values of A log D, Equation 2-43 becomes
V(D1, D2) = (AV/A log D) x A log D (2-47)
where (AV/A log D) is the average value in the interval between log D, and log D?.
The peaks in the three types of distribution plots are called "modes". As is evident in
Figure 2-7, there is usually one "number mode", one or two "surface modes", and two "volume
modes" for urban aerosols; sometimes an additional mode is observed in the range from 0.005 to
SOX2D/B 2-48 1-21-81
image:
-------
o
X
D
o>
_o
CD
5
D
1.2
— _ 0.8
a
. D
_o
— 5 0.6
— < 0.4
u.
CC
co
— 0.2
5
- _ 4
a
- ft
_o
_ < _
>
UJ
§2
,___ •*
I 0
TT
TT
TTT
TT
——• NUMBER
,N — —— SURFACE
/ \ _._ VOLUME
0.01
0.1 1
PARTICLE DIAMETER,/
—
10
Figure 2-7. Frequency plots of number, surface, and volume distributions for 1969
Pasadena smog aerosol.
Source: Airborne Particles (NAS, 1977).
2-49
image:
-------
0.05 urn. Because of the differences in chemical composition for particles with diameters
greater and less than 2.5 urn, samplers have been devised to collect particles into these two
fractions (called fine and coarse).
The fine volume fraction consists mainly of secondary particles that have been recognized
as forming two modes: (1) the Aitken (or nuclei) mode, which is from 0.005 to 0.05 un™ dia-
meter, and (2) the accumulation mode, which is from 0.05 to 2 urn.
The multi-modal distributions are generally observed for urban aerosols, but may not be
detected in other cases, such as marine environments or areas under the domination of a strong
source.
In summary, the status of our knowledge of the size distribution of continental tropo-
spheric particles is:
1. The particle volume (or mass) frequency function (AV/A log D versus log D) is often
multi-modal. The fine volume fraction may have two or more modes at ~0.02 and ~0.2 urn. The
coarse fraction generally has one mode within the range ~5 - 50 urn.
2. The types of sources of particles that contribute to the fine and to the coarse frac-
tions are well known.
3. The relative behavior of the particle volume frequency functions for the fine and for
the coarse fractions often behave independently.
2.4.5.2 Composition of Particle—Upon the elucidation of the multi-modal behavior of particle
distributions through the use of the forms AN/A log D, AS/A log D, and AV/A log D, it was
recognized that: (1) the chemical composition of the particles above a diameter of about 2.5
|jm is different from that below. Evidence will be presented in this section to show that
O- - + +
secondary particles containing SO. , N03 , NHL , H and organics are found in the fine frac-
tion, while primary particles consisting of minerals are usually found in the coarse fraction.
TABLE 2-15. CLASSIFICATION OF MAJOR CHEMICAL SPECIES
ASSOCIATED WITH ATMOSPHERIC PARTICLES
Fine
fraction
Coarse
fraction
Both fine
and coarse fractions
Variable
S04 , C (soot), Fe, Ca, Ti, Mg N03", Cl" Zn, Cu, Ni, Mn
organic (con- K, PO ~ Si, Al Sn, Cd, V, Sb
densed vapors), organic (pollen,
Pb, NH. , As, spores, plant parts)
Se, H+
From: Lee and Goranson (1976); Patterson and Wagman (1977); Durham et al. (1975);
Rahn et al. (1971); Akselsson et al. (1975); Hardy et al. (1976); Gladney et al.
(1974); Lundgren and Paul us (1975); Lee et al. (1968); Lee et al. (1972).
SOX2D/B 2-50 1-21-81
image:
-------
Investigations of the chemical composition of the fine and coarse particles for urban
aerosols indicate that chemical species may be distributed primarily in the fine or coarse
fraction, or both, as is shown in Table 2-15. The major components of the fine fraction of
2- +
urban particles are SO^ , NH4 , N03 , Pb compounds, elemental C (soot), and condensed organic
matter.
2.4.5.2.1 Elemental Carbon (Soot) and Organics. The carbon in fine particles consists of an
elemental component (such as graphite or soot) and an organic component of low volatility.
There are significant differences in the optical properties of elemental and organic carbon
components. Elemental carbon is formed during the combustion of fossil fuels and is emitted
as primary particles (M).l urn), which strongly absorb light. The organic component consists
of primary hydrocarbons emitted in combustion exhaust and of secondary organics formed by
photochemical reactions. These primary hydrocarbons and secondary organic vapors either
nucleate or condense on existing aerosols. They do not strongly absorb light, but do contri-
bute to light scattering in urban hazes.
There are only limited data on the mass ratio of elemental/(primary + secondary organics)
for a few cities. Appel et al. (1978, 1979) found for a four-day period in July 1975 in Pasa-
dena, Pomona, and Riverside that elemental carbon was the most abundant carbon species; also,
the secondary organic carbon was usually twice that of primary hydrocarbons. Of the secondary
organics, hexanedioic and pentanedioic acids were among the most abundant products; most likely
they were oxidation products of cyclohexene and cyclopentene emitted by motor vehicles. The
composition of the organic component retained on filters varied with the length of the sampling
period. The retention of less polar organics (e.g., hydrocarbons) was favored by longer sam-
pling time, apparently because of absorption of such organics on previously collected mate-
rial. From total carbon, benzene soluble organics, and hydrogen analyses of fine particles
collected in Denver in Nov. 1971, it was estimated that the elemental carbon was 2.3-3.6 \ig/m
for the episode days observed; from measured Pb concentration as a tracer, it was suggested
that in Nov. 1973 in Denver the elemental carbon in fine particles was 1.7-4.4 M9/m (Durham
et al., 1979). Also, for Denver in Nov. 1973, Pierson and Russell (1979) estimated from Hi-
Vol samples the total elemental carbon to be 2.9-27.6 (jg/rn .
Although atmospheric measurements of carbon-containing particles are less complete than
those of sulfates, available results suggest that carbon-containing particles in many loca-
tions, both urban and nonurban, are the second most abundant fine-particle species after sul-
fates. At some western urban locations where SO emissions have been small, carbon-containing
X
aerosols have made the largest contribution to fine-particle mass. The concentration of pri-
mary carbonaceous particles is likely to have been even higher in the past in the Eastern
United States when coal was more widely used as a fuel. With the possible growing use of in-
dustrial coal and wood combustors for home heating, carbonaceous particle concentrations are
likely to increase.
The National Academy of Sciences (Grosjean, 1977) has extensively reviewed the methods of
primary and secondary organic particle identification, and the physical and chemical aspects
SOX2D/B 2-51 1-21-81
image:
-------
of their formation. Primary organics emitted into the atmosphere by industrial sources, motor
vehicles, agriculture activities, and natural sources include: linear and branched alkanes
and alkenes, substituted benzenes and styrenes, quinones, acridines, quinolines, phenols, cre-
sols, pthlalates, fatty acids, carbonyl compounds, polyaromatic hydrocarbons, terpenes and
pesticides. Secondary organic particles are formed by the oxidation reactions of the primary
organics, ozone, and nitrogen oxides. Typical products that have been identified are: ali-
phatic organic nitrates, dicarboxylic acids, benzoic and phenylacetic acids, and terpene pro-
ducts such as pinonic acid (Grosjean and Friedlander, 1975; Miller et al., 1972; Schuetzle et
al., 1975). By using computer-controlled high-resolution mass spectrometry and thermal analy-
sis Schuetzle et al. (1975) and Cronn et al. (1977) obtained diurnal variations of primary and
secondary organics from two-hour size-resolved samples.
In an attempt to understand the atmospheric oxidation pathways that yield secondary
organic particles, simple mixtures have been investigated in laboratory chamber studies. As
discussed in more detail in the National Academy of Sciences report (Grosjean, 1977), the
following trends have been observed by chamber researchers: (a) Most paraffins do not gener-
ate aerosols during irradiation, (b) acetylenes do not form aerosols, (c) all other unsatu-
rated compounds with six or more carbon atoms can form organic aerosols, (d) cyclic olefins
and diolefins form more aerosol than their 1-alkene analogs, (e) conflicting results have been
reported on the aerosol-forming ability of aromatics, (f) carbonyl compounds do not generate
aerosol, and (g) mechanical stirring inhibits particle formation. Cyclic olefins are the most
efficient class of organic particle precursors, due mainly to their high gas-phase reactivity
and their ability to form non-volatile dicarboxylic acids.
The chemical composition of organic particles generated in smog chambers is not well
established for suspected important aerosol precursors. Functional group analyses for the
products of olefins, benzene and benzene substituted compounds, and terpenes that have reacted
with ozone show that the bulk consists of highly oxygenated compounds, which include car-
bonyls, carboxylic acids, and nitrate esters. Only a few studies of species identification
have been reported. Detailed aerosol product identification has been reported for the ozone-
1-butene reaction (Lipeles et al., 1973); the NO -toluene, NO -cyclohexene, and NO -orpinene
r\ X X
photo-reactions (Schwartz, 1974), and the NO -cyclopentene, NO -cyclohexene, and 1-7-octadiene
X X
photo-reactions (Grosjean, 1977). Good agreement was indicated by Grosjean (1977) with
Schwartz (1974) for the NO -cyclohexene photo-reaction, except that Grosjean observed hex-
anedioic acid to be the major product (not reported by Schwartz). It is significant that most
of the polyfunctional compounds identified (see the cited papers and the NAS report for
details) have also been identified as important constituents in ambient aerosols.
The secondary particles formed from alkenes having seven or more carbons (cyclic olefins,
diolefins, and terpenes) grow into the light-scattering range and produce appreciable visi-
bility reduction. For example, particles formed from cyclic olefins and diolefins have parti-
cle sizes between 0.1 and 0.3 urn. For such systems, the gas-to-particle conversion process
SOX2D/B 2-52 1-21-81
image:
-------
consists of the formation of supersaturation in the gas phase and subsequent condensation on
preexisting particles.
The rates of conversion of precursor organic vapors to organic particles in Los Angeles
have been estimated to average 1 to 2 percent per hour. This moderate rate of conversion is
consistent with the observation that organics account for an important fraction of the fine
particles under conditions of intense photochemical activity, while only a small part of the
precursor organic vapors are converted to particulate matter.
2.4.5.2.2 Nitrates. Nitrogen oxide gases are oxidized in the atmosphere to yield HN03, which
accumulates as nitrate in both fine and coarse particles. Because the topics related to the
transport of nitrogen oxides and their transformation to gaseous and particulate nitrates are
discussed in the Air Quality Criteria for Oxides of Nitrogen (to be published, 1981), they
will not be repeated here. (These topics include visibility, environmental transport and
transformation, and acidic precipitation.) Atmospheric nitrates most likely result from
photochemical reactions involving the oxidation of NO and N02 to yield HNO, and organic ni-
trates (Demerjian et ah, 1974). The measurement of ambient nitrate particles has been recog-
nized to be subject to significant sampling errors, which are discussed in Chapter 3.
2.4.5.2.3 Summary. In summary, the status of our knowledge of the chemical composition of
the fine and coarse mass fractions is:
1. The composition of the coarse fraction of continental tropospheric particles is domi-
nated by primary minerals.
2. The composition of the fine fraction of continental tropospheric particles is domi-
2- - + +
nated by secondary particles that consist mainly of SO, , NO., , NH. , H , and organics, plus
primary elemental soot.
3. The fine fraction is acidic, and the coarse fraction is basic.
4. The chemical pathways for forming organics and NO, particles are not fully under-
stood.
2.4.6 Modeling of General Aerosol Systems
Qualitatively, the processes that affect the composition and concentration of tropospheric
aerosols are understood. For the urban atmosphere, Middleton and Brock (1977) have presented
this relationship which applies at some arbitrary point in the urban atmosphere:
U = -A + B + C + D + E + F + G (2-48)
where
U = rate of change in composition or concentration of some size fraction of urban
aerosol;
A = rate of change due to advection;
B = rate of change due to convection and dispersion
C = rate of change due to coagulation;
D = rate of change due to accretion and condensation;
SOX2D/B 2-53 1-21-81
image:
-------
*
E = rate of change due to homogeneous nucleation;
F = rate of change due to input of primary sources;
G = rate of change due to gravitational sedimentation.
with processes occurring at surfaces, such as deposition, appearing as boundary conditions.
Analogous relationships also describe the alteration of other characteristics of the various
size fractions making up the urban aerosol. Equations, such as Equation 2-48, for the aerosol
are coupled to relate relationships for the various chemical species participating in the
aerosol growth processes.
This approach has been applied to the calculation of dust concentrations in Phoenix (Suck
et al., 1978); however, the lack of knowledge of the significant chemical pathways for the
formation of SO.2", NO ~ and organics hinder its general application to urban areas.
SOX2D/B 2-54 1-21-81
image:
-------
2.5 REFERENCES
Abel, E. Theory of the oxidation of sulfite to sulfate by oxygen. Monatsh. Chem. 82:815-834,
1951. ~
Akselsson, R., J. W. Nelson, and J. W. Winchester. Proton scattering for analysis of atmo-
spheric participate matter. Proceedings, Conference on Nuclear Cross Sections and
Technology, NBS Special Publication 425. Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 2:484, 1975.
Albu, H. W., and H. D. von Schweinitz. Autoxidations. V. Formation of dithionate by the
oxidation of aqueous sulfite solutions. Reports of the German Chemical Society
65:729-737, 1932.
Altshuller, A. P. Model predictions of the rates of homogeneous oxidation of sulfur dioxide
to sulfate in the troposphere. Atmos. Environ. 13:1653-1662, 1979.
Altshuller, A. P., and J. J. Bufalini. Photochemical aspects of air pollution: A review.
Environ. Sci. Techno 1. 5:39-64, 1971.
Altwicker, E. R. Oxidation of sulfite ion in aqueous solution. In: Control of Emissions
from Stationary Combustion Sources: Pollutant Detection and Behavior in the Atmosphere.
AICHE Symposium Series, No. 188, Vol. 75. (American Institute of Chemical Engineers, New
York City, 10017). pp. 145-150, 1979.
Alyea, H. N., and H. L. J. Backstrom. The inhibitive action of alcohols on the oxidation of
sodium sulfite. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 51:90-109, 1929.
Appel, B. R., E. M. Hoffer, E. L. Kothny, S. M. Wall, M. Haik, and R. L. Knights. Diurnal and
spatial variations of organic aerosol constituents in the Los Angeles Basin. In: Pro-
ceedings: Carbonaceous Particles in the Atmosphere, March 20-22, 1978. T. Novokov, ed. ,
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, University of California, LBL-9037, 1979. pp. 84-90.
Appel, B. R.,, E. M. Hoffer, E. L. Kothny, S. M. Wall, M. Haik, and R. L. Knight. Analysis of
carbonaceous material in southern California atmospheric aerosols. II. Environ. Sci.
Technol. 13:98-104, 1979.
Backstrom, H. L. J. The chain mechanism in the auto-oxidation of sodium sulfite solutions.
Z. Phys. Chem. 625:99-121, 1934.
Barrie, L. A., and H. W. Georgii. An experimental investigation of the absorption of sulphur
dioxide by water drops containing heavy metal ions. Atoms. Environ. 10:743-749, 1976.
Barren, C. H. , and H. A. O'Hern. Reaction kinetics of sodium sulfite oxidation by the rapid-
mining method. Them. Engn. Sci. 21:397-404, 1966.
Bassett, H., and W. G. Parker. The oxidation of sulphurous acid. J. Chem. Soc. 1951:1540-1560.
1951.
Beilke, S., D. Lamb, and J. Muller. On the uncatalyzed oxidation of atmospheric S0? by oxygen
in aqueous systems. Atmos. Environ. 9:1083-1090, 1975.
Bigelow, S. L. Katalytische Wirkungen anf die Geschwindigkeit der Oxydation des
Natriumsulfits durch den Saverstoff der Luft. Z. Phys. Chem. 27:383-, 1898.
Billings, C. E. , and R. A. Gussman. Dynamic behavior of aerosols. Iji: Handbook on Aerosols.
R. Dennis, ed., U. S. Energy and Development Administration, Report No. ERDA TID-26608,
National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA, 1976. pp. 40-65.
SOX2B/B 2-55 1-21-81
image:
-------
Bird, R. B., W. E. Steward, and E. N. Lightfoot. Transport Phenomena. John Wiley and Sons,
New York, NY, 1960.
Boisdron, Y., and J. R. Brock. On the stochastic nature of the acquisition of electrical
charge and radioactivity by aerosol particles. Atmos. Environ. 4:35-50, 1970.
Bracewell, J. M., and D. Gall. The catalytic oxidation of sulphur dioxide in solution at con-
centrations occurring in fog droplets. j_n: Proceedings of the Symposium on the Physico-
chemical Transformation of Sulphur Compounds in the Atmosphere and the Formation of Acid
Smogs, Mainz, Germany, 1967. pp. 17-26.
Bradley, R. S. The rate of evaporation of microdrops in the presence of insoluble monolayers.
J. Colloid Sci. 10:571-575, 1955.
Bricard, J. Physique des aerosols. Qeme Partie. Nucleation, Condensation, Ions, Electri-
sation, Proprietes Optiques. Institut de Protection et de Surete Nucleair Department de
Protection. Centre d'Etudes Nucleaires de Fontenay-aux-Roses. Rapport CEA-R-4831(2),
Gif-sur-Yvette, France, 1977, 367 pp.
Brimblecombe, P., and D. J. Spedding. The catalytic oxidation of micromolar aqueous sulphur
dioxide. I. Atmos. Environ. 8:937-945, 1974a.
Brimblecombe, P., and D. J. Spedding. The reaction order of the metal ion catalyzed oxidation
of sulphur dioxide in aqueous solution. Chemosphere 3:29-32, 1974b.
Burrows, J. P., D. I. Cliff, G. W. Harris, B. A. Thrush, and J. P. T. Wilkenson. Atmospheric
reactions of the H09 radical studies by laser magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Proc. R.
Soc. London. A368:463-481, 1979.
Cadle, R. D. The Measurement of Airborne Particles. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, NY,
1975. 342 pp.
Calvert, J. G., and R. D. McQuigg. The computer simulation of the rates and mechanisms of
photochemical smog formation. Int. J. Chem. Kinet. Symp. 1:113-154, 1975.
Calvert, J. G., F. Su, J. W. Bottenheim, and 0. P. Strausz. Mechanism of the homogeneous
oxidation of sulfur dioxide in the troposphere. Atmos. Environ. 12:197-226, 1978.
Campbell, W. J., J. C. Sheppard, and B. F. Au. Measurement of hydroxyl concentration in
boundary layer air by monitoring carbon monoxide oxidation. Geosphys. Res. Letters
6:175-178, 1979.
Carberry, J. J. Chemical and Catalytic Reaction Engineering. McGraw-Hill, New York, NY, 1976.
pp. 194-305.
Carter, W. P. L., A. C. Lloyd, J. L. Sprung, and J. N. Pitts, Jr. Computer modeling of smog
chamber data: progress in validation of a detailed mechanism for the photooxidation of
propene and n-butane in photochemical smog. Int. J. Chem. Kinet. 11:45-111, 1979.
Chambers, L. A. Classification and Extent of Air Pollution Problems. Chapter 1. In: Air
Pollution. Vol. I. A. C. Stern, ed., Academic Press, New York, NY, 1968. pp7~l-22.
Chameides, W. L. , and J. C. Walker. A time-dependent photochemical model for ozone near the
ground. J. Geophys. Res. 81:413-420, 1976.
Chameides, W. L., and J. C. Walker. Photochemical theory of tropospheric ozone. J Geoohvs
Res. 78:8751-8760, 1973.
SOX2B/B 2-56 1-21-81
image:
-------
Chang, D. P. Y. , and R. E. Hill. Retardation of aqueous droplet evaporation by air pollutants.
Atmos. Environ. 14:803-807, 1980.
Chang, S. G., R. Brodzinsky, R. Toossi, S. Markowitz, and T. Novakov. Catalytic oxidation of
S02 on carbon in aqueous solutions. In: Proceedings of Carbonaceous Particles in the
Atmosphere, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, 1979. pp. 122-130.
Charlson, R. J., A. H. Vanderpol, D. S. Covert, A. P. Waggoner, and N. C. Ahlquist.
H?SO/./(NH.)?SOd background aerosol: optical detection in the St. Louis region. Atmos.
Environ. .8:1257-1267, 1974.
Charlson, R. J., D. S. Covert, T. V. Larson, and A. P. Waggoner. Chemical properties of trop-
ospheric sulfur aerosols. Atmos. Environ. 12:39-53, 1978.
Cheng, R. T., M. Corn, and J. 0. Frohliger. Contribution to the reaction kinetics of water
soluble aerosols and S02 in air at ppm concentrations. Atmos. Environ. 5:987-1008, 1971.
Chun, K. C., and J. E. Quon. Capacity of ferric oxide particles to oxidize sulfur dioxide in
air. Environ. Sci. Technol. 7:532-538, 1973.
Clark, W. E., and K. T. Whitby. Concentration and size distribution measurement of atmos-
pheric aerosols and a test of the theory of self-preserving size distributions. J. Atmos.
Sci. 24:677-687, 1967.
Corn, M. Noviable Particles in the Air. Chapter 3. In: Air Pollution. Vol. I. Air Pol-
lution and Its Effects. A. C. Stern, ed., Academic Press, New York, NY, 1976. pp. 47-94.
Cotton, F. A., and G. W. Wilkerson. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A Comprehensive Text. 2nd
Revised and Augmented Edition. John Wiley and Sons, New York, NY, 1966. pp. 519-558.
Coughanowr, D. R., and F. E. Krause. The reaction of S09 and 0« in aqueous solution of MnSO,.
Ind. Eng. Fund. 4:61-66, 1965. ^
Cox, R. A., and S. A. Penkett. Oxidation of atmospheric S0? by-products of the ozone-olefin
reaction. Nature 230:321-322, 1971a.
Cox, R. A., and S. A. Penkett. Photooxidation of atmospheric S02- Nature 229: 486-488, 1971b.
Cronn D. R. , R. J. Charlson, R. L. Knights, A. L. Crittenden, and B. R. Appel. A survey of
the molecular nature of primary and secondary components of particles in urban air by
high-resolution mass spectrometry. Atmos. Environ. 11:929-937, 1977.
Crutzen, P. J. Photochemical reactions initiated by and influencing ozone in unpolluted tropo-
spheric air. Tell us 26:47-57, 1974.
^— On
Danilczuk, E., and A. Swinarski. The complex ion [Fe (111) (SO,) ] . Roczniki Chem.
35:1563-1572, 1961.
Dasgupta, P. K. The importance of atmospheric ozone and hydrogen peroxide in oxidizing sulphur
dioxide in cloud and rainwater—Further discussion (Penkett et al., 1979). Atmos.
Environ. 14:620-621, 1980. -
Davis, D. D., W. Heaps, and T. McGee. Direct measurements of natural tropospheric levels of
hydroxyl via an aircraft-borne tunable dye laser. Geophys. Res. Letters 3:331-333, 1976.
Demerjian K., J. A. Kerr, and J. Calvert. Mechanism of Photochemical Smog Formation. I_n:
Advances in Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 4. J. N. Pitts and R. J. Metcalf,
eds., John Wiley, New York, NY, 1974.
SOX2B/B 2-57 1-21-81
image:
-------
Dennis, R. , ed. Handbook on Aerosols. U.S. Energy Research and Development Adr!n"'\st.1^10!11'
Report No. ERDA TID-26608 (National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA), 19/b,
142 pp.
Durham, J. L., R. K. Patterson, and R. G. Draftz. Carbon in Denver's urban plume. In:
Proceedings: Carbonaceous Particles in the Atmosphere, March 20-22, 1978. T. Novakov,
ed., Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, University of California, LBL-9037, 1979. pp. 102-106.
Durham, J. L. , W. E. Wilson, T. G. Ellestad, K. Willeke, and K. T. Whitby. Comparison of
volume and mass distributions for Denver aerosols. Atmos. Environ. 9:717-722, 1975.
Eatough, D. J., W. P. Green, and L. D. Hansen. Oxidation of sulfite by activated charcoal.
.In: Proceedings of Carbonaceous Particles in the Atmosphere, Lawrence Berkeley Labo-
ratory, Berkeley, California, 1979. pp. 131-132.
Eigen, M., K. Kustin, and G. Maass. Die Geschwindigkeit der Hydration von S02 in Wassriger
Losung. Z. Phys. Chem. 30:130-136, 1961.
Eisner, H. S., B. W. Quince, and C. H. Clark. The stabilization of water mists by insoluble
monolayers. Discuss. Faraday Soc. 30:86-95, 1960.
Erickson, R. E. , L. M. Yates, R. L. Clark, and C. M. McEwen. The reaction of sulfur dioxide
with ozone in water and its possible atmospheric significance. Atmos. Environ.
11:813-817, 1977.
Eriksson, E. The yearly circulation of chloride and sulfur in nature; meteorological, geo-
chemical, and pedological implications. Tellus 11:375403, 1960.
Eriksson, E. The yearly circulation of sulfur in nature. J. Geophys. Res. 68:4001-4008,
1963.
Fishman, J., and P. J. Crutzen. A numerical study of tropospheric photochemistry using a one-
dimensional model. J. Geophys. Res. 82:5897-906, 1977.
Fishman, J., and P. J. Crutzen. The distribution of the hydroxyl radical in the troposphere.
Colorado State University, 1978. Atmos. Science Paper No. 284.
Freiberg, J. Effects of relative humidity and temperature on iron-catalyzed oxidation of S0?
in atmospheric aerosols. Environ. Sci. Techno!. 8:731-734, 1974.
Freiberg, J. E., and S. E. Schwartz. Oxidation of S02 in aqueous droplets: Mass-transport
limitation in laboratory studies and the ambient atmosphere. Atmos. Environ. (Accepted
for publication, 1981).
Friedlander, S. K. Smoke, Dust and Haze. Fundamentals of Aerosol Behavior. John Wiley and
Sons, New York, NY, 1977. 317 pp.
Friend, J. P. The Global Sulfur Cycle. In: Chemistry of the Lower Atmosphere. S. I. Rasool,
ed., Plenum Press, New York, NY, 1973. pp. 177-201.
Fuchs, N. A. The Mechanics of Aerosols. Pergamon Press, New York, NY, 1964. 408 pp.
Fuller, E. C., and R. H. Crist. The rate of oxidation of sulfite ions by oxyqen. J Amer
Chem. Soc. 63:1644-1650, 1941.
Fuzzi, S. Study of iron (111) catalyzed sulphur dioxide oxidation in aqueous solution over a
wide range of pH. Atmos. Environ. 12:1439-1442, 1978.
SOX2B/B 2-58
1-21-81
image:
-------
Gladney, E. S., W. H. Zoller, A. G. Jones, and G. E. Gordon. Composition and size distri-
butions of atmospheric participate matter in Boston area. Environ. Sci. Technol.
8:551-557, 1974.
Glasstone, L. Thermodynamics for Chemists. Van Nostrand, Princeton, NJ, 1947. pp. 72-73.
Graham, R. A., A. M. Winer, R. Atkinson, J. N. Pitts, Jr. Rate constants for the reaction of
H0? with H02, SO,, SO N,0, trans-2-Butene, and 2,3,Dimethyl-2-Butene at 300 K. J. Phys.
Chem. 83:1563-1567, 1979f
Granat, L., R. 0. Hallberg, and H. Rodhe. The global sulfur cycle. J.n: Nitrogen, Phosphorus
and Sulfur-Global Cycles. B. H. Svensson and R. Soderlund, eds., SCOPE Report 7, Ecol.
Bull. (Stockholm), 22:39-134, 1976.
Grosjean, D. Chapters, Aerosols. In: Ozone and Other Photochemical Oxidants. National
Academy of Sciences, Washington, DC, 1977. pp. 45-125.
Grosjean, D., and S. K. Friedlander. Gas-particle distribution factors for organic and other
pollutants in the Los Angeles atmosphere. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 25:1038:1044,
1975.
Haber, F., and 0. H. Wansbrough-Jones. Autoxidation (VI) action of light on sulfite solutions
in absence and presence of oxygen. 2. Physik. Chem. 618:103-123, 1932.
Hales, J. M., and S. L. Sutter. Solubility of sulfur dioxide in low concentrations. Atmos.
Environ. 7:997-1001, 1973.
Hardy, K. A., R. Akselsson, J. W. Nelson, and J. W. Winchester. Elemental constituents of
Miami aerosol as a function of particle size. Environ. Sci. Technol. 10:176-182, 1976.
Hayon, E., A. Treinin, and J. Wilf. Electronic spectra, photochemistry, and autoxidation mech-
anism of the sulfite-bisulfite-pyrosulfite systems. The SO,,, SO,., SO., and SOr radicals.
J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 94:47-57, 1972. * J *
Hecht, T. A., J. H. Seinfeld, and M. C. Dodge. Further development of generalized mechanisms
for photochemical smog. Environ. Sci. Technol. 8:327-339, 1974.
Hegg, D. A., and P. V. Hobbs. Oxidation of sulfur dioxide in aqueous systems with particular
reference to the atmosphere. Atmos. Environ. 12:241-253, 1978.
Hesketh, H. E. Understanding and Controlling Air Pollution. Ann Arbor Science Publishers,
Michigan, 1977.
Hidy, G. M. , and J. R. Brock. An assessment of the global sources of tropospheric aerosols.
Proceedings of the Int. Clean Air Congr. 2nd, 1970, pp. 1088-1097.
Hidy, G. M., and J. R. Brock. The Dynamics of Aerocolloidal Systems. Pergamon Press, New York,
NY, 1970.
Higgins, W. C. E., and J. W. Marshall. Equivalence changes in oxidation-reduction reactions
in solution: Some aspects of the oxidation of sulphurous acid. J. Chem. Soc. 1957:
447-458, 1957.
Hoather, R. C., and C. F. Goodeve. The oxidation of sulphurous acid. III. Catalysis of
manganous sulphate. Trans. Faraday Soc. 30:1149-1156, 1934.
Hoigne, J. , and H. Bader. Ozonation of water: kinetics of oxidation of ammonia by ozone and
hydroxyl radicals. Environ. Sci. Technol. 12:79-84, 1978.
SOX2B/B 2-59 1-21-81
image:
-------
Horike, N. R. The Rate of Oxidation of Aqueous Solutions of Sodium Sulfite: Influence of
Temperature, Oxygen Partial Pressure, and pH. MS thesis, University of Washington,
Seattle, WA, 1976.
Husar, R. B. , D. E. Patterson, J. D. Husar, N. V. Gillani, and W. E. Wilson. Sulfur budget of
a power plant plume. Atmos. Environ. 12:549-568, 1978.
Huss, A., Jr., P. K. Lim, and C. A. Eckert. On the uncatalyzed oxidation of sulfur (IV) in
aqueous solutions. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 100:6252-6253, 1978.
Huss, Jr., A., and C. A. Eckert. Equilibria and ion activities in aqueous sulfur dioxide
solutions. J. Phys. Chem. 81:2268-2270, 1977.
Johnstone, H. F. Metallic ions as catalysts for the removal of sulfur dioxide from boiler
furnace gases. Ind. Eng. Chem. 23:559-561, 1931.
Johnstone, H. F. , and A. J. Moll. Formation of sulfuric acid in fogs. Ind. Eng. Chem. 52:
861-863, 1960.
Johnstone, H. F. , and D. R. Coughanowr. Absorption of sulfur dioxide from the air. Ind. Eng.
Chem. 50:1169-1172, 1958.
Judeikis, H. S. The Role of Solid-Gas Interactions in Air Pollution. EPA-650/3-74-007, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, August 1974.
Judeikis, H. S., T. B. Steward, and A. G. Wren. Laboratory studies of heterogeneous reactions
of S02. Atmos. Environ. 12:1633-1642, 1978.
Junge, C. E. The size distribution and aging of natural aerosols as determined from electric
and optical data on the atmosphere. Am. Meteor. Soc. J. 12:13-25, 1955.
Junge, C., and T. G. Ryan. Study of the S02 oxidation in solution and its role in atmospheric
chemistry. 0. J. R. Met. Soc. 84:46-55, 1958.
Karraker, D. G. The kinetics of the reaction between sulphurous acid and ferric ion. J. Phys.
Chem. 67:871-874, 1963.
Kellogg, W. W., R. D. Cadle, E. R. Allen, A. L. Lazrus, and E. A. Martell. The sulfur cycle.
Science 175:587-596, 1972.
Kuhlman, M. R., D. L. Fox, and H. E. Jeffries. The effect of CO on sulfate aerosol formation.
Atmos. Environ. 12:2415-2423, 1978.
Larson, T. V. The kinetics of sulfur dioxide oxidation by oxygen and ozone in atmospheric
hydrometers. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Washington, Seattle, WA, 1976. 138 pp.
Larson, T. V., N. R. Horike, and H. Harrison. Oxidation of sulfur dioxide by oxygen and ozone
in aqueous solution: A kinetic study with significance to atmospheric rate processes.
Atmos. Environ. 12:1597-1611, 1978.
Lee, R. E. , Jr., S. S. Goranson, R. E. Enrione, and G. B. Morgan. National Air Surveillance
Cascade Impactor Network. II. Size distribution measurements of trace metal components.
Environ. Sci. Technol. 6:1025-1030, 1972.
Lee, R. E., Jr., and S. Goranson. A National Air Surveillance Cascade Impactor Network. III.
Variations in size of airborne particulate matter over three-year period Environ Sci
Technol. 10:1022, 1976.
SOX2B/B 2-60 1-21-81
image:
-------
Lee, R. E. , Jr., R. K. Patterson, and J. Wagman. Particle-size distribution of metal compo-
nents in urban air. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2:288-290, 1968.
Leighton, P. A. Photochemistry of Air Pollution. Academic Press, New York, NY, 1961.
Levy, H. , II. Normal atmosphere: Large radical and formaldehyde concentrations predicted.
Science 173:141-143, 1971.
Liberti, A., D. Brocco, and M. Possanzini. Adsorption and oxidation of sulfur dioxide on
particles. Atmos. Environ. 12:255-261, 1978.
Lipeles M. , C. S. Burton, H. H. Wang, E. P. Parry, and G. M. Hidy. Mechanisms of Formation
and Composition of Photochemical Aerosols. EPA-650/73-036. Thousand Oaks, CA, Rockwell
International Science Center, 1973. 98 pp.
Lumiere, A. L., and A. Seyewetz. Sur 1'antioxydation des solutions de sulfite de sodium et
sur les antioxydants. Bull. Soc. Chim. France 33:444-454, 1905.
Lunak, S. , and J. Veprek-Siska. Photochemical autooxidation of sulphite catalyzed by iron
(III) ions. Collection Czechoslov. Chem. Commun. 41:3495-3503, 1975.
Lundgren, D. A., and J. J. Paulus. The mass distribution of large atmospheric particles. J.
Air Poll. Control Assoc. 25:1227-1231, 1975.
Lyons, D., and G. Nickless. Chapter 14, the lower oxy-acids of sulphur. Jji: Inorganic
Sulphur Chemistry. G. Nickless, ed., Elsevier Publishing Co., New York, NY, 1968. pp.
509-533.
Marlow, W. H. Unipolar aerosol diffusion charging. Part I. Particle dielectric constant and
ion mobility distribution effects. J. Colloid Inter. Sci. 64:543-548, 1978.
Marlow, W. H. Unipolar aerosol diffusion charging. Part II. Ion and aerosol polydis-
persities: the "diffusion charging mobility analysis" hypothesis. J. Colloid Inter. Sci.
64:549-554, 1978.
Martin, R. L., and D. E. Damschen. Aqueous oxidation of sulfur dioxide by hydrogen peroxide
at low pH. Atmos. Environ., 1981. (in press)
Martin, L. R., D. E. Damschen, and H. S. Judeikis. The reactions of nitrogen oxides with SO^
in aqueous aerosols. Atmos. Environ., 1981. (in press)
Matteson, M. J. , W. Stb'ber, and H. Luther. Kinetics of the oxidation of sulfur dioxide by
aerosols of manganese sulfate. I&EC Fundamentals 8:677-687, 1969.
McCrone, W. C., and J. G. Delly. The Particle Atlas. Edition Two. Vol. I. Principles and
Techniques. Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, MI, 1973. pp. 264-266.
McKay, H. A. C. The atmospheric oxidation of sulphur dioxide in water droplets in the pre-
sence of ammonia. Atmos. Environ. 5_:7-14, 1971.
McNelis, D. N. , L. A. Ripperton, W. E. Wilson, P. L. Hanst, and B. W. Gay. Gas Phase
Reactions of Ozone and Olfin in the Presence of Sulfur Dioxide. Iji: Removal of Trace
Contaminants from Air. B. R. Dietz, ed., A.C.S. Symposium Series 17:187-200, 1975.
Meszaros, E. The size distribution of water soluble particles in the atmosphere. Idojaras
(Budapest) 75:308-314, 1971.
Middleton, P. B., and J. R. Brock. Modeling the urban aerosol. J. Air Pollut. Contr. Assoc.
27:772-775, 1977.
image:
-------
Middleton, P., C. S. Kiang, and V. A. Mohnen. Theoretical estimates of the relative
tance of various urban sulfate aerosol production mechanisms. Atmos. Environ. 14:
1980.
Milbaur, J., and J. Pazourek. Oxidation of sulfites in concentrated solutions. Chem. Listy
15:34-38, 1921.
Miller, J. M. , and R. G. de Pena. Contribution of scavenged sulfur dioxide to the sulfate
content of rain water. J. Geophys. Res. 77:5905-5916, 1972.
Miller, M. S. , S. K. Friedlander, and G. M. Hidy. A chemical element balance for the Pasadena
aerosol. J. Colloid Interface Sci. 39:165-176, 1972.
Mishra, G. C., and R. D. Srivastava. Homogeneous kinetics of potassium sulfite oxidation.
Chem. Engn. Sci. 31:969-971, 1976.
Moller, D. Kinetic model of atmospheric SO,., oxidation based on published data. Atmos.
Environ. 14:1067-1076, 1980. ^
Moss, M. R. Sources of sulfur in the environment; the global sulfur cycle. I_n: Sulfur in
the Environment. Part I. The Atmospheric Cycle. J. 0. Nriagu, ed. , John Wiley and Sons,
New York, NY, 1978. pp. 23-50.
Nair, P. V. N. and K. G. Vohra. Growth of aqueous sulphuric acid droplets as a function of
relative humidity. J. Aerosol Sci. 6:265-271, 1975.
National Academy of Sciences. Airborne Particles, 1977.
Neytzell-de Wilde, F. G., and L. Taverner. Experiments relating to the possible production of
an oxidizing acid leach liquor by auto-oxidation for the extraction of uranium. J_n:
Proceedings of the Second U.N. Conference Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy, vol. 3, 1958.
pp. 303-317.
Niki, H., E. E. Doby, and B. Weinstock. Mechanisms of smog reactions. Advan. Chem. Ser. 113:
16-57, 1972.
Niki, H. , P. D. Maker, C. M. Savage, and L. P. Breitenbach. Fourier transform IR spectroscopic
observations of propylene ozonide in the gas phase reaction of ozone-cis-butene-
formaldehyde. Chem. Phys. Letters 46:327-330, 1977.
Novakov, T., S. G. Change, and A. B. Marker. Sulfate as pollution particulates: Catalytic
formation on carbon (soot) particles. Science 196: 259-261, 1974.
Orr, C., F. K. Hurd, and W. J. Corbert. Aerosol size and relative humidity. J. Colloid Inter-
face Sci. 13:472-482, 1958.
Patterson, R. K., and J. Wagman. Mass and composition of an urban aerosol as a function of
particle size for several visibility levels. J. Aerosol Sci. 8:269-279, 1977.
Penkett, S. A. Oxidation of S0? and other atmospheric gases by ozone in aqueous solution.
Nature Phys. Sci. 240:105-106, 1972.
Penkett, S. A., B, M. R. Jones, K. A. Brice, and A. E. J. Eggleton. The importance of atmos-
pheric ozone and hydrogen peroxide in oxidizing sulphur dioxide in cloud and rain-
water. Atmos. Environ. 13:123-137, 1979.
Perner, D. D., D. H. Ehhalt, H. W. Paetz, U. Platt, E. P. Roeth, and A. Voltz. Hydroxyl
radicals in the lower troposphere. Geophys. Res. Letters 3: 466-468, 1976.
SOX2B/B 2-62 1-21-81
image:
-------
Pierson, W. R., and P. A. Russell. Aerosol carbon in the Denver area in November 1973. Atmos.
Environ. 13:1623-1628, 1979.
Porstendorfer, J., and T. T. Mercer. Influence of nuclei concentration and humidity upon the
attachment rate of atoms in the atmosphere. Atmos. Environ. 12:2223-2228, 1978.
Rahn, K. A., R. Dams, J. A. Robbins, and J. W. Winchester. Diurnal variations of aerosol
trace element concentrations as determined by nondestructive neutron activation analysis.
Atmo. Environ. 5:413-422, 1971.
Rand, M. C. , and S. B. Gale. Kinetics of the oxidation of sulfites by dissolved oxygen. Jn:
Principles and Applications of Water Chemistry. S. D. Faust and J. V. Hunter, eds.,
Wiley, New York, NY, 1967. pp. 380-404.
Reinders, W., and S. I. Vies. Reaction velocity of oxygen with solutions of some inorganic
salts. Recueil des Travaux Chemiques 44:249-268, 1925.
Riccoboni, L. , A. Foffani, and E. Vecchi. Studi di cinetica chimica sui processi di
autossidazione in fase liquida diluita.--Nota II. L'autossidazione del solfito sodico.
Gazzetta Chimica Italiana 79:418-442, 1949.
Robinson, E., and R. C. Robbins. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 20:233-235, 1970.
Robinson, E. , and R. C. Robbins. Sources, abundance, and fate of gaseous atmospheric pol-
lutants. SRI Project Report PR-6755, prepared for American Petroleum Institute, New York,
NY, 1968. pp. 123.
Robinson, R. A., and R. H. Stokes. Electrolyte Solutions. 2nd Edition. Butterworths, London,
1970. 571 pp.
Salomaa, P., R. Hakala, S. Vesala, and T. Aalto. Solvent deuterium isotope effects on
acid-base reactions. III. Relative acidity constants of inorganic oxyacids in light and
heavy water. Kinetic applications. Acta Chem. Scand. 23:2116-26, 1969.
Sander, S. P., and R. T. Watson. A kinetic study of the reaction of S0? with CH,0?. Chem.
Phys. Letters (In press), 1981.
Schenk, P. W. , and R. Steudel. Chapter 11, Oxides of Sulphur. Ir\: Inorganic Sulphur
Chemistry. G. Nickless, ed., Elsevier Publishing Co., New York, NY, 1968. pp. 365-418.
Schmidkunz, H. Chemilumineszenz der sulfitoxydation. Dissertation, Johann Wolfgang Goethe
University, Frankfurt, Germany, 1963.
Schroeter, L. C. Kinetics of air oxidation of sulfurous acid salts. J. Pharm. Sci. 52:
559-563, 1963.
Schroeter, L. C. Sulfur Dioxide: Application in Foods, Beverages, and Pharmaceuticals.
Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1966.
Schuetzle, D. , D. Cronn, A. L. Crittenden, and R. J. Charlson. Molecular composition of secon-
dary aerosol and its possible origin. Environ. Sci. Technol. 9:838-845, 1975.
Schwab, G.-M., and M. Strohmeyer. Zur Kinetik der Antoxydation von Benzaldehyd bzw.
Natriumsulfit im Dunkeln. Z. Physk. Chemie, New Series 7:132-157, 1965.
Schwartz, W. Chemical Characterization of Model Aerosols. EPA-650/3-74-011. Columbus, Ohio:
Battelle Memorial Institute, 1974. pp. 124.
SOX2B/B 2-63 1-21-81
image:
-------
Scott, W. D., and P. V. Hobbs. Formation of sulfate in water droplets. 0. Atmos. Sci. 24:
54-57, 1967.
Singh, H. B. Atmospheric halocarbons: Evidence in favor of reduced average hydroxyl radical
concentration in the troposphere. Geophys. Res. Letters 4:101104, 1977.
Smith, B. M., J. Wagman, and B. R. Fish. Interaction of airborne particles with gases.
Environ. Sci. Technol. 9:558-562, 1969.
Stevens, R. K., T. G. Dzubay, G. Russwurm, and D. Rickel. Sampling and analysis of atmos-
pheric sulfates and related species. Atmos. Environ. 12:55-68, 1978.
Stewart, R. W., S. Hameed, and J. P. Pinto. Photochemistry of tropospheric ozone. J. Geophys.
Res. 82:3134-3140, 1977.
Su, F., J. G. Calvert, and J. H. Shaw. A FT-IR spectroscopic study of the ozone-ethene
reaction mechanism in 00-rich mixtures. J. Phys. Chem. 84:239-246, 1980.
L.
Suck, S. H., E. C. Upchruch, and J. R. Brock. Dust transport in Maricopa County, Arizona.
Atmos. Environ. 12:2265-2271, 1978.
Tang, I. Deliquescence Properties and Particle Size Change of Hygroscopic Aerosols. _In:
Generation of Aerosols and Facilities for Exposure Experiments. K. Willeke, ed., Ann
Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, MI, 1980a. pp. 153-167.
Tang, I. N. On the equilibrium partial pressures of nitric acid and ammonia in the atmosphere.
Atmos. Environ. 14:819-828, 1980b.
Tang, I. N. Phase transformation and growth of aerosol particles composed of mixed salts. J.
Aerosol Sci. 7:361-371, 1976.
Tang, I. N., and H. R. Munkelwitz. Aerosol growth studies. III. Ammonium bisulfate aerosol
in a moist atmosphere. J. Aerosol Sci. 8:321-330, 1977.
Tartarelli, R. , P. Davine, F. Morelli, and P. Corsi. Interactions between S0? and carbona-
ceous particulates. Atmos. Environ. 12:289-293, 1978.
Titoff, A. Beitraege zur Kanntnis der negativen (Catalyse im homogenen System. Z. Phys. Chem.
45:641-683, 1903.
Urone, P., H. Lutsep, C. M. Noyes, and J. F. Parcher. Static studies of sulfur dioxide
reactions in air. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2:611-618, 1968.
Valensi, G., J. Van Muylder, and M. Pourbaix. Sulphur. In: Atlas of Electrochemical Equili-
bria in Aqueous Solutions. M. Pourbaix, ed., Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, 1966. pp.
545-553.
Van den Heuvel, A. P., and B. J. Mason. The formation of ammonium sulphate in water droplets
exposed to gaseous sulphur dioxide and ammonia. Quart. J. Royal Meteor. Soc 89-271-275,
1963. —
Veprek-Siska, J., and S. Lunak. The role of copper ions in copper catalyzed autoxidation of
sulfite. Z. Naturforsch 29b:689-690, 1974.
Vol'fkovick, S. I., and A. P. Belopol'skii. Oxidation of sulfites. Report No. 1. J. Applied
Chem. 5:509-528, 1932.
SOX2B/B 2-64 1-21-81
image:
-------
Whitby, K. T. , A. B. Algren, R. C. Jordan, and J. C. Annis. The American society of heating
and ventilating engineers and airborne dust survey. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc.
7:157-165, 1957.
Whitby, K. T. , and B. Y. H. Liu. The Electrical Behavior of Aerosols. In: Aerosol Science.
N. Davies, ed. , Academic Press, New York, NY, 1966. pp. 59-86.
Whitby, K. T., R. B. Husar, and B. Y. H. Lui. The Aerosol Size Distribution of Los Angeles
Smog. J. Colloid Interface Sci. 39:177-204, 1972.
White, D. R., and J. L. Kassner, Jr. Experimental and theoretical study of the sign preference
in the nucleation of water vapor. Aerosol Sci. 2:201-206, 1971.
Winkelmann, D. Die elektrochemische Messung der Oxydationsgeschwindigkeit von Na^SC, durch
gelosten Sauerstoff. I. Elektrochemie 59:891-895, 1955.
Wofsy, S. C., J. C. McConnell, and M. B. McElroy. Atmospheric methane, carbon monoxide, and
carbon dioxide. J. Geophys. Res. 77:4477-4493, 1972.
SOX2B/B
2-65 1-21-81
image:
-------
CHAPTER 3. TECHNIQUES FOR THE COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS OF
SULFUR OXIDES, PARTICULATE MATTER, AND ACIDIC PRECIPITATION
3.1 INTRODUCTION
The 1970 Air Quality Criteria documents for sulfur oxides and particulate matter (SO and
A
PM) provided a reasonably thorough review of measurement techniques available at that time.
Subsequent advances in measurement technology for these pollutants have resulted in several
new techniques and more information on the quality of data collected by older methods. This
chapter provides a review and, where possible, a critical assessment of both the earlier tech-
niques used in historical monitoring efforts and the newer techniques on which much of the
information gathered in the next few years will be based. Discussion of the methods is
intended to be a brief explanation of the underlying principle of the method, the applica-
bility to intended use, and the quality of the aerometric data produced. References to
figures and tables in the Appendix of this chapter or to the open literature are provided for
more detai1.
Selection of methods for this review was primarily based on frequency of usage of a
method in past or current studies. These include routine monitoring applications used in
demonstrating compliance with air quality standards; in support of effects studies, especially
epidemiology; and in examining long-term trends for the evaluation of control strategy effec-
tiveness. More widely used research measurement methods that appear promising as routine
monitoring methods or that have been used to collect important ancillary data, such as parti-
cle size distributions for aerosols, are also discussed but in less detail.
Measurement techniques for SO , PM, and acidic precipitation are intimately related to the
chemical and physical properties of the substances measured. Since such properties of SO and
PM are discussed in detail in Chapter 2, and in Chapters 6-8 for acidic precipitation, only the
measurement methods per se are discussed in this chapter. Chemical analysis methods for PM
and acidic precipitation for constituents such as sulfates are described following the sections
on methods of sample collection. The relationship of particles to visibility and their
related measurements are discussed in Chapter 9.
Discussion of each sampling and analytical method covered in this chapter includes a
general method description, a discussion of the utility and applicability of the method, and a
critical assessment of the method capabilities where information is available. The capabili-
ties described include the accuracy, precision, measurement range, sensitivity to inter-
ferences, and reliability. The last parameter (reliability) is strongly influenced by
competency of the operator and completeness of accepted procedure documents. It is often dif-
ficult to quantify these factors, except in very specific cases, and apply the conclusions to
the general utility of the method. Hence an assessment of the quality of historical data
based on reliability of the method alone is virtually impossible. Many important earlier
studies did not collect certain quality assurance information now shown (Von Lehmden and
Nelson 1977) to be important in field monitoring. In other cases, supporting data were
XRD3A/A 3-1 1-19-81
image:
-------
collected, but are no longer available. Therefore the critical assessment of the methodology
will consider those areas which apply to the general utility of the method, except in cases
where specific problem areas were quantified in the open literature for a selected study.
3.2 MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES FOR SULFUR DIOXIDE
3.2.1 Introduction
Atmospheric sulfur oxides originate from both natural and manmade sources. Sulfur
dioxide (S02) is the predominant sulfur oxide in the atmosphere, together with smaller amounts
of sulfuric acid (H2S04) and sulfate salts. This section discusses techniques that have
commonly been used for determination of atmospheric concentrations of S02.
Manual methods for determination of S02 are those in which sample collection, prepara-
tion, and analysis, or some combination thereof, are performed manually. Automated methods
are those in which sample collection and analysis are performed continuously and automatically.
Devices using such methods are generally referred to as continuous analyzers.
This section focuses on a brief description of each method with emphasis on measurement
principle and method characteristics such as detection limits and interferences. Sample
collection and method calibration are discussed for both manual and automated methods. Among
the manual methods, those most widely used are discussed first. Sulfation methods are pre-
sented last only because they measure "sulfation rate" rather than ambient S02 concentration
per ^e. The discussion of automated methods follows a semi-chronological order, with earlier
continuous analyzers described first. Much of the descriptive information in the section is
based on a review by Tanner, Forrest, and Newman (1978). Also discussed in this section are
various continuous analyzers designated by EPA as equivalent methods for the measurement of
S0? in the atmosphere to determine compliance with National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS).
3.2.2 Manual Methods
3.2.2.1 Sample Col lection—A number of methods use aqueous solutions for collection of sulfur
dioxide. The efficiency of mass transfer of sulfur dioxide from air to the solution phase
depends on the gas-liquid contact time, diffusion coefficients of sulfur dioxide in the gas
and liquid phases, bubble size, concentration of sulfur dioxide, and solubility of sulfur
dioxide in solution. Calvert and Workman (1960) describe a method to predict the efficiency
of various bubbler designs in collecting sulfur dioxide. Their method is predominantly quali-
tative, but it can serve as a useful guide. The more efficient designs include that of
Wartburg et al. (1969); the Greenberg-Smith impinger (Smith et al., 1961); midget impingers
(Jacobs et al., 1957); Drechsel bottles (British Standards Institution, 1963); and packed
columns (Bostrom, 1966), which are useful where low flow rates are involved. In using such
devices, care must be taken to prevent carryover of solution at high flow rates and to
compensate for solvent losses by evaporation.
XRD3A/A 3-2 1-19-81
image:
-------
Collection efficiency depends in part on the solution in which sulfur dioxide is actively
dissolved and stabilized. One current method involves stabilization of sulfur dioxide as the
sulfite anion in an aqueous solution of sodium or potassium tetrachloromercurate, with which
the sulfite anion complexes. To prevent conversion of sulfite to sulfate, the temperature of
the collecting solution must be maintained below 20°C. Failure to maintain temperature con-
trol of samples during collection, shipment, and storage leads to underestimation of sulfur
dioxide levels in the atmosphere, particularly during summer months. Another approach
involves collection in aqueous solution and conversion to the sulfate anion by oxidizing agents
such as hydrogen reroxide. Although stabilization of sulfur dioxide as the sulfate anion can
be effective, some of the soluble sulfate in the atmospheric aerosol is collected (unless
removed by a particle filter) and added to the sample; thus, discrimination between sulfur
dioxide and sulfate may be impossible.
Several methods employ alkaline solutions for the absorption of sulfur dioxide. Although
their collection efficiency is quite high, alkaline solutions rapidly oxidize the collected
sulfite anion to sulfate unless some means are available for the direct complexation and
stabilization of the sulfite anion.
Another collection technique involves the use of filter papers or tapes impregnated with
an alkaline reagent such as potassium hydroxide, triethanolamine, or potassium carbonate, to-
gether with small amounts of glycerol as an humectant (Lodge et al., 1963; Huygen, 1963; Pate
et al., 1963; Forrest and Newman, 1973). The collected sulfur dioxide is supposed to be main-
tained as a sulfite, but it may be oxidized to sulfate. Although laboratory tests have shown
that such oxidation can be negligible, field tests have produced very erratic results. Parti-
culate matter collected from air passing through the filter contains traces of transition
metal ions, which promote rapid oxidation of sulfite to sulfate. Prefilters should be used to
eliminate particulate matter. Oxidation of the collected sulfite to sulfate prior to analysis
is also recommended. Alternatively, an analytical technique that measures both sulfite and
sulfate may be employed.
Some of the earlier methods for estimating ambient S0? concentrations (sulfation methods)
are based on the reaction of sulfur dioxide with lead peroxide to form lead sulfate (Wilsdon
and McConnell, 1934). The sulfur dioxide is stabilized in the form of a sulfate, eliminating
the problem of oxidative conversion. However, any particulate matter containing sulfate
species which come in contact with the collection surface will lead to errors.
Occasionally, samples of ambient air are collected in a gas-tight syringe or other suit-
able container for later analysis. The reactivity of sulfur dioxide is a major problem, how-
ever. Natusch et al. (1978) have reported extensive adsorption losses of S02 on thick-walled
Mylar® laminates, Tygon , Teflon , and stainless steel container walls.
3.2.2.2 Calibration—The relationship between true pollutant concentration and the measured
value by any method is determined by calibration. For methods that measure relative exposure
to sulfur species (e.g., sulfation methods), no calibration is usually attempted. The use of
XRD3A/A 3-3 1-19-81
image:
-------
uniform reagents, equipment, and procedures is essential with these methods in order to
compare exposure data over time and space. Those methods that involve direct collection of an
air sample for later analysis or collection of the SO^- in an air sample by absorption or
adsorption require calibration of both the sample volume measurement and the analytical
measurement.
Devices used for sample volume measurement are generally calibrated against reliable vol-
ume standards. The analytical measurement is often calibrated statically using a known amount
of the sulfite or sulfate anion in solution. Static calibration is a rapid and simple method
for checking the analytical procedure, but does not subject the overall measurement method to
scrutiny since the process of S0? collection is circumvented. Dynamic calibration of these
methods has an advantage over the static approach by subjecting the total measurement to
scrutiny, but it is time-consuming and therefore not used routinely. This approach, described
in more detail in a later section (3.2.3) on automated methods, uses synthetic atmospheres
containing the pollutant in known concentrations to define the response of the method.
3.2.2.3 Measurement Methods—The principal manual methods for determining sulfur dioxide in
the air are discussed in this section.
3.2.2.3.1 Colorimetric method: pararosaniline. The West-Gaeke method is probably the most
widely used colorimetric procedure for S0? determination in ambient air (West and Gaeke, 1956).
It is also the basis of the EPA reference method for measurement of S0? in the atmosphere
(U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1979). In the West-Gaeke method, air is bubbled into
fritted bubblers containing 0.1 M sodium tetrachloromercurate (TCM) solution, which forms the
stable dichlorosulfitomercurate ion with S0?. The SO^-TCM complex is reacted with bleached
pararosaniline and formaldehyde to form red-purple pararosaniline methanesulfonic acid. The
optical absorbance of the solution is measured spectrophotometrically at 560 nm and is, within
limits, linearly proportional to the concentration of sulfur dioxide. The lower limit of
detection of S0? in 10 ml of TCM absorbing solution is approximately 0.5 |jg, representing a
3
concentration of 13 ug S02/m (0.005 ppm) in an air sample of 38.2 liters. Ozone, nitrogen
dioxide, and heavy metals were negative interferents in early versions of this method.
An improved version of the West-Gaeke method was adopted by EPA in 1971 as the reference
method for the determination of atmospheric SO- (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1979).
Several important parameters were optimized, resulting in greater sensitivity and reproduci-
bility, as well as adherence to Beer's Law throughout a greater working range. In the EPA
method, S02 is collected in impingers containing 0.04 M potassium tetrachloromercurate. A
20-minute wait before analysis allows ozone, a potential interferent, to decompose. Sulfamic
acid is then added, followed by a 10-minute wait, to remove interference from nitrogen oxides.
Interference by heavy metals is eliminated by use of phosphoric acid in the dye reagent and
the disodium salt of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) in the TCM absorbing solution.
The complex is then reacted with a purified pararosaniline dye reagent and formaldehyde to
form the colored pararosaniline methanesulfonic acid. Absorbance is measured at 548 nm.
XRD3A/A 3-4 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
Accuracy depends on rigid control of many critical variables: pH, temperature, reagent purity,
color development time, age of solutions, and concentrations of some atmospheric interferents
(Scaringelli et al., 1967). Because temperature affects rate of color formation and color
fading, a constant-temperature bath is recommended for maximum precision. Highly purified
reagents, especially the pararosaniline dye, are vital for acceptable reproducibility- The
precision of the EPA reference method analytical procedure was estimated using standard sul-
fite samples (Scaringelli et al., 1967) and reported to be 4.6 percent at the 95 percent con-
fidence level. The lower limit of detection of SO, in 10 ml of TCM absorbing solution was
0.75 ug, representing a concentration of 25 ug S02/m (0.01 ppm) in an air sample of 30 liters.
A collaborative study (McCoy et al., 1973) of the 24-hour EPA reference method procedure
indicated the following: method repeatability (day-to-day variability within an individual
laboratory) varies linearly with S00 concentration from ± 18 ug/m (0.007 ppm) at concentra-
3 3
tion levels of 100 (jg/m (0.04 ppm) to ± 51 ug/m (0.019 ppm) at concentration levels of 400
3
ug/m (0.15 ppm); method reproducibility (day-to-day variability between two or more labora-
Q 3
tories) varies linearly with SO, concentration from ± 37 ug/m (0.014 ppm) at 100 ug/m to
3 3
± 104 ug/m (0.040 ppm) at 400 ug/m . The method has a concentration dependent bias which
becomes significant at the 95 percent confidence level at the high concentration level. Ob-
served values tend to be lower than the expected S02 concentration level.
Results of the above collaborative study and other investigations (Blacker et al. , 1973;
Bromberg et al., 1974; Foster and Beatty, 1974) suggest that pararosaniline methods tend to
underestimate S02 concentrations by 5 to 20 percent. In the Bromberg study, simulated 24-hour
bubbler samples were analyzed by 134 laboratories throughout the United States. Observed
3 3
negative biases ranged from -3 percent for a 45 ug/m sample to -16 percent for a 767 ug/m
sample, but reasons for the negative biases have not been determined. Based on the Bromberg
study results, EPA recommended that intralaboratory quality control programs be upgraded and
improved in laboratories that routinely analyze SO?-TCM samples. EPA also recognized the need
for and promoted development of standard reference samples for use in laboratory quality con-
trol programs.
More recent information on the reliability of pararosaniline analytical procedures has
been obtained through EPA's ambient air audit program. In this program, freeze-dried mixtures
of sodium sulfite and TCM are sent to participating laboratories for analysis. These simu-
lated field samples represent ambient S0? concentrations ranging from about 10 to 200 ug/m .
EPA audit results from 1976-1978 summarized in recent reports (Bromberg et al., 1979, 1980)
indicate no apparent problems with bias (accuracy) in the analytical portion of the pararo-
saniline methods.
Subsequent to promulgation of the S02 reference method, effects of temperature on the
method have been studied (Kasten-Schraufnagel et al., 1975; Sweitzer, 1975). One investiga-
tion (Fuerst et al., 1976) showed that collected SOp-TCM samples decay at a temperature-
dependent rate. Table 3-1 indicates that sample collection at 25°C results in a 1.1 percent
XRD3A/A 3-5 1-19-81
image:
-------
loss in S0? during the 24-hour sampling period, but further exposure of the collected sample
for 4 days at this temperature leads to a 10 percent loss in S02- Significant decay can occur
during collection of ambient samples and during shipment and storage of collected samples when
TCM solutions are exposed to temperatures above 20°C. Under typical field conditions tempera-
ture exposure is quite often extreme, especially during the summer months at sites with rela-
tively little protection from the elements (e.g., rooftop locations).
TABLE 3-1. TEMPERATURE EFFECT ON COLLECTED SO?-TCM SAMPLES
(EPA REFERENCE METHOD)
°c
15
20
25
30
35
40
°F
59
68
77
86
95
104
At end
of sampling
99.8
99.6
98.9
97,4
95.1
87.6
Percent
2
99.0
97.8
94.4
87.4
74.1
50.8
SOp remaining
Days of Exposure
4
98.2
96.1
90.2
78.5
57.9
29.5
6
97.4
94.3
86.1
70.4
45.2
17.2
Source: Fuerst et al., 1976.
Measures to minimize these temperature effects have been investigated by Martin (1977),
who recommends use of thermostatted shelters to house sampling equipment during sample collec-
tion. The temperature of samples during shipment can be controlled with cold-pack shipping
containers. When samples are stored before being analyzed, refrigeration at 5°C minimizes
further decay. Temperature control procedures are currently being incorporated in the EPA
reference method.
Other sources of error in the pararosaniline method, common to all manual methods of this
type (wet chemical), include spillage of absorbing reagent and collected samples during ship-
ment, leakage in the sampling apparatus, and inaccurate sample volume measurements. These
errors can generally be minimized by the application of standard quality control practices.
Under the provisions of EPA's "Ambient Air Monitoring Reference and Equivalent Methods"
regulations (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1979b), two additional manual pararosani-
line methods have been designated as equivalent methods (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
1975). These methods are identified as:
XRD3A/A
3-6
1-19-81
image:
-------
*
EQS-0775-001, "Pararosaniline Method for the Determination of Sulfur
Dioxide in the Atmosphere - Technicon I Automated Analysis System."
EQS-0775-002, "Pararosaniline Method for the Determination of Sulfur
Dioxide in the Atmosphere - Technicon II Automated Analysis System."
These methods employ the same sample collection procedure used in the EPA reference method and
an automated analytical measurement based on the colorimetric pararosaniline method.
3-2.2.3.2 Titrimetric method: hydrogen peroxide. The British Standard Method uses a stan-
dard sampling instrument or 8-port valve for the measurement of smoke and sulfur dioxide
(British Standards Institution, 1963). Air is drawn through a filter paper and into a
Drechsel bottle containing -0.3 percent hydrogen peroxide solution adjusted to pH 4.5. The
hydrogen peroxide oxidizes the atmospheric SO- to suIfuric acid which is subsequently titrated
with standard sodium borate using the mixed indicator of the British Drug House (grey at pH
4.5). The method is capable of measuring S02 concentrations from about 25 to 25,000 \iq/m
(0.01 to 10 ppm) using a 24-hour sampling period.
Since the method measures total acidity rather than S0? specifically, any strong acids
that are collected will produce positive errors. Normally the concentration of such sub-
stances is low relative to that of S02> and the measurement is generally accepted as a good
approximation of the actual S0? concentration. Ammonia will neutralize the sulfuric acid and
give negative errors. When the presence of ammonia is suspected, a portion of the absorbing
solution can be analyzed for dissolved ammonia and the S0? measurement adjusted accordingly.
An instruction manual on the use of the hydrogen peroxide method in the British National
Survey was issued in 1966 (Warren Spring Laboratory, 1966). The manual discusses the quality
of the water used for reagent preparation and states that it need not be free of carbon diox-
ide. Martin and Barber (1971), however, reported that use of water rich in carbon dioxide can
lead to significant negative errors in the method. During sample collection and subsequent
standing, sufficient carbon dioxide can be evolved from the absorbing solution to cause low
titers and, on some occasions, to result even in alkaline solutions. The instruction manual
also discusses the problem of alkaline contamination in the glassware required in the method.
The Drechsel bottles used during sample collection and sample storage bottles need to be pre-
conditioned with absorbing reagent prior to use. Likewise, alkaline contamination in other
glass parts of the sampling apparatus can lead to underestimation of ambient S0« levels.
Evaporation of absorbing reagent during sampling can result in overestimation of ambient
S0? levels with the method (Fry, 1970). If evaporation occurs, the pH of the solution is
lowered and a portion of the standard alkali added during the subsequent titration is required
to compensate for this effect alone. The effect is likely to be more prevalent in the summer
3
months and can lead to overestimation of S02 levels by up to about 15 ug/m . Fry reports that
this source of error can be overcome either by making up the absorbing solution to its origi-
nal volume prior to the titration or by making a mathematical correction to the titration re-
sult based on the final volume of absorbing solution after collection.
XRD3A/A 3-7 1-19-81
image:
-------
Uncertainty in the titration end-point and rounding-off of the volume of alkali required
in the titration to the nearest 0.1 ml each introduce errors of up to about ±5 ug/m (Warren
Spring Laboratory, 1975). Other potential sources of error in the method include inaccurate
air sample volume measurements and conversion of ambient S02 to sulfate on the smoke filter
used in the sampler.
The reproducibility of the hydrogen peroxide method based on results from five compara-
tive studies using duplicate sampling apparatus has been reported by Warren Spring Laboratory
(1962). The coefficients of variation were on the order of 15 to 20 percent for S02 concen-
trations ranging from about 15 to 250 ug/m and 5 to 10 percent for concentrations ranging
from about 100 to 800 ug/m3. The same reagents and analytical apparatus were used to service
all the samplers in each study, thus obviating a further potential source of error.
In a more recent investigation (Barnes, 1973), duplicate S02 measurements were obtained
with the British Standard Method at a residential site where ambient levels were low (18 to 84
ug/m ). Nineteen sets of observations were made from two samplers with a common inlet using
the same supply of reagents and glassware and a further 18 using a separate supply for each.
Differences in measured concentrations using the two samplers on individual occasions ranged
up to 31 percent of the mean of the two separate values. However, most of these differences
did not exceed 13 percent of the mean. Titration error was cited as the single most common
source of variation between the samplers in these experiments. An error in titration of 0.1
3
ml would result in an error in the measured SO,, concentration of 7 ug/m . When measuring low
concentrations such errors could represent a difference of 100 percent from the true concen-
tration. Barnes concludes from these observations that measurement of low S0? concentrations
with the method require great care on the part of the operator, more than might be expected of
most operators.
3.2.2.3.3 lodimetric methods. Several iodimetric methods have been used for the determina-
tion of SOp in the atmosphere. In one version, an absorbing solution containing soluble
starch, potassium iodide, dilute sulfuric acid, and standard 0.01 N iodine solution is
prepared (Katz, 1950). S02 in the air sample reacts with this 8 x 10"5 N iodine solution to
decolorize the blue iodine-starch complex. The reduction in color intensity is measured spec-
trophotometrical ly. The range of applicability is 25 to 2600 ug S0?/m3 (0.01 to 1 ppm),
depending upon the volume and concentration of absorbent solution and the volume of air sam-
pled. In a modification of this method, the excess iodine is titrated with a standard thio-
sulfate solution (Katz, 1969).
Oxidizing gases interfere to give low results; reducing agents interfere to give high
results. Interference from high concentrations of nitrogen oxides or ozone can be removed by
introducing hydrogen into the air sample and passing the mixture over a platinum catalyst at
100°C (Bokhaven and Niessin, 1966).
In another version, air is bubbled through a sodium hydroxide solution which absorbs S02
(Jacobs, 1960). After acidification of the solution, the liberated sulfurous acid is titrated
XRD3A/A 3-8 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
with standard iodine solution, using starch as an indicator. Because sulfite oxidizes to sul-
fate in the alkaline absorbent solution, samples cannot be stored. Oxidizing agents, nitrogen
dioxide, and ozone interfere, resulting in an underestimation of the SOp concentration.
Hydrogen sulfide and reducing agents result in an overestimation. For an 850-liter air sample
collected at 30 liters/minute, the lower limit of detection is 25 ug S0?/m3 (0.01 ppm)
(Terraglio and Manganelli, 1962).
3.2.2.3.4 Impregnated filter paper methods. Filter papers, impregnated with alkali plus a
humectant to keep them moist, will absorb S02 from air samples (Lodge et al., 1963; Huygen,
1963; Pate et al., 1963; Forrest and Newman, 1973). Two solutions commonly used to impregnate
papers are a mixture of 20 percent potassium hydroxide and 10 percent triethanolamine, and a
mixture of 20 percent potassium carbonate and 10 percent glycerol. The treated filters are
inserted into filter holders, and air is aspirated through them. An untreated prefilter is
generally recommended to remove particulate matter. Absorbed S02 can be extracted from the
papers and determined colorimetrically by the West-Gaeke method. The alkali must be neutral-
ized exactly to attain the proper acidity prior to color development. Alternatively, the ex-
tract solution may be treated with an oxidizing agent, such as hydrogen peroxide, to convert
sulfite to sulfate, followed by a sulfate analysis (Johnson and Atkins, 1975; Forrest and
Newman, 1973).
Efficiency for S0? absorption is better than 95 percent under average weather conditions,
but decreases rapidly below 25 percent relative humidity and above 80 percent relative humid-
ity. The error may be minimized by using two filter papers in series (Forrest and Newman,
1973). Elimination of glassware and reagents during sampling removes the possibility of
spillage or breakage during transport. Sampled papers may be stored conveniently for long
periods before being analyzed.
S02 may be sampled on Whatman no. 17 filter papers impregnated with tetrachloromercurate
(TCM) solution containing mercuric chloride, sodium chloride, ethyl alcohol, and glycerol in
water (Axelrod and Hansen, 1975). Sampled filters are extracted with TCM, and the West-Gaeke
procedure generally follows. Capacity of the 47-mm filters is 13 mg of S0?, after which
collection efficiency decreases. Samples collected at very low relative humidities (10 per-
cent) cannot be stored more than 1 day before exhibiting losses. Filters sampled at 40 per-
cent relative humidity may be safely stored for 1 week. No interference is observed for
nitrogen dioxide and hydrogen sulfide, but ozone at 175 ug/m (0.09 ppm) causes negative
errors.
A method that uses nondispersive x-ray fluorescence to measure ambient S02 collected on
sodium carbonate impregnated membrane filters has been developed by Hardin and Shleien (1971).
After collection the sample filter is irradiated with a one millicurie iron-55 source. The
resulting 2.3 kev sulfur x-rays are counted by a proportional counter with a beryllium window.
A minimum detectable quantity of 30 ug S02 can be detected by the counter, equivalent to 25
g/m3 (0.01 ppm) using a collection time of one hour and a sampling rate of 20 liters/minute.
XRD3A/A 3-9 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
Chlorine gas is collected to a significant degree and since its characteristic x-ray cannot be
resolved from that of sulfur, it may interfere to produce elevated results if not removed
prior to encountering the treated filter.
3.2.2.3.5 Chemiluminescence method. The basis for this method is the chemiluminescence pro-
duced when sulfite solution is oxidized (Stauff and Jaeschke, 1975). Ambient SO,, is absorbed
in 50 ml of tetrachloromercurate solution to form the dichlorosulfitomercurate ion. Five milli-
liters of 2 x 10"5 N KMn04 in 10"3 N H2$04 is added. Oxidation of the absorbed sulfite is
accompanied by a chemiluminescence, which is detected by a photomultiplier tube. The total
light yield, measured by a photon counting system, is proportional to the oxidizable sulfite.
3 3
By sampling 1 m of air, 0.5 |jg/m (0.2 ppb) of S02 may be detected with an error of less than
10 percent.
3.2.2.3.6 Ion exchange chromatographic method. Small et al. (1975) have described an ion
exchange chromatographic system which separates ionic species and effectively neutralizes the
eluant allowing a conductometric measurement of the ion. A commercial instrument based on the
above system is now available (Dionex Corporation, 1975) for use in trace anion analysis. In
this system a strong base anion exchanger of low capacity, agglomerated onto a surface-sulfo-
nated DVB resin, is used as the analytical column. This is followed by a high capacity, strong
acid exchange column which converts the eluant - typically 0.003 M Na2C03 + 0.024 M NaHOL -
into a non-conducting carbonic acid solution after which the separated ions are monitored with
a high sensitivity, multi-range conductivity meter. Although the method is not totally free
from ambiguity, careful selection of eluant and ion chromatographic exclusion steps can effec-
tively separate ionic species of interest.
A method for collection and ion exchange chromatographic analysis of atmospheric S0? has
recently been developed by EPA (Mulik et al., 1978). The method uses dilute (0.6 percent)
hydrogen peroxide to collect the ambient S02. The resultant sulfate ion is analyzed by ion
exchange chromatography. When a prefilter is used in the sampling train to remove aerosol
sulfates, there are no apparent interferences. Collection efficiency is approximately 100
percent over the range of the method, 25 to 1300 ug S02 /m3 (0.01 to 0.5 ppm).
3-2.2.3.7 Sulfation methods. Sulfation methods are based on the reaction of gaseous S0? in
air with lead peroxide (Pb02) paste to form lead sulfate (PbS04). They are cumulative methods
for estimating average concentrations over extended time periods. In the lead peroxide gauge
method (Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, 1933) and the lead candle method
(Wilsdon and McConnel 1, 1934), the paste is prepared by mixing Pb02, gum .tragacanth, alcohol,
and water. The paste is applied to a piece of cotton gauze wrapped around a cylinder 10 cm
round and 10 cm high. After drying, the cylinder is exposed to the atmosphere in a sheltered
location. After exposure, the sulfated cylinder is treated with sodium carbonate solution and
the resultant sulfate is then determined gravimetrically or turbidimetrically. Measurements
with the method are reported as sulfation rates (mg S03/100 cm2/day). In the sulfation plate
method (Huey, 1968), a similar paste containing glass filter fibers is poured into a petri
dish and, after drying, is exposed to the atmosphere and analyzed for sulfate
XRD3A/A 3-10 --
image:
-------
Sulfation methods have the advantage of being inexpensive, but their accuracy is subject
to many physical and chemical variables and interferents. For example, the rate of sulfate
formation is proportional to atmospheric S02 concentration up to 15 percent conversion of the
lead peroxide (Wilsdon and McConnell, 1934). Reaction rate increases with temperature and
with humidity. Other factors affecting rate of sulfation are wind velocity, purity of lead
peroxide, and shape of the shelter (Bowden, 1964). Positive errors are contributed by
hydrogen sulfide and sulfate aerosols. Methyl mercaptan is a potential negative interferent.
Huey et al. (1969) compared the sulfation plate method with the sulfation candle method
at some 250 sampling sites nationwide. A correlation coefficient of 0.95 was obtained, con-
firming that both methods are measuring the same species. The results also indicated that
sulfation plates are 10 percent less reactive than sulfation candles.
Various attempts have been made to correlate sulfation methods with more specific methods
for estimation of S02 concentrations. In 1962, as part of the establishment of the British
National Survey, measurements with the lead peroxide gauge were compared to simultaneous meas-
urements with the hydrogen peroxide method (Warren Spring Laboratory, 1967). The correlation
between 829 pairs of results from 20 sites over a period of four years was highly significant,
showing that both methods were predominantly affected by the same pollutant, sulfur dioxide.
However, the Warren Spring Laboratory concluded that there was no generally applicable conver-
sion factor for relating lead peroxide and hydrogen peroxide results. The conversion from
lead peroxide to hydrogen peroxide reading was not recommended except to give a rough indica-
tion of the levels of concentration concerned.
Stalker et al. (1963) compared the lead peroxide method and the pararosaniline method to
measure sulfur dioxide at 123 stations in Nashville, Tennessee. The lead peroxide method was
considered good for estimating mean SO, levels in communities during months with arithmetic
mean concentrations of at least 65 ug/m (0.025 ppm). The reliability of these mean estimates
was estimated to be within ± 25 percent. However, seasonal effects were noted and the lead
peroxide estimates of S0? (using an average conversion factor for sulfation rate to ppm of
0.031) during the spring season of low S0? levels were about twice as high as simultaneous
24-hour colorimetric measurements of SO,,.
Huey et al. (1969) compared ambient S0? measurements by conductometric, coulometric, and
colorimetric methods with sulfation results. They concluded that sulfation data in mg S0,/100
2 J
cm /day could be converted to S02 concentrations in ppm by multiplying by 0.03, and that 95
percent of the time this approximation from a single sulfation value will lie within a factor
of about 3 of any single measurement using the other techniques.
3.2.2.3.8 Other manual methods. Other manual methods that have been used for the measurement
of ambient concentrations of S0? include the barium perchlorate-thorin titrimetric method
(Fritz and Yamamura, 1955), the barium sulfate turbidimetric method (Volmer and Frohlich,
1944), and the barium chloranilate colorimetric method (Bertolacini and Barney, 1957).
XRD3A/A 3-11 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
3.2.3 Automated Methods
3.2.3.1 Sample Col1ection--In continuous sulfur dioxide analyzers sample collection is an
integral part of the total automated measurement process. The sample line leading from the
sample manifold to the inlet of the analyzer should be constructed of an inert material such
as Teflon®. The sample line dimensions (length and internal diameter) should be selected to
minimize the residence time without creating a significant pressure drop between the sample
manifold and the analyzer inlet. The use of an inert particle filter at the inlet of the
analyzer should depend on the analyzer's susceptibility to interference, malfunction, or
damage due to particulate matter. Heavy loading of particulate matter on the filter may lead
to erroneous S0? measurements; therefore, it may be necessary to change the filter frequently.
3.2.3.2 Calibration—The relationship between true pollutant concentration and the response
of a continuous analyzer is best determined by dynamic calibration. In dynamic calibration,
zero air and standard atmospheres containing known concentrations of SC>2 are introduced into
the analyzer to define the analyzer response over the full measurement range. Dynamic cali-
bration provides evidence that all components of the instrument are functioning properly.
Standard atmospheres required for calibration purposes may be generated using permeation
tubes (O'Keeffe and Ortman, 1966), i.e., sealed Teflon tubes containing liquified gas. Gas
diffuses through the walls at a low, constant rate at constant temperature. The gas is then
diluted with zero air at accurately known flowrates to obtain SOp concentrations over the
required range. Permeation tubes with certified permeation rates are available from the
National Bureau of Standards as Standard Reference Materials or from commercial suppliers.
Dynamic calibration may also be carried out using known concentrations of S02 in high pressure
cylinders. For stability purposes they are usually prepared in high concentrations and
dynamically diluted to the desired level. Traceability of such standards to NBS SRMs may be
established by the gas standard manufacturer or by the user.
Static calibration techniques are possible for several of the continuous S0? analyzers
described below. Static calibration introduces a stimulus to measure instrumental response
under no sample air flow conditions. Typical stimuli are electrical signals, solutions chemi-
cally equivalent to the pollutant, or solutions producing comparable physical effects upon
properties by which the pollutant is detected such as optical density or electrical
conductivity. Static calibration is a rapid and simple method for checking various components
of the instrument, but does not subject total instrument performance to scrutiny.
3.2.3.3 Measurement Methods—The principal automated methods (continuous analyzers) for
determining sulfur dioxide in the air are discussed in this section in a more-or-less
chronological order, with earlier continuous analyzers described first.
3.2.3.3.1 Conductometric analyzers. Conductometric analyzers were the first commercially
available instruments for continuously monitoring S02 in the atmosphere and are still used
today. In their operation, air is brought into contact with an absorbing solution, which
XRD3A/A 3-12 1-19-81
image:
-------
dissolves S02. The ions formed by S02 dissolution increase the conductivity, which is propor-
tional to the concentration. The absorbent may be either deionized water or acidified
hydrogen peroxide solution. When water is used, conductance is increased by formation and
dissociation of sulfurous acid:
S02 + H20 •* H2S03 -> 2H+ + S03=
Hydrogen peroxide solution oxidizes S02 to form sulfuric acid:
S02 + H202 -»• H2S04 -»• 2H+ + S04=
Conductance is measured by a pair of inert (platinum) electrodes within the cell. To increase
accuracy, comparison is made to a reference cell, which measures conductance of unused absor-
bent. The response characteristics of conductometric analyzers are lower detection limits
ranging from 0.005 to 0.04 ppm, lag times (time interval from change in input concentration to
change in output signal) ranging from 5 to 200 seconds, and response times (time interval from
change in input concentration to 90 percent of maximum output signal) ranging from 1 to 4 min-
utes (Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, 1972).
The major disadvantage of conductometric analyzers is their susceptibility to interfer-
ence by any species that either forms or removes ions from solution and changes the con-
ductivity of the solution. The degree of interference depends on humidity, temperature, S0?
concentration, and the particular instrument. The worst interferents are chlorine, hydro-
chloric acid, and ammonia (Rodes et al., 1969); nitrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide interfere
to a lesser extent. Airborne particles, especially ocean-borne salt aerosols, are potentially
damaging. Several methods have been used to minimize these problems. Chemical scrubbers
which selectively remove gaseous interferents have been incorporated into some conductometric
analyzers. Particle filters have also been employed.
3.2.3.3.2 Colorimetric analyzers. Colorimetric analyzers are based upon reaction of S0? with
solutions of organic dyes to form colored species. Optical absorbance of the resulting
solution, measured spectrophotometrically, is within limits linearly proportional to the con-
centration of the colored species in accordance with Beer's Law. Most instruments utilize
improved versions of the manual pararosaniline method developed by West and Gaeke (1956).
Automation of the West-Gaeke method per ^e does not ensure a practical continuous monitoring
instrument since some solutions require daily preparation.
The response characteristics for some commercially available instruments are lower detec-
tion limits ranging from 0.002 to 0.01 ppm, lag times ranging from 0.6 to 25 minutes, and
response times ranging from 5 to 30 minutes (Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, 1972). Advantages
of these instruments include good sensitivity and, with proper control, good specificity.
Interferences by nitrogen oxides may be controlled by using a sulfamic acid reagent. Heavy
metals may be complexed with EDTA in the scrubbing solution or with phosphoric acid in the dye
solution. Ozone interference may be controlled by use of a delay coil downstream from the
absorber to allow time for ozone to decay, but this results in longer lag and response times.
Major disadvantages of these instruments are the need for reagent and pump tubing replacement
and frequent recalibration.
XRD3A/A 3-13 1-19-81
image:
-------
3.2.3.3.3 Coulometric and amperometrlc analyzers. Coulometric analyzers are based on the
reaction of S0? with a halogen, formed directly by electrolysis of a halide solution. The
current necessary to replace the depleted halogen is proportional to the amount of SO^,
absorbed in the solution, and hence to the S02 concentration in the air.
In one common coulometric system, an inner chamber, into which air is introduced, is con-
tiguous with an outer chamber (Treon and Crutchfield, 1942). Both contain a solution of
potassium bromide and bromine in dilute sulfuric acid. Potential difference between chambers,
relative to a reference potential, is measured by the reference electrodes. As absorbed S(L
reduces the Br? concentration in the inner chamber, the amplifier produces a current to restore
the Br2 content in the inner chamber until the potential difference is again zero. In a second
system, the change in halogen concentration is detected as a current change rather than a
potential difference. The cell is filled with a potassium iodide solution, buffered to pH 7.
At the platinum anode, a constant current source continuously generates iodine, which is sub-
sequently reduced at the cathode. An equilibrium concentration of iodine is established, and
no current is generated at an activated-carbon bipolar reference electrode, connected in
parallel. Reaction with SCL decreases the equilibrium concentration of iodine, which cannot
transport the charge generated by the constant-current source. Part of the current is
diverted through the reference electrode; this flow is proportional to the S0? concentration
in the air sample. The response characteristics of coulometric analyzers are lower detection
limits ranging from 0.002 to 0.05 ppm, lag times ranging from 2 to 120 seconds, and response
times ranging from 2 to 5 minutes (Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, 1972).
Interferent species are those able to oxidize halides, reduce halogens, or complex with
either. They consist primarily of sulfur compounds (hydrogen sulfide, mercaptans, and organic
sulfides and disulfides) with sensitivities comparable to or greater than that of SCL. Other
potential interferents, at lower sensitivities, are ozone, nitrogen oxides, chlorine, olefinic
hydrocarbons, aldehydes, benzene, chloroform, other nitrogen- or halogen-containing compounds,
and other hydrocarbons (deVeer et al., 1969; Schulze, 1966; Thoen et al., 1968; Washburn and
Austin, 1952). Interferences can be minimized by selective filters, which are sometimes built
into the instrument or offered as optional features. For example, a heated silver gauze fil-
ter is reported to remove hydrogen sulfide, ozone, chlorine, nitrogen oxides, carbon disulfide,
ethylene, aldehydes, benzene, and chloroform, but will not remove mercaptans (Philips
Electronic Instruments, undated).
The major advantage of a coulometric analyzer is minimal maintenance (reagent may need
only monthly replacement; electrodes may require annual cleaning). Also, reagent consumption
is negligible because of halide regeneration, and evaporated water is replaced by condensation
from air or from a reservoir.
3-2.3.3.4 Flame photometric analyzers. The flame photometric detector (FPD) is based on the
measurement of the band emission of excited $2 molecules during passage of sulfur-containing
XRD3A/A 3-14
1-19-81
image:
-------
*
compounds through a hydrogen-rich (reducing) flame. The emitted light passes through a
narrow-pass optical filter, which isolates the 394 nm S* band, and is detected by a photomul-
tiplier tube (PMT). Photomultiplier tube output is proportional to the square of the sulfur
concentration; hence, an electronic system to "linearize" output is a desirable feature.
Application of the FPD to the detection of S0» was first made by Crider (1965) and analyzers
using FPD have been widely accepted for ambient SO- monitoring. The response characteristics
of continuous flame photometric S02 analyzers are lower detection limits ranging from 0.002 to
0.010 ppm, lag times ranging from 1 to 5 seconds, and response times ranging from 10 to 30
seconds (Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, 1972).
Although the FPD is insensitive to nonsulfur species, it will detect sulfur compounds
other than S02- Particle filters will remove troublesome aerosol sulfates and selective fil-
ters may be used to reduce interference from other gaseous sulfur compounds; e.g., an HLS fil-
ter is used on most commercial instruments. Interference by carbon dioxide can be minimized
by maintaining ambient levels of C02 in the calibration and sample matrices.
Gas chromatographs with flame photometric detectors (GC-FPD) are also available commer-
cially. GC-FPD can separate individual sulfur compounds and measure them individually
(Stevens et al., 1971). However, the temporal resolution of GC-FPD data is limited by the
chromatographic elution time of S0? and other gaseous sulfur compounds.
Disadvantages of FPD systems include the need for a source of compressed hydrogen and
sensitivity to all sulfur compounds. Advantages of FPD systems include low maintenance, good
sensitivity, very fast response, and good selectivity for sulfur compounds. No reagents are
necessary other than compressed hydrogen.
3.2.3.3.5 Second-derivative spectrometric analyzers. The second-derivative spectrometer pro-
cesses the transmission-versus-wavelength function of a spectrum to produce a signal propor-
tional to the second derivative of this function (Hager and Anderson, 1970). The signal ampli-
tude is proportional to the concentration of the gas in the absorption path. These instru-
ments center on the shape characteristics rather than basic intensity changes of molecular
band spectral absorption. The slope and curvature characteristics are often large, specific,
and independent of intensity. Because these shape characteristics are large but specific to
individual compounds, resolution of component gases is possible.
In the operation of a second-derivative spectrometer, radiant energy from a UV or visible
source is directed into a monochromator, where it is dispersed by a grating to provide mono-
chromatic light to the sample cell. The wavelength of this light (299.5 nm) is modulated with
respect to time in a sinusoidal fashion by an oscillating entrance slit. The angular position
of the grating sets the center wavelength coming out of the monochromator into the multipass
cell. The sample is continuously drawn through the cell by a pump. Output from the photomul-
tiplier tube is electronically analyzed to develop the second derivative of the absorbance.
Sensitivity is greatly enhanced over ordinary spectrometers because the output is an AC
signal of known wavelength and phase, adaptable to high-gain electronic amplification.
Uniqueness of the curvature of a given molecular band enables this type of instrument to be
XRD3A/A 3-15 1-19-81
image:
-------
highly specific. A theoretical assessment by Ratzlaff and Natusch (1977) indicates that pre-
cision may be a problem with spectrometric techniques of this type. Measurements are
independent of sample flow rate, but relatively high flow rates (4 liters/minute) are nec-
essary to achieve reasonable response times. The response characteristics for one com-
mercially available instrument are a lower detection limit of 0.01 ppm, lag time of 1 minute,
and response time of 8 minutes (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1979a).
3.2.3.3.6 Fluorescence analyzers. Fluorescence analyzers are based on detection of the char-
acteristic fluorescence released by the sulfur dioxide molecule when it is irradiated by
ultraviolet light (Okabe et al., 1973). This fluorescent light is also in the ultraviolet
region of the spectrum, but at a different wavelength than the incident radiation. Wave-
lengths between 190 and 230 nm are used for excitation and the fluorescent wavelengths usually
monitored are between 300 and 400 nm. In this region of the spectrum, there is relatively
little quenching of the fluorescence by other molecules occurring in ambient air. The light
is detected by a PMT that, through the use of electronics, produces a voltage proportional to
the light intensity and S0? concentration. The fluorescent light reaching the PMT is usually
modulated to facilitate the high degree of amplification necessary. Some analyzers
mechanically "chop" the incident irradiation before it enters the reaction chamber. Other
instruments electronically pulse the incident light source at a constant rate. The response
characteristics of fluorescence analyzers are lower detection limits of 0.005 ppm, lag times
of about 30 seconds, and response times of about 5 minutes (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 1979a).
Potential interferences to the fluorescence technique include any species that either
quenches or exhibits fluorescence. Both water vapor and oxygen strongly quench the fluores-
cence of SO £ at some wavelengths. Water vapor can be removed by a dryer within the instrument
or the water interference can be minimized by careful selection of the incident radiation
wavelength. The effect of oxygen quenching can be minimized by maintaining identical oxygen
concentrations in the calibration and sample matrices.
Aromatic hydrocarbons such as naphthalene exhibit strong fluorescence in the same spec-
tral regions as S02 and are major interferents. These aromatics must be removed from the
sample gas stream by an appropriate scrubber upstream of the reaction chamber. The scrubbers
may operate at ambient or elevated temperature. Certain elevated-temperature scrubbers, how-
ever, have the potential for converting ambient hydrogen sulfide (which normally does not
interfere with the fluorescence technique) into S02- In these cases, the hydrocarbon scrubber
must be preceded by a scrubber for H-S.
3-2.3.3.7 Other automated methods. Other automated methods (continuous analyzers) that have
been used for the measurement of ambient concentrations of S02 include: voltammetry (Chand
and Marcote, 1971); correlation spectroscopy (Barringer Research, Ltd., 1969; Moffat etal.,
1971); differential lidar (Johnson et al., 1973); and condensation nuclei formation (Environ-
ment One Corp.).
XRD3A/A 3-16 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
3.2.3.4 EPA Designated Equivalent Methods—Under provisions of EPA's "Ambient Air Monitoring
Reference and Equivalent Methods" regulations (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1979b),
several commercial continuous analyzers have been designated as equivalent methods for deter-
mining compliance with National Ambient Air Quality Standards for SO^. These analyzers have
undergone required testing and meet EPA's performance specifications for automated methods,
summarized in Table 3-2. A list of S02 analyzers designated as of December 31, 1980, is given
in Table 3-3. Information on designation of these analyzers as equivalent methods may be
obtained by writing the Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Methods Standardization
Branch (MD-77), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
27711.
Review of performance data submitted in support of the designations listed in Table 3-3
indicates that these analyzers exhibit performance better than that specified in Table 3-2.
For the analyzers tested, noise levels were typically 3 ppb or less. The zero drift results
(12-and 24-hour) were all less than 5 ppb and typically less than 3 ppb. The span drift
results (at 20 and 80 percent of the full scale range of 0 to 0.5 ppm) were all less than 5
percent and typically 2 to 3 percent. The precision results (at 20 and 80 percent of the full
scale range of 0 to 0.5 ppm) indicate a typical precision of 1 to 2 ppb. Lag times were
typically less than 1 minute. Response times (rise and fall times) for the various types of
analyzers were typically as follows: flame photometric, 1 minute or less; fluorescence, 5
minutes; coulometric, 3 minutes; conductometric, 0.5 minute; second-derivative spectrometric,
8 minutes. For analyzers of the same type (e.g., flame photometric), interference test
results for a given potential interferent were somewhat variable. The concentration of SO-
during the tests was 0.14 ppm and the interferent concentrations were as indicated in Table
3-4. Interference equivalents of 5 ppb or less were obtained in each case except for the
following: flame photometric—negative CO- interference equivalents of about 10 ppb were
typical; coulometric—positive 0, interference equivalents of about 8 ppb were typical.
As part of required equivalency testing by manufacturers, all continuous SO- analyzers
designated by EPA as equivalent methods have demonstrated a consistent relationship with the
reference method. A consistent relationship is demonstrated when the differences between (1)
measurements made by the test analyzer and (2) measurements made by the reference method are
less than or equal to the allowable discrepancy specifications prescribed in the equivalency
regulations, when both methods simultaneously measure SO- concentrations in a real atmosphere.
All of the equivalent methods listed in Table 3-3 have demonstrated this consistent relation-
ship with the reference method and the observed differences between simultaneous measurements
were generally well within the required specifications.
A comparison study using EPA designated equivalent methods for SO- was recently conducted
by EPA in an urban-industrial-commercial area of Durham, North Carolina (U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 1979a). Eight continuous SO- analyzers were compared over a period of 150
days under more or less typical air monitoring conditions. During the study, the analyzers
XRD3A/A 3-17 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 3-2. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR EPA EQUIVALENT METHODS FOR S02
(CONTINUOUS ANALYZERS)
Performance parameter
Range
Noise
Lower detectable limit
Interference equivalent
Each interferent
Total interferent
Zero drift, 12-and 24-hour
Span drift, 24-hour
20 percent of upper range limit
80 percent of upper range limit
Lag time
Rise time
Fall time
Precision
20 percent of upper range limit
80 percent of upper range limit
Units
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
percent
percent
minutes
minutes
minutes
ppm
ppm
Specification
0-0.5
0.005
0.01
±0.02
0.06
±0.02
±20.0
±5.0
20
15
15
0.01
0.015
Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1979b)
XRD3A/A
3-18
1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 3-3. LIST OF EPA DESIGNATED EQUIVALENT METHODS FOR SO
(CONTINUOUS ANALYZERS)
Designation
number
EQSA-1275-005
EQSA- 1275-006
EQSA-0276-009
EQSA-0678-010
EQSA-0876-011
EQSA-0876-013
EQSA-0877-024
EQSA-0678-029
EQSA- 1078-030
EQSA-1078-032
EQSA-0779-039
EQSA-0580-046
EQSA- 1280-049
Manufacturer
Lear Siegler
Me Toy
Thermo Electron
Philips
Philips
Monitor Labs
ASARCO
Beckman
Bendix
Meloy
Monitor Labs
Meloy
Lear Siegler
Model
SM1000
SA185-2A
43
PW9755
PW9700
8450
500,600
953
8303
SA285E
8850
SA700
AM2020
Measurement
Second-derivative
Flame photometric
Fluorescence
Coulometric
Coulometric
Flame photometric
Conductometric
Fluorescence
Flame photometric
Flame photometric
Fluorescence
Fluorescence
Second-deri vati ve
principle
spectrometric
spectrometric
XRD3A/A
3-19
1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 3-4. INTERFERENT TEST CONCENTRATIONS (PARTS PER MILLION)3 USED IN THE TESTING
OF EPA EQUIVALENT METHODS FOR S02
Analyzer type
Flame photometric (FPD)
Gas chromatography-FPD
Spectrophotometri c-wet
chemical (pararosani line
reaction)
Electrochemical
Conductivity
Spectrophotometri c-gas phase
Hydro-
chloric Am-
acid mom' a
--
—
0.2 0.1C
0.2 O.lc
0.2 0.1C
—
Hy-
drogen
sulfide
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
--
—
Sulfur
dioxide
0.14d
0.14d
0.14d
0.14d
0.14d
0.14d
Nitro-
gen
dioxide
«
--
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Nitric Carbon Eth-
oxide dioxide ylene
750
750
750
0.5 — 0.2
750
0.5
Carbon
M- Water mon-
Ozone Xylene vapor oxide
20,000C 50
20,000C 50
0.5
0.5 — 20,000C
--
0.5 0.2
Concentrations of interferent listed must be prepared and controlled to ± 10 percent of the stated value.
Analyzer types not listed will be considered by the administrator as special cases.
C0o no mix with pollutant.
Concentration of pollutant used for test. These pollutant concentrations must be prepared to ± 10 percent of the stated value.
Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1979b)
image:
-------
*
simultaneously measured ambient air sampled from a common manifold. The ambient sample was
occasionally augmented with artifically generated pollutant to allow for analyzer comparisons
at higher concentrations. A statistical comparison of hourly averages for each test analyzer
with the average of the hourly averages (for corresponding hours) from the other test
analyzers is presented in Table 3-5. Each test analyzer is identified in the table by manu-
facturer, model number, and measurement principle. The data clearly indicate that these con-
tinuous S02 analyzers are capable of excellent performance (high correlation with one another,
small mean differences).
3.2.4 Summary
Methods for the measurement of sulfur dioxide can be classified as: (1) manual methods,
which involve collection of the sample over a specified time period and subsequent analysis by
a variety of analytical techniques, or (2) automated methods, in which sample collection and
analysis are performed continuously and automatically.
In the commonly used manual methods, the techniques used for the analysis of the col-
lected sample are based on colorimetric, titrimetric, turbidimetric, gravimetric, x-ray
fluorescent, chemiluminescent, and ion exchange chromatographic measurement principles.
The most widely used manual method for the determination of atmospheric sulfur dioxide is
the pararosaniline method developed by West and Gaeke. An improved version of this colori-
metric method, adopted as the EPA reference method in 1971, is capable of measuring ambient
3
SCL concentrations as low as 25 ug/m (0.01 ppm) with sampling times ranging from 30 minutes
to 24 hours. The method has acceptable specificity for S0?, but collected samples are subject
to a temperature-dependent decay which can result in an underestimation of the ambient SO™
concentration. Temperature control during sample collection, shipment, and storage effec-
tively minimizes this decay problem.
A titrimetric method based on collection of SO* in dilute hydrogen peroxide followed by
titration of the resultant H2SO. with standard alkali is the standard method used extensively
in Great Britain. Although simple to perform, the method requires long sampling times (24
hours) and is subject to interference from atmospheric acids and bases. Additional sources of
error with the method include evaporation of reagent during sampling, titration errors, and
alkaline contamination of glassware.
Methods that employ alkali impregnated filter papers for the collection of S02 and subse-
quent analysis as sulfite or sulfate by a variety of techniques have been developed. Most of
these methods involve an extraction step prior to analysis although nondispersive x-ray fluor-
escence has been used for the direct measurement of SOp collected on sodium carbonate impreg-
nated membrane filters.
Two of the most sensitive methods now available use measurement principles based on
chemiluminescence and ion exchange chromatography. In the first, S0? is absorbed in a tetra-
chloromercurate solution and subsequently oxidized with potassium permanganate. The oxidation
XRD3A/A 3-21 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 3-5. COMPARISON OF EPA DESIGNATED EQUIVALENT METHODS FOR S02 (CONTINUOUS ANALYZERS)
Analyzer
Measurement
principle
Correlation
coefficient
Mean
difference
ppb
Std. dev.
of diff.
r ppb
ro KM
Max. abs.
diff.
ppb
No. of abs.
diff.
>20 ppb
No of data
pairs
Me Toy
SA185-2A
Flame
photometry
0.999
-3.695
3.925
19.3
0
3302
Monitor Labs Meloy
8450 SA285E
Flame Flame
photometry photometry
0.999 0.999
-0.006 -0.251
4.555 3.243
19.2 15.5
0 0
3186 3306
Thermo Electron Beckman Lear Siegler Philips
43 953 SM1000 PW9755
Second
derivative
Fluorescence Fluorescence spectrometry Coulometry
0.997 0.998 0.936 0.998
-0.177 5.108 4.924 5.775
8.300 6.901 20.712 4.631
29.9 25.4 100.9 25.6
49 21 427 13
2170 1594 1820 3070
Bendix
8303
Flame
photometry
0.998
-3.278
4.392
21.0
1
1984
Between subject analyzer and average of other test analyzers (for corresponding hours)
Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1979a)
image:
-------
*
of the absorbed S02 is accompanied by a chemiluminescence which is detected by a
photomultiplier tube. The second uses ion exchange chromatography to determine ambient levels
of S02 which have been absorbed into dilute hydrogen peroxide and oxidized to sulfate.
Sulfation methods, based on reaction of SO,, with lead peroxide paste to form lead sulfate,
have commonly been used to estimate ambient SOp concentration over extended time periods. The
accuracy of sulfation methods is subject to many physical and chemical variables and interfer-
o
ents. Sulfation rate (mg S0,/100 cm /day) is commonly converted to a rough estimate of S02
concentration (ppm) by multiplying the rate by the Huey factor (0.03).
Automated methods for measurement of ambient levels of sulfur dioxide have gained wide-
spread use in the air monitoring community. Some of the earliest continuous S02 analyzers were
based on conductivity and coulometry. These first generation analyzers were subject to inter-
ference by a wide variety of substances present in typical ambient atmospheres. However, more
recent commercially available analyzers using these measurement principles exhibit improved
specificity for S0? through the incorporation of sophisticated chemical and physical scrubbers.
Early continuous colorimetric analyzers using West-Gaeke type reagents and having good sensi-
tivity and acceptable specificity for S0~ were fraught with various mechanical problems,
required frequent calibration, and thus never gained widespread acceptance.
Continuous sulfur dioxide analyzers using the techniques of flame photometric detection,
fluorescence, and second-derivative spectrometry have been developed over the past ten years
and are commercially available from a number of air monitoring instrumentation companies.
Flame photometric detection of ambient SOp is based on measurement of the band emission of
excited S2 molecules formed from sulfur species in a hydrogen-rich flame. The FPD analyzers
exhibit high sensitivity and fast response, but must be used with selective scrubbers or
coupled with gas chromatographs when high specificity is required.
Fluorescence analyzers are based on detection of the characteristic fluorescence of the
S0? molecule when it is irradiated by UV light. These analyzers have acceptable sensitivity
and response times, are insensitive to sample flowrate, and require no support gases. They
are subject to interference by water vapor (due to quenching effects) and certain aromatic
hydrocarbons, and therefore must incorporate ways to minimize these species or their effects.
Second-derivative spectrometry is a highly specific technique for measurement of S0? in
the air and continuous analyzers based on this principle are commercially available. The
analyzers are insensitive to sample flowrate and require no support gases. Relatively high
sample flowrates are required to achieve reasonable response times, and frequent realignment
of the optics is necessary when the analyzers are used under typical field conditions. Exces-
sive electronic noise and inherent lack of precision can be problems with these analyzers.
Continuous analyzers based on many of the above measurement principles (conductivity,
coulometry, flame photometry, fluorescence, and second-derivative spectrometry) have been
XRD3A/A 3-23 1-19-81
image:
-------
designated by EPA as equivalent methods for the measurement of S02 in the atmosphere. Testing
of these analyzers by the manufacturers prior to designation has demonstrated adequate per-
formance for use when an EPA reference or equivalent method is desired or required. Testing
of these methods by EPA has verified their performance and has also demonstrated excellent
comparability among these designated methods under typical monitoring conditions.
3.3 PARTICULATE MATTER (PM)
3.3.1 Introduction
As described in Chapter 2, particulate matter suspended in ambient air presents a complex
multiphase system which consists of a spectrum of aerodynamic particle sizes from below 0.01
micron (urn) up to 100 um and larger. As discussed in Chapter 2, fine particles below 2.5 urn
tend to remain suspended in air unless removed by external processes such as rainfall. Coarse
particles above 2 um have appreciable settling velocities and tend to settle unless kept in
suspension by high wind speeds or turbulence. The sources and characteristics of the parti-
cles in both size ranges are generally quite different, and depending on the objectives of the
sampling, measurements are often made which consider only a selected size fraction. Samplers
used to identify fine and coarse particle fractions typically are designed to have inlet and
substage cutpoints that are as sharp as possible. Samplers used to simulate the deposition
pattern of particles in the respiratory system have well defined but more gradual cutpoints.
Lippmann (1970) summarized samplers and deposition patterns in the 1-10 UN range proposed by
several organizations. As shown in Figure 3-1 these include models of the American Conference
of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), (Ref: American Industrial Hygiene Associate 1970)
British Medical Research Council (BMRC), and U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (called the
"Los Alamos" curve). Miller et al. (1979) proposed a sampler cutpoint of 15 um related to res-
piratory system deposition, but did not recommend a desireable cutpoint sharpness. Particle
deposition in the respiratory system is discussed in more detail in Chapter 11.
The aerodynamic diameter is one of the most important physical parameters when consider-
ing particle deposition in the atmosphere or the respiratory system. Suspended particles are
rarely spherical, and the ability to obtain a representative dimension equivalent to a diam-
eter for a single particle is often difficult. As defined by Hesketh (1977) the aerodynamic
diameter is not a direct measurement of size, but is the equivalent diameter of a spherical
particle of unit density which would settle at the same rate. This definition inherently con-
siders factors such as the density and shape of a particle without requiring their direct
measurement. Aerodynamic diameters are used in this chapter unless stated otherwise. Sam-
pling methods which utilize collection or separation techniques based on the inertia or set-
tling properties of particles consider the aerodynamic size. In general all sampling methods
which draw the particles into an inlet or opening perform an aerodynamic size segregation.
Particles with unusual geometries such as long fibers, however, may not be separated as effec-
tively as more spherical particles, since the orientation of the fiber at the point of separa-
tion has a substantial impact on the effective diameter.
XRD3A/A 3-24 1-19-81
image:
-------
100
1 80
in
cc
2 60
O
O
* 2°
ACGIH
I I f
LOS ALAMOS
I
I I
0246 8 10
DIAMETER UNIT DENSITY SPHERE, microns
Figure 3-1. Respiratory deposition models used as patterns for sampler outpoints.
Source: Lippmann (1970).
3-25
image:
-------
As discussed in texts such as Fuchs (1964), there are several ways to examine particle
size distributions. Separate distributions of volume, surface area, and number of particles
as shown in Figure 3-2 can be measured to provide detailed information especially useful in
studying particle transport and transformation. The particle size distribution by mass is
perhaps the most important characteristic of an aerosol when considering the majority of
current sampling methods. A mathematical integration of the mass distribution function over
the effective aerodynamic collection range of the sampler directly provides the total mass
collected per unit volume of air sampled. This information can be obtained indirectly from
volume, surface area, or number distribution, but an estimate of the average particle density
must be included in the calculations.
The most common aerosol measurement made in conjunction with health and welfare effect
studies is the mass concentration measurement. Direct measurement of the mass concentration is
made by collecting particles on a substrate such as a filter, gravimetrically determining the
mass of the particles, and dividing the mass by the volume of air sampled. Ideally the par-
ticles reaching the substrate have been segregated by an efficient sampling mechanism which
provides a defined portion of the ambient size distribution of particles to be collected.
Airborne Particles (NAS, 1979) stated that ". . . integral methods used are always sensitive
to the modification of the size distribution by the sampling inlets and transport lines used
in the technique." This reference notes that Lundgren (1973), using special high efficiency
samplers to produce mass size distributions as shown in Figure 3-3, showed that most mass
sampling methods truncate the true ambient particle distribution, thereby giving concentra-
tions less than those actually existing. If these less than perfect sampling efficiencies
were constant for all conditions, the mass collected would always be a consistent proportion
of the true ambient size distribution. As will be shown for selected methods, however, it has
been determined that the efficiencies of many sampler inlets are substantially affected by
wind speed, and in some cases wind direction. Some of the commonly used PM samplers which
employ direct mass measurement techniques include the TSP Hi-Volume Sampler, the dichotomous
sampler, cascade impactors, and cyclone samplers.
Mass concentrations of particles can be estimated using methodology which does not employ
direct weighing. These indirect measurements utilize analytical techniques other than direct
weighing for assessing integral properties of particles other than mass. Typically an empiri-
cal relationship with a gravimetric method is developed and pseudo-mass concentrations
reported in lieu of the integral property measurement. Beta-ray attenuation by the particles
on a filter and optical reflectance of the darkening of a filter by collected particles are
examples of indirect measurement techniques. In situ methods which examine particles still
suspended in the air stream include a wide variety of techniques such as the light scattering
measurements of the integrating nephelometer and the size classification capability of optical
particle counters.
XRD3A/A 3-26 1-19-81
image:
-------
o
X
"a
Q
9
OC
UJ
ffi
2
D
Z
— 1.2
— 1.0
CO
- b
— _ 0.8
a.
O
< 0.4
— 0.2
01
— 6
O
O)
£
h-| 3
. <
— «5 2
— 1
NUMBER
— __ SURFACE
— •— VOLUME
0.01
0.1
PARTICLE DIAMETER,
10
Figure 3-2. Plots illustrating the relationship of particle number, surface area, and volume
distribution as a function of particle size.
Source: Whitby (1975).
3-27
image:
-------
MASS CONCENTRATION /Jg/m
O
10
PARTICLE DIAMETER (Dp),jum
100
Figure 3-3. Typical ambient mass distribution data for particles up to 200
Source: Lundgren (1973).
1000
3-28
image:
-------
Analytical measurement of the chemical composition of particles can be strongly influenced
by the sampling method. Surface measurements such as x-ray fluorescence spectroscopy require
a filter which retains particles on the surface rather than allowing penetration as occurs into
a fiber filter. The composition and impurities in the collection substrate can be critical,
especially in the analysis of trace elements. Selected substrates can also interact with
ambient gases to produce artifact particulate matter. Section 3.3.4 contains descriptions of
the most common analytical methods and Section 3.3.5. briefly discusses particle morphology
measurements by microscopic examination.
Measurement technology for aerosols has advanced significantly in the past 10 years,
especially in the area of size specific measurements for larger particles. Before the advent
of specially designed wind tunnels into which specific aerosol sizes and types can be injected,
determination of sampling accuracy (effectiveness) under conditions similar to field sampling
had rarely been attempted. For these tests effectiveness is defined as the percent of parti-
cles reaching the collection substrate of the sampler compared to results obtained by isokine-
tic sampling in the wind tunnel. Researchers such as McFarland and Ortiz (1979), Wedding et
al. (1980), and Liu and Pui (1980) have designed and built such test facilities for character-
izing aerosol samplers. From these tests it is 'now recognized that ambient wind speed and
direction can have a profound effect on particle sizes reaching the point of collection or
measurement within the sampler. Without knowledge of these and related sampler character-
istics, an accurate interpretation of the aerometric data is impossible. This section
describes important characteristics for commonly used sampler types, so that the utility of
aerometric data discussed in subsequent chapters can be assessed.
3.3.2 Direct PM Mass Measurements
Techniques that employ direct gravimetric weighing of particles collected on a substrate
are discussed here separately from those that use other approaches. Sampling techniques that
fall into the first category are extractive rather than in situ, in that the particles are re-
moved from the air stream for subsequent analysis. Typically the ambient air is drawn into an
inlet, transported to the collection substrate, often after one or more stages of particle size
separation, and then deposited on a substrate by either filtration or impaction. In addition
to the effect of internal separation stages, the particle size range collected by a filtration
sampler depends on other parameters such as inlet geometry, internal wall losses, and the
efficiency of the filter material. The high-volume sampler defined by EPA in the previous Air
Quality Criteria for Particulate Matter (National Air Pollution Control Administration, 1969)
and in the reference method for TSP was considered to have captured all sizes of particles up
to 100 urn (aerodynamic diameter). However, recent sampler characterization testing by Stevens
and Dzubay (1975), Wedding et al. (1977), and McFarland and Rodes (1979) has shown that the
gable roof used as an inlet and weather shield precludes efficient collection of particles
larger than about 50 urn. As shown by the data of McFarland and Rodes in Figure 3-4, the sam-
pling effectiveness of the high-volume sampler for large particles is substantially affected
XRD3A/A 3-29 1-19-81
image:
-------
CO
CO
111
2
(J
01
100 |-
80
60
40
O 2km/hr
D 8km/hr
A 24km/hr
O
-O-
_L
3 5 7 10
AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE DIAMETER, jjm
30
Figure 3-4. Sampling effectiveness of a Hi-Vol sampler as a function of wind speed.
Source: McFarland and Rodes (1979).
3-30
image:
-------
by ambient wind speed. Lundgren (1973) has examined the mass distribution of large particles
up to 200 urn in the atmosphere as shown in Figure 3-3. Comparison of high-volume sampler col-
lection efficiency data in Figure 3-4 with these particle size distributions shows that the
high-volume sampler does not provide a true measure of the large particles in the atmosphere.
Because particle mass increases as a cube function of the diameter for particles with constant
density, the sampling of large particles must be treated carefully when considering a broad
size distribution.
Size-specific sampler inlets designed to limit the particles collected to a certain size
range are a relatively new technology for particles larger than 10 |jm. Since these larger
particles are difficult to transport quantitatively, a sharp cutoff for large particles is not
easily obtained except at high sampler flowrates using multiple stages of separation. The
efficiency of a single stage inlet designed in 1977 (Stevens and Dzubay, 1978; see Figure A-l,
appendix to this chapter) to provide a 15 pm cutoff for a low flowrate sampler operating at
1.0 m /hr, as tested by Wedding et al. (1977), is shown in Figure 3-5. Note that the D5Q --
the particle size at which 50 percent of the particle mass is passed on to the filter — for
this inlet is very wind speed dependent and varies from 9 to 22 urn. More advanced inlets (see
Appendix Figure A-2 for diagram) for this flowrate have been designed by Wedding (1980) and
Liu et al. (1980) and have reduced wind speed sensitivities and sharper cutpoints as shown in
Figures 3-6 and 3-7 respectively. The geometric standard deviations of the sampling effective-
ness curves (a measure of the sharpness of the size cut-off and denoted as a ) for these
inlets vary from approximately 1.2-1.5 as compared to an ideal step-function inlet with a a
of 1.0.
After particles pass through the sampler inlet they can be lost from the flowstream
before collection or measurement by attraction to or impaction on the internal surfaces of the
sampler. Minimizing internal loss, especially for larger particles, requires careful design
of the sample transport system geometry as well as consideration of factors such as surface
charge dissipation. Wedding et al. (1977) reported internal wall losses in a prototype size-
specific sampler to exceed 40 percent for particles greater than 15 (jm. Loo et al. (1979)
reported that recent improvements in the dichotomous sampler reduced internal particle losses
to less than a few percent.
3.3.2.1 Filtration Samplers—The most commonly used methodology for direct gravimetric measure-
ment involves collection of the particles suspended in a known volume of ambient air on a
preweighed filter. The size distribution of particles reaching the filter are affected by the
characteristics of the inlet, the transport system, and the separation stages, operating at
the sampler design flowrate. The performance of a sampler is also substantially affected by
the filter characteristics. The efficiency of the filter media used can influence the total
mass collected if very small particles are not retained on the filter, or if very large
particles bounce from the filter to subsequent stages. The collection efficiencies over a
range of particle sizes for a wide variety of filter materials, face velocities, and effective
porosities have been determined by Liu et al. (1978) for clean filters and by John and Reischl
XRD3A/A 3-31 1-19-81
image:
-------
152
tn
co
UJ
o
UJ
120
100
? 80
(SIERRA 244E INLET)
AVERAUt OF ALL TESTS
O 5 km/hr
A IS km/hr
D 40 km/hr
20
10 15 20 25
AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE DIAMETER,/urn
Figure 3-5. Sampling effectiveness of the dichotomous sampler inlet as a function of wind speed.
Source: Wedding et at., (1980).
3-32
image:
-------
120
110 —
100
CO
CO
HI
Ul
o
1U
o
a.
1
CO
WEDDING INLET
AEROSOL SCIENCE LABORATORY
DR. J.B. WEDDING
AUGUST 1980
1.208 14.4 1.340 1.272
1.208 14.0 1.191 1.200
1.288 14.2 1.092 1.186
1.241 13.7 1.096 1.166
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER, jjm
Figure 3-6. Sampling effectiveness of the Wedding IP inlet.
Source: Wedding (1980).
3-33
image:
-------
120
110 —
100
90
80
J3 70
o
If 60
a! 50
40
30
20
10
UM-LBL IP INLET
W, km/hr Dcn, pm
5
24
15
16.5
14.3
Og
1.45
1.31
1.25
O IMPACTOR TRANSMISSION
EFFICIENCY
II
5 6 7 8 9 10
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER,
20
30 40 50
Figure 3-7. Sampling effectiveness of UM-LBL IP inlet.
Source: Liu et al. (1980).
3-34
image:
-------
*
(1978) for exposed filters. Appendix Table A-l tabulates selected fractional efficiency data
for the commonly used TSP high-volume sampler glass fiber filter, the Teflon® membrane filter
used by the dichotomous sampler, and the cellulose fiber filter material (Whatman No. 1) used
by the British Smoke Shade Sampler. The latter filter shows some inefficiency at the smallest
particle sizes, while the glass fiber and nominal 2 urn porosity Teflon® filters are highly
efficient for all particle sizes. The relationship of flowrate through the filter to the
pressure drop across it is also a very important mechanical consideration since this deter-
mines the available operating flowrate range for a given size vacuum pump. Membrane filter
samplers, because of the rapid increase in pressure drop as particles deposit, require lower
flowrates than fiber filter samplers. This results in substantially less particulate matter
being collected during a sampling interval and the use of a much more sensitive weighing
device (balance).
3.3.2.1.1 TSP high-volume sampler. The high-volume (hi-vol) sampler is the current EPA
reference method (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1979c) for "total suspended particles"
(TSP). It is intended to operate at flowrates from 1.1 to 1.7 m /min, drawing air through a
200 x 250 mm glass fiber filter. The mass of particles collected on the filter is determined
from the difference between weights before and after exposure. The mass concentration is
integrated over the sampling interval and is normally expressed in |jg of mass collected per m
3
of air sampled ((jg/m ).
Glass fiber is the commonly used filter media for this sampler and is nearly 100 percent
efficient for 0.3 pm particles (Liu et al., 1978). As noted by Friedlander (1977), this size
particle is the most difficult to capture, since the collection of smaller and larger particles
is assisted by diffusion and impaction, respectively. This filter material is not prone to
rapid overloading as is a membrane substrate and permits sampling over 24-hr periods in ambient
3
TSP concentrations in excess of 300 to 400 yg/m . Glass fiber filters do not provide a chemi-
cally inert surface and the surface impurities and basic pH may interfere with some measure-
ments. The fibrous nature of the filter also makes surface measurements such as x-ray
fluorescence impractical except for high atomic number elements such as lead.
The hi-vol is relatively simple to operate and reasonably inexpensive to purchase. The
original method description in the Federal Register (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
1979c) was recognized to be an inadequate description of the procedure, and a much more
detailed document was prepared by EPA (Smith and Nelson, 1973) to improve the quality of TSP
data.
As shown in Figure A-3 (Appendix), the inlet is formed by the overhang of a gable roof
which serves as a rainshield for the filter. The inlet effectiveness, as already discussed,
does not produce a sharp particle size cutoff and is sensitive to wind speed. The collection
efficiency of the hi-vol is also affected by sampler orientation, i.e., it is somewhat sensi-
tive to wind direction, as described by Wedding et al. (1977). The average sampler flowrate
is determined either by averaging single measurements before and after collection using an
external flowmeter or by integration of a flow recorder trace. The effect of sampler flowrate
XRD3A/A 3-35 1-19-81
image:
-------
on the sampling effectiveness for large particles as shown in Figure 3-8 is not substantial;
however, use of a flow controller provides the most accurate sampler performance.
The absolute accuracy of ambient particulate measurements such as those made by the high
volume sampler cannot be quantified with current state-of-the-art technology. Alternatively,
estimates of components of the overall accuracy can be determined, including the collection
effectiveness of the sampler inlet and filter media and the accuracy of the flow measurement
system. Two commonly used flow measurement devices on high volume samplers are the rotameter
and the orifice meter with a pressure recorder. The rotameter is used to measure the initial
and final flowrates from which an average is calculated. The pressure recorder provides a
continuous trace of the orifice pressure drop that can be integrated for a more accurate
measurement. Smith et al. (1978) using high volume samplers with both types of devices noted
that the pressure recorder produced smaller errors (2 to 4 percent) when compared with a
reference flow device than the rotameters (6 to 11 percent).
The precision of the high volume sampler as determined from collocated sampler measure-
ments under field conditions and expressed by the coefficient of variation (CV) have been
reported by several investigators. McKee et al. (1971) determined the CV for a measurement by
a single analyst to be 3.0 percent, while the same measure among multiple analysts in a col-
laborative test was 3.7 percent. Rogers et al. (1974) reported the precision of 4-6 hour TSP
sampling to be 5.2 percent.
The design of the gable roof provides a settling chamber above the filter for larger par-
ticles blown in during periods when the sampler is not operational. McFarland and Rodes
(1979) have quantified this deposition experimentally as a function of particle size and
ambient wind speed. Interpreting these relationships, however, requires knowledge of the
existing ambient size distribution of particle mass. For a typical distribution, the amount
of mass added to a high-volume sampler filter during 5 days of exposure when it was not
operational was predicted to be 6 to 8 percent. This effect has been measured in a field
situation by Sides and Saiger (1976) and Lizarraga-Rocha (1976), who measured weight increases
from 3 to 12 percent. Errors from this effect can be reduced by equipping the sampler with a
mechanical device that keeps the filter covered during nonsampling periods. Alternatively,
timely installation and retrieval of filters will also minimize the problem.
As shown by Coutant (1977), Spicer and Schumacher (1979) and Appel et al., 1979), arti-
fact particulate matter can be formed by oxidation of acidic gases (e.g., S0?> N0«) or by
retention of gaseous nitric acid on the surface of alkaline (e.g., glass fiber) filters and
other filter types. The effect is a surface-limited reaction and, depending on the concentra-
tion of the acidic gas, should be especially significant early in the sampling period. The
magnitude of the resulting error depends on such factors as the sampling period, filter com-
position and pH, and the relative humidity. The magnitude and the significance of artifact
mass errors are variable and dependent on local conditions. Excluding the uncertainty
XRD3A/A 3-36 1-19-81
image:
-------
ioo r—
80
I 60
u
UJ
£ 40
ui
20
T~r~rii r
0.5 1.0 1.5
VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE. m3/min.
2.0
Figure 3-8. Effect of sampler flow rate on the performance of a Hi-Vol for 29 (um particles at a
wind speed of 2 km/hr.
Source: McFarland and Rodes (1979).
3-37
image:
-------
associated with the collection and retention of organic participates with appreciable vapor
pressure, artifact mass primarily reflects the sum of the sulfates and nitrates formed by
filter surface reactions with sulfur dioxide and nitric acid gas, respectively. The ambient
concentration of sulfur dioxide is primarily dependent on fossil fuel combustion, while the
nitric acid concentration is dependent on atmospheric photochemistry and, possibly, reactions
in suspended water droplets (Orel and Seinfeld, 1977). A laboratory study by Coutant (1977)
reported artifact sulfate for 24 hr samples from 0.3 to 3 |jg/m . Appel et al. (1978) observed
up to 5 ug/m3 artifact sulfate on alkaline glass fiber filters in 24 hr laboratory exposures,
and up to 3.2 ug/m3 artifact sulfate in atmospheric trials at two California sites. Stevens
et al. (1978) similarly found 2.5 ug/m3 average artifact sulfate sampling at 8 sites around
St. Louis, Missouri; and Rodes and Evans (1977) noted 0.5 ug/m artifact sulfate in West Los
Angeles, California.
3
Artifact particulate nitrate values on glass fiber filters ranging from 1.9 to 26.4 ug/m
(mean 10.6 ±6.9 ug/m , n = 13), were reported by Spicer and Schumacher (1979) in Upland,
California. These values were obtained by comparison to nitrate concentrations measured simul-
taneously with quartz fiber filters. The likelihood of negative sampling artifacts on quartz
fiber filters, as discussed below, make these artifact nitrate measurements upper limit values
only. Appel et al. (1980) reported that artifact particulate nitrate on glass fiber filters
is limited only by the gaseous nitric acid concentration. Such filters approximated total
inorganic nitrate samplers, retaining both particulate nitrate and nitric acid even when the
latter was present at very high atmospheric concentrations (e.g., 20 ppb). Nitric acid was
found to represent from approximately 25 to 50 percent of the total inorganic nitrate at
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania., and Lennox and Claremont, California. Based on an estimate of the
o
most probable 24 hr artifact sulfate error, 3 ug/m , and of the most probable artifact parti-
3 3
culate nitrate, 8.2 ug/m in the Los Angeles, California Basin and 3.8 ug/m elsewhere,
typical errors in mass due to sulfate plus nitrate artifacts are estimated at 11.2 ug/m in
the Los Angeles Basin and 6.8 ug/m elsewhere.
Nitrate salts can be rapidly lost from inert filters (e.g., Teflon, quartz) by volatili-
zation (Appel et al., 1980; Forrest et al., 1980), and by reactions with acidic materials
(Marker et al., 1977; Forrest et al. 1979). Loss of atmospheric nitrate from glass fiber
filters occurs slowly. For example Smith et al. (1978) observed a 25 percent decrease in
nitrate over a three month period in storage at room temperature accompanied by a corres-
ponding loss of ammonium ion. Colovos et al. (1977) noted loss of up to 1.5 ug/m3 NH* after
30 days storage. Immediate analysis after collection would minimize the significance of such
loss.
In general, the high volume sampler has been shown to be very reproducible (3 to 5 per-
cent), if an orifice meter and flow recorder are used. The sampling effectiveness for larger
particles is wind speed dependent and, based on the data in Figures 3-3 and 3-4, the effect of
wind speed could be estimated to produce as much as a 10 percent day-to-day variability for
the same ambient concentration for typical conditions. The effect of the sums of the reported
XRD3A/A 3-38 1-19-81
image:
-------
positive and negative artifact related to the glass fiber filter could be expected to add 6-7
|jg/m to the collected mass.
3.3.2.1.2 Dichotomous sampler. The dichotomous sampler collects two particle size fractions,
0 to 2.5 (jro and 2.5 to about 15 urn, the latter cutoff depending on the inlet. This bimodal
collection effectively separates the fine particles from the coarse particles as described in
Chapter 2 to assist in the identification of particle sources. Since the fine and coarse frac-
tions collected in many locations tend to be acidic and basic, respectively, this separation
also minimizes potential particle interaction after collection.
The particle separation principle used by this sampler was described by Hounam and
Sherwood (1965) and Conner (1966). As shown in a simplified version in Figure A-4 (Appendix)
the separation principle involves acceleration of the particles through a nozzle, after which
90 percent of the flow stream is drawn off at right angles. The small particles follow the
right angle flow stream, while the larger particles, because of their inertia, continue toward
(D
the collection nozzle. A separate 37 mm Teflon filter is used for each fraction. The sharp-
ness of separation is shown in Figure 3-9 from data by Loo et al. (1976) for the design cut-
point at 2.5 (jm. Inherent in this separation technique is a contamination of the coarse parti-
cle fraction with a small percentage of the fine particles in the total flow stream. This is
not considered a substantial problem for mass measurements and a simple mathematical correc-
tion as described by Dzubay et al. (1977) can be applied.
Teflon filters with porosities as large as 2.0 urn can be used in the sampler and have
been shown to have essentially 100 percent collection efficiency for 0.3 |jm particles (Liu et
al. 1978). Because the sampler operates at a flowrate of 1 m /hr (16.7 £/min) and collects
sub milligrams quantities of particles, a microbalance with a 1 ug resolution is required for
filter weighing. Removal of the stickier fine particles causes the collected coarse particles
to have a greater tendency to fall off the filter if care is not exercised during filter han-
dling and shipments (Shaw, 1979).
Dichotomous samplers are significantly more complicated to operate than single size frac-
tion samples and hence are more prone to operator errors. As with the low flowrate cyclone
samplers, the small mass collected on such filter requires careful weighing on a microbalance
to provide reproducible results. The inlet currently available for this sampler is shown in
Figure A-l (Appendix). Testing has shown that this inlet is significantly wind speed sensi-
tive, as shown in Figure 3-5. As the windspeed increases the D™ decreases, resulting in
reduced collection of the larger particles.
Automated versions of this sampler can automatically change the sampler filters to pro-
vide unattended operation. Depending on atmospheric concentrations, short-term samples of as
little as 4 hours are possible with the automatic samplers to provide diurnal pattern informa-
tion. The mass collected during such short sample periods, however, is extremely small and
the variability of the results could be expected to be very high. With an inlet sampling
XRD3A/A 3-39 1-19-81
image:
-------
SEPARATOR EFFICIENCY
4 567
PARTICLE SIZE (D ),Mm
Figure 3-9. Separation efficiency and wall losses of the dichotomous sampler at 2.5 fim.
Source: Loo et al. (1976).
3-40
image:
-------
effectiveness as described in Figure 3-5 the total mass collected would be 5-10 percent lower
than the concentration during periods of average wind speed and typical ambient size distribu-
tion. The reproducibility is strongly dependent on the care taken during filter handling and
weighing, but could be expected to be about ± 10 percent.
3.3.2.1.3 Cyclone Samplers. Ambient cyclone samplers are simple to operate and only moder-
ately complex to build. Lippmann and Chan (1979) summarized the currently available cyclones
for ambient particle sampling below 10 urn and noted that the separation effectiveness of
cyclones can be designed to closely match respiratory deposition curves shown in Figure 3-1.
The cyclone separation principle can be applied to larger particle cutpoints as demonstrated
by Wedding (1980) for a 15 urn sampler inlet. The small physical size of some cyclones make
them useful for personnel dosimetry sampling, if a suitably small pump and flow control system
are employed. The Dorr-Oliver hydroclone, which is 10 cm in length and 10 mm inside diameter,
matches the ACGIH curve (American Industrial Hygiene Association, 1970), and can be used for
personnel sampling. This cyclone has also been used in ambient field studies including the
Harvard 6-City Study (Lioy, et al. , 1980).
A cyclone sampler used in the Community Health Environmental Surveillance Studies (CHESS)
(Barnard, 1976) is shown in Figure A-4 (Appendix). This sampler as characterized in Figure
3-10, provides a relatively sharp separation with a D™ of 3.5 urn. The inlet of the sampler
is the cyclone inlet, and a single 0 to 3.5 urn particle fraction is collected on the filter.
The filter medium used in the CHESS network was glass fiber.
3
At an operational flowrate of 9.0 £/min a typical fine fraction concentration of 30 ug/m
would result in the collection of only 390 ug of particulate matter on the filter. At this
level Barnard (1976) determined the reproducibility of this sampler to be 13 percent. The
effectiveness of the cyclone inlet for 3.5 urn and smaller particles should be nearly 100 per-
cent. Use of the glass fiber filter would have similar artifact mass problems identified with
the hi-vol sampler.
A discussion of the effect of sample flowrate on the performance of cyclones was given
by Lippman (1970). Knight and Lichti (1969) compared the performance of the 10mm cyclone to
that of horizontal elutriators and noted that the results were comparable if the appropriate
flowrates were used. Caplan et al. (1977) noted that 5 different flowrates from 1.4 to 2.8
1/min have been recommended by researchers since 1962 for this cyclone to meet the ACGIH curve.
They also noted that these small samplers are unaffected by (a) ambient air velocity, (b) dust
loading, (c) mass loading, (d) orientation, or (e) aerosol charge. The reproducibility of
this sampler has not been given in the literature, but the low sampler flowrate and propor-
tionately small aerosol mass collected may result in values greater than ± 10 percent.
Collection of the larger particles excluded by a cyclone on a removable substrate is
difficult, but alternative approaches such as that designed by John et al. (1978) and shown in
Figure A-6 (Appendix) are available to provide a "total" sample dependent on the effectiveness
of the inlet. The efficiency data for this cyclone as a function of sampler flowrate are shown
XRD3A/A 3-41 1-19-81
image:
-------
100
90
80
~ 70
8
0}
a
8 60
UJ
UJ
§ 50
UJ
u.
u.
UJ
0 40
a.
< 30
20
10
0
I
III I l^_ (j)
X
X
- / -
Q/
/
/
- O
/
/
/
O
/
/
I C1) I I I I I I I
)12 3456789 1C
AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE SIZE . microns
Figure 3-10. Sampling effectiveness for the 3.5-^tm outpoint CHESS cyclone sampler.
Source: Barnard (1976).
3-42
image:
-------
in Figure 3-11 and indicate that sharp outpoints with current state-of-the-art units are possible.
®
A neutral pH Teflon filter medium was recommended to minimize artifact mass formation. The
inlet normally used for this sampler is the dichotomous sampler inlet shown in Figure A-l
(Appendix). This inlet was designed to operate at 16.7 £/min. The wind speed influence on
sampling effectiveness would be that shown in Figure 3-5. Reproducibility data for this sampler
are not available but would be expected to be approximately 10 percent.
3.3.2.1.4 High-volume sampler with size selective inlet. To meet the monitoring requirements
for Inhalable Particle (IP) as proposed by Miller et al. (1979), EPA commissioned the design
of a size-selective inlet for existing TSP high-volume samplers to provide a single 0 to 15 pm
particle size fraction. This inlet is mounted on a conventional high-volume sampler in place
of the gable roof inlet. (See Figure A-7 (Appendix)) It has been tested by McFarland and Ortiz
(1979) and has an inlet effectiveness as shown in Figure 3-12 and a sensitivity to wind speed
as shown in Figure 3-13. Dry particle bounce and re-entrainment were also reported to be
insignificant at the sampler flowrate of 1.1 m /min.
The glass fiber filter material is the same as that used for a TSP high-volume sampler,
thereby presenting the same potential for artifact mass formation. This sampler, as with any
size fractionating device, is somewhat sensitive to sampler flowrate for larger particles as
shown in Figure 3-14. However, these data suggest that special flow controlling measures are
not necessarily required to maintain consistent collection efficiencies over a range of sampler
flowrates.
The inlet effectiveness data shown in Figure 3-12 would indicate reasonably accurate par-
ticle collection with minimal wind speed dependence. The influence of artifact mass on the
total mass collected could be expected to add about 6-7 pg/m . The reproducibility should be
similar to the 3-5 percent of the TSP hi-vol.
3.3.2.1.5 Elutriator Samplers. The British Medical Research Council (BMRC) (Orenstein, 1960)
defined a respiratory system particle deposition curve as shown in Figure 3-1. As discussed
by Hamilton and Walton (1961), this deposition curve is matched by a horizontal elutriator
consisting of multiple parallel plates. A schematic diagram of this elutriator is shown in
Figure A-8 (Appendix). This sampler has been used in Great Britain for ambient sampling and in
the U.S. as an occupational exposure sampler during mining operations. Corn et al. (1967)
successfully used a horizontal elutricator to selectively size ambient particles below 3 pm
for optical examination on glass slides. Hamilton and Walton (1961) noted that reintrainment
of coarse particles can be a problem in an elutriator if mechanical vibration exists. Because
current ambient or wind tunnel test data on these samplers are not available, the reproducibil-
ity or accuracy cannot be estimated.
3.3.2.2 Impactor Samp!ers--Qften referred to as cascade impactors when used in multiple
stages, impactors provide a means of collecting an ambient particle sample which is divided
into subfractions of specific particle sizes. This method involves acceleration of the
XRD3A/A 3-43 1-19-81
image:
-------
LU
O
u
u
z
O
UJ
O
a.
UJ
a
o
o
EC
0.5
AERODYNAMIC DIAMTER,M9
Figure 3-11. Fraction of methylene blue particle deposited in a cyclone as a function of
the aerodynamic particle diameter. Curves are labeled with flow rate in liters/min.
Source: John et al. (1978).
3-44
image:
-------
100
CO
oo
ui
o
UJ
UJ
80
60
40
20
O
O
-©•
I
I I I I I I I
0 2 4 6 8 10 20 40
AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE DIAMETER, Aim
Figure 3-12. Sampling effectiveness for the size selective inlet Hi-Vol sampler for 2 km/hr.
Source: McFarland and Ortiz (1979).
3-45
image:
-------
20
15 ~
s
Q
LLJ
N
W 10
o
_L
_L
04 8 12 16 20
WIND VELOCITY, km/hr
Figure 3-13. Effect of wind speed upon outpoint size of the size selective inlet.
Source. McFarland and Ortiz (1979).
24
3-46
image:
-------
100
80
~ 60
c
UI
UJ
U
u.
u.
UJ
40
20
20
30
40
50
60
FLOW RATE, ft3/min.
Figure 3-14. Effect of sampler flow rate on the sampling effectiveness of the size selective inlet
Hi-Vol for a particle size of 14.1 "in and wind speed of 2 km/hr.
Source: McFarland and Ortiz (1979).
3-47
image:
-------
ambient air stream by drawing it through one or more coverging nozzles or slots. As shown in
Figure A-9 (Appendix) the jet of air is directed toward a collection surface, which is often
coated with an adhesive or grease to enhance collection. Large, high-inertia particles are
unable to turn with the air stream and consequently impact against the collection surface.
Smaller particles follow the air stream and can be directed either to another stage of impac-
tion or collected on a filter. Utilization of multiple stages, each with a different nozzle
velocity, provides collection of particles in several size ranges.
Impactors use removable impaction surfaces for collecting particles. Impaction sub-
strates are weighed before and after exposure and are typically metal foil plates or glass
fiber filters. The selection and preparation of these substrates have a significant effect on
the impactor performance. Improperly coated or overloaded surfaces can cause particle bounce
to lower stages resulting in substantial cutpoint shifts (Dzubay et al., 1976). Marple and
Will ike (1976) showed the effect of various impactor substrates on the sharpness of the stage
cutpoint. Glass fiber substrates can also cause particle bounce and are subject to the forma-
tion of artifact particles similar to high-volume sampler filters.
Cascade impactors typically have 2 to 10 stages, and commercial low volume version flow-
3
rates range from about 0.01 to 0.10 m /min. Lee and Goranson (1972) modified a commercially
3 3
available 0.03 m /min low volume impactor and operated it at 0.14 m /min to obtain larger mass
collections on each stage. Cascade impactors have also been designed to mount on a high-
3
volume sampler and operate at much higher flowrates of approximately 0.6 to 1.1 m /min. A high
volume sampler with a single impactor stage is shown in Figure A-10 (Appendix), was used in
3
the Community Health Air Monitoring Program (CHAMP) program, and operated at 1.1 m /min.
The particle size cutpoints for each stage are dependent primarily on the sampler geometry
and flowrate. The smallest particle size cutpoint routinely used is approximately 0.3 \im,
although special low pressure impactors such as that described by Hering et al. (1978) are
available with cutpoints as small as 0.05 urn. A high efficiency filter is typically used after
the last impaction stage to collect the small particles not impacted previously. The masses
collected on each stage plus the backup filter mass collection are often reported as shown in
Figure 3-15 from data by Lee (1972). This cumulative distribution format permits determination
of the Mass Median Diameter (MMD), at which point 50 percent of the mass is smaller than the
indicated size. Utilization of straight line plotting techniques as shown in Figure 3-15
implies a lognormal mass distribution, which as noted by Natusch and Wallace (1976) can result
in misinterpretation of the mass median diameter.
Cascade impactors are not normally operated in routine monitoring networks because of the
manual labor requirements for sampling and analysis. Although impactor sampling systems are
not extremely complex, careful operation is required to obtain reliable data, especially if
coated collection surfaces are used. Analysis beyond mass to obtain size distributions of
XRD3A/A 3-48 1-19-81
image:
-------
10.0
O
cc
u
oc
tu
o
cc
2.0
1.0
0.5
0.2
0.1
i—i—i—r~rr
CHICAGO, III. 1970 AVERAGE
i—i—i—r
-MMD = 0.75
I I I I I I I I I I I L
12 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 95 98 99
CUMULATIVE PERCENT MASS <. PARTICLE DIAMETER
Figure 3-15. An example of a mass size distribution obtained using a cascade impactor.
Source: Lee (1972).
3-49
image:
-------
species such as sulfates are possible, but require careful analytical techniques or compositing
by stage with other samples to obtain an adequate quantity of material for analysis. Impactor
stages which utilize grease coatings may prove undersireable for certain analyses because the
grease may interfere with the method. Natusch and Wallace (1976) investigated the errors asso-
ciated with impactor sampling and concluded that even under very unfavorable conditions the
mass median diameter can be determined to well within 25 percent of the true value.
The inlet characteristics of most impactors have not been determined, resulting in uncer-
tainty about the size range of particles sampled. McFarland (1980) has examined the inlet of
the NASN low volume (0.14 m3/min) cascade impactor and determined that particles larger than
10 urn were unlikely to reach the collection stages. Willeke and McFeters (1975) characterized
the CHAMP high volume sampler inlet under static wind speed conditions as shown in Figure 3-16.
If the characteristics of the impactor inlet are known, the total mass collected by the sampler
can be used for comparison with other similar size specific measurements.
The particle separation efficiency of an impactor stage can be very sharp and mathematical
models are available to permit stage sizing at selected cutpoints. The single impaction stage
of the CHAMP high volume sampler designed to be 3.5 \im was characterized by Ranade and Van
Osdell (1978) as shown in Figure 3-17 and demonstrated a close agreement with theory. Note,
however, that solid particles above 5 urn deviate from the relationship, indicating possible
particle bounce effects.
3.3.2.3 Dustfal 1 Sampling—Since very large suspended particles have appreciable settling
velocities, they are collected by deposition in a dustfall container and weighed as described
by procedures such as that by American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) (1966).
Although a cylindrical jar might be expected to collect the equivalent of the dust content of
an air column of its own diameter extending to the top of the atmosphere, in fact the aero-
dynamic effects of the jar, the angle of approaching windflow, the mounting brackets for the
jar, and adjacent structures tend to complicate the collection pattern. As noted by Nadel
(1958), it is difficult to interpret the meaning of dustfall data and the significance of
correlations with other measurements. There is no definitive study in the literature on the
precision and accuracy of dustfall measurements or the effect of the height of the collector
above the ground on measured dustfall.
3.3.3 Indirect Mass Measurements
A variety of techniques are available which report results in terms of pseudo-mass concen-
trations, using analytical techniques other than direct weighing. Many of these techniques
collect the particles on a filter substrate, followed by an analysis which measures an integral
property of the deposited particle other than the total mass. Examples include light reflec-
tance, light transmittance, and beta ray attenuation. Other iji situ measurements are also used
which do not deposit the particles on a filter but measure a characteristic of the particles
while still suspended such as light scattering. Most of these alternative methods are less
XRD3A/A 3-50 1-19-81
image:
-------
100
90 -
80
8. 70
m
Q
iu
O
D
O
X
O
U
<
cc
60
50
U)
UJ
_l
O
I-
oc
< 40
30
20
10
_L
20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER,Mm
Figure 3-16. Fractional particle collection of the CHAMP
fractionator inlet at a sampler flow rate of 1133 liters/min.
Source: Willeke and Me Peters (1975).
3-51
image:
-------
100
90 -
80 -
70
60
z
ui
Z. 50
2 40
I-
u
IU
J 30
20
10
CALCULATED FROM MARPLE'S THEORYI1970) —/ ^ O
o"
AMMONIUM FLUORESCEIN
(SOLID)
O DI-OCTLYL PHTHALATE
(LIQUID)
1 2 3 456789 10
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER, Mm
Figure 3-17. Efficiency of the single impaction stage of the CHAMP Hi-Vol sampler.
Source: Ranade and Van Osdell (1978).
15
20
3-52
image:
-------
expensive per sample and provide more rapid collection and analysis of data than gravimetric
analysis. However, the quality of the indirect methods is directly related to the quality of
the relationship between the indirect measurements and mass. Some measurements are not
generally useful because they depend heavily on site dependent particle characteristics such
as color or density. In most cases a scientifically based physical model relating the measure-
ments is not available, thereby providing no basis for regression analysis. A site-by-site
best-fit regression must then be considered which provides questionable accuracy in predicting
the true mass concentration.
3.3.3.1 Filtration and Impaction Samplers—Samplers in this category collect particles on a
substrate and then utilize an alternative analytical technique as a surrogate to direct weigh-
ing.
3.3.3.1.1 British Smoke Shade sampler. The design of the currently used British Smoke Shade
sampler is based in part upon early work by Hill (1936), who used transmitted light to assess
the darkness of the stain resulting from particle collection on the filter paper. This sampler
draws an air stream upward through an inverted funnel and 3 meters of nominal one-quarter inch
diameter plastic tubing to an inverted filter holder containing a Whatman Number 1 cellulose
fiber filter. A schematic diagram of a version of this sampler designed to sequentially
collect samples for 8 days is shown in Figure A-ll (Appendix). A bubbler is often used down-
stream of the filter holder for subsequent S0? measurements. The sampler is operated at appro-
ximately 1.5 liters/min, which is verified by a dry test meter built into the sampler. The
filter holder can be 25, 50, or 100 mm in diameter to collect a spot of the proper darkness
range for subsequent measurements by reflectance. As noted earlier, the Whatman filter medium
has been shown to be somewhat inefficient when sampling very small particles (Liu et al.,
1978).
Many studies have been conducted since the early 1900's to establish relationships
between the smoke shade reflectance and gravimetric measurements. A 1964 study supported by
the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) established the currently used
relationships between smoke shade reflectance measurements and gravimetrically determined par-
ticulate concentrations. These data were accepted by the World Health Organization (WHO, 1976)
and compiled into a standard operating procedure for reporting smoke shade measurements in
equivalent MS/m3. These equivalent mass concentrations are not determined by weighing the
smoke shade sampler filter but through comparison with a collocated gravimetric sampler. The
gravimetric measurements which were made for OECD and compared to the Smoke Shade measurements
were called "high volume sampler" readings, but were not the U.S. TSP high volume sampler.
The OECD gravimetric "hi-vol" sampler as described by the British Standards Institution (1964)
operates at approximately 60 liters/min compared to the 1.5 m /min of the U.S. hi-vol sampler.
The OECD hi-vol was designed to be aerodynamically similar to the smoke shade unit but has not
been characterized for aerosol collection effectiveness. Even if the aerosol collection capa-
bilities were identical, this gravimetric sampler which uses very efficient cellulose membrane
XRD3A/A 3-53 1-19-81
image:
-------
filters would collect more material than the smoke shade sampler because of the differences in
filter efficiency. The selection of the filter holder diameter is also critical to the rela-
tionship since the darkness of the spot cannot be reliably used to predict mass if it is too
light or too dark.
The aerosol collection properties of the smoke shade sampler have been examined by
McFarland (1979). This examination produced the effectiveness plot shown in Figure 3-18,
which shows that the D™ for particles reaching the filter is only about 4.5 ^im. Most large
particles are either rejected at the inlet or lost in the inlet line. Since the typical ambi-
ent size distribution contains only a small amount of mass between 2.5 and 4.5 (jm» the size
fraction reaching the filter for the British Smoke Shade sampler is nearly equivalent to the
0-2.5 |jm fine fraction (Chapter 2) and the 0-3.5 urn respirable suspended particle (RSP) frac-
tion defined by the American Conference of Governmental and Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH)
(1968). Because the size range of particles collected by the smoke shade sampler is sub-
stantially less than that collected by the TSP high volume sampler, comparisons between the
methods could be expected to be highly variable based on this incompatability alone. The
variability is also influenced by factors such as the carbon content of the particles. Bailey
and Clayton (1980) showed that smoke shade measurements correlated more closely with soot car-
bon content than to total mass. The reproducibility of collocated smoke shade sampler measure-
ments was reported by the British Standards Institution (1964) as 6 percent.
The smoke shade sampler is relatively simple and inexpensive to use for routine
monitoring. As noted by several investigators (e.g., Lodge, 1980), if a relationship could be
developed between optical measurements and TSP samplers, it would be very site specific but
still highly variable because of differences in the sources of collected particle size frac-
tions and their carbon content with season. The accuracy of the smoke shade relationship to
predict mass concentration for a given data set can be expected to be difficult to predict.
3.3.3.1.2 Tape sampler. A variation of the optical measurement of spot darkness is the use
of a continuous filter tape and an automatic tape advancing system. A sampler using this
approach, developed by Hemeon (1953) for the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), samples
at a flowrate of approximately 7 liters/min using Whatman Number 4 filter paper and collects
particles on a 25 mm filter spot. The spot darkness is read by either a transmittance or
reflectance measurement. Transmittance measurement is the most popular measurement in the
United States.
The sampler, often referred to as the AISI tape sampler, typically collects particles in
selected time intervals of 1 to 4 hours, and then advances to an unexposed clean portion of
the tape. Optical measurements are referenced to an unexposed filter area and can be made
either external to the sampler after sample collection or with a continuous readout self-
contained in the sampler.
Transmittance measurements are converted to optical density through a Beer's Law
relationship and then to CoH (Coefficient of Haze) units per 1000 linear feet of air sampled.
XRD3A/A 3-54 1-19-81
image:
-------
A CoH is defined as the quantity of particulate matter on the paper tape that produces a
change in optical density of 0.01. The alternate RUDS (Reflectance Unit Dirt Shade) is equiva-
lent to 0.1 CoH units per 1000 feet (ASTM, 1970).
As shown in Figure A-12 (Appendix), this sampler utilizes a funnel inlet and a small
diameter transport tube nearly identical to the British Smoke Shade sampler. Although the two
samplers operate at different flowrates, the particles reaching the filter tape could be
expected to have a size range similar to that illustrated in Figure 3-18.
The utility of the sampler to estimate mass concentrations has been investigated by many
researchers, usually in comparison with the TSP high-volume sampler. Since these two samplers
do not collect similar particle size ranges, such comparisons could be expected to be variable
unless only a small proportion of coarse particles are present. Regan et al. (1979) as well
as others have shown with field data that the correlation improves substantially when the tape
sampler data are compared with smaller particle fractions such as the 0-2.5 pm fine fraction.
As was noted for the smoke shade sampler, the accuracy of a relationship between AISI readings
and mass concentration for a given data set can be expected to be difficult to predict.
3.3.3.1.3 Beta-ray attenuation. Beta-ray attenuation is another technique for estimating the
mass of particles collected on a filter without direct weighing. An exposed filter is placed
between a beta-ray source such as Ni, C, or Pm and a beta detector used to measure the
amount of attenuation caused by the particle as compared to a clean filter. A set of gravime-
trically prepared standards are used to relate the results to units of mass. This method is
useful because it can be automated to handle a large number of samples (Goulding et al., 1978;
Loo et al., 1978). Real time mass measurements are also feasible (Macias and Husar, 1976).
Investigators (Macias and Husar, 1976; Goulding et al., 1978) have studied the dependence
of the beta ray absorption coefficient on elemental composition of the sample. Goulding et
al. (1978) have found the dependence on composition to be very slight for the ranges of average
compositions that occur in aerosol samples. In a recent interlaboratory comparison of aerosol
sampling and measurement methods (Camp et al., 1978), it was demonstrated that laboratory beta
®
gauge measurements of ambient aerosols collected by dichotomous samplers on Teflon filters
compared favorably in precision and accuracy with concurrent gravimetric analyses. Principal
sources of error in the method are possible changes in the orientation filter substrate be-
tween the pre- and post-sampling measurements, and changes in attenuation because of absorp-
tion of water from the atmosphere by the filter material or the collected particulate (Lawrence
Berkeley Laboratory, 1975). A definitive study to show the general utility of this technique
has yet to be conducted.
3.3.3.1.4 Piezoelectric microbalance. The piezoelectric microbalance technique collects
particles on an oscillating quartz crystal either by impaction or electrostatic precipitation.
The frequency change of the crystal oscillation is proportional to the mass collected and the
rate of change in frequency is proportional to the mass concentration (Woods, 1979).
XRD3A/A 3-55 1-19-81
image:
-------
CO
CO
UJ
z
u
Ul
a
3
a.
co
INLET ALONE
2km/hr
8km/hr
ENTIRE SYSTEM
A 2km/hr
40 -
20 ~
AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE DIAMETER,
Figure 3-18. Sampling effectiveness of the inlet alone and through the entire flow system of the
British Smoke Shade sampler.
Source: Me Far land (1979).
3-56
image:
-------
Advantages of the piezoelectric detection principal as noted by Lundgren et al. (1976) include
extreme sensitivity and real time response. The technique can also be applied in a multiple
stage impactor form using crystals as the collection plates. This approach provides rapid
determination of particle size destributions.
Disadvantages of the microbalance principle include severe interference from large rela-
tive humidity changes and non-linearity of crystal response to large particle concentrations.
As shown by the data of Lungren et al. (1976) in Figure 3-19, the effect of humidity is
dependent on particle type and therefore nearly impossible to predict. Daley and Lundgren
(1974) studied the potential errors in piezoelectric detection and noted that although not
currently a routine monitoring method, it can be used sucessfully for short-term studies when
realistic operating limits are observed.
3.3.3.2 In Situ Samplers—Instead of collecting particles on a filter before analysis, certain
aerosol characteristics can be examined while the particles are still suspended in the air
stream.
3.3.3.2.1 Integrating nephelometer. The integrating nephelometer measures the light scatter
caused by varying particle concentrations in the air stream. These differences can be related
to the scattering coefficient (b . with units of m ) and the particle size distribution
present, but are normally expressed in terms of visual range in kilometers (Friedlander, 1977).
The initial designs for this technique were made by Buttell and Brewer (1949) and subsequently
improved by Ahlquist and Charlson (1967). Light scattering is at a maximum for particles in
the 0.3 to 0.8 urn range, as shown in Figure 3-20, and hence the response of techniques based
on this principle must be corrected for particle size effects. Light scattering is primarily
caused by accumulation mode particles and only slightly affected by particles in the nucleation
or coarse particle modes (Waggoner, 1973).
The nephelometer is simple to operate and can provide real time particle measurements.
Comparisons between nephelometer and high-volume sampler mass concentrations, such as those by
Charlson et al. (1968), showed that a reasonable correlation existed under the conditions
tested. However, comparison of the nephelometer with any integrated sampling method which
collects the coarse particle mode will at times provide erratic, site-dependent results.
3.3.3.2.2 Condensation nuclei counter. The condensation nuclei counter measures the total
light scatter of submicron particles whose size has been increased by condensing vapor in a
cloud chamber onto their surface. This device is of interest in examining the number of parti-
cles in the nuclei mode but is not useful for particle sizes above about 0.5 urn (Perera and
Ahmed, 1978). It is often used in conjunction with prior size separation stages to obtain a
particle size distribution for submicron size particles. The condensation nuclei counter is
rarely used for routine monitoring.
XRD3A/A 3-57 1-19-81
image:
-------
URANINE
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
RELATIVE HUMIDITY, percent
90
Figure 3-19. Response of a Piezoelectric Microbalance to relative humidity for
various particle types.
Source: Lundgren et al. (1976).
3-58
image:
-------
cc
Ul
<
o*?
w E
s T
3«'
i 6
=>»-
®
o
o
X
4 -
2 -
0.01
0.10
dp. Mm
Figure 3-20. Light scattering expressed as extinction per unit volume of aerosol as a function of
particle size integrated over all wavelengths for a refractive index of 1.5.
Source: Bolz and Tuve (1970).
3-59
image:
-------
3.3.3.2.3 Electrical aerosol analyzer (EAA). The Electrical Aerosol Analyzer, as described
by Whitby and Clark (1966), measures the electrical mobility of particles as related to their
size. This device provides a detailed size distribution over the range of approximately 0.01
to 0.5 (jm electrical diameter (Liu and Pui, 1975). The analyzer must be empirically calibrated
to obtain the relationship to aerodynamically sized particles. The size range sampled does
not include the entire 0-2.5 urn fine fraction, and comparision between the measurements must
include extrapolations.
3.3.3.2.4 Diffusion battery. The diffusion battery, as described by Sinclair et al. (1979),
is a set of parallel tubes or plates through which the air stream flows to produce selected
differential particle removal by diffusion to the walls as a function of particle size. A con-
densation nuclei counter is used as the particle counter. This diffusion separation principle
is useful in the range from about 0.01 to 0.3 urn.
3.3.3.2.5 Optical particle counters. Optical particle counters direct the flow stream through
a small nozzle into a narrow collimated light beam such that the light scatter from single par-
ticles can be measured. This scatter produces a signal which is related to the size of a
spherical particle which scatters an equal amount of light. These devices analyze a size spec-
trum of particle sizes from about 0.5 to 10 urn (Whitby and Willeke, 1979). Calibration with
monodispersed particles is required. For sampling of particles larger than 10 urn, modification
of commercially available devices are required. Mass concentrations for specific size ranges
can be estimated by selecting an appropriate particle density. These devices can be operated
routinely, but their utility to estimate mass concentrations is limited by the accuracy and
consistency of the selected average particle density and index of refraction.
3.3.3.2.6 Long path optical measurement. Long path (typically >1 km) optical measurement
devices for ambient air are available which examine one of several aspects of visibility over
a defined distance. Transmissometers measure the attenuation of transmitted light resulting
from scattering and absorption in the atmosphere. These devices are similar to their in-stack
counterparts, requiring either a light source and receptor or light source, retro-reflector,
and receptor at separate locations. Telephotometers measure the contrast caused by brightness
differences between a distant object and its surroundings. These devices appear promising as
visibility monitors (see Chapter 9), but they have not been demonstrated to estimate ambient
mass concentration.
3.3.4 Particle Composition
Particles collected from ambient air contain a wide range of metallic elements and inor-
ganic and organic compounds. Their identification and quantification usually involves the
collection of the particles upon a substrate (e.g., glass fiber filters in a high volume
sampler) with subsequent chemical analysis in a laboratory. Host methods for the analysis of
the inorganic fraction of particulate matter have focused on elemental and ionic composition.
Atomic absorption spectrometry has been the technique most used for the determination of
XD3B/C 3-60 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
metallic elements, although multielement analytical tools such as optical emission spectro-
scopy, X-ray flourescence spectroscopy, and neutron activation analysis have been successfully
applied to the analysis of elements. Inorganic ionic species (e.g., NH* S0~2, NO" etc.)
have been analyzed for the most part with wet-chemical spectrophotometric techniques. The
organic fraction of particulate matter contains aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, acids,
bases, and other organic compounds such as those containing nitrogen. Methods for analyzing
organics generally involve solvent extraction, some form of chromatographic separation and
detection based on some physical or chemical property of the specific compound.
Due to the complexity of the chemical composition of the particulate matter in the atmo-
sphere and" the wide variety of compounds likely to be present, it is not practical nor within
the scope of this chapter to review all of the possible methods and techniques in use or
likely to be used for their analysis and characterization. Only those methods and techniques
pertinent to the primary objectives of this document are reviewed in detail. Primary emphasis
is placed on methodology for measuring particulate sulfur compounds with lesser emphasis on
metallic elements and other inorganic ionic species. Additional detailed information concern-
ing the analysis of airborne particles can be obtained from a recent monograph edited by H.
Malissa (1978).
3.3.4.1 Analysis of Sulfates—Analytical techniques for determining trace amounts of sul-
fate in clean, uncomplicated solution matrices are numerous (Forrest and Newman, 1973). How-
ever, application of these techniques to complex, atmospheric particles is not straightfor-
ward. Quantitative transfer from the collection medium and homogeneous dispersion in the
analysis medium without contamination, chemical alteration, or co-transfer of analytical
interferents is required.
A detailed critical review of the state of development of analytical methodologies for
aerosol sulfur compounds has been compiled by Tanner et al. (1978). Tanner's review includes
methods for total aerosol sulfur, for total water soluble sulfates and for quantitative
differentiation of aerosol sulfur compounds of various oxidation states as well as a detailed
definitive review of methods for speciation of aerosol sulfate. Much of the discussion in
this section is taken from Tanner's review with emphasis on the more widely used methodology.
Where information is available, a critical assessment of the methods capabilities is provided.
3.3.4.1.1 Total water soluble sulfates. A comprehensive review of wet chemical methods has
been compiled by Hoffer and Kothny (1974) providing background information concerning methods
for the determination of trace sulfate in aqueous extracts of particulate matter collected on
filters. The principal methods for determination of sulfate that are applicable to aqueous
extracts of airborne particles are reviewed here. Sulfate measurements made with these
methods, particularly when applied to the analysis of samples collected with alkaline filter
media, are vulnerable to error due to "artifact sulfate" formation caused by the absorption
and subsequent oxidation of ambient S0? in the presence of the basic components of the filter
XD3B/C 3-61 1-19-81
image:
-------
media. With the use of common glass fiber filters under normal high-volume sampling condi-
tions, this error has been estimated to range from 0.3 to >3 ug/m3 depending on the ambient
levels of S02 at the time of sampling (Coutant, 1977; Pierson et al., 1980). This potential
error should be considered when assessing any data collected using any of the methods for
water soluble sulfates which are discussed below.
Currently, the techniques most widely employed for soluble sulfate determinations are the
BaSO. Turbidimetric, Methylthymol Blue, Thorin, and Ion Exchange Chromatographic procedures.
Each of these techniques has inherent analytical precisions, accuracies, working range and
other operational characteristics, which will be discussed in detail. Each technique has an
analytical lower and upper detection limit for sulfate in the aqueous extract which are
usually expressed in ug/ml. The detection limits of the technique for measuring sulfate in
the air depends upon the sensitivity of the analysis technique and the size of the sample
(volume of air, size of filter taken for extraction, etc.) and these values are expressed in
ug/m . For example, if an analytical technique having a working range of I to 10 ug SO./ml is
3
used to measure sulfate from a typical Hi Vol sample (20.3 cm x 25.4 cm filter, 1.4 m /min
flow rate, 24-hr sample, 1.9 cm x 20.3 cm strip extracted in 50 ml), the detection limits for
sulfate in air would be 0.3 to 2.9 ug SO./m . It should be noted that the upper detection
limit can usually be extended to higher concentrations by dilution of the aqueous extract
prior to analysis.
3.3.4.1.1.1 BaSO. Turbidimetry. Sulfate in the aqueous extract from a particulate sam-
ple is precipitated by addition of barium chloride. The resulting BaSO. turbidity is measured
spectrophotometrically or nephelometrical ly and compared to a standard curve prepared by mea-
suring the absorbance of standard solutions of sulfate. Numerous versions and modifications
of methods based on this principle appear in the literature (Kolthoff et al., 1969; Technicon
Corp., 1959; Taras et al,, 1971; Appel et al., 1979a). Appel, et al. (1979a) described and
evaluated a procedure applicable to the measurement of sulfate in aqueous extracts from 24-hr
Hi Vol particulate samples. They reported an analytical working range from 10 to 70 ug SO./ml
3
(2.9 to 20.6 ug S04/m for a typical Hi Vol sample), an accuracy within 4 percent, and an
average precision of 3.8 percent (coefficent of variation) of the working range. They also
reported that extract background turbidity and color interfere with the procedure but are
minimized by means of blanks and that sulfur compounds converted by air oxidation to sulfate
interfere. The apparatus required for turbidimetric sulfate determination is relatively inex-
pensive and if proper care is taken, the procedure is capable of producing reliable data.
3.3.4.1.1.2 Methylthymol Blue (HTB). A reagent containing equimolar amounts of barium
ions and MTB, at a pH of 2.8, is added to the aqueous extract from a particulate sample. Sul-
fate in the solution is precipitated as BaS04 and the pH of the solution is raised to 12.4 by
addition of NaOH. The barium combines with the anionic MTB and leaves an amount of free MTB
equivalent to the sulfate. The MTB is measured spectrophotometrically at 460 nm and compared
XD3B/C 3-62 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
to a standard curve of absorbance vs. concentration. Lazarus et al. (1966) described an auto-
mated version of this method and reported that the reagent is oxidized in air when made alka-
line, thus limiting the use of the method to a closed system.
An evaluation by Appel et al. (1979a) of automated MTB methods examined two procedures;
one covering an analytical range of 0 to 100 ug S04/ml developed by Midwest Research Institute
(MRI) for EPA and the other covering a range of 0-10 |jg SO./ml developed by Colovos et al.
(1976). The results for the MRI procedure indicated a working range of 17 to 90 |jg SO./ml
3
(5.0 to 26.5 ug S04/m for a typical Hi Vol sample), an accuracy of 1.06 (mean observed/
theoretical) with an average coefficient of variation of 2.8 percent for analyses of filter
strips spiked with known amounts of sulfate. Similarly, the results for the Colovos (1976)
procedure indicated a working range of 2 to 10 pg SO./ml (0.6 to 2.9 g SO./m for a typical Hi
Vol sample), an accuracy of 0.98 and a precision of 1.3 percent. The samples must be treated
with an ion exchange resin to remove metal ions which may also react with MTB. No significant
sources of interference were found in this evaluation. The automated versions of the MTB
procedure are widely used and are capable of producing reliable results. Large sample loads
can be analyzed in relatively short periods of time. However, the equipment is relatively
expensive.
3.3.4.1.1.3 Thorin. Titrimetric methods for sulfate using barium ion and thorin indica-
tor for visual or spectrophotometric detection of the endpoint are popular (Akiyama, 1957;
ASTM, 1974; Bakas, 1956; Dubois, 1969; Fritz, 1955 and 1957; Menis, 1958; Rayner, 1966). These
procedures provide for titration of aqueous sulfate with a solution of barium ion to precipi-
tate barium sulfate (BaSO.). When the sulfate is completely reacted, excess barium complexes
with thorin to produce a pink color indicating the end-point of the titration. The samples
must be treated with a cation exchange resin to remove metal ions which also complex with
thorin.
A recent modification of this technique by Brosset and Perm (1978) allows rapid determi-
nation of sulfate by employing an automatic pipetting system. Aqueous sulfate extract is
treated with a solution containing an amount of barium in excess of the anticipated sulfate
and BaSO. is precipitated. Then, a solution of thorin indicator is added which combines with
the remaining barium to form a colored-complex. The absorbance of the solution is measured at
520 nm and compared to a standard curve obtained from sulfate standards. The absorbance of
the solution is inversely proportional to the sulfate concentration. This procedure has been
evaluated by Appel et al. (1977) who reported an effective working range of 3 to 13 ug SO^/ml
(0.8 to 3.8 ug SO./m3 for a typical Hi Vol sample), an accuracy of 1.04 (mean observed/theore-
tical), and a precision of 5 to 9 percent (coefficient of variation). No significant source
of interference is reported but the samples must have corrections for background turbidity and
color. The Brosset modification employs an automatic pipet which is relatively expensive.
XD3B/C 3-63 1-19-81
image:
-------
3.3.4.1.1.4 Ion exchange chromatography. The principle of the ion exchange chromato-
graphic technique is described under Section 3.2.2.3.6. Stevens et al. (1978) described the
use of this technique for analysis of sulfate as well as other ions. Appel et al. (1979a)
evaluated a procedure for sulfate analysis using a system manufactured by Dionex Corp. (1975).
This procedure showed a working range of 7 to 130 ug S04/ml, an accuracy of 1.08 (mean
observed/theoretical), and a precision of 6.2 percent (coefficient of variation). A small
interference from nitrate ion was also reported. Apparatus for this procedure is relatively
expensive and requires a skilled operator. Nevertheless, the procedure is considered to be
reliable, specific, and other ionic species can be determined simultaneously.
3.3.4.1.2 Total aerosol sulfur. It is generally found that nearly 100 percent of aerosol
sulfur mass is present in the form of sulfate (Forrest and Newman, 1973a). This was experi-
mentally demonstrated by Stevens et al. (1978), who also showed that most of the data on air-
borne sulfur concentrations can be accurately described as total sulfur calculated as sulfate
or total soluble sulfate. X-ray fluorescence is the primary and most practical technique for
measuring total aerosol sulfur collected on filters. This technique is applicable to the
analysis of numerous elements including sulfur, is nondistructive and can be automated to
facilitate the analysis of large numbers of ambient aerosol samples. A particulate sample,
®
collected on an appropriate filter, usually Teflon , is irradiated with photons (x-rays, gamma
rays, etc.), protons, or other charged particles, and the intensity of x-ray fluorescence
induced is measured as a function of wavelength or energy to determine the amounts of the
constituent elements present. Qualitative and quantitative analysis can be obtained when the
system is properly calibrated. This calibration step is difficult, since few standards of
known elemental composition are available in disks of known thickness in an appropriate matrix
(Adams and Van Grieken, 1975) However, recent work by Dzubay et al. (1977) has shown that
calibration standards can be prepared to an accuracy of ± 5 percent.
The most extensive set of aerosol sulfur data were reported by Stevens et al. (1978J and
Loo et al. (1978) using a energy nondispersive X-ray fluorescence spectrometer designed by
Goulding and Jaklevic (1973). Stevens et al. (1977) reported sulfur and 18 other elements
from dichotomous samplers operated in New York City, New York; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania;
Charleston, West Virginia; St. Louis, Missouri; Portland, Oregon; and Glendora, California.
Loo et al. (1978) reported sulfur concentrations determined from samples collected over a
2-year period from a network of 10 automated dichotomous samplers operated in St. Louis,
Missouri, during the Regional Air Pollution Study (RAPS). They reported a detection limit of
0.034 ug/cm of filter, which corresponds to a concentration value of <0.1 ug/m3 sulfur for a
2-hour sample collected at 50 liters/minute on a 37-mm filter and is adequately sensitive for
a 1-hour time discrimination at ambient sulfur levels.
XD3B/C 3-64 1-19-81
image:
-------
The advantages of proton-induced XRF--lower bretnsstrahlung background and focusing pro-
perties of the exitation beam may lead to its use when short-time resolution of ambient sulfur
levels is desired (Johansson et al., 1975). However, substantially more energy must be put
into a sample with charged particles than with photons to produce an X-ray, and in some cases,
vaporization or decomposition of the sample may occur (Shaw and Willis, 1978). A related
approach to nondestructive aerosol sulfur analysis based on cyclotron in-beam gamma-ray
spectroscopy has been reported by Macias (1977). Gamma rays induced by proton or a-irradia-
tion are detected by a Li drifted, Ge detector and used to determine S and other light ele-
ments such as Mg and C in aerosol samples. This technique is less sensitive for S than X-ray
emission methods. It is clear that induced x-ray fluorescence methods will continue to be
important tools in determining total sulfur in large numbers of ambient aerosol samples.
Other techniques have been applied to the determination of total sulfur in aerosol parti-
cles including electron spectroscopy for chemical analysis (ESCA) (Novakov, 1973; and Novakov
et al., 1974), various applications of flame photometric detectors (FPD) (Crider et al, 1969;
Kittleson et al., 1977; Huntzicker et al., 1976, 1977; Tanner et al., 1978, 1980), and an iso-
tope tracer technique utilizing Ag tracer (Forrest and Newman, 1977). ESCA is sensitive to
surface composition of samples, which is an advantage for surface-oriented studies but not for
ambient aerosol samples whose elemental composition is likely to be heterogeneous. A compari-
son of ESCA to wet chemical sulfate measurements by Appel et al. (1976) showed agreement only
within a factor of two. Direct flame photometry has potential as a sensitive total aerosol
sulfur analyzer, but its application is complicated because S0? must be removed and the FID
response varies with the chemical form of the aerosol sulfate. Recent work by Huntzicker et
al. (1978) and Tanner et al. (1980) has shown that direct flame photometry can not only pro-
vide a sensitive total aerosol analysis but when combined with thermal volatilization can pro-
vide semi-continuous measures of sulfuric acid (H^SO.), ammonium sulfates and metal sulfates.
3.3.4.1.3 Sulfuric Acid Determination. Most of the efforts to determine the species composi-
tion of sulfate in airborne particles have concentrated on development of a specific analyti-
cal method for H?SO. in air. Despite the substantial efforts of several groups, the existence
of free aerosol H?S04 in the ambient atmosphere has been unequivocally established in only a
few cases. Interference problems and difficulties in sample preservation have contributed
markedly to the lack of valid H?S04 measurements. The procedures discussed below have been
applied primarily by research analysts, are vulnerable to error both in sampling and analysis,
and are not generally applicable to routine monitoring.
Procedures for determining H2S04 and other sulfate species include thermal volatilization
and solvent extraction techniques, gas phase ammonia (NH,) titration, infrared and visible
spectrometry, flame photometry and electron microscopy. The determination of H2S04 by its
selective thermal volatilization from filters has been reported by several workers (Scaringelli
XD3B/C 3-65 1-19-81
image:
-------
and Rehme, 1969; Dubois et al., 1969a; Maddalone et al., 1975; Thomas et al, 1976; Leahy et
al., 1975; Tanner and Cordova, 1978). This technique generally suffers from poor H2$04 recov-
eries, poor reproducibility, and interferences from ammonium sulfate salts. The most success-
ful approach to thermal volatilization of H2$04 in ambient aerosol samples was reported by
Mudgett et al. (1974). Aerosol samples are collected on Fluoropore filters, the H2$04 subse-
quently volatilized by passage of heated (~150°C), dry N£ in the reverse direction through the
filter and released H2$04 determined with a flame photometric detector. Lamothe and Stevens
(1976) reported that laboratory aerosol samples of as little as 0.25 ug H2$04 may be deter-
mined with reasonable precision. However, serious difficulties were encountered in removing
H2S04 quantitatively in the presence of ammonium bisulfate (NH4HS04). They observed that
H2S04 is totally removed at 180°C, but NH4HS04 is also partially volatilized; at 140°C NH4HS04
is not volatilized but H2S04 is incompletely volatilized.
A solvent extraction procedure to selectively remove collected H2S04 aerosol in the pre-
sence of other aerosol sulfates was first reported by Barton and McAdie (1971). They concluded
(5)
that aerosol collection on Nuclepore filters followed by extraction with 2-propanol for sub-
sequent analysis by the chloranilate procedure was selective for airborne H2S04- Subsequent
work by Barton and McAdie (1973) reported reduction of interference by buffer control of the
2-propanol extract and also reported development of an automated instrument for the extraction
procedure. Leahy et al. (1975) reported, however, that 2-propanol will also extract NhLHSCh
quantitatively and partially extract other bisulfates and that it should not be considered as
a selective extractant for HUSCK. They demonstrated that benzaldehyde is a selective extrac-
tant for H9SO,. in the presence of bisulfates and sulfates. Subsequent radiochemical experi-
35
ments (Tanner et al., 1977) with H9 SO, have established that H9SO,, may be reproducibly
/- T" ,^. f. image:
-------
Since atmospheric sulfate can be associated with various cations, the compounds of sul-
fate can sometimes be inferred by measuring the cation. If the ions in a series of samples
are measured and the ammonium (NH4) content is highly correlated with the sulfate content,
then it can be inferred that various NH* salts of H2$04 are probably present. Brosset and
Perm (1978) and Stevens et al. (1978) describe a Gran titration procedure for hydrogen ion
(H ) and a procedure using ion selective electrode for NH* in aqueous extracts of aerosols
®
collected on Teflon filters. Stevens et al. (1978) applied such techniques to aerosols
collected at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina during the summer of 1977 and 1978 and
found a stoichiometric balance between sulfate ion (S0.~+) and the sum of H+ and NH* ion con-
centrations. The acidity was found to range from none [(NH^SO.] to that of NH.HSCv
Dzubay (1979) has developed and used a sensitive radio-label ing technique for measure-
ments of acid sulfate aerosols. Several semiquantitative methods for estimating sulfate
species have been investigated. These include gas phase ammonia titration techniques (Dzubay
etal., 1974), methods based on infrared spectroscopy (Blanco et al., 1968, 1972; Cunningham
etal., 1974; Cunningham and Johnson, 1976), and microscopy techniques (Heard and Wiffen,
1969; Lodge et al., 1960; Mamane and de Pena, 1978).
3.3.4.1.4 Filter sampling problems related to sulfate analysis. The measurement of aerosol
sulfate species in particulate matter requires that the sulfate-containing particles from the
air be quantitatively collected onto a filter surface which does not lead to chemical or
physical transformations and which does not lead to spurious sulfate particle formation from
S02 present in the gas stream. The particles must then be transferred to the analysis medium
under the same constraints. Sampling for airborne sulfate is especially difficult since acidic
sulfate species are reactive toward many common filter materials (e.g., "neutral" glass fiber
(R) (R) (R)
filters and many plastic filters - Nuclepore , Acropore , Millipore ), the result of which is
neutralization of the acid sulfate and alteration of the composition from that extant in ambi-
ent air. Many of the historical data on sulfate species are questionable due to insufficient
consideration of the above sampling difficulties.
®
Several filter materials made of Teflon , have been found to be inert and suitable for
non-reactive collection of aerosols including acid sulfates. The most widely used are backed
Teflon membranes, ' Flouropore , and Mitex . A modified quartz filter material has been
developed (Tanner et al., 1977) from which impurities are removed by preheating to 750°C, and
reactive basic sites are removed by treatment with hot, concentrated phosphoric acid. After
rinsing and drying, the quartz filters may be used for high volume, high efficiency particle
collection without interfering with acid determinations of the collected particles at the frac-
tional microequivalent level.
Two additional problems have been identified in filter sampling for airborne sulfate
analysis. Sulfur dioxide may be converted to sulfate by adsorption on and catalytic oxidation
by the filter material (Lee and Wagman, 1966) and/or by previously collected particulate matter
(Coffer et al., 1974). In addition to the original discovery of artifact sulfate formation,
XD3B/C 3-67 1-19-81
image:
-------
more recent studies (Forrest and Newman, 1973a) seem to indicate that active catalytic sites
on the filter material are the likely culprits. Experiments by Tanner et al. (1978) with high
and low level SOp-spiked ambient air passed through preloaded and clean H3P04-treated quartz
filters at high and low linear flow velocities failed to find any evidence of artifact sulfate
formation for this filter material. This work was confirmed by the work of Pierson and co-
workers (1976) from whose data it is clear that the low sodium content of the Pallflex GAO
quartz is the probable reason for the negligibly low artifact sulfate formation.
A second problem results from potential neutralization of acidic sulfate particles by NH3
in the gas stream traversing the filter. Neutralization by NH3 and oxidation of SO,, may both
be reduced by "diffusion-denuding" the stream of these gases (without removing significant
particles), but this is a cumbersome process, especially for high volume sampling.
The most effective method for reducing particle formation and transformation reactions on
the filter is by collecting the minimum airborne particle sample that is compatible with avail-
able analytical methods. Minimum-quantity sampling also reduces collision-induced interaction
of particles on the filter surface and thus real-life chemical inhomogenities in ambient par-
ticles are more likely to be unaffected by the sampling process. The only way to totally
eliminate confounding interparticle interactions on filters is to determine the sulfate HI
situ without filter collection.
3.3.4.2 Ammonium and Gaseous Ammonia Determination—An important supplementary measurement
aiding speciation of sulfate in airborne particles is the measurement of ammonium ion (NH.)
and ammonia (NH,). Ammonium ion is found predominantly in the optical-scattering size range
or below and is presumed to be secondary in origin, being formed in the neutralization of
acidic sulfate particles. The high correlation of NH. content with soluble sulfate in both
urban (Tanner et al., 1977a), and rural (Tanner et al., 1977) aerosol samples and the identi-
•Hcation by x-ray diffraction of (NH.^SO, in dried aqueous extracts of airborne particles
would tend to confirm the above hypothesis (Brosset et al., 1975).
Ammonium ion in particulate matter is nearly universally determined by collection on fil-
ters, extraction into an appropriate leach solution, and determination by one of the two
methods described below. The first is a concentration measurement by an ion-selective elec-
trode sensitive to either NH4 (Beckman electrode) or NH., (Orion or Markson electrodes). The
limit of detection is determined by the equilibration time of the electrode, a representative
value being 5 to 7 minutes for 20 ppb NH* concentration in water (Eagan and DuBois, 1974;
Gilbert and Clay, 1973). This is marginally sensitive for high-volume samples of rural ambi-
ent air where NH^ may be as low as 0.3 ug/m . A later development, the air gap electrode,
(Ruzicka and Hansen, 1974; and Bisgaard and Reyman, 1974) eliminates the problems of electrode
contamination by sensing of the NH,-water equilibrium across an air gap between the analyte
solution and the electrode surface. This system has not been applied to a significant extent
by other laboratories.
XD3B/C 3-68 1-19-81
image:
-------
The second commonly used method for NH* traces in aqueous solution is the indophenol
colorimetric method based on the color-producing reaction of phenol and hypochlorite in the
presence of NH3. Modifications most analytically useful for determination of NH* in aqueous
leaches were reported by Bolleter et al. (1961) and by Tetlow and Wilson (1964). An automated
procedure has been proposed by Keay and Menage (1970). The method is capable of a lower
detection limit of 0.05 (jg/ml (as nitrogen), requires only a few minutes of analysis time, and
has a minimum sample volume of 2 ml.
Methods for determination of free atmospheric NH3 can be divided into direct methods and
methods in which NH3 is first immobilized on acid-treated filters, leached, and determined as
NH^ by one of the methods described above. Ammonia has been analyzed directly by quantitative
conversion to nitric oxide (NO) over a hot catalyst and determination by chemiluminescence of
NO (Hodgeson et al., 1971. and Baumgardner et al., 1979). This method is marginally sensitive
enough for ambient levels of NH3 (limit of detection = ~ 1 ug/m3) and must be carefully zeroed
in the NH3 scrubber mode to eliminate interference from atmospheric oxides of nitrogen (NO ).
Filter pack methods using either KHS04 (Eggleton and Atkins, 1972) or oxalic acid impregnants
have been used to collect ambient levels of NH3, but they are fraught with blank and contami-
nation problems and may not collect ambient levels of 0.5-5 ppb NH, with reproducible effi-
o
ciency under commonly observed temperature and relative humidity conditions.
It has also been proposed to determine gaseous NHL at or below ambient levels by gas
phase reaction with HC1 vapor with the resultant ammonium chloride (NH.C1) aerosol particles
measured by a condensation nuclei counter (CNC) (General Electric Ordinance Systems, 1972).
Unfortunately, there are several difficulties which severely limit the usefulness of this
technique. The concentration of HC1 and the relative humidity must be carefully controlled to
attain proportionality between number of particles and NH- concentration. In addition, it is
necessary to provide an ionization source (a corona discharge or a UV light source) in the air
stream just prior to HC1 vapor addition in order to even approximate precise, proportional CNC
response. However, this method has potential for extremely high sensitivity and real time
operation. McClenny and Bennett (1980) have developed a semi-real time detection technique
©
for ambient NHL based on integrative collection on Teflon beads followed by thermal desorp-
tion and detection by either chemiluminescence or photoacoustics. Perm (1979) and Braman and
Shelley (1980) have reported collection of NH, on diffusion tubes. Perm used oxyalic acid as
J +
a coating which is rinsed from the tube at the end of a 24 hour run and analyzed for NH4 by
ion selective electrode techniques. Braman and Shelley used a tungsten oxide coating for 20
min samples and release the NH~ into a chemiluminescence analyzer by thermal desorption.
•J
Hoell, et al. (1980) have determined vertical concentration profiles by interpretation of
infrared solar spectra obtained with a heterodyne radiometer. Abbos and Tanner (1980) have
reported work on the continuous determination of gaseous NH3 using flourescence devolatiliza-
tion. These recent advances in the development on new techniques for measuring NH3 will be
very helpful in determining the role of NH3 in the conversion of H2S04 to less harmful
materials.
XD3B/C 3-69 1-19-81
image:
-------
3.3.4.3 Analysis of Nitrates—The analyses of nitrate have been performed routinely for many
years and a large number of chemical methods have been reported. In typical monitoring for
nitrate in air, a portion of a particulate filter is subjected to aqueous extraction and the
water-soluble nitrate is analyzed by one of the methods discussed below.
3.3.4.3.1 Measurement techniques for nitrates. The oldest procedures for analyzing nitrate
used brucine (Intersociety Committee of Methods of Ambient Air Sampling and Analysis, 1977) or
phenol disulfonic acid (Intersociety Committee of Methods of Ambient Air Sampling and Analy-
sis, 1977a). Numerous other analyses methods for nitrates have been reported, including the
nitration of chromotrophic acid (West and Ramachandron, 1966) and courmarin analogs (Laby and
Morton, 1966; Skujins, 1964) the quenching of the flourescence after nitration of flourescein
(Axelrod et al. 1970), reduction with Devarda alloy to ammonia (Kieselbach, 1944; Richardson,
1938), and the use of ion-selective electrodes (DiMartini, 1970; Driscoll et al., 1972;
Gordiewskii et al., 1972). Microscopic techniques also allow analysis of individual nitrate
particles (Bigg et al., 1974).
One of the most extensively used techniques to analyze nitrates in atmospheric particu-
late extracts involves reduction of the nitrate to nitrite by zinc (Chow and Johnstone, 1962),
cadmium (Morris and Riley, 1963; Strickland and Parsons, 1972; Wood et al., 1967), or hydra-
zine (Mullin and Riley, 1955). Measurement of the nitrite produced is accomplished by a
sensitive diazotization-coupling reaction (Saltzman, 1954). Automated versions of this tech-
nique provide much better results because critical reduction parameters such as temperature,
surface contact area, and reaction time can be precisely controlled (Technicon, 1973). Another
technique which has been extensively used to analyze nitrate in atmospheric particulate matter
extracts involves the nitration of xylenols and separation of the nitro-derivative by extrac-
tion or distillation. A comparison of a 2,4-xylenol procedure (Intersociety Committee of
Methods of Ambient Air Sampling and Analysis, 1977b) with the automated copper-cadi urn reduc-
tion and diazotization method in samples collected near high density vehicular traffic, demon-
strated a negative interference in the former up to a factor of 3 (Appel et al. 1977a).
Small et al. (1975) report an application of ion exchange chromatography to the measure-
ment of a wide variety of cations and anions including the nitrate and nitrite ion. The novel
feature of this method is the use of a second ion exchange "stripper" column (after a conven-
tional separating column) which effectively eliminates or neutralizes the eluting ions. Since
chromatographically separated species of interest leaves the stripper column in a background
of deionized water, concentration determinations may be made by a simple and sensitive con-
ductometric technique. Mulik et al. (1976) report the application of this technique to mea-
surement of watersoluble nitrate on Hi Vol filters. The separator column, containing a strong
basic resin, separates anions in a background of carbonate eluant. The stripper column, con-
taining a strong acid resin, converts the sample ion and the carbonate eluant to nitric and
carbonic acid, respectively. Since carbonic acid has low conductivity, the nitrate ion alone
is effectively measured in a conductivity detector. Under the experimental conditions,
XD3B/C 3-70 1-19-81
image:
-------
sensitivity of 0.1 jjg/ml was reported. The relative standard deviation was 1 percent (95
percent confidence level) for ten replicate injections at the 5 ng/ml level. At this concen-
tration level, no interferences were found from fluoride, chloride, nitrite, sulfite, sulfate,
silicate, or carbonate. Positive interferences were found for bromide and phosphate but the
authors suggest techniques for eliminating these.
In other work, Glover and Hoffsommer (1974) and Ross et al. (1975) report a technique for
assay of aqueous nitrate and nitrite extractions by conversion to nitrobenzene. Both tech-
niques involve the nitration of benzene in the presence of FLSO. to form nitrobenzene, a rela-
tively stable compound, followed by gas chromatographic analysis. Careful calibration is
required in both procedures, since a significant fraction of the nitrobenzene formed may be
lost to the acid layer. Ross et al. recommend a calibration procedure whereby a standard is
subject to the same procedures as the unknown, while Glover and Hoffsommer use internal cali-
bration with added nitrotoluene. The lower detection limits reported by Ross et al. (1975)
-12
are in the range of 10 g nitrobenzene in a 1 ul sample. Conversion efficiences for KNOg,
KN02 and HN03 were reported as 90.3 ± 7.9, 100.4 ± 4.2 and 99.9 ± 5.2 percent, respectivley.
Glover and Hoffsommer report similar recovery rates for KN07 and KN09.
•3 c.
3.3.4.3.2 Filter sampling problems related to nitrate analysis. Serious difficulties asso-
ciated with the routine analysis of nitrates in particulate matter collected using glass fiber
filters have been reported. In a study of nitrate in auto exhaust, Pierson et al. (1975)
report that glass fiber filters collected about twice the amount of nitrate when compared to
quartz fiber filters. Nitrate also was found on glass fiber filters which were inserted down-
stream of either quartz or glass fiber primary filters, providing additional evidence of arti-
fact formation from gaseous constituents. Spicer (1976) reported that glass fiber filters
completely removed gaseous nitric acid (HNO-,) when in low concentration in gas streams, while
C\
Teflon and quartz filters showed no corresponding effect. O'Brien et al. (1974) describe
very unusual results of particle size distribution determinations of photochemical aerosol
collected in the Los Angeles basin using a cascade impactor where all particle size fractions
were collected on glass fiber filters. The authors speculated that conversion of gaseous
nitrate precursors on the filter masked the true nitrate size distribution. Okita et al.
(1976) report that untreated glass fiber filters collect nitric acid vapor with a highly vari-
able collection efficiency (0-56 percent), suggesting erratic nitrate artifact formation in
urban atmospheres containing HNO...
In an intensive laboratory investigation of interferences in atmospheric particulate
nitrate sampling, Spicer et al. (1978) concluded that all five types of glass filters investi-
gated exhibited serious artifact formation due to collection of gaseous HMO, and, to a small
extent, N0? as nitrate. Cellulose acetate and nylon filters were also reported to exhibit
severe interferences from HNO-.. Negligible interferences were reported for polycarbonate and
@
Teflon filters. Interferences from N02 on quartz fiber filters varied with the filter type,
with ADL Microquartz showing the least effect. Artifact nitrate formed on the Gelman AE
XD3B/C 3-71 1-19-81
image:
-------
filter was calculated to be less than 2 ug/m during a standard 24-hour Hi Vol measurement.
This estimate was derived from drawing air samples of about 1 m containing 4,512 ug/m (2.4
ppm) N02 through the filters. The relative humidity was 30 ± 10 percent.
Spicer and Schumacher (1977) also reported the results of a comparison of nitrate concen-
trations in samples collected on various filter types in Upland, California during October and
November, 1976. During the experiment, meteorological conditions varied from warm, hazy wea-
ther to hot, dry, very clean desert wind conditions. Nitrate analyses were performed by ion
exchange chromatography. All filter types used had comparable particle collection efficien-
cies according to the manufacturer's specifications. The ratio of nitrate collected on glass
fiber filters to that collected simultaneously with identical Hi Vol samplers on a quartz fil-
ters ranged from 2.8 to 49.
Harker et al. (1977) have reported laboratory observations of loss of particulate nitrate
from collecting filters through chemical reaction with H-SO. aerosol, formed from the photo-
chemical oxidation of S02- Most recently, Appel and co-workers (1979, 1980) have conducted
several studies bearing on both positive artifact formation and loss of nitrate from a variety
of filter media. They concluded that gaseous HN03 is the principal source of artifact nitrate
formation, N00 collection only became substantial at high ozone levels. Ambient particulate
C. f
nitrate values (at San Jose and Los Alamitos, California) differed by up to a factor of 2.4
depending upon filter medium and sampling rate, in contrast to the much larger sampling errors
reported by Spicer and Schumacher, 1977. Flouropore (Teflon") filters in low volume samplers
were subject to small error although, under laboratory conditions, passage of NH~- and HNO,-
free air through the filter could result in the loss of up to 50 percent of the particulate
nitrate. They also reported that at low HNO., levels, nitrate on glass filters, indicated
(within 3 percent) total nitrate, i.e., particulate matter plus HN03 rather than particulate
nitrate alone. They concluded that the degree of error associated with glass fiber filter
media could be expected to vary with location, time of year and day, paralleling changes in
HN03 levels.
These results point to the conclusion that most of the existing data on urban ambient
nitrate concentrations must be considered to be of doubtful validity. It is, furthermore,
doubtful that any of these data can be corrected even if mechanisms for artifact formation are
clarified in the future since HN03, which presently appears to play a significant role in
positive artifact formation, is not routinely monitored. It is, however, possible that data
from certain monitoring sites may be validated in special cases where it can be shown that the
species responsible for the artifact processes were all sufficiently low during the monitoring
period of interest.
3.3.4.4 Analysis of Trace Elements—Although over the years quite a variety of techniques
have been applied to the analysis for elements, presently the most commonly used techniques
utilize spectroscopic detection of some type. By definition, these techniques respond only to
the presence of the elements in the particulate matter and do not provide information
XD3B/C 3-72 ' 1-19-81
image:
-------
concerning the chemical compounds present. By and large techniques for trace elements have
not provided information concerning the oxidation.state of the elements, although Braman et
al. (1977) have reported attempts at such for arsenic.
3.3.4.4.1 Atomic absorption spectrometry. Atomic absorption spectrometry (Morrison, 1965)
has been widely employed for the quantitative analysis of a large number of elements in parti-
cles. In principle, a beam of light which is characteristic of an electronic transition for
the element of interest is made to traverse a region of space with a constant intensity and
impinge on a detector. The element of interest is atomized in a portion of the beam of light.
The amount of light absorbed by the atoms of interest in the sample can be related to the
amount of that element present. Any element can be determined if a lamp is available to pro-
duce the characteristic light.
A variety of techniques can be used for atomizing and introducing the element into the
appropriate region of space. Typically, a flame or a heated rod atomizer is used. Flame
techniques are most commonly used for atmospheric particulate matter. An extract of the par-
ticulate matter is prepared and aspirated into the flame which decomposes any substances there
and produces a sufficiently large population of groundstate atoms for absorption. An example
of this kind of application is the EPA reference method for lead (U.S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency, 1979d). Alternatively if the concentration of the element of interest is too
low for flame application or if an extremely limited amount of sample is available, an electri-
cally heated atomizer can be used to volatilize atoms into the light beam. In this applica-
tion, solutions can be utilized or a small portion of soiled filter without any other pre-
paration may be examined directly. In the latter case the filter substrate must be oxidizable
and there may be question concerning the representativeness of the sample.
Atomic absorption spectrometry is generally highly specific for the analysis of those
elements for which this technique is applicable. The instrumentation can be inexpensive rela-
tive to other instrumental techniques for the analysis of trace elements and is generally
available as standard equipment in most analytical laboratories. However, it can do an
analysis of only one element at a time. Additional elements must be determined serially.
This can be a severe disadvantage when a number of elements need to be determined on the same
sample both from the standpoint of the resources required to obtain the information and the
limitations of the volume of extract available to perform the analysis. Useful though it is,
significant interference problems can be important in atomic absorption measurements. Spectral
interferences from other elements absorbing at the same wavelength can be a problem but can
usually be avoided by judicious choice of wavelengths. However, interference effects on the
element of interest caused by other substances present in the material introduced into the
spectrometer, refered to as matrix effects, can be much more difficult to resolve. These
effects can differ significantly, ranging from the effect of viscosity on the amount of
material which can be atomized, to effects due to the presence of refractory compounds
containing the element of interest, which may not be completely decomposed at the flame or
XD3B/C 3-73 1-19-81
image:
-------
A
atomizer temperature. Matrix effects can adversely affect the concentration of atoms in the
beam and result in significant errors in the measurement of an element. The literature is
replete with discussions of these difficulties and provides both general and specific techni-
ques for overcoming them. One of the more convenient ways to keep abreast of developments in
this area is through the use of a continually updated bibliography with convenient indexing
such as that provided by "Atomic Spectroscopy." (Slavin, S. , ed.) Bibliographies for this
publication are routinely updated and appear each January and July.
3.3.4.4.2 Optical emission spectrometry. Optical Emission Spectrometry is a technique which
can determine the amounts of numerous elements simultaneously. The advantage of this tech-
nique in situations of limited sample availability or limited time and resources with which to
do a measurement are obvious. Conventional arc or spark excited optical emission spectrometry
has been used extensively on atmospheric particulate (Scott et al., 1976). In most applica-
tions of this technique an extract of the particulate matter is excited by a spark or arc dis-
charge. This decomposes any substances present and excites the atoms to other than their
ground electronic states. In the de-excitation to the ground state light at a characteristic
wavelength is emitted. The intensity of the light emitted is an indication of the quantity of
the element present. Most conventional optical emission spectrometers are capable of simul-
taneously analyzing 20 to 30 elements.
The conventional arc or spark excited optical emission spectrometers were never very
popular partly because of detection limits that were higher than desirable. The development
of optical emission spectrometers based on plasma excitation (Boumans and DeBoer, 1975) has
resulted in significant improvements. Although there are several kinds of plasma excitation,
the commercial availability of optical emission spectrometers with inductively coupled argon
plasma excitation has proven most advantageous. In this technique an extract of particle
matter is aspirated into an inductively coupled argon plasma whose very high temperature
decomposes the materials and excites the atoms. The light emitted when these excited species
fall back to the ground state is collected and monitored just as before. Hpwever, this
approach has numerous advantages not available with the older excitation techniques. The
technique is capable of using the same acid extract used in atomic absorption; is more free of
matrix affects than atomic absorption; requires, for a single multielement determination on a
given sample, about the same amount of time and solution as a single element determination on
atomic absorption; has usually a much longer linear range than atomic absorption; and has
detection limits equal to or smaller than flame atomic absorption (Fassel, 1978). If an acid
extract of atmospheric particulate matter is to be analyzed, inductively coupled argon plasma
optical emission spectrometry is usually the technique of current choice.
3.3.4.4.3 Spark source mass spectrometry. Spark source mass spectrometers are relatively
uncommon, very expensive, high resolution magnetic sectoring mass spectrometers which usually
utilize photographic emulsion detection and very high resolution densitometry for quantitative
XD3B/C 3-74 1-19-81
image:
-------
analysis. The material to be analyzed is incorporated into two small, usually graphite, elec-
trodes which are placed in the spectrometer with a well controlled gap between them. The pas-
sage of a spark across the electrodes vaporizes the electrodes and ionizes the material in it.
The ions are subsequently led into the mass analyzer portion of the spectrometer (Ahern,
1972).
The electrodes used in the spark source mass spectrometer can be fabricated from either
particulate matter itself that has been separated from a filter or an extract of the particu-
late matter. The technique is not suitable for the generation of large data bases because only
a few samples can be analyzed on any given day. The time required to prepare the instrument
and to obtain a set of spectra necessary for quantisation is substantial. Double ionization
of elements is common and so are ionized oligomers of carbon. Therefore high resolution
detection and complex interpretation are the rule rather than the exception. The advantage of
Spark Source mass spectrometry is that it can simultaneously estimate the quantity of all non-
volatile elements in the periodic table and do so with roughly equal sensitivity.
3.3.4.4.4 Neutron activation analysis. Neutron activation analysis (Morrison, 1965) implies
a variety of distinct procedures all of which produce unstable atomic nuclei which then emit
high energy radiation or particles. The intensity of a specific kind and energy emission is
monitored as an indicator of the element and its quantity.
The technique most commonly applied to atmospheric particulate has been instrumental
thermal neutron activation analysis. With this approach, a nuclear reactor is used to produce
neutrons which bombard the samples and produce the unstable nuclei. The emitted gamma radia-
tion is detected by a GeLi detector whose output is processed to produce the gamma ray spec-
trum of the irradiated particulate matter. The method has small detection limits, can simul-
taneously determine up to about 25 elements in a given sample, and particulate matter can be
analyzed directly as received on a very small portion of the filter surface. The technique
has been successfully applied with the glass fiber used in hi-vol samplers (Lambert et al.,
1979). The time required for analysis is small and a large number of samples can be analyzed
during a given period of time. However, data are usually not available for 2 to 3 weeks after
the sample is irradiated because there is a significant delay period between the irradiation
and the collection of gamma ray spectrum for certain long lived isotopes. Some important ele-
ments (e.g., S and Pb) are not practically measured using this method. These limitations and
the need for very complex, highly specialized and expensive equipment are the main disadvan-
tages of the neutron activation technique.
3.3.4.4.5 X-ray fluorescence spectrometry.. X-ray fluorescence spectrometry is a multiele-
ment, nondestructive technique which can simultaneously determine numerous trace elements in
particulate matter directly on the filter media. It involves the excitation of tightly bound
electrons in the atoms by an X-ray generator and observation of the X-ray emissions which
occur as the deexcitation of the excited electrons proceed (Dzubay, 1977).
XD3B/C 3-75 1-19-81
image:
-------
X-ray Flourescence spectrometers utilize either energy dispersive or wavelength disper-
sive detection. Spectrometers utilizing energy dispersive detection collect simultaneously,
all emitted quanta with a SiLi detector and through subsequent processing, can analyze about
30 elements. Spectrometers utilizing wavelength dispersive detection monitor use carefully
preselected wavelengths that are characteristic of the deexcitation emissions of the elements
of interest. With wavelength dispersive detection about 20 elements can be determined simul-
taneously on a single sample and interelement effects are minimal due to the high resolution
capability of the instrumentation. With energy dispersive detection all wavelengths are simul-
taneously collected and interelement corrections must be handled in the data reduction
process.
Good detection limits and the ability to handle a sizable number of samples nondestruc-
tively with minimal sample preparation are clear advantages of the X-ray flourescence tech-
nique. In order to analyze the sample directly however, it must be of uniform surface texture
and it is best if the particulate layer is very thin. This obviously places some limitations
on the kind of sample which can be analyzed without preparation. Even in the most ideal sam-
ples, concern with special corrections must exist (Gould et. al. 1976). The techniques has
been applied extensively to analysis of filters from dichotomous samplers (Dzubay and Stevens,
1975).
3.3.4.4.6 Electrochemical Methods. Electrochemical methods have been used to a limited ex-
tent to determine a small number of elements in airborne particulates. These methods include
potentiometry with ion selective electrodes, polarography, and anodic stripping voltammetry
(Morrison, 1965). Electrochemical techniques have few advantages for airborne particulate
analysis aside from their low initial capital equipment cost compared to other techniques.
While useable (Ryan and Siemer, 1976) there appears to be fairly little activity in the appli-
cation of such techniques at present.
3.3.4.4.7 Chemical methods—Many classical wet chemical procedures were employed in the past
for trace element analysis of airborne particulate. In general, a colorforming reagent was in-
volved. The amount of the given element present is determined by the extent of color develop-
ment. Perhaps the best known of these procedures is based on the use of dithiocarbazone
(dithizone) as the colorimetric reagent for lead (Snell, 1978). Wet chemical procedures are
labor intensive and slow compared with spectral techniques. Sample preparation and interfer-
ences are also usually a problem. These procedures are not extensively used at present.
3-3.4.5 Analysis of Organics--Numerous papers have appeared dealing with the characterization
of organic compounds in airborne particles. The following discussion was taken primarily from
the monograph edited by H. Malissa (1978) and describes the principle methods used in this
field and some typical examples mentioned in the literature.
XD3B/C 3-76 1-19-81
image:
-------
Organic compounds significantly contribute to the total particulate matter in urban aero-
sols. Sum concentrations up to 43 percent have been reported (Hidy, 1975). Characterization
of organics in urban aerosols generally involves trace separation and identification by gas
and liquid chromotagraphy, with detection methods having sensitivity in the nanogram range.
The sample amount needed to allow analysis of substances in parts per million concentrations
is in the milligram range (Cautreels and Van Cauwenberghe, 1976; Ketseridis, et al., 1976).
Usually, high-volume samplers with glass-fiber filters are used to provide the needed sample
amount.
One of the earlier simple and extensively used methods for estimating the organic content
of particulate matter was called "benzene soluble organics". To obtain this estimate, filters
were simply refluxed with benzene for several hours. The benzene was vaporized and the weight
of the residue was measured and reported. Benzene soluble organic data were recorded in the
National Aerometric Data Bank for several years. But, since these measurements were not read-
ily interpretable, this method has not been used on a national scale by any single laboratory
for roughly a decade. Extraction efficiencies of 25 different solvents and 24 binary mixtures
were investigated by Grosjean, (1975). Grosjean determined that extraction with benzene or
other nonpolar solvents usually leads to serious underestimation of aerosol organics, espe-
cially of the polar secondary (photochemical) products like carbonyl compounds, organic ni-
trates, or carboxylic acids. The use of binary mixtures for extraction or successive extrac-
tions using a nonpolar and a polar solvent were strongly recommended. This leads to a higher
organic carbon extraction efficiency (in comparison to benzene as solvent) than with both
single polar and nonpolar solvents. Ninety-five to one hundred percent of the aerosol organic
carbon is extracted and measured with this method.
In the area of compound specific analysis a large amount of work and an earlier concern
has been with polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH). Numerous measurements have been proposed
to analyze quantitatively for many of the polycyclic aromatics. Chromatography (Golden and
Sawiki, 1975) was utilized in much of the earlier work and more recently frozen solution
fluorimetry (Bacon et al., 1978) and matrix isolation spectroscopy (Wehry et al., 1979) have
been explored. High-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) is a promising technique for separa-
tion of high molecular weight PAH. The development of bonded octadecylsilyl (ODS) columns of
micro particle size allowed (Fox and Staley, 1976) the near baseline separation of the car-
cinogenic benzo[a]pyrene (BaP) and its noncarcinogenic isomer benzo[e]pyrene. A significant
increase in sensitivity over other methods was achieved by use of flourescence spectroscopy
for on-line detection. Perhaps the most extensive data base has been concerned only with BaP
(Swanson et al., 1978) utilizing a thin layer chromatographic technique with fluorescence
detection. Gas chromatographic (GC) separation of organic extracts of airborne particles
requires the application of preseparation steps, such as thin layer chromatography (Zocco-
lillo, et al., 1972) or liquid-liquid extraction (Cautreels and Van Cauwenberghe, 1976,
XD3B/C 3-77 1-19-81
image:
-------
Ketseridis et al., 1976). Primary extraction is generally carried out by means of single sol-
vents such as benzene, cyclohexane, or others. A typical procedure including solvent extrac-
tion for preseparation is described by Ketseridis et al.(1976)
The application of gas chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry for the analysis of
benzene-extractable compounds in airborne particles is described in detail by Cautreels and
Van Cauwenberghe (1976). This work led to the identification of more than 100 compounds in
urban aerosols. The benzene-extractable compounds (5.8 percent of total particles) were sepa-
rated into neutral, acidic, and basic substances. The acidic fraction was converted to the
methylated derivatives for GC analysis. In the neutral fraction, 22 saturated aliphatic hydro-
carbons, 36 polynuclear hydrocarbons, and 13 polar oxygenated substances were identified. In
the acidic fraction, 19 fatty acids and 19 aromatic carboxylic acids were identified; in the
basis fraction, 15 peaks of nitrogen-containing analogues of the PAH were identified.
Interest in the organic content of atmospheric particulate ranges from particulate carbon
(Rosen and Novakov, 1978) to any other possible organic substance. A variety of techniques
have been brought to bear on this problem (Fox and Jeffries, 1979), however, it is clear that
this area of endeavor is in its infancy, is large, exceedingly complex, and will need a great
deal of developmental effort.
3.3.5 Particle Morphology Measurements
Visual examination of particles collected on a filter or impaction substrate can provide
extremely useful information concerning the sources and transport of airborne particles. A
reticle-equipped light microscope can be used to examine particles larger than about 0.5 urn.
Use of transmission and scanning electron microscopes can improve the resolution for particles
as small as 0.001 urn. The effective ranges of microscopes and their utility are described by
McCrone (1973) and shown in Figure A-12 (Appendix). Particle size distributions by number can
be generated using statistically valid counting procedures. By applying an average density an
estimate of the size distribution by mass can be made.
Microscopic identification and analysis requires a high degree of skill and experience
plus extensive quality assurance to provide meaningful information. The selection of sampling
substrates, allowable particle loadings, and sample handling are critical factors in utilizing
these methods. In addition, particle interactions and structure changes on the collection
surface must be minimized if accurate size distributions and characterizations are to be
obtained. In a study of ambient particles collected on hi-vol filters, Bradway et al. (1976)
examined the ability of multiple microcopists to characterize particles in specific categories.
Significant problems were noted in mis-identification and mis-assignment which made it diffi-
cult to intercompare results. Multiple microscopists and blind replicates were recommended as
standard procedures for optical characterization studies.
3.3.6 Intercomparison of PM Measurements
The intercomparison of particle sampling methods is not straightforward because of the
complex nature of particulate matter. As noted earlier in this chapter direct mass measure-
ment methods can differ dramatically in the particle size ranges collected and the sensitivity
XD3B/C 3-78 1-19-81
image:
-------
of the sampler to external factors such as wind speed. Indirect mass measurement methods also
examine only specific portions of the particle size spectrum and additionally measure selected
integral properties of particle rather than mass.
Intercomparison of direct mass measurement methods can be made by examining components of
the sampling systems, such as the sampling effectiveness of the inlet or substage for various
particle sizes. Because of the difficulty in simulating the character of real suspended par-
ticles, however, the final intercomparison test must be performed at selected field locations.
The choice of the number and types of locations is important, since the local particle sources
can have a substantial impact or the sampler performance, especially if coarse particles domi-
nate the size distribution.
The most recent and comprehensive intercomparison of direct mass measurement particle
samplers was reported by Camp et al. (1978). Eleven different types of samplers were compared
for mass and other analyses including sulfates, nitrates, and elemental composition. The most
salient observation of the study was the difficulty of intercomparison of the samplers because
of differences in inlet or substage particle size cutpoints. Since there is no reference sam-
pler, all measurements of the same size fraction were averaged as a comparison measurement.
Some samplers were present in duplicate permitting reproducibility measurements. The coeffi-
cient of variation for the automated dichotomas samplers was determined to be 11 percent for
the coarse fraction and 3 percent for the fine fraction. The same values for a manual dichot-
omous sampler were 18 percent and 7 percent, respectively- The hi-vol impactor used in the
CHAMP network gave values of 15 percent and 5 percent, respectively. The results from this
study should be considered "best case" since the sampler operations were monitored continuously
by highly skilled individuals. In some cases, the operators were the developers of the
sampling method. It could be expected that routine field sampling by less qualified personnel
could produce larger variabilities. The reproducibility of certain chemical analyses were
reported to be better than the mass measurements, such as elemental sulfur which averaged ±3
percent for all size fractions. Overall the study showed that comparable results could be
obtained by different particle samplers if appropriate quality assurance steps were taken and
identical size fractions were compared.
Miller and DeKoning (1974) compared the TSP hi-vol with several commercially avialable
cascade impactors. Their results indicated that none of the impactors gave comparable results
to the hi-vol, but did correlate reasonably well- The agreement among cascade impactors for
mass median diameter (MMD) was very poor, often differing by more than a factor of two.
Attempting to intercompare indirect mass measurements or direct mass with indirect mass
measurements should only be attempted to determine correlation or to test a physical model
relating the measurements. The literature contains many intercomparison studies attempting to
relate the TSP hi-vol with surrogate techniques such as: (a) the British Smoke Shade Sampler
(Commins and Waller, 1967) (Lee et al., 1972), (b) the integrating nephelometer (Charlson et
al., 1968) (Kretzschman, 1975), and (c) the AISI Tape Sampler (Lee et al., 1972) (Ingram and
XD3B/C 3-79 1-19-81
image:
-------
Golden, 1973). Comparisons are also available between other direct and indirect mass measure-
ments such as the dichotomous sampler with the AISI tape sampler (Regan et al, 1979). In most
cases a simple repression was fitted between measurements rather than attempting to establish
a physical basis for the companion for testing with empirical data. The general objective of
most of these comparison was an attempt to use the data base from an indirect sampling method
to predict the mass concentrations that would have been measured by a direct mass method.
Mulhoi land et al. (1980) compared the estimated mass concentrations calculated from Electrical
Aerosol Analyzer (EAA) measurements versus direct gravimetric analyses. It was noted that for
spherical particles the errors are in the ± 20 to 30 percent range and for non-spherical par-
ticles the errors as high as ± 60 percent. Therefore, great care should be exercised in
attempting to predict gravimetric mass concentration from indirect particle measurements.
There is currently no indirect technique that has gained general acceptance as a surrogate for
direct mass concentration measurements.
3.3.7 Summary - Measurement Techniques for Particulate Matter
Particulate matter suspended in ambient air contains a range of particle sizes and shapes.
By separating particles according to aerodynamic size, variations in particle shape and
settling velocity can be accounted for. Samplers can be designed to collect specific size
fractions or match specific particle deposition patterns through carefully designed inlets and
substage fractionators. Mass concentration measurements using gravimetric analysis is the
most common measure of particulate matter. High volume samplers, dichotomous samplers, cascade
impactors, and cyclone samplers are the most common examples of this type of measurement.
Carefully collected size distributions of ambient particle mass have shown that most particle
samplers underestimate the concentration of particles in the air because of external factors
such as windspeed or because their particle transport systems are not effective for the larger
particle sizes.
Mass concentrations can be estimated using methodologies that measure an integral
property of particles such as optical reflectance. Empirical relationships between mass con-
centrations and the integral measurement have been developed and used to predict mass con-
centration. Without a valid physical model relating the measurements plus empirical data to
demonstrate the model, these techniques have a limited ability to estimate mass concentrations.
Examples of commonly used samplers include the AISI tape sampler, the integrating nephelo-
meter, and beta attenuation analysis.
Sampling accuracy can be estimated through key sampling components-, such as flow rate
and inlet sampling effectiveness. These component measurements provide a means of inter-
comparing methods, even though a reference measurement technique is not available. Recent
interest in larger particle sampler cutpoints (e.g., 15 urn) have resulted in wind tunnel test
XD3B/C 3-80 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
procedures for particle samplers which determine sampling effectiveness under controlled
conditions. Such measurements have added significantly to the ability to estimate particle
sampling accuracy.
Recent evaluations show that the hi-vol sampler collects a smaller particle size range
than that stated in Air Quality Criteria for Particulate Matter (U.S. Department of Health
Education and Welfare, 1969). The sampling effectiveness of the hi-vol inlet also is wind
speed sensitive for larger (>10 urn) particles. Wind speed could be estimated to produce no
more than a 10 percent day-to-day variability for the same ambient concentration for typical
conditions. The hi-vol is one of the most reproducible particle samplers currently in use,
with a typical coefficient of variation of 3-5 percent. A significant problem associated with
the glass fiber filter used on the hi-vol is the formation of artifact mass caused by the
presence of acid gases in the air. These artifacts can add 6-7 ug/m3 to a 24-hour sample.
The dichotomous sampler was designed to collect two discreet ambient particle fractions:
the fine (0-2 urn) and coarse (2-15 urn) modes. This sampler uses Teflon® filters to minimize
artifact mass formation and is available in versions for manual or automatic field operation.
The original inlet used with this sampler is very wind speed dependent, but newer versions are
much improved. The dichotomous sampler collects submilligram quantities of particles because
of low sampling flowrate and requires microbalance analyses, but is capable of reproducibili-
ties of ± 10 percent or better.
Cyclone samplers with cutpoints at 2.5 urn have been used for years to measure the fine
particle fraction. A recent development by Wedding (1980) has coupled the cyclone to a sampler
inlet to give a 15 urn cutpoint. Cyclones can be designed to cover a range of sampling flow-
rates and are available in a variety of physical sizes. A 10mm version is available for
personnel dosimeter sampling. Cyclone sampling systems could be expected to have coefficients
of variations similar to that of the dichotomous sampler.
The Size Selective Inlet (SSI) for the hi-vol provides a means of comparing total
suspended particles (TSP) with particles less than 15 urn. This sampler is identical to the
TSP hi-vol except for the inlet and is expected to have the same basic characteristics.
Cascade impactors have been used extensively to obtain mass distribution by particle
size. Because care must be exercised to prevent errors, such as those caused by particle
bounce between stages, these samplers are normally not operated as routine monitors. A
comparison study by Miller and DeKoning (1974) of impactors showed inconsistencies on the mass
median diameter and on total mass collections compared with the hi-vol.
Samplers which predict mass concentrations using analytical techniques other than direct
weight have been used extensively. One of the earliest was the British Smoke Shade sampler
which measures the reflectance of particles collected on a filter and uses empirical
XD3B/C 3-81 1-19-81
image:
-------
relationships to predict mass concentration. These relationships have been shown by Baily and
Clayton (1980) to be more sensitive to carbon concentrations than mass, and hence, are are
very difficult to interpret. Another optical technique, the AISI Tape Sampler, uses
transmittance instead of reflectance to predict mass. Regan et. al. (1979) showed that this
sampler correlates favorably with gravimetric measurements limited to the smaller particle
sizes. Similar investigations comparing other indirect measurement samplers such as the
integrating nephelometer (Charlson et al. , 1968) and the Electrical Aerosol Analyzer (EAA)
(Mulholland, et al., 1980) have also shown difficulties in reliably predicting gravimetric
mass measurements.
Optical particle morphology techniques are very useful for identifying the character and
sources of collected particles. Bradway et al. (1976), however, noted that these techniques
are dependent on the skill of the microscopist and stressed the need for careful quality
assurance procedures.
An extensive list of analytical techniques is available to analyze particles collected on
a suitable substrate. Many of the analytical techniques, such as those for elemental sulfur,
have been demonstrated (Camp et al., 1978) to be more precise than the analyses for gravi-
metric mass concentration. Methods are available to provide reliable analyses for sulfates,
nitrates, organic fractions, and elemental composition (e.g., sulfur, lead, silicon). Not all
analyses can be performed on all particle samples because of factors such as incompatible sub-
strates and inadequate sample size. Misinterpretation of analytical results can occur when
samples have not been appropriately segregated by particle size and when artifact mass is
formed on the substrate rather than collected in a particle form.
Sampling technology i_s available to meet specific requirements such as providing sharp
cutpoints, cutpoints which match particle deposition models, separate collection of fine and
coarse particles, automated sample collection capability, collection of at least milligram
quantities of particles, minimal interaction of the substrate with the collected particles,
ability to produce particle size distribution data, low purchase cost, and simple operating
procedures. Not all of these sampling requirements may be needed for a measurement study.
Currently, there is no single sampler which meets all requirements, but samplers are available
which can meet most typical requirements if the overall accuracy and reproducibility of the
method is acceptable to meet the study objectives.
3.4 MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES FOR ACIDIC DEPOSITION
3.4.1 Introduction
Studies designed to monitor precipitation first appeared in the literature around the turn
of the century. Numerous small scale networks were organized in the US and Europe during the
1920-1950s. Wilson (1926) and Collison and Mensching (1932) reported the earliest US precipi-
tation chemistry studies at local sites. The physical size of the networks changed during the
XD3B/C 3-82 1-19-81
image:
-------
1950s from single or dual site studies to large scale national/international studies. During
the 1950s, Barrett and Brodin (1955) organized a European monitoring network and Junge (1958)
established the first continental U.S. network. The World Meteorological Organization (WMO)
reported (1971) the formation of an international network to monitor global trends and changes
in the chemical composition of acid precipitation. In addition to the existing WMO network,
various local, regional and national acid precipitation studies currently operate in the indus-
trialized nationsv
The first scientific groups to become concerned with the causes and effects of acid precip-
itation were the ecologists and biologists. These two groups were responsible for the majority
of the acid precipitation studies conducted prior to 1970. During the period 1974-1976, acid
precipitation became multi-disciplined. International scientists from each and every scien-
tific field focused their attention on the potential affects of acid precipitation. Symposiums,
committees and groups were organized to examine every facet of past and existing studies
(Dochinger and Seliga, 1976; Kronebach 1975; Likens et al, 1972; Likens, 1976). Network siting,
sampling procedures and analysis schemes were critically reviewed. Special committees were
formed to develop techniques to statistically describe the quality of the precipitation chemis-
try data being reported by the various international laboratories. During this period, concern
regarding the effects of particulate deposition on vegetation increased. As a result, improved
wet/dry collection devices were designed to give a better understanding of total acid deposition
problems.
Numerous new studies have resulted from this increased emphasis on acid deposition, to
include the proposal and initial development of a long-termed continental US monitoring network
(Galloway and Cowling, 1978). Comprehensive reviews of past and current studies are provided
by Niemann et al. (1979), Kennedy (1978), and the Chemist-Meteorologist Workshop Report (1974).
3.4.2 U.S. Precipitation Studies
Past U.S. precipitation chemistry studies can best be described as being "ad hoc" in nature
(Chemist-Meteorologist Workshop, 1974). New studies were randomly developed without adequate
consideration to either past or current proposals. General characteristics that can be used
to describe past U.S. studies include:
(1) Overall study objectives varied among projects.
(2) Pre-1970 studies were short-termed, lasting only 1-2 years.
(3) Sites were randomly selected at locations of convenience. Siting with respect to
program objectives or standard siting criteria were rarely considered.
(4) Sampling/storage procedures and the extent of sample chemical analysis varied among
studies.
Each of these deviations in study design/protocol obviously affects the existing data and
preclude any simplistic consolidation or correlation of past study results. Of these varia-
tions, the differences in sampling/storage procedures are the most difficult to resolve.
XD3B/C 3-83 1-19-81
image:
-------
By-and-large, when considering all the earlier studies, sampler collection efficiencies, sample
representativeness, and sample integrity at the time of chemical analysis (i.e., does the sample
reflect what was collected in the field or have chemical changes occurred?) can only be specu-
lated.
Since 1900, techniques used to collect/store precipitation samples have undergone signifi-
cant changes. The most significant change in wet-only or bulk precipitation sampling deals
with the collector itself. In earlier reports, monthly bulk samples were manually collected
in glass devices. Plastic devices became the collection medium during 1950-1960. Galloway
and Likens (1976) note that plastic collectors are preferred today for inorganic species where-
as glass collectors are currently used for organic sampling. Automated wet/dry samplers are
replacing the manual wet-only and bulk collection techniques. The height of the collection
device above ground level has varied throughout the years. Earlier studies placed collectors
at ground level while current studies commonly place the collector 1-3 meters above ground
level. Other study-dependent sampling variations observed in wet-only and bulk sampling proce-
dures include: filtering versus non-filtering of the sample before chemical analysis; the use
of biocides to preserve the sample and retard biological growth; and the storage techniques
used after sample collection and before chemical analysis. Although the degree each of these
sampling/storage differences affect the sample remains unanswered, it is generally agreed that
the study data will be related to the study sampling techniques employed.
When reviewing past data, the analyst must determine if and to what extent these common
variations bias the resulting data. For example, the effects of sample evaporation, splash
contamination, loss of initial and usually most concentrated rainfall and contamination from
insects, leaves, etc., have been commonly reported. How the authors addressed these problems
differ. Some deleted the questionable data, others did not, and still others stated that these
effects would be averaged out over the length of the study.
The data analyst must also know whether the samples were filtered before analysis. Past
study data indicates that the inclusion of particulate "wash-out" material in bulk and wet-only
samples as well as dry deposition in bulk samples changes the overall chemistry of the sample.
Several studies routinely filtered the sample before analysis. This filtration of particulate
matter, depending on technique and actual time when filtering occurred, could possibly change
the resulting sample chemical composition and related analytical data. Whether glass or plas-
tic collection devices were used could also affect the data. Galloway and Likens (1976) note
the leaching of inorganic species into/out of glass collection devices and the loss of organic
species with plastic devices. Other authors (Kadlecek and Mohnen, 1976; Norwegian Institute
for Air Research, 1971) report similar findings. Metal ion losses in dilute samples have been
repeatedly reported. To minimize this potential metal loss, various authors acidified a repre-
sentative aliquot of the sample immediately following collection; again, others did not. Sample
XD3B/C 3-84 1-19-81
image:
-------
storage techniques also vary among studies. Larger networks usually kept the sample in a
cool, dark place. Some smaller networks either froze the sample or refrigerated the sample at
4°C. Galloway and Likens (1976) indicate that significant changes do not occur when samplers
are stored at 4°C. Unfortunately, this storage technique is cost prohibitive for large
national/international networks. How long a sample is stored before chemical analysis may
also affect the sample integrity. A review of the literature reveals that the reported length
of time from sample collection to sample analysis has varied by as much as sixty days. Some
authors used chemical biocides to retard green algae growth in samples collected in warmer
climates as the presence of algae changes the sample chemical composition. Obviously, the
sample storage technique affects the sample integrity at the time of chemical analysis.
Although procedures for the collection of dry deposition are not as well documented,
similar sampling variations are expected depending on technique, i.e., dust-fall buckets,
ambient air monitors or automated dry-only collection devices. Siting of the dry deposition
collector is crucial; in particular, the height of the collector above ground level. Dry
deposition samples, 0-1 meter above ground level, have been reported to be heavily influenced
by contributions from the local terrain as well as bird and vegetation contamination.
Data from special studies is also available for summation. Behrmann (1975), Pickerell
et al. (1979), Anderson (1978), Cooper et al. (1976) and Gatz et al. (1971) report special
one-of-a-kind samplers to monitor the change in the chemical composition of precipitation
events at single sites. Special sampling procedures have been developed for the collection of
snow (Galloway and Likens, 1976; Hagen et al., 1973), fog (Waller, 1963; Rose, 1966), indivi-
dual raindrops and canopy throughfall (McColl and Bush, 1978). Understanding these special
sampling techniques is essential before this data is compiled or summarized.
The data analyst must also consider the various collection periods reported in past
studies. Over the years, bulk samples have been typically collected on a monthly basis.
However, wet deposition collection periods have ranged from event sampling to monthly sam-
pling. Although clearly defined in terms of showers and thunderstorms, the definition of the
beginning/ending of an event during a large frontal system varies from author to author.
Monthly sampling is common in larger networks designed to monitor the change in chemical
trends over time. Daily or more frequent sampling is typically reported at individual sites
with the objective to determine exact chemical loadings at specific sites. Weekly sampling is
currently recommended by Galloway and Cowling (1978) as the maximum allowable sampling
frequency to obtain useable wet deposition results. Dry deposition is commonly collected on a
1 to 2 month basis as recommended by Galloway and Cowling.
Each of the sampling/storage variations addressed above can affect the sample integrity
and resulting data. In addition, site meteorology and collector efficiency also affect the
sample. Summers and Whelpdale (1976) stress the existing need to document both scavenging and
collection mechanisms involved with acid precipitation. Initial reviews of the most commonly
used collectors have been conducted and are provided by Niemann (1979) and Galloway and Likens
XD3B/C 3-85 1-19-81
image:
-------
(1976). Additional comprehensive collector evaluations, to include dry deposition collector
efficiencies and species collected, along with a re-evaluation of the meteorological mechanisms
involved in the acid precipitation processes are needed. Before any past data summarization
can be developed, a careful analysis of the sampling/storage procedures and collection
mechanisms must be performed.
3.4.3 Analytical Techniques
3.4.3.1 Introduction—Analytical methodologies currently employed to analyze precipitation
samples are, for the most part, state-of-the-art freshwater or natural water analytical tech-
niques. Typical procedures are presented in Methods of Air Sampling and Analysis (1977),
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water (1971) and U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's "Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Waste" (1979). Theoretical
detection limits and the quality of the data in terms of precision/accuracy for each technique
are specified in the literature. Rainwater, however, is a dilute solution of chemical
species, and represents extremely pure freshwater or natural water. Chemical analyses on rain
water yield results at or below the published analytical detection limits (Miller and
Highsmith, 1976). Added precautions must be taken to minimize field/laboratory contamination
(Likens, 1972) which is analytically indistinguishable and sometimes larger than the natural
rain water specie contributions. To preclude changes in the sample chemical composition,
analyses should occur within 24 hours after sample collection. Although operator and
instrumentation dependent, laboratory analyses should meet or exceed the analytical precisions
and accuracies presented in Table 3-6. Operator and instrumentation biases must be minimized
through supporting quality assurance programs. External as well as internal quality control
procedures must co-exist to adequately describe the quality of the analytical data. Prior to
1975, no mechanism existed to externally evaluate the quality of the precipitation chemistry
data being reported by the international precipitation laboratories. WMO instituted such an
international quality assurance program in 1975. Potential errors in past data have
subsequently been noted by Ridder (1978), Galloway et. al., (1979), Tyree et al. (1979), and
Tyree (1980).
3.4.3.2 Analysis of Acid Deposition Samples
3.4.3.2.1 Sample Preparation. Wet deposition samples are allowed to equillibrate to room
temperature before chemical analyses. Sample pH/conductivity are initially measured.
Filtering/centrifuging of the sample may follow. A representative portion of the sample may
then be acidified (HNO.,) to preserve the metal ion concentrations. Between analyses, samples
are either stored in a dark, cool place or at 4°C. Dry deposition samples are dissolved with
a known quantity of distilled water (typically 50 ml). Analytical procedures for these
dissolved dry deposition samples are identical to the wet deposition analytical procedures
described below.
XD3B/C 3-86 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 3-6. RECOMMENDED PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL PARAMETERS FOR ANALYSIS
Parameter
Volume (field)
pH (field + lab)
Conductivity
(field -i- lab)
so4
N03
Cl
NH4
K
Ca
Na
Mg
Acidity
Unit of
Report
inches
PH
pS/cm
mgS/1
mgN/1
mgCl/1
mgN/1
mgK/1
mgCa/1
mgNa/1
mgMg/1
|jeq/l
Expected
Range
0.00-10.00
2.00-9.00
0.1-200.0
0.1-10.0
0.1-10.0
0.1-10.0
0.05-10.0
0.01-5.00
0.01-5.00
0.01-10.00
0.01-2.00
1.0-500.0
Suggested
Precision
±.02"
i.OlpH
±5%
±2%
±2%
±2%
±3%
±2%
±2%
±5%
±2%
±10%
Suggested
Accuracy
±.02"
±.01pH
±5%
±2%
±2%
±2%
±2%
±2%
±2%
±3%
±2%
±5%
3.4.3.2.2 Volume. Direct volume measurements, accuracy + 3%, are made on the wet deposition
sample with Class A graduated cylinders. Care must be taken to insure that the sample is not
contaminated by the labware used in this procedure. Indirect volume techniques include weigh-
ing the collection container before and after the sampling period or measuring the collection
in a standard rain gauge (cylinder, tipping bucket or weighing). Standard rain gauge
accuracies are + 0.02 in or better depending on the manufacturer. The weighing rain gauge is
preferred since it offers minimal evaporation loss and a higher degree of reliability over the
tipping bucket rain gauge during intense storms.
3.4.3.2.3 p_H. pH is the measurement of the hydrogen ion activity, i.e., pH = -log [H ],
commonly referred to as the free acid content of the solution. The pH of a typical United
States wet deposition sample ranges between 4.0 - 5.0 pH units. Samples collected in more arid
regions may range as high as pH 8.0 whereas samples collected in the northeastern United States
typically range from pH 3.5 to pH 4.5. Precipitation pH measurements were not reported prior
to 1962. Instead methyl orange indicator solution [endpoint pH = 4.4, Skoag and West (1965)]
XD3B/C
3-87
1-19-81
image:
-------
was added to assess the sample acidity. Cogbill and Likens (1974) and Granat (1972) have
indirectly calculated and reported the pHs of prior-1962 precipitation samples. Currently, pH
is electrometrically determined with a standard pH meter in conjunction with either glass/
reference calomel electrodes or a combination electrode at 25°C. Three certified buffer solu-
tions are used to calibrate the pH meter/electrode system in the pH range 3.50-7.50. Direct
pH measurements are made on a representative aliquot of the sample. pH measurements are
dependent on operator techniques and the condition of the electrode(s). Galloway et al. (1979),
Ridder (1978) and Tyree et al. (1979) have noted potential sources of errors in pH measurements.
With proper care and quality equipment, pH results with a precision of + 0.02 pH units and
accuracy of + 0.05 pH units should be obtainable (Standard Methods, 1971).
3.4.3.2.4 Conductivity. The specific conductance of a wet deposition sample indicates the
capability for that sample to carry an electrical current. Conductivity is related to the total
concentration of dissolved ions, is directly determined on the sample with a standard Wheatstone
bridge in conjunction with a calibrated conductivity cell at 25°C. Wet deposition sample con-
ductivities normally range from ca. 10-200 uS/cm. Daily calibration of the conductivity meter
and cell with freshly prepared standard KC1 solution is required for accurate measurements.
Operator techniques, the condition of the conductivity cell, and the quality of the standard
KC1 solutions determine the quality of data reported. Under careful supervision, conductivity
measurements with precision/accuracy of 5 percent are obtainable (Standard Methods, 1971).
3.4.3.2.5 Acidity. An acidity measurement indicates the capacity of the wet deposition sample
to donate protons from both strong and weak acids. Numerous techniques have been reported to
measure sample acidity. Each technique can yield a slightly different result (Tyree, 1980).
Acidity values from - 200 ueg/liter to + 200 ueg/liter are routinely reported. The precision
and accuracy of any acidity measurement is dependent on the analytical technique employed and
the ability of the operator to standardize and titrate minute quantities of highly diluted
strong base. Tyree (1980) notes that the operator is the key to good acidity measurements.
The presence of carbon dioxide, aluminum, iron, ammonium and the method endpoint pH influence
the results.
3.4.3.2.5.1 pH. See Section 3.4.3.2.3. Depending on the actual sample pH, acidity based
on a pH measurement yields either the strong acid proton component (sample pH <4.5) or the
strong acid component plus some undetermined contribution from the weak acid component
(sample pH >4.5). Acidity based on pH alone is not considered conclusive.
3.4.3.2.5.2 Titrimetric. Various titrimetric endpoint procedures are available.
Phenolphthalein Endpoint. The rainwater sample is titrated with standardized 0.01-0.001
strong base (NaOH) to the phenolphthalein endpoint (8.0-9.6 pH units per Skoag and West, 1965).
Precision and accuracy (+ 5 percent) are dependent on the ability of the operator to standardize
and deliver minute quantities of dilute base and the repeatability of the endpoint color.
(Standard Methods, 1971).
XD3B/C 3-88 1-19-81
image:
-------
WMO. A prescribed quantity of strong acid (H2SO.) is added to the sample, lowering the
sample pH to less than 4.0 and thus removing the CCL. The sample is titrated against standar-
dized base until the sample pH, monitored via a pH meter, reads pH 5.6. Precision (+ 0.02 pH
units) and accuracy (+ 0.05 pH units) are dependent on the quality of the pH meter and standar-
dized base, the condition of the electrodes and operator technique.
American Public Health Association. Strong acid is added to lower the sample pH below
4.0. Hydrogen peroxide is then added. The sample is boiled to eliminate C0?, cooled to room
temperature and titrated electrometrically with strong base to pH 8.3 (EPA method endpoint =
8.2). The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1979) reports a standard deviation of 1-2 mg
CaC03/liter and bias of ca. + 20 percent for sample measurements in the 10-120 mg CaC03/liter
range.
Likens (1972). Nitrogen is bubbled through the sample to eliminate any C02 interference.
Samples are titrated to pH 9.00 with standard base. The accuracy of the pH meter is reported
to be + 0.03 pH units (1972). Hendry and Brezonik (1980), following this technique, titrated
samples to pH 7.00 endpoint.
Cou1ometric/Potentiometric. The sample is titrated with cathodic generated hydroxyl ion
(OH ), i.e., (-) reference electrode/test solution/glass electrode (+) as outlined by Liberti,
et al. (1972) and Askne et al. (1973). Gran plots (1952) are interpreted to determine the
strong and weak acid contributions. Liberti et al. (1972) report a + 5 percent standard
derivation and 0.1 mg/liter H2S04 sensitivity when analyzing strong acids. The Norwegian
Institute for Air Research (NAIR) (1971) reported a 2-5 peg acidity/liter standard deviation
in rainwater samples having 10 -10 acidity concentrations. Askne et al. (1973) observed
"exact agreement" in strong acid analyses, but only "reasonable-to-good agreement" with
samples containing various concentrations of strong and weak acids. Tyree et al. (1979) and
Krupa et al. (1976) also observed difficulties in determining strong/weak acid contributions
in rainwater samples using this technique.
3.4.3.2.5.3 Ion Balance. Granat (1972) and Cogbill and Likens (1974) have reported a
technique to calculate sample pHs based on the total ionic strength. In this technique, the
charge difference in favor of the anion concentration is related to the sample hydronium ion
concentration. Possession of accurate analytical data for the individual principle ions is
essential. The overall precision and accuracy of this technique is no better than the sum-
mation of precisions/accuracies of the analytical methods used to determine the individual
ionic species. Tyree et al. (1979) states that this technique could possibly be used to
determine the strong acid contribution in samples with observed pH 5.6 or below.
3.4.3.2.6 Sulfate (S0.=). Analytical procedure for sulfate analysis are described in Section
3.3.4.1.1. Typical wet deposition samples contain 0.1-5.0 mg S04 /liter.
3.4.3.2.7 Ammonium (NH4+). Ammonium concentration of 0.1-1.0 mg N/liter are normally
observed in wet deposition samples. Two techniques (ion selective electrode and indophenol
colorimetry) are discussed in Section 3.3.4.2. Manual Nesslerization techniques (Standard
XD3B/C 3-89 1-19-81
image:
-------
Methods, 1971) are commonly used. The Nessler reagent is thoroughly mixed with the sample
(ca. 30 minutes). The characteristic yellow color is photometrically determined (425 mu with
1 cm cell path). Analyses of samples containing 0.2 mg N/liter typically produce results with
+ 0.12 mg N/liter standard deviation and + 18 percent bias (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 1979).
3.4.3.2.8 Nitrate (NO ~). The rainwater sample nitrate concentration quantitatively (normal
————^—— j
range 0.1-5.0 mg N/liter) is reduced to nitrate by the addition of hydrazine sulfate (Kamphake
et al., 1967) or by passing the sample through a copper-cadmium column (Fiore et al., 1962).
The addition of sulfanilamide and N-(l-naptha)-ethylene diamine dihydrochloride yields a
highly colored azo dye measureable colorimetrically at 520 nm. Automated techniques (U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1979c) minimize operator error and increases the sample
throughout. A second analysis without the nitrate reduction step is required to correct for
sample nitrite concentration. Precision/accuracy of + 5 percent are expected with samples
above 1 mg N per liter. Butler et al. (1978) and Tyree et al. (1979) report comparable
sensitivity, precision and accuracy using an automated 1C technique (see Section 3.3.4.2.2.4).
3.4.3.2.9 Chloride (Cl~). Various manual and automated procedures are used to determine
chloride in rainwater in the concentration range 0.1-10.0 mg Cl /liter with precision ca. +
0.2 mg Cl/liter. The WMO method adds mercuric nitrate and diphenylcarbazone-bromophenol blue
to the sample forming mercuric chloride. The excess mercury complexes with the indicator to
form a blue-violet dye measured photometrically at 525 nm. Zall et al. (1956) displace the
thiocyonate ion (SCN ) in Hg(SCN)2 and form HgCl-. In the presence of excess iron, the highly
colored dye [Fe (SCN)+] is formed and can be photometrically measured at 460 urn. The auto-
mated ferricyanide procedure (EPA) is preferred over the manual methods since operator/
standard solution errors are minimized. Automated 1C techniques (Butler et al., 1978; Tyree
et al., 1979 and Section 3.3.4.1.1.4) yield comparable results.
3.4.3.2.10 Fluoride (F ). Fluoride in wet deposition (range 0.01-0.1 mg F/liter) is
generally determined by the ion selective electrode technique. The condition of the fluoride
ion selective electrode is critical. Analysis of synthetic samples containing 0.85 mg F/liter
yielded results with a 3.6 percent relative standard deviation and 0.7 percent relative error
(Standard Methods, 1971). Automated 1C techniques (Butler et al., 1978; Tyree et al., 1979
and Section 3.3.4.1.1.4) yields similar results.
3.4.3.2.11 Trace Metals. Techniques used to determine trace metal concentration in rainwater
are described in Section 3.3.4.3. Observed metal concentration ranges generally approximate
the lower detection limit for flame atomic absorption metal analysis.
3.4.4 Interlaboratory Comparisons
WMO (1975) instituted an international interlaboratory program to describe the quality of
the wet deposition chemistry data being reported by the various WMO laboratories. Participa-
tion in this program is on a voluntary basis. The results of three comparisons on synthetic
rainwater samples (WMO, 1976; Thompson, 1978; WMO, 1980) have been previously reported. The
XD3B/C 3-90 1-19-81
image:
-------
United States Department of Energy (DOE) sponsored a similar round robin (MAP3S, 1979) on both
simulated and composited rainwater samples. Tyree et al. (1979, 1980)) discuss the WHO and
DOE results.
Three physical analyses (pH, conductivity, and acidity) are most frequently reported and
compared. pH and conductivity laboratory results have been extracted from the three WHO
reports and are provided in Table 3-7. WMO did not summarize the acidity measurement results
in the first and second analysis sessions. The synthetic samples used in the first two
sessions contained only weak acids. The laboratory results indicated that the WMO
laboratories, as a whole, could not perform acidity measurements on samples containing only
weak acids. Four new samples were used in the third WMO analysis session. Three of the third
analysis session samples (samples 71, 72, 73) contained both weak and strong acids. Sample
type 74 contained only strong sulfuric acid. The results of the acidity measurements reported
in the third analysis session have also been extracted. Table 3-8 lists the between
laboratory percent coefficient of variation by session for those chemical analyses routinely
performed by the WMO participants, where
C. V. =
_
x 100%
Improvement in the analysis for a given constituent by the WMO laboratories, as a whole, is
indicated by decreasing % C. V. from session 1 to session 3. In general, the WMO laboratories
as a whole, showed improvement from session 1 to session 3.
WMO and DOE intercomparision results highlight the difficulties encountered when
analyzing dilute precipitation samples. When comparing data from various studies, the data
analyst must include the appropriate biases resulting from the laboratory's sampling/storage
techniques as well as the ability of that laboratory to perform chemical analyses on the
sample.
XD3B/C
3-91
1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 3-7. RESULTS OF WHO INTERCOMPARISONS ON SYNTHETIC PRECIPITATION SAMPLES
pH (pH Units)
Sample
Session type
1976 A
B
C
D
1978 A
B
C
0
1980 71
72
73
*74
X
5.45
5.53
5.53
5.56
5.66
5.77
5.60
5.65
4.21
4.02
5.58
3.91
°x
.74
.76
.52
.41
.49
.51
.44
.39
.16
.11
.19
.16
N
17
18
17
18
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
24
High x
6.40
7.22
6.20
6.10
6.54
7.07
6.58
6.64
4.55
4.17
6.02
4.30
Low x
3.65
3.85
4.10
4.20
4.61
4.65
4.54
4.79
3.80
3.72
5.17
3.60
Sample
Session type
1976 A
B
C
D
1978 A
B
C
D
1980 71
72
73
*74
x
6.9
17.3
56.3
109.3
6.7
17.9
52.4
103.6
29.1
80.4
195.9
64.4
Conductivity (MS/cm) Acidity (|jeq/l)
°x
4.3
4.9
4.8
8.1
3.0
8.8
12.0
23.9
4.0
9.1
21.6
8.0
N
17
18
17
18
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
23
High
22.0
28.0
62.0
119.0
19.0
57.0
67.5
132.0
37.3
95.6
224.0
81.5
Sample
x Low x Session type x ax N
3.9 1976 NOT REPORTED BY WMO
20.0
44.0
84.0
3.9 1978 NOT REPORTED BY WMO
9.0
19.1
37.9
18.3 1980 71 70.0 36.7 22
57.3 72 106.3 43.6 22
132.0 73 25.3 63.7 18
48.0 *74 10.9 16.1 22
High x Low x
206.0 18.9
260.0 29.2
202.0 -37.0
68.0 4.7
*Samp1e contains
x = sample mean =
only H
IX.
i
2S04
a = standard deviation =
X
Z(x.-x)2
N-l
N = number of laboratories.
image:
-------
TABLE 3-8. COEFFICIENTS OF VARIATION OF WMO INTERCOMPARISONS ON
SYNTHETIC PRECIPITATION SAMPLES
Between laboratory percent coefficient of variation (% C.V.)
% C.V. by session
Constituent 1976 1978 1980
PH 10 8 3.4
Conductivity 15 22 12
SO. 13 24 34
NH? 38 32 33
NO, 79 64 74
Cr 58 24 25
Ca 27 25 25
K 32 30 22
Ma 21 8 99
Na 29 27 19
XD3B/C
3-93 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
3. REFERENCES
Abbos, and R. L. Tanner. Continuous determination of gaseous ammonia in the ambient atmosphere
using flourescence derivitization. Atmos. Environ, vol. 14. In press, 1980.
Adams, F. C., and R. E. Van Grieken. Absorption correction for X-ray fluorescence analysis of
aerosol loaded filters. Anal. Chem. 47:1767-1773, 1975.
Ahern, A. E. Trace analysis by mass spectrometry. Academic Press, New York, NY, 1972.
Ahlquist, N. C. , and R. J. Charlson. A new instrument for evaluating the visual quality of
air. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 17:467-469, 1967.
Akiyama, T. Direct titration of sulfate. Kyota Yakka Daigaku Gakuho 5:48-50, 1957.
American Industrial Hygiene Association. Guide for Respirable Dust Sampling. AIHA J. 31:133,
1970.
American Public Health Association Methods of Air Sampling and Analysis. 2nd Edition. 1977
Washington, DC, 1977.
American Society for Testing and Materials. Standard method for collection and analysis of
dustfall. In: Book of ASTM Standards. American Society for Testing and Materials,
PhiladelphiaTPA, 1966. pp. 785-788.
American Society for Testing and Materials. Standard Method for Particulate Matter in the
Atmosphere. 1970 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Philadelphia, PA, pp. 498-505.
Anderson, D. E. Continuous Measurement of pH Using An Automatic Precipitation Collector and
Analyzer. University of Maryland, Publication 78-178, College Park, MD, May 1978.
Appel. B. R. , S. M. Wall, Y. Tokiwa, and M. Haik. Interference effects in sampling particu-
late nitrate in ambient air. Atmos. Environ. 13: 319-325, 1979.
Appel, B. R., E. L. Kothny, E. M. Hoffer, and J. J. Wesolowski. Comparison of Wet Chemical and
Instrumental Methods for Measuring Airborne Sulfate. EPA-600/7-77-128, U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, November 1977.
Appel, B. R. , E. M. Hoffer, E. L. Kothny, and S. M. Wall. Interference in 2,4-xylenol
procedure for nitrate determination in atmospheric aerosols. Environ. Sci. Techno!.
11:189, 1977a.
Appel, B. R. , E. M. Hoffer, M. Haik, W. Wehrmeister, E. L. Kothny and J. J. Wesolowski.
Improvement and Evaluation of Methods for Sulfate Analysis. EPA-600/4-79-028, U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, April 1979a.
Appel, B. R., J. J. Wesolowski, E. Hoffer, S. Twiss, S. Wall, S. G. Chang, and V. T. Novak.
An intermethod comparison of x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (ESCA) analysis of
atmospheric particulate matter. Int. J. Environ. Analyt. Chem. 4:169-181, 1976.
Appel, B. R., S. M. Wall, Y. Tokiwa, and M. Haik. Simultaneous nitric acid, particulate
nitrate and acidity measurements in ambient air. Accepted for publication in Atmospheric
Environment, 1980.
Askne, C., C. Brosset, and M. Fern. Determination of the Proton-Donating Property of Airborne
Particles. NL Publication B157, Gotherburg, Sweden, 1973.
XRD3D/E . 3-94 1-19-81
image:
-------
ASTM, Standard Methods of Test for Sulfate Ion in Water and Waste Water (D516), Method C -
Volumetric Method. Annual Book of ASTM Standards 31:427, 430-433, 1974.
Axelrod, H. D., and S. G. Hansen. Anal. Chem. 47:2460, 1975.
Axelrod, H. D. , J. E. Bonelli, and J. P. Lodge, Jr. Fluorimetric determination of trace
nitrates. Anal. Chim. Acta 51:21-24, 1970.
Bacon, J. C., M. E. Edelson, and G. J. Small. Fluorescence line narrowing spectrometry in
organic glass containing PPB levels of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. Anal. Chem.
50(9):1394-1397, 1978.
Bailey, D. L. R. , and P. Clayton. The Measurement of Suspended Particulate and Carbon Concen-
trations in the Atmosphere Using Standard Smoke Shade Methods. Warren Springs Laboratory
Report LR325(AP), Stevenage, Hertfordshire, England, 1980.
Bakas, E. Fast titrimetric method for the determination of sulfate ions. Magyar Kern.
Folygirat 62:135-139, 1956.
Barnard, W. F., editor. Community Health Environmental Surveillance Studies (CHESS) Air
Pollution Monitoring Handbook: Manual Methods. EPA-600/1-76-011, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, January 1976.
Barnes, R. A. Duplicate measurements of low concentrations of smoke and sulphur dioxide using
two "National Survey" samplers with a common inlet. Atmos. Environ. 7:901-904, 1973.
Barrett, E., and G. Brodin. Tellus 7(2):252, 1955.
Barrett, W. J., H. C. Miller, J. E. Smith, Jr., and C. H. Gwin. Development of a portable
device to collect sulfuric acid aerosols. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Report
EPA-600/2-77-027, February 1977.
Barringer Research Limited. A report to Department of Health, Education and Welfare of
Optical Measurements of S0? and NO, Air Pollution Using Barringer Correlation
Spectrometers. Technical Report TR-69-rl3, Barringer Research, Ltd., Rexdale, Onrtario,
Canada, December 1969.
Barton, S. C., and H. G. McAdie. A specific method for the automatic determination of ambient
H?SO, aerosol. In: Proceedings of the 2nd International Clean Air Congress,
International Union of Air Pollution Prevention Associations, Washington, D.C., December
6-11, 1970. H. M. Englund and W. T. Berry, eds., Academic Press, New York, NY, 1971.
pp. 379-382.
Barton, S. C., and H. G. McAdie. An automated instrument for monitoring ambient H-SO,
aerosol. In: Proceedings of the 3rd International Clean Air Congress, International
Union of ATr Pollution Prevention Associations, Dusseldorf, Federal Republic of Germany,
October 8-12, 1973. VDI-Verlag GmbH, Dusseldorf, Federal Republic of Germany, 1973. pp.
c25-c27.
Baumgardner, R. E. , W. A. McClenny, and R. K. Stevens. Optimized chemilunescence system for
measuring atmospheric ammonia. EPA Technology Series, 600/2-79-028, 1979.
Behrmann, J. J. Design and Testing of a Continuing Monitor of Atmospheric Precipitation,
1975.
Bertolacini, R. J., and J. E. Barney. Colorimetric determination of sulfate with barium
chloranilate. Anal. Chem. 29:281, 1957.
XRD3D/E 3-95 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
Bigg, E. K. , A. Ono, and J. A. Williams. Chemical tests for individual submicron aerosol
particles. Atmos. Environ. 8:1-13, 1974.
Bisgaard, P., and E. Reymann. Anal. Chem. Acta. 72:215, 1974.
Blacker, J. H. , R. G. Confer, and R. S. Brief. Evaluation of the reference method for
determination of sulfur dioxide in the atmosphere (pararosaniline method). J. Air
Pollut. Control Assoc. 23:525-527, 1973.
Blanco, A. J. , and G. B. Hoidale. Microspectrophotometric technique for obtaining the
infrared spectrum of microgram quantities of atmospheric dust. Atmos. Environ.
2:327-330, 1968.
Blanco, A. J., and R. G. Mclntyre. An infra-red spectroscopic view of atmospheric
particulates over El Paso, Texas. Atmos. Environ. 6:557-562, 1972.
Bokhoven, C., and H. J. Niessin. The continuous monitoring of traces of SCK in air on the
basis of discolouration of the starch-iodine reagent with prior eliminations of
interfering compounds. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 10:233-243, 1966.
Bolleter, W. T., C. J. Bushman, and P. W. Tidwell. Spectrophotometric determination of
ammonia as indophenol. Anal. Chem. 33:592-594, 1961.
Bolze, R. E., and G. E. Tuve. Handbook of Tables for Applied Engineering Science, Chemical
Rubber Co., 1970. p. 159.
Bostrom, C. E. The absorption of low concentrations (pphm) of hydrogen sulfide in a
Cd(OH)9-suspension as studied by an isotopic tracer method. Air Water Pollut.
10:435-441, 1966.
Boumans, P. W. J. M. and F. J. DeBoer. Spectrochem. Acta. 308:309, 1975.
Bowden, S. R. Improved lead dioxide method of assessing sulphurous pollution of the
atmosphere. Air Water Pollut. 8:101, 1964.
Bradway, R. M. , F. A. Record, and T. G. Pace. Application of Polarizing Microscopy to the
Characterization of Ambient Suspended Particulate, Proceedings Annual Meeting of the
Federation of Analytical Chemists and Spectroscopists Society, Philadelphia, PA, 1976.
Braman, R. S., and T. J. Shelley. Tungsten VI oxide for pre-concentration and determination
of gases and particulate ammonia and nitric acid in ambient air. EPA Report
600/7-80-179, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC., 1980.
Braman, R. S., D. L. Johnson, C. C. Foreback, J. M. Ammons, and J. L. Bricker. Separation and
determination of nanogram amounts of inorganic arsenic and methylarsenic compounds.
Anal. Chem. 49(4):621-625, 1977.
British Standards Institution. Methods for the Measurement of Air Pollution. Part 3:
Determination of Sulphur Dioxide. B.S. 1747, British Standards Institution, London,
England, 1963.
British Standards Institution. Methods for the Measurement of Air Pollution. Part 2:
Determination of Concentration of Suspended Matter. B.S. 1747, Part 2, British Standards
Institution, London, England, 1964.
Bromberg, S. M., G. G. Akland, and J. C. Puzak. Survey of laboratory performance. Analysis
of simulated ambient S02 bubbler samples. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 24: 1973, 1974.
XRD3D/E 3-96 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
Bromberg, SM., R L. Lampe, and B. I. Bennett. Summary of Audit Performance: Measurement
of S02, NCL, CO, Sulfate, Nitrate, Lead, Hi-Vol Flow Rate - 1977 EPA-600/4-79-014 U S
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, February 1979.
Bromberg, S. M. , R. L. Lampe, and B. I. Bennett. Summary of Audit Performance: Measurement
of S02, N02, Sulfate, Nitrate, Lead, Hi-Vol Flow Rate - 1978. EPA-600/4-80-017, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, June 1980.
Brosset, C., and M. Ferm. Man-made airborne acidity and its determination. Atmos Environ
12:909-916, 1978.
Brosset, C., K. Andreasspn, and M. Ferm. The nature and possible origin of acid particles
observed at the Swedish west coast. Atmos. Environ. 9:631-642, 1975.
Butler, F. E., R. H. Jungers, L. F. Porter, A. E. Riley, and F. J. Toth. Analysis of Air
Particulates by Ion Chromotography: Comparison with Accepted Methods. E. Sawicki, J.
Mulik and F. Wittenstein, eds. Ion Chromatographic Analysis of Environ. Pollutants, p.
65, 1978. H
Buttell, R. G., and A. W. Brewer. Instruments for the measurement of the visual range. J.
Sci. Instrum. Phys. Ind. 26:357-359, 1949.
Calvert, S. , and W. Workman. Estimation of efficiency for bubbler-type qas absorber. Talanta
4:89-100, 1960.
Camp, D. C., A. L. Van Lehn, and B. W. Loo. Intercomparison of Samplers Used in the
Determination of Aerosol Composition. EPA-600/7-78-118, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, July 1978.
Caplan et al., 1977.
Caplan, K. J. , L. J. Doemeny, and S. D. Sorenson. Performance Characteristics of tfte 10mm
Cyclone Respirable Mass Sampler: Part II, Am. Ind. Hyg. Assn. J. 38:162-173', 1977.
Cautreels, W., and K. Van Cauwenberghe. Determination of organic compounds itn airborne
particulate matter by gas/chromatography - Mass Spectrometry. Atmos. Environ., 10:447,
1976.
Chand, R., and R. V. Marcote. Evaluation of Portable Electrochemical Monitors and Associated
Stack Sampling for Stationary Source Monitoring. Presented at the 68th National Meeting
of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, Houston, TX, February 28-March 4, 1971.
Charlson, R. J., N. C. Ahlquist, and H. Horvath. On the generality of correlation of atmos-
pheric aerosol mass concentration and light scatter. Atmos. Environ. 2:455-464, 1968.
Chow, T. J. , and M. S. Johnstone. Determination of nitrate in seawater. Anal. Chim. Acta
27:441-446, 1962.
Coffer, J. W., C. McJilton, and R. J. Charlson. SO, Oxidation to Sulfate Due to Particulate
Matter on a High Volume Air Sample Filter. Paper ANAL 102, 167th National Meeting,
American Chemical Society, Los Angeles, CA, April 1-5, 1974.
Cogbill, C. V., and G. E. Likens. Acid precipitation in the northeastern United States.
Water Resour. Res. 10:1133-1137, 1974.
Collison, R. C., and J. F. Mensching. NY Agr. Exp. Sta., Geneva Tech. Bull. 193:1-19, 1932.
XRD3D/E 3-97 1-19-81
image:
-------
Colovos, G., E. P. Parry, and C. E. Rodes. Comparison of the degradation of ammonium ion on
high volume glass fiber filters and on membrane filters. In: The Los Angeles Catalyst
Study Symposium, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Raleigh, N.C., April 12-13, 1977.
EPA-600/4-77-034, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, June
1977. pp. 265-279.
Colovos, G., M. R. Panesar, and E. P. Parry. Linearizing the calibration curve in determina-
tion of sulfate by the methlthymol blue method. Anal. Chem. 48:1693-1696, 1976.
Commins, B. T., and R. E. Waller. Observations from a ten year study of pollution at a site
in the city of London. Atmos. Environ. 1:49-68, 1967.
Conner, W. D. An inertial-type particle separator for collecting large samples. J. Air
Pollut. Control Assoc. 16:35-38, 1966.
Cooper, H. B. H., J. M. Demo, and J. A. Lopez. Proceedings of the First International
Symposium in Acid Precipitation and For. Ecos. 218, 1976.
Corn, M. , F. Stein, and E. Nortan. The Shape of Atmospheric Particles, a progress report for-
Grant AP00431-02, Air Pollution Laboratory, University of Pittsburgh, PA, November 1967.
Coutant, R. W. Effect of environmental variables on collection of atmospheric sulfate.
Environ. Sci. Technol. 11:873-878, 1977.
Crider, W. L. Hydrogen flame emission spectrophotometry in monitoring air for sulfur dioxide
and sulfuric acid aerosol. Anal. Chem. 37:1770-1773, 1965.
Crider, W. L. , N. P. Barkley, M. J. Knott, and R. W. Slater, Jr. Hydrogen flame
chemiluminescenee detector for sulfate in aqueous solutions. Anal. Chim. Acta
47:237-241, 1969.
Cunningham, P. T., and S. A. Johnson. Spectroscopic observation of acid sulfate in
atmospheric particulate samples. Science (Washington, D.C.) 191:77-79, 1976.
Cunningham, P. T., S. A. Johnson, and R. T. Yang. Environ. Sci. Technol. 8:131, 1974.
Daley, P. S. , and D. A. Lundgren. The performance of Piezoelectric Crystal Sensors Used to
Determine Aerosol Mass Concentrations, presented at American Industrial Hygiene
Conference, Miami, May 12, 1974. 41 pp.
de Veer, S. M. , H. J. Brouwer, N. V. Philips, and H. Zeedijk. A remotely controlled SO,
monitor for operation in air pollution networks.Presented at the 62nd Annual Meeting, Air
Pollution Control Association, New York, NY, June 1969. paper No. 69-6.
Department of Scientific and Industrial Research. The Investigation of Atmospheric Pollution,
1931-1932. 18th Report. H. M. Stationery Office, London, 1933.
DiMartini, R. Determination of nitrogen dioxide and nitric oxide in the parts per million
range in flowing gaseous mixtures by means of the nitrate specific-ion electrode. Anal.
Chem. 42:1102-1105, 1970.
Dionex Corporation. Dionex Analytical Ion Chromatographs. Technical Brochure, Dionex Corp.,
Palo Alto, California, 1975.
Dochinger, L. S. and T. A. Seliga, eds. Proceedings of the First International Symposium and
the Forest Ecosystem, USDA For. Ser. Gen. Tech. 1976.
XRD3D/E 3-98 1-19-81
image:
-------
Dnscoll, J. M., A. W. Berger, J. M. Becker, J. T. Funkhouser, and J. R Valentine
Determination of oxides of nitrogen in combustion effluents with a nitrate ion selective
electrode. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 22:119-122, 1972.
Dubois, L. The determination of sulfuric acid in air: a specific method. Mikrochim
Acta _: 269-279, 1969.
Dubois, L., C. J. Baker, T. Teichman, A. Zdrojewski, and J. L. Monkman. A reneral method of
analysis for high volume air samples. Mikrochim. Acta. 6:3-112, 1969.
Dzubay. T. G., H. L. Rook, and R. K. Stevens. A chemiluminescent approach to measurement of
strong acid aerosols. In: Analytical Methods Applied to Air Pollution Measurements. R.
K. Stevens and W. F. flerget, eds., Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Inc., Ann Arbor, MI,
1974. pp. 71-83. ' '
Dzubay, T. G. Aerosol Acidity Determination by Reaction with 14C labelled amine. Atmos.
Environ. 13:1209, 1979.
Dzubay, T. G., and R. K. Stevens. Ambient air analyses with dichotomous sampler and x-ray
fluorescence spectrometer. Environ. Sci. and Tech. 9(7): 663-668, 1975.
Dzubay, T. G., ed. X-ray flourescence analysis of environmental samples. Ann Arbor Science,
Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1977.
Dzubay, T. G., L. E. Mines, and R. K. Stevens. Particle bounce errors in cascade impactors.
Atmos. Environ. 10:229-234, 1976.
Dzubay, T. G., P. J. Lamothe, and H. Yoshuda, Polymer films as calibration standards for
x-ray flourescence analysis. Advances in X-Ray Analysis 20:411, 1977.
Eagan, M. L., and L. Dubois. The determination of ammonium ion in airborne particulates with
selective electrodes. Anal. Chim. Acta 70:157-167, 1974.
Eggleton, A. E., and D. H. Atkins. Results of the Tees-side investigation. U. K. Atomic
Energy Authority, Research Group Report AERE-R6983, 1972.
Environment One Corporation, Schenectady, NY.
Fassel, V. Quantitative elemental analyses by plasma emission spectroscopy. Science
(Washington, DC) 202:183-191, 1978.
Ferm, M. Method for determination of atmospheric ammonia. Atmos. Environ. 13:1385-1393,
1979.
Fiore, J., and J. E. O'Brien. Water Eng. 33:128, 1962.
Forrest, J. and L.. Newman. Ambient air monitoring for sulfur compounds—a critical review.
J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 23:761-768, 1973.
Forrest, J., and L. Newman. Sampling and analysis of atmospheric sulfur compounds for isotope
ratio studies. Atmos. Environ. 7:561-573, 1973a.
Forrest, J., and L. Newman. Silver-110 microgram sulfate analysis for the short time
resolution of ambient levels of sulfur aerosols., Anal. Chem. 49:1579, 1977.
Foster, J. E., and G. H. Beatty. Interlaboratory Cooperative Study of the Precision and
Accuracy of the Measurement of Sulfur Dioxide Content in the Atmosphere Using ASTM Method
D2914. ASTM Data Series Publication DS-55-S1, American Society for Testing and
Materials, Philadelphia, PA, 1974.
XRD3D/E 3.99
1-19-81
image:
-------
*
Fox, D. L., and H. E. Jeffries. Air pollution. Anal. Chem. 51(5):27R, 1979.
Fox, M. A., and St. W. Staley. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in atmospheric
particulate matter by high pressure liquid chromatography coupled with flourescence technique
Anal. Chem. 48:992, 1976.
Friedlander, S. K. Smoke, Dust, and Haze. Wiley Interscience Publication, New York, NY, 1977.
p. 154.
Fritz, J. S., and S. S. Yamamura. Rapid microtitration of sulfate. Anal Chem. 27:1461-1464,
1955.
Fritz, J. S. , S. S. Yamamura, and M. J. Richard. Titration of sulfate following separation
with alumina. Anal. Chem. 29:158-161, 1957.
Fry, J. D. Determination of Sulphur Dioxide in the Atmosphere by Absorption in Hydrogen Peroxide
Solution—the Effect of Evaporation of the Solution During Sampling. SSD/SW/M.246, Central
Electricity Generating Board, South Western Region, England, April 1970.
Fuchs, N. A. The Mechanics of Aerosols, New York Pergammon Press, 1964. p. 64.
Fuerst, R. G., F. P. Scaringelli, and J. H. Margeson. Effect of Temperature on Stability of
Sulfur Dioxide Samples Collected by the Federal Reference Method. EPA-600/4-76-024, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, May 1976.
Galloway, J. N. , and E. B. Cowling. The effects of precipitation on aquatic and terrestrial
ecosystems: A proposed precipitation network. JAPCA 28:229-235, 1978.
Galloway, J. N., and G. E. Likens, and E. S. Edgerton. Proceedings on the First International
Symposium on Acid Precipitation and the For. Ecosy., 137, 1976.
Galloway, J. N., B. S. Cosby, and G. E. Likens. Zimno Oceanography 24(6):1161, 1979.
Gatz, M. T., and A. N. Dingle. Tellus 23:14-17, 1971.
General Electric Ordinance Systems. Condensation Nuclei Counter. Technical Brochure FS-42B,
Pittsfield, MA., July 1972.
Gilbert, T. R., and A. M. Clay. Determination of ammonia in aquaria and in sea water using
the ammonia electrode. Anal. Chem. 45:1757-1759, 1973.
Glover, D. J., and J. C. Hoffsommer. Gas chromatographic analysis of nitrate and nitrite ions
in microgram quantities by conversion to nitrobenzene. J. Chromatography 94:334-337, 1974.
Golden, C., and E. Sawicki. Ultrasonic extraction of total particulate aromatic hydrocarbons
from airborne particles at room temperature. Int. J. Environ. Anal. Chem. 4:9-23, 1975.
Gordievskii, A. V., A. Ya. Syrchenkoy, V. V. Sergievskii, and M. I. Savvin. Nitrate-selective
membrane electrodes. Elektrokhimiya 8:520-521, 1972. (In Russian)
Gould, R. W., C. S. Barrett, J. B. Newkirk, and C. 0. Ruud, eds. Advances in x-ray analysis
V19 Kendall/Hunt, Dubuque, IA. p. 305 et seq., 1976.
Goulding, F. S., and J. M. Jaklevic. X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometer for Airborne Particulate
Monitoring. EPA-R2-73-182, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,
NC, April 1973.
XRD3D/E 3-100 1-19-81
image:
-------
Goulding, F. S., J. M. Jaklevic, and B. W. Loo. Aerosol Analysis for the Regional Air
Pollution Study EPA-600/4-78-034, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, July 1978.
Gran, G. Analyst 77:661, 1952.
Granat, L. Tel 1 us 24(6):550, 1972.
Grosjean, D. Solvent extraction and organic carbon determination in atmospheric particulate
matter: the organic extraction-organic carbon analyzer technique. Anal Chem. 47:797,
X-? / O •
Hagen, A., and A. Langeland. Polluted snow in southern Norway and the effect of the meltwater
on freshwater and aquatic organisms. Environ. Pollut. 5:45-57, 1973.
Hager, R. N., Jr., and R. C. Anderson. Theory of the derivative spectrometer. J. Opt. Soc.
Am. 60:1444-1449, 1970.
Hamilton, R. J. , and W. H. Walton. The Selective Sampling of Respirable Dust. Inhaled
Particles and Vapours. C. N. Davis, ed., Pergammon Press, London, 1961. pp. 465-475.
Hardin, J., and B. Shleien. Determination of Sulfur Dioxide in Ambient Air by Non-dispersive
X-ray Fluorescence. In: Proceedings of Symposium on Nuclear Techniques and Measurement
and Control of Environmental Pollution. International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1971.
Marker, A., L. Richards, and W. Clark. Effective atmospheric S0? photochemistry upon observed
nitrate concentrations. Atmos. Environ. 11:87-91, 1977.
Heard, M. J., and R. D. Wiffen. Electron microscopy of natural aerosols and the identifi-
cation of particulate ammonium sulphate. Atmos. Environ. 3:337-340, 1969.
Hemeon, W. C. L. , G. F. Haines, Jr., and H. M. Ide. Determination of haze and smoke concentra-
tions by filter paper samples. Air Repair 3:22-28, 1953.
Hendry, C. D., and P. L. Brezorik. Environ Science Tech. 14(7):843, 1980.
Hering, S. V., R. C. Flagan, and S. K. Friedlander. E S & T, 12:667, 1978.
Hesketh, H. E. Fine Particles in Gaseous Media. Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Ann Arbor, MI,
1977.
Hidy, G. M. Summary of the California aerosol characterization experiments. J. Air Pollut.
Control Assoc. 25:1106, 1975.
Hill, A. S. G. Measurement of the optical densities of smokestains on filter papers. Trans.
Farad. Soc. 32:1125-1131, 1936.
Hodgeson, J. A., J. P. Bell, K. A. Rehme, K. J. Krost, and R. K. Stevens. Applications of a
Chemilumesence Detector for the Measurement of Total Oxides of Nitrogen and Ammonia in
the Atmosphere. Joint Conference on Sensing of Environmental Pollutants, Paper #71-1067,
AIAA, New York, NY, 1971.
Hoell, J. M., C. N. Harwarel, and B. S. Williams. Remote infrared heterodyne radiometer
measurements of atmospheric ammonia profiles. Geophysical Research Letters, Vol. 7, p.
313, 1980.
Hoffer, E., and E. L. Kothny. A Micromethod for Sulfate in Atmospheric Particulate Matter.
Report No. 163, Air and Industrial Hygiene Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, July 1974.
XRD3D/E 3-101 1-19-81
image:
-------
Hounam, R. E., and R. J. Sherwood. The cascade centripeter: a device for determining the con-
centration and size distribution of aerosols. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 26:122-131, 1965.
Huey, N. A. The lead dioxide estimation of sulfur oxide pollution. J. Air Pollut. Control
Assoc. 18:610-, 1968.
Huey, N. A., M. A. Wallar, and C. D. Robson. Field evaluation of an improved sulfation
measurement system. Presented at the 62nd Annual Meeting, Air Pollution Control
Association, New York, NY, June 22-26, 1969. paper No. 69-133.
Huntzicker, J. J. , L. J. Isabelle, and J. G. Watson. The continuous monitoring of particulate
sulfate by flame photometry. In: International Conference on Environmental Sensing and
Assessment. Volume 2, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., New York,
NY, 1976. Paper 23-4.
Huntzicker, J. J., L. M. Isabelle, and J. G. Watson. The continuous monitoring of particulate
sulfur compounds by flame photometry. Presented at the 173rd National Meeting, American
Chemical Society, New Orleans, LA, March 20-25, 1977. paper ENVR-39.
Huntzicker, J. J., R. S. Hoffman, and C. S. Ling. Continuous measurement and speciation of
sulfur containing aerosols by flame photometry. Atmos. Environ. _12:83-88, 1978.
Huygen, C. The sampling of sulfur dioxide in air with impregnated filter paper. Anal. Chim.
Acta 28:349, 1963.
Ingram, W., and J. Golden, Smoke curve calibration, JAPCA, 23:110-115, 1973.
Intersociety Committee of Methods of Ambient Air Sampling and Analysis. Tentative method of
analysis for nitrate in atmospheric particulate matter (brucine method). J_n: Methods of
Air Sampling and Analysis, 2nd ed. American Public Health Association, Washington, DC,
1977.
Intersociety Committee, America Public Health Association. Tentative method of analysis for
nitrate in atmospheric particulate matter, (2,4-xylenol method (1)). In: Methods of Air
Sampling and Analysis, 2nd ed. American Public Health Association, Washington, DC, 1977b.
Intersociety Committee, American Public Health Association. Tentative method of analysis for
total nitrogen oxides as nitrate (phenoldisulfonic acid method). Iji: Methods of Air
Sampling and Analysis, 2nd ed. American Public Health Association, Washington, DC,
1977a.
Jacobs, M. B. The Chemical Analysis of Air Pollutants. Wiley-Interscience, New York, NY,
1960.
Jacobs, M. B., M. M. Braverman, and S. Hochheiser. Utramicrodetermination of sulfides in air.
Anal. Chem. 29:1349-1359, 1957.
Johansson, J. B. , R. E. Van Grieken, J. W. Nelson, and J. W. Winchester. Elemental trace
analysis of small samples by proton induced x-ray emission. Anal. Chem. 47:855-860,
1975. —
John, W. G., and G. P. Reischl. Measurements of the filtration efficiencies of selected
filter types. Atmos. Environ. 12:2015, 1978.
John, W. G., and G. P. Reischl. Measurements of the filtration efficiencies of selected
filter types, Atmos. Vol. 12. Atmos. Environ., 1978. p. 2015.
XRD3D/E 3-102 1-19-81
image:
-------
John, W., G. Reischl, and J. Wesolowski. Size Selective Monitoring Techniques for Participate
Matter. Report No. ARB A5-00487 California Department of Health, Air and Industrial
Hygiene Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, February 1978.
Johnson, D. A., and D. H. F. Atkins. An airborne system for the sampling and analysis of
sulphur dioxide and atmospheric aerosols. Atmos. Environ. 9:825-829, 1975.
Johnson, W. B., R. J. Allen, and W. E. Evans. LIDAR Studies of Stack Plumes in Rural and
Urban Environments. EPA-650/4-73-002, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Meteorology
Laboratory, National Environmental Reserach Center, Research Triangle Park, NC, October
1973. a . .
Junge, C. E. The distribution of ammonia and nitrate in rainwater over the United States.
Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union 39:241-248, 1958.
Kadlecek, J. A., and V. A. Mohner. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Acid
Precipitation and the For. Ecosy. 207, 1976.
Kamphake, L., S. Hannah, and J. Cohen. Water Res. 1:205, 1967.
Kasten-Schraufnagel, P., D. L. Ehman, and D. J. Johnson. Telmatic Study Phase II: Effects of
Collection and Handling Conditions on the Stability of the Dichlorosulfitomercurate (II)
Complex Formed in Sampling for S0? by the Modified West-Gaeke Method. Texas Air Control
Board, Air Quality Evaluation Division, January 1975.
Katz, M. Measurement of Air Pollutants—Guide to Selection of Methods. World Health
Organization, Geneva, Switzerland, 1969.
Katz, M. Photoelectric determination of atmospheric sulphur dioxide employing dilute
starch-iodine solutions. Anal. Chem. 22:1040-1047, 1950.
Keay, J., and P. M. A. Menage. Automated determination of ammonium and nitrate in soil
extracts by distillation. Analyst (London) 95:379, 1970.
Kennedy, V. Research and Monitoring of Precipitation Chemistry in the US -Present and Future
Needs, USGS, Reston, VA, July 1978.
Ketseridis. G., J. Hahn, R. Jaenicke, and C. Junge. The organic constitutents of atmospheric
particulate matter. Atmos. Environ. 10:603, 1976.
Kieselbach, R. Microdetermination of nitrates by the Devarda method. Ind. Eng. Chem. Anal.
Ed. 16:764-766, 1944.
Kittleson, D. B., R. McKenzie, M. Vermeersch, M. Linne, F. Dorman, D. Pui, B. Liu, and K.
Whitby. Total sulfur aerosol detection with an electrostatically pulsed flame
photometric detector system. Presented at the 173rd National Meeting, American Chemical
Society, New Orleans, LA, March 20-25, 1977. paper ENVR-42.
Knight and Licht, 1969.
Knight, G. and K. Licht. Comparison of cyclone and horizontal elutriator size selectors.
Am. Ind. Hyg. Assn. J. 31:437-441, 1970.
Kolthoff, I. M., E. B. Sandell, E. J. Meehan, and S. Bruckenstein. Quantitative Chemical
Analysis, 4th ed., MacMillan, Toronto, Canada, 1969. pp. 992-994.
Kretzschman, K. Comparison between three different mehtods for the estimation of the total
suspended matter in urban air. Atmos. Environ. 9:931-935, 1975.
XRD3D/E
3-103 1-19-81
image:
-------
Kronebach, G. W. WMO letter 31.675/R/10P, Report of the Expert Meeting on Wet and Dry
Deposition (Toronto, 17-21 November 1975)(WADEM), December 12, 1975.
Krupa, S. V. , M. R. Coscio and F. A. Wood. Proceedings of First International Symposium on
Acid Precipitation and Forest Ecosystems, 1976. 371.
Krupa, S. V., M. R. Coscio and F. A. Wood. J. Air Poll. Control 26(3):221, 1976.
Laby, R. H., and T. C. Morton. Estimation of nitrates by nitration of 7-hydroxy-4, 8-dimethyl
coumarin. Nature 210:298-299, 1966.
Lambert, J. P. F. , and F. W. Wilshire. Neutron activation analysis for simultaneous
determination of trace elements in ambient air collected on glass-fiber filters. Anal.
Chem. 51(9):1346-1350, 1979.
Lamothe, P. J., and R. K. Stevens. Sulfuric acid analysis using low temperature
volatilization. Presented at the 171st National Meeting, American Chemical Society, New
York, NY, April 4-9, 1976. paper ENVR-38.
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory. Instrumentation for Environmental Monitoring, Air. LBL-1, Vol.
1, Part 1, University of California, Berkeley, CA, May 1972.
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory. Instrumentation for Environmental Monitoring, AIR Part 2,
University of California, CA, 1975.
Lazarus, A. L. , K. C. Hill, and J. P. Lodge. _In: Proceedings of the 1966 Techm'con Symposium
on Automation in Analytical Chemistry. Mediad, Inc. , New York, NY, 1966. pp. 291.
Leahy, D., R. SiegeT, P. Klotz, and L. Newman. The separation and characterization of sulfate
aerosol. Atmos. Environ. 9:219-229, 1975.
Lee, R. E. Size distribution of suspended particulates in air. Research/Development
23(6):18-21, 1972.
Lee, R. E. Size distribution of suspended particulates in air, Research/Development 23:18-21,
June 1972.
Lee, R. E., and S. Goranson. National air surveillance cascade impactor network. I. Size
distribution measurements of suspended particulate matter in air. Environ. Sci. Technol.
6:1019-1024, 1972.
Lee, R. E. , Jr., and J. Wagman. A sampling anomaly in the determination of atmospheric
sulfate concentration. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 27:266-271, 1966.
Liberti, A., M. Possanzini, and M. Vicedamini. Analyst 47:352, 1972.
Likens, G. E. Acid precipitation. Chem. Eng. News 54:(48)29-44, 1976.
Likens, G. E. The Chemistry of Precipitation in the Central Finger Lakes Region. Technical
Report No. 50. Water Resources and Marine Science Center, Cornell University. Ithaca,
NY, 1972.
Likens, G. W., F. H. Bormann, and N. M. Johnson. Acid rain. Environment 14:33-40, 1972.
Lioy, P. J., J. G. Watson, and J. D. Spengler. APCA Specialty Conference Workshop on Baseline
Data for Inhalable Particulate Matter. JAPCA 30:10, 1980. pp. 1126-1130.
XRD3D/E 1-19-81
3-104
image:
-------
Lippmann, M. Respirable dust sampling. J. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. 31:138-159, 1970.
Lippmann, M., and T. L. Chan. Cyclone Sampler Performance, Staub-Reinhalt Luft 39-7-11
January 1979. ' —' '
Liu, B. Y. H., and D. Y. H. Pui. On the performance of the Electrical Aerosol Analyzer J
Aerosol Sci. 6:249-264, 1975.
Liu, B. Y. H., and K. W. Kee. Efficiency of membrane and nuclepore filters for submicrometer
aerosols. Environ. Sci. Technol. 10:345-350, 1976.
Liu, B. Y. H, D. Y. H. Pui, K. L. Rubow, and G. A. Kuhlmey. Progress Report - Research on Air
Sampling Filter Media. Grant Report R804600, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN,
May 1978.
Liu, B. Y. H. , D. Y. H. Pui, and B. W. Loo. A Sampling Inlet for Inhalable Particles, to be
published. Particle Technology Laboratory, University of Minnesota, 1980.
Liu, B. Y. H. , and D. Y. H. Pui. Aerosol sampling inlets and inhalable particles. In:
Proceedings: Advances in Particle Sampling and Measurement, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Daytona Beach, Florida, October 1979. EPA-600/9-80-004, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, January 1980. pp. 382-408.
Lizarraga-Rocha, J. A. The Effect of Exposure of Filters During Non-operating Periods in the
High Volume Sampling Method. M.S. Thesis, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. NC,
1976.
Lodge, J. P. Correlations between fine and coarse particle concentrations at Pueblo,
Colorado. Atmos. Environ. 14:735-738, 1980.
Lodge, J. P., J. Ferguson, and B. R. Haylik. Analysis of micron-sized particles: Determina-
tion of sulfuric acid aerosol. Anal. Chem. 32:1206-1207, 1960.
Lodge, J. P., Jr., J. B. Pate, and H. A. Huitt. The use of impregnated filters to collect
traces of gases in the atmosphere. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 24:380-387, 1963.
Loo, B. W., J. M. Jaklevic, and F. S. Goulding. Dichotomous Virtual Impactors for Large Scale
Monitoring of Airborne Particulate Matter in Fine Particles. B. Y. H. Lin, ed., Academic
Press, 1976.
Loo, B. W. , R. S. Adachi, C. P. Cork, F. S. Goulding, J. M. Jaklevic, D. A. Landis, and W. L.
Searles. A second generation dichotomous sampler for large scale monitoring of airborne
particulate matter, LBL-8725, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, January 1979.
Loo, B. W. , W. R. French, R. C. Gatti, F. S. Goulding, J. M. Jaklevic, J. Llacer, and A. C.
Thompson. Large scale measurement of airborne particulate sulfur. Atmos. Environ.
12:759-771, 1978.
Lundgren, D. A. Mass Distribution of Larger Atmospheric Particles. Ph.D. Thesis, University
of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, 1973.
Lundgren, D. A., L. D. Carter, and P. S. Daley. Aerosol Mass Measurement Using Piezoelectric
Crystal Sensors. Fine Particles, Academic Press, 1976. pp. 486-510.
Macias, E. S. Instrumental analysis of light element composition of atmospheric aerosols.
In: Methods and Standards for Environmental Measurement. W. Kirchhoff, ed., National
Bureau of Standards Special Publication 464. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC,
1977. pp. 179-188.
XRD3D/E 3-105
1-19-81
image:
-------
Macias, E. S., and R. B. Husar. Atmospheric participate mass measurement with beta
attenuation mass monitor. Environ. Sci. Techno!. 10:904-907, 1976.
Maddalone, R. F., G. L. McClure, and P. W. West. Anal. Chem. 47:316, 1975.
Malissa, H. Analysis of airborne particles by physical methods. CRC Press, Inc., 1978.
Mamane, Y. , and R. G. de Pena. A quantitative method for the detection of individual
submicron size sulfate particles. In: Sulfur in the Atmosphere, Dubrovnik, Proceeding
of the International Symposium, Yugoslavia, September 7-14, 1977. Atmos. Environ.
12:69-82, 1978.
MAP3S. Precipitation Chemistry Intercomparison Study. Springfield, VA, 1979.
Marple, V. A., and K. Willeke. Inertial Impactors. Aerosol Measurement, University Presses
of Florida, 1979.
Martin, A., and F. R. Barber. Some measurements of loss of atmospheric sulphur dioxide near
foliage. Atmos. Environ. 5:345-, 1971.
Martin, B. E. Sulfur Dioxide Bubbler Temperature Study. EPA-600/4-77-040, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, August 1977.
McClenny, W. A. , and C. A. Bennett, Jr. Integrative technique for detection of atmospheric
ammonia. Atmos. Environ. 14:641-645, 1980.
McColl, J. G. , and D. S. Bush. Precipitation and throughfall chemistry in the San Francisco
Bay Area. J. Environ. Qual. 7:352-357, 1978.
McCoy, R. A., D. E. Camann, and H. C. McKee. Collaborative Study of Reference Method for
Determination of Sulfur Dioxide in the Atmosphere (Pararosaniline Method) (24-Hour
Sampling). EPA-650/4-74-027, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, December 1973.
McCrone, W. The Particle Atlas, Vol. 1, Ann Arbor Science, 1973. p. 259.
McFarland, A. R. Test Report - Wind Tunnel Evaluation of British Smoke Shade Sampler. Air
Quality Laboratory Report, 3565/05/79/ARM, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, May
1979.
McFarland, A. R. , and C. A. Ortiz. Progress Report - Aerosol Characterization of Ambient
Particulate Samplers Used in Environmental Monitoring Studies. Texas A&M University
Research Foundation, College Station, TX, October 1979.
McFarland, A. R. , and C. E. Rodes. Characteristics of Aerosol Samplers Used in Ambient Air
Monitoring. Presented at 86th National Meeting, American Institute of Chemical
Engineers, Houston, TX, April 2, 1979.
McFarland, A. R. , C. A. Ortiz, and C. E. Rodes. Evaluation of the NASN Cascade Impactor
Ambient Air Monitor. Report 3565/07/78/ARM, Texas A&M, Air Quality Laboratory, College
Station, TX, 1978. Accepted Publication Atm. Environ., 1980.
McKee, H. C. , R. E. Childers, and 0. Saenz, Jr. Collaborative Study of Reference Method for
the Determination of Suspended Particulates in the Atmosphere (High Volume Method).
APTD-0904, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, June 1971.
Menis, 0., D. L. Manning, and R. G. Ball. Automatic spectrophotometric titration of fluoride,
sulfate, uranium, and thorium. Anal. Chem. 30:1772-1776, 1958.
XRD3D/E 3-106 1-19-81
image:
-------
Miller, F. J. , D. E. Gardner, J. A. Graham, R. E. Lee, Jr., W. E. Wilson, and J. D. Bachmann
Size considerations for establishing a standard for inhalable particles J Air Pollut
Control Assoc. 29:610-615, 1979.
Miller, J. M., and V. R. Highsmith. NOAA Tech. Memo ERL-ARI-60, 1976.
Miller, K., and H. W. DeKoning. Particle Sizing Instrumentation, presented at 67th Annual
APCA meeting, June 9, 1974, Denver, CO. paper # 74-48.
Moffat, A. J. , J. R. Robbins, and A. R. Barringer. Electro-optical sensing of environmental
pollutants. Atmos. Environ. 5:511-, 1971.
Morris, A. W. , and J. P. Riley. The determination of nitrate in seawater. Anal. Chim. Acta
29:272-279, 1963.
Morrison, G. H. , ed. Trace Analysis: Physical Methods. John Wiley and Sons, New York, NY,
1965. pp. 245-263, 271-310, 325-360, 377-425.
Mudgett, P. S. , L. W. Richards, and J. R. Roehrig. A New Technique to Measure Sulfuric Acid
in the Atmosphere. In: Analytical Methods Applied to Air Pollution Measurement. R. K.
Stevens and W. F. Herget, eds., Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Inc., Ann Arbor, MI, 1974.
Mulholland, G. W. , D. Y. H. Pui, A. Kapadia, and B. Y. H. Liu. Aerosol Number and Mass
Concentration Measurements: A comparison of the EAA with other measurement techniques.
J. Colloid Interface Sci. 77(l):57-67, 1980.
Mulik, J. D. , G. Todd, E. Estes, R. Puckett, E. Sawicki, and D. Williams. In: Ion
Chromatographic Analysis of Environmental Pollutants. E. Sawicki, J. D. Mulik, and E.
Wittgenstein, eds., Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Inc., Ann Arbor, MI, 1978.
Mulik, J. , R. Puchett, D. Williams, and E. Sawicki. Ion Chromatographic analysis of sulfate
and nitrate in ambient aerosols. Anal. Lett. 9(7): 653-663, 1976.
Mullin, J. B. , and J. P. Riley. The spectrophotometric determination of nitrate in natural
waters, with particular reference to seawater. Anal. Chim. Acta 12:464-480, 1955.
Nadei, J. A. Dust retention efficiencies of dustfall collectors. J. Air Pollut. Control
Assoc. 8:35-38, 1958.
National Academy of Sciences. Airborne Particles. University Park Press, Baltimore, MD,
1979.
National Air Pollution Control Administration. Air Quality Criteria for Particulate Matter.
AP-49, U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Washington, DC, January 1969.
Natusch, D. F. S. , and J. R. Wallace. Determination of Airborne Particle Size Distributions:
Calculations of cross sensitivity and discreteness effects in cascade impaction. Atmos.
Environ. 10:315-324, 1976.
Natusch D F S C F. Bauer, and A. Loh. Collection and Analysis of Trace Elements in the
Atmosphere. In: Air Pollution Control, Part III. W. Strauss, ed., John Wiley and Sons,
Inc., 1978.
Niemann, B. L. , J. Root, N. V. Zwalenburg, and A. L. Mahan. An Integrated Monitoring Network
for Acid Deposition. Tekvekron Res. Inc. Report R-023-EPA-79, 1979.
XRD3D/E 3-107 1-19-81
image:
-------
Norwegian Institute for Air Research (NIAR). LRTAP 5/71. Coulemetric Titration of Strong
Acid in Precipitation, 1971.
Novakov, T. Chemical characterization of atmospheric pollution participates by photoelectron
spectroscopy. In: Proceedings of the 2nd Joint Conference on Sensing of Environmental
Pollutants, Instrument Society of America, Washington, DC, December 10-12, 1973. p. 197.
Novakov, T. , S. G. Chang, and A. B. Harker. Sulfates as pollution particulates: catalytic
formation on carbon (soot) particles. Science (Washington, DC) 186:259-261, 1974.
O'Brien, R. J. , J. R. Holmes, R. J. Reynolds, J. W. Remoy, and A. H. Bockian. Analysis of
photochemical aerosols in Los Angeles basin according to particle size. Paper No.
741-155 presented at the 67th APCA meeting, Denver, Colorado, 1974.
Okabe, H. , P. L. Splitstone, and J. J. Ball. J. AirPollut. Control Assoc. 23:514-516, 1973.
O'Keeffe, A. E. , and G. C. Ortman. Primary standards for trace gas analysis. Anal. Chem.
38:760-, 1966.
Okita, T. , S. Morimoto, M. Izawa, and S. Konno. Measurement of gaseous and particulate
nitrates in the atmosphere. Atmos. Environ. 10:1083-1089, 1976.
Orel and Seinfeld, 1977.
Orenstein, A. J. , ed. Proceedings of the Pneumoconiosis Conference held at the University of
Witwatersand, Johannesburg, Africa, February 9-24, 1959, Boston: Little, Brown, 1960.
p. 619.
Pate, J. B. , J. P. Lodge, Jr., and M. D. Neary. The use of impregnated filters to collect
traces of gases in the atmosphere. Anal. Chim. Acta 28:341, 1963.
Perera, F. P. , and A. K. Ahmed. Respirable Particles: Impact of Airborne Fine Particulates
on Health and the Environment. National Resources Defense Council, Inc., Washington, DC,
October 1978.
Philips Electronic Instruments. Coulometric amperometric analyzers. Bull. WA-4-C13,
undated.
Pickerel!, D. , T. Hook, T. Dolzine, and J. K. Robertson. Ion Chromatology Anal. Environ.
Poll. 2:289, 1979.
Pierson, W. R. , J. W. Butler, and D. A. Trayser. Nitrate and nitric acid emission from
catalyst-equipped automotive systems. Environ. Lett. 7(3):267-272, 1975.
Pierson, W. R. , R. H. Hammerle, and W. W. Brachaczek. Sulfate formed by interaction of sulfur
dioxide with filters and aerosol deposits. Anal. Chem. 48:1808-1811, 1976.
Pierson, W. R. , W. W. Brachaczek, T. J. Korniski, T. J. Truex, and J. W. Butler. Artifact
formation of sulfate, nitrate, and hydrogen ion on backup filters: Allegheny Mountain
experiment. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 30:30-34, 1980.
Ranade, M. B. , and D. VanOsdell. Quality Assurance Evaluation of the CHAMP Aerosol Sampler.
Project Report 4311-1487-59, Research Triangle Institute, Research Triangle Park, NC, July
1978.
Ratzlaff, K. L., and D. F. S. Natusch. Theoretical assessment of precision in dual wavelength
spectrophotometric measurement. Anal. Chem. 49:2170-2176, 1977.
XRD3D/E 3_108 1-19-81
image:
-------
Rayner A. C. A rapid titrimetric method for sulfate in lead dioxide exposed to atmospheric
sulfur pollution. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 16:418-421, 1966.
Regan, G. F. , S. K. Goranson, and L. L. Larson. Use of tape samplers as fine particulate
monitors. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 29:1158-1160, November 1979.
Richardson, H. L. The nitrogen cycle in grassland soils; with special reference to the
Rothamsted Park grass experiment. J. Agric. Sci. 28: 73-121, 1938.
Ridder, T. B. Report 1978, KNMI-WR-78-4, Sci. Tech. Aerosp. Rep. 1979.
Rodes, C. E. , and G. F. Evans. Summary of LACS Integrated Measurements. EPA-600/4-77-034,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, June 1977.
Rodes, C. E. , H. F. Palmer, L. A. Elfers, and C. H. Morris. Performance characteristics of
instrumental methods for monitoring sulfur dioxide. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc.
19:575-584, 1969.
Rogers, R. S. C. , and A. C. Nelson. Final Report - An Evaluation of the High-Volume Method
for Determining Total Suspended Particulates over Short Sampling Times. EPA Contract
68-02-0294, Research Triangle Park, NC, November 1974.
Rose, H. Tellus 18(2):266, 1966.
Rosen, H., and T. Novakov. Identification of primary particulate carbon and sulfate species
by ramon spectroscopy. Atm. Environ. 12:923-926, 1978.
Ross, W. D. , G. W. Buttler, T. G. Duffy, W. R. Rehg, M. T. Winiger, and R. E. Sivers.
Analysis for aqueous nitrates and nitrites and gaseous oxides of nitrogen by electron
capture gas chromatography. J. Chromatography 112:719-727, 1975.
Ruzicka, J. , and E. H. Hansen. Anal. Chem. Acta. 69:129, 1974.
Ryan, M. D. , and D. D. Siemer. Anodic stripping voltammetry of atmospheric samples. Environ.
Anal. (Pap. Ann. Meet. Fed. Anal. Chem. Spect. Soc.) 3rd, 105-110, 1976.
Saltzman, B. E. Colorimetric Microdetermination of Nitrogen Dioxide in the Atmosphere, Anal.
Chem. 26:1949-1955, 1954.
Scaringelli, F. P., and K. A. Rehme. Anal. Chem. 41:707, 1969.
Scaringelli, F. P., B. E. Saltzman, and S. A. Frey. Spectrophotometric determination of
atmospheric sulfur dioxide. Anal. Chem. 39:1709-1719, 1967.
Schulze, F. Versatile combination ozone and sulfur dioxide analyzer. Anal. Chem. 38:748-752,
1966.
Scott, D. R. , W. A. Loseke, L. E. Holboke, and R. J. Thompson. Analysis of atmospheric
particulates for trace elements by optical emission spectrometry. Appl. Spect.
30(4):392-405, 1976.
Shaw, R. Personal Communication to C. E. Rodes, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC, 1980.
Shaw, R. W. , and R. D. Willis. X-ray emission analysis: sample losses during excitation.
In: Electron Microscopy and X-Ray Applications. P. A. Russell and A. E. Hutchings,
eds. , Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Inc. Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1978.
XRD3D/E 3-109 1-19-81
image:
-------
Sides, J. 0., and H. F. Saiger. Effects of Prolonged Static Exposure of Filters to Ambient
Air on High Volume Sampling Results. Kansas State Department of Health and Environment,
Bureau of Air Quality and Occupational Health, Topeka, KS, May 1979.
Sinclair, D., R. J. Countess, B. Y. H. Liu, and D. Y. H. Pui. Automatic Analysis of Submicron
Aerosols. Ln: Aerosol Measurement, a Workshop, University of Florida, Gainsville,
Florida, March 24-26, 1976. D. A. Lundgren, M. Lippmann, F. S. Harris, Jr., W. E. Clark,
W. H. Marlow, and M. D. Durham, eds., University Presses of Florida, Gainesville, FL,
1979. pp. 544-563.
Skoag, D. A., and D. M. West. Analytical Chemistry. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York,
NY, 1965.
Skujins, J. J. Spectrophotometric determination of nitrate with 4-methylumbel!iferon. Anal.
Chem. 36:240-241, 1964.
Slavin, S. , ed. Atomic spectroscopy. Perkin-Elmer Corp., Norwalk, CN. Bibliography each
January and July.
Small, H. , T. S. Stevens, and W. C. Bauman. Novel ion exchange chromatographic method using
conductimetric detection. Anal. Chem. 47:1801-1809, 1975.
Smith, A. F. , D. G. Jenkins, and D. E. Cunningworth. Measurement of trace quantities of
hydrogen sulfide in industrial atmospheres. J. Appl. Chem. 11:317, 1961.
Smith, F. , and A. C. Nelson, Jr. Guidelines for Development of a Quality Assurance Program.
Reference Method for the Determination of Suspended Particulates in the Atmosphere (High
Volume Method). EPA-R4-73-028b, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, June 1973.
Smith, F. , P. S. Wohlschlegel, R. S. C. Rogers, and D. J. Mulligan. Investigation of Flow
Rate Calibration Procedures Associated with the High Volume Method for Determination of
Suspended Particulates. EPA-600/4-78-047, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, June 1978.
Snell, F. D. Photometric and fluorimetric methods of analysis metals, Part I. John Wiley and
Sons, New York, NY, 1978. p. 1-25.
Spicer, C. W. The fate of nitrogen oxides in the atmosphere. EPA-600/3-76-030. U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, March 1976.
Spicer, C. W. , and P. M. Schumacher. Interferences in sampling atmospheric particulate
nitrate. Atmos. Environ. 11:873-876, 1977.
Spicer, C. W., and P. M. Schumacher. Particulate nitrate: laboratory and field studies of
major sampling interferences. Atmos. Environ. ^3:543-552, 1979.
Spicer, C. W. , P. M. Schumacher, J. A. Kouyoumjian, and D. W. Joseph. Sampling and analytical
methodology for atmospheric particulate nitrates. EPA-600/2-78-067, U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, April, 1978.
Stalker, W. W., R. C. Dickerson, and G. D. Kramer. Atmospheric sulfur dioxide and particulate
matter: a comparison of methods of measurements. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 24:68-79,
1963. ~~
Standard Methods for the Examinated of Water and Wastewater. APHA, AWWA, WPCF, 13th Edition.
American Public Health Association, Washington, DC, 1971.
XRD3D/E 3-110 1-19-81
image:
-------
Stauff, J. and W. Jaeschke. A chemiluminescence technique for measuring atmospheric trace
concentrations of sulfur dioxide. Atmos. Environ. 9:1038-1039, 1975.
Stevens, R. K., and T. G. Dzubay. Dichotomous Sampler - A Practical Approach to Aerosol
Fractination and Collection. EPA/ORD Publication EPA-600/2-78-112, June, 1978, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC.
Stevens, R. K., and T. G. Dzubay. Recent development in air particulate monitoring.
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Transaction on Nuclear Science. 22:
April 1975. —
Stevens, R. K., J. D. Mulik, A. E. O'Keeffe, and K. J. Krost. Gas chromatography of reactive
sulfur gases in air at the parts-per-billion level. Anal. Chem. 43:827-831, 1971.
Stevens, R. K. , T. G. Dzubay, G. Russwurm, and D. Rickel. Sampling and analysis of
atmospheric sulfates and related species. In: Sulfur in the Atmosphere, Proceedings of
the International Symposium, United Nations, Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, September 7-14, 1977.
Atmos. Environ. 12:55-68, 1978.
Strickland, J. D. H. , and T. R. Parsons. A Practical Handbook of Seawater Analysis, 2nd ed.
Bull. 167, Fish. Res. Bd. , Ottawa, Canada, 1972.
Summers, P. W. , and D. M. Whelpdale. Acid Precipitation in Canada. In: Proceedings of the
First International Conference on Acid Precipitation and the Forest Ecosystem, May 12-15,
1975, Columbus, Ohio, L. S. Dochinger and T. A. Seliga, eds., U.S. Forest Service General
Technical Report NE-23, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Northeastern
Forest Experiment Stateion, Upper Darby, PA, 1976. pp. 411-421.
Swanson, D. , C. Morris, R. Hedgecoke, R. Jungers, R. J. Thompson, and J. E. Bumgarner. A
rapid analytical procedure for the analysis of BaP in environmental samples. Trends
Fluoresc. 1:22-27, 1978.
Sweitzer, T. A. The evaluation of gas bubbler field performance. Presented at the 32nd
Annual Meeting of the East Central Section, Air Pollution Control Association, Dayton,
Ohio, September 17-19, 1975.
Tanner, R. L., J. Forrest, and L. Newman. Determination of atmospheric gaseous and
particulate sulfur compounds. J_n: Sulfur in the Environment: Part I, The Atmospheric
Cycle, edited by J. 0. Nriagu, ed. , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY, 1978. pp
371-452.
Tanner, R. L., R. Cederwall, R. Garber, D. Leahy, W. Marlow, R. Meyers, M. Phillips, and L.
Newman. Separation and analysis of aerosol sulfate species at ambient concentrations.
Atmos. Environ. 11:955-966, 1977.
Tanner, R. L. , R. W. Garber, W. H. Marlow, B. Leaderer, D. Eatough, and M. A. Leyko. Chemical
composition and size distribution of sulfate as a function of particle size in New York
City aerosol. Presented at the Industrial Hygiene Conference, New Orleans, Louisiana,
May 22-27, 1977a. Paper No. 140.
Tanner, R. L., T. D'Ottavis, R. Garber, and L. Newman. Determination of ambient aerosol
sulfur using a continuous flame photometric detection system. Part I, sampling system
for aerosol sulfate and sulfuric acid. Atmos. Environ. 14:121-127, 1980.
Taras, M. J A. E Greenburg, R. D. Hoak, and M. C. Rand, eds. Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Wastewater. 13th Edition. American Public Health Association,
Washington, DC, 1971.
XRD3D/E 3-111 1-19-81
image:
-------
Technicon Corporation. Sulfate method VIb via turbidimetry. Technicon Corporation,
Tarrytown, NY, 1959.
Technicon Industrial Systems, Method 100-70W, Tarrytown, New York, 1973.
Terraglio, F. P., and R. M. Manganelli. Laboratory evaluation of sulfur dioxide methods and
the influence of ozone oxides of nitrogen mixtures. Anal. Chem. 34:675-677, 1962.
Tetlow, J. A., and A. L. Wilson. An absorptiometric method for determining ammonia in boiler
feed-water. Analyst (London) 89:453-465, 1964.
Thoen, G. N., G. G. Dehaas, and R. R. Austin. Instrumentation for quantitative measurement of
sulfur compounds in kraft gases. Tappi 5_1:246-249, 1968.
Thomas, R. L. , V. Dharmarajan, G. L. Lundquist, and P. W. West. Measurement of sulfuric acid
aerosol, sulfur trioxide, and the total sulfate content of the ambient air. Anal. Chem.
48:639-642, 1976.
Thompson, R. J. Second Analysis on References Precipitation Samples. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, private communication 78, Research Triangle Park, NC, May 22, 1978.
Treon, J. F. , and W. E. Crutchfield, Jr. Rapid turtidmetric method for determination of
sulfates. Ind. Eng. Chem., Anal. Ed. 14:119-121, 1942.
Tyree, S. Y. Atm. Environ. (In print), 1980.
Tyree, S. Y., M. Ballinger, S. E. Delos, and J. M. Stouffer. Analysis of Rainwater for Accidents
Standards for and Methods of. EPA Grant Report R80449801. College of William and Mary,
Williamsburg, VA, 1979.
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Report, Chemist-Meteorologist Workshop - 1974.
Wash-1217-74, 1974.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Ambient air monitoring reference and equivalent
methods. Notice of equivalent method resignation. Fed. Regist. 40:34024-34025, 1975.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality
Standards. Appendix A - Reference method for the determination of sulfur dioxide in the'
atmosphere (pararosaniline method). 40 CFR 50:6-11, July 1, 1979.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Summary of Performance Test Results and Comparative
Data for Designated Equivalent Methods for S0«. QAD/M-79.12, Environmental Monitoring
Systems Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, NC, [December, 1979a.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Ambient Air Monitoring Reference and Equivalent
Methods. 40 CFR 53:952-986, July 1, 1979b.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality
Standards. Appendix B - Reference method for the determination of suspended particulates
in the atmosphere (high volume method). 40 CFR 50:12-16, July 1, 1979c.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality
Standards. Appendix G - References Method For The Determination of Lead in Suspended
Particulate Matter Collected From Ambient Air. 40CFR 50:45-51, July 1, 1979d.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. EPA
600/4-79-020, March 1979e.
XRD3D/E 3-112 1-19-81
image:
-------
U.S. Department of Health Education and Welfare. Air Quality Criteria for Particulate Matter.
AP-49, National Air Pollution Control Administration, Washington, DC, January 1969.
Volmer, W. , and F. Z. Frohlich. Z. Anal. Chem. 126:401, 1944.
von Lehmden, D. J. , and C. Nelson. Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement
Systems, Volume I - Principles. EPA-600/9-76-005, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC, May 1977.
Waggoner, A. P., M. B. Baker, and R. J. Charlson. Optical absorption by atmospheric aerosols.
J. App. Optics 12:896, 1973.
Waller, R. E. Int. J. Air Water Poll. 7:773, 1963.
Warren Spring Laboratory. Measurement of Atmospheric Smoke and Sulphur Dioxide:
Reproducibility of Results. Stevenage, England, August 1962.
Warren Spring Laboratory. National Survey of Smoke and Sulphur Dioxide: Instruction Manual.
Stevenage, England, 1966.
Warren Spri.ng Laboratory. National Survey of Air Pollution, 1961 - 1971. Volume 5:
Scotland - Northern Ireland. Chapter 15: Accuracy of Data and Representativeness of
National Survey Data. Stevenage, England, January 1975. pp. 111-118.
Warren Spring Laboratory. The Investigation of Atmospheric Pollution 1958-1966.
Thirty-second Report. Her Majesty's Stationary Office, London, England, 1967.
Wartburg, A. F. , J. B. Pate, and J. P. Lodge, Jr. An improved gas sampler for air pollutant
analysis. Environ. Sci. Techno!. 3:767-768, 1969.
Washburn, H. W. , and R. R. Austin. Air Pollution. _In: Proceedings of the U.S. Technical
Conference on Air Pollution. McGraw-Hill, New York, NY, 1952.
Wedding, J. B. , A. R. McFarland, and J. E. Cernak. Large particle collection characteristics
of ambient aerosol samplers. Environ. Sci. Technol. 11:387-390, 1977.
Wedding, J. B. , M. Weigand, W. John, and S. Wall. Sampling Effectiveness of the Inlet to the
Dichotomous Sampler. ES&T. 14:1367-1370, 1980.
Wehry, E. L. , and G. Mamantov. Matrix isolation spectroscopy. Anal. Chem. 51(6): 643A-636A,
1979.
West, P. W. , and G. C. Gaeke. Fixation of sulfur dioxide as disulfitomercurate (11) and
subsequent colorimestric estimation. Anal. Chem. 28:1816-1819, 1956.
West, P. W., and T. P. Ramachandran. Spectrophotometric determination of nitrate using
chromotropic acid. Anal. Chim. Acta 35:317-324, 1966.
Whitby, K. T., and K. Willeke. Single particle optical counters: principles and field use.
In: Aerosol Measurement, a Workshop. University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, March
24-26, 1976. D. A. Lundgren, M. Lippmann, F. S. Harris, Jr., W. E. Clark, W. H. Marlow,
and M. D. Durham, eds. , University Presses of Florida, Gainesville, FL, 1979. pp..
145-182.
Whitby, K. T., and W. E. Clark. Electrical aerosol particle counting and size distribution
measuring system for the 0.015 to 1.0 mm size range. Tellus. 18:573-586, 1966.
XRD3D/E 3-113
1-19-81
image:
-------
Willeke, K. , and J. J. McFeters. Calibration of the CHAMP Fractionator, Particle Technology
Publication No. 252, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, March 1975.
Wilsdon, B. H. , and F. J. McConnell. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. London, Trans. Commun. 53:385-391,
1934.
Wilson, B. D. J. Am. Soc. Agion, 18:1108-1112, 1926.
Wood, E. D. , F. A. J. Armstrong, and F. A. Richards. Determination of nitrate in seawater by
cadmium-copper reduction to nitrate. J. Marine Biol. Assoc. U. K. 47:23-31, 1967.
Woods, D. C. Measurement of Particulate Aerosol Mass Concentration Using a Pizzoelectric
Crystal Microbalance. Aerosol Measurement, University Presses of Florida, 1979. pp.
119-130.
World Health Organization. World Health Organization Selected Methods of Measuring Air
Pollutants. WHO Offset Publication No. 24, World Health Organization, Geneva,
Switzerland, 1976.
World Meteorological Organization Letter PR-2569. The Operation of the Precipitation
Reference Laboratory for WMO Members, June 30, 1975.
World Meteorological Organization Report. Environmental Pollution Circular No. 6--Results of
the First Analysis of Reference Precipitation Samples. Geneva, Switzerland, October 25,
1976.
World Meteorological Organization Report. Report of the Third Analysis on Reference
Precipitation Samples. Geneva, Switzerland, April 10, 1980.
World Meteorological Organization. .Manual No. 299, WMO Operations Manual for Sampling and
Analysis Techniques for Chemical Constituents in Air and Precipitation. WMO Geneva,
Switzerland, 1971.
Zall, D. M., D. Fisher, and M. Q. Garner. Anal. Chem. 28(11), 1665, 1956.
Zoccolillo, L. , A. Liberti, and D. Brocco. Determination of Polycylic Hydrocarbons in Air by
Gas Chromatography with High Efficiency Packed Columns. Atmos. Environ. 6:715, 1972.
XRD3D/E 3-114 1-19-81
image:
-------
APPENDIX 3A
3-A1
image:
-------
SCALE, in SCALE, cm
0-rrrO
'
'I1
3-
- 8
4-MO
FLOW
BUG SCREEN
16X16 MESH
SHIELD
FLOW TO DICHOTOMOUS SAMPLER
Figure 3A-1. Early inlet for the dichotomous sampler.
Source: Stevens and Dzubay (1978).
3-A2
image:
-------
COLLECTING SURFACE*.
8 DIRECTIONAL.
VANES
I
I
t
ENTRANCE I
PLANE •**
INLET
HOUSING
Figure 3A-2. Wedding IPM inlet, section view, not to scale.
3-A3
image:
-------
FLOW
FILTER
FLOW
CONTROLLER
FLOW
RECORDER
INLET COVER
Wt.~65 Ibs.
Figure 3A-3. TSP Hi-Vol.
3-A4
image:
-------
16.67 l/min
TOTAL FLOW, Q
ACCELERATION
NOZZLE
FRACTIONATION
ZONE
COLLECTION
NOZZLE
LARGE PARTICLE
FLOW, fQ
LARGE PARTICLE
COLLECTION FILTER
SEALED HOUSING
5
i
i
^s
\
\
.(
SIN
T — °
SMALL PARTICLE
FLOW (l-f) Q
SMALL PARTICLE
] COLLECTION FILTER
TO FLOWMETER
AND PUMP
1.67 l/min
TO FLOWMETER
AND PUMP
15.0 l/min
Figure 3A-4. Dichotomous sampler separator.
Source: Looet al. (1979)
3-A5
image:
-------
.SHELTER
MAST SUPPORT
AND VACUUM LINE
CRITICAL ORIFICE
9.0 LITER/MIN.
RUBBER
VACUUM HOSE
CONNECTIONS
CYCLONE SEPARATOR
Figure 3A-5. Chess cyclone sampler and shelter assembly.
Source: Barnard (1976).
3-A6
image:
-------
I AIR INLET
TO PUMP
47 mm
AFTER-FILTER
CYCLONE
47 mm
TOTAL FILTER
TO PUMP
Figure 3A-6. Assembly for sampling with a total filter and cyclone in parallel.
Source: Johnet al. (1978)
3-A7
image:
-------
INLET
FILTER
FLOW
CONTROLLER
FLOW
RECORDER
Wt.~95lbs.
FLOW
STANDARD HI-VOL
SAMPLER
Figure 3A-7. Size-Selective Inlet (SSI) hi-vol.
3-At
image:
-------
AIR FLOW LINES
4
DUST TRAJECTORIES
(a)
75cm
24 TRAYS
(b)
DUST FREE AIR
PENETRATING
DUST CLOUD
DUCT FLOOR AREA 8400 cm*
AIR FLOW RATE 76 l/min
Figure 3A-8. The horizontal elutriator designed to match the BMRC deposition curve.
Source: Hamilton and Walton (1961).
3-A9
image:
-------
STAGE 1 <
STAGE 2<
STAGE
AFTER
FILTER
NOZZLE
JET EXIT
PLANE
IMPACTION
PLATE
FILTER
TO VACUUM PUMP
Figure 3A-9. Schematic diagram of a cascade impactor.
Source: Marple and Willeke (1979).
3-A10
image:
-------
HANDLE
LARGE PARTICLE
FRACTIONATOR
IMPACTOR UNIT
SPACER
\ | COVER
^ 1 *
/ V /
,
s
-r—
IMPACTOR
PLATE
i i
i
i
i
i
i
l
i
i
i
i
i
\ \ A
^INLET
H™
JT
?jr___-WATER DRAIN
Hb
^GLASS FIBER
' IMP ACTION SURFACE
-1
FLOW SENSOR
"FINAL FILTER
VACUUM PUMP
Figure 3A-10. Cross section schematic of the CHAMP aerosol sampler.
Source: Ranade and Osdell (1978).
3-A11
image:
-------
SUCTION PUMP
Schematic arrangement of sampling apparatus.
Sampler capable of eight-day sequential operation.
WEIGHT 73 LBS
Figure 3A-11. British smoke shade sampler.
3-A12
image:
-------
PUSH TO TEST VALVE
THREE WAY VALVE
46 LBS.
Figure 3A-12. AlSI tape sampler.
3-A13
image:
-------
UJ
-J
o
_
oc
a.
u.
O
C3
10 g, mg
10"9g, ng
10'12g, pg
10-l5g,fg
10'18g, ag
10-21g
SEA SAND.
HUMAN HAIR-
RAGWEED POLLEN.
POTATO STARCH -
CORN STARCH-
RED BLOOD CELLS'
BACTERIA.
TiO2 PIGMENT
• CARBON BLACK
• TOBACCO SMOKE
•VIRUSES
I
1013 3
(D
II
£
10
16
10
13
10
10A 100A 100 nm 0.01 mm 0.1 mm
0.01 nm 0.1 fim 1 nm 10/am 100/jm
I I ' I
LOG PARTICLE DIAMETER (p = Ig/cc)
10
10'
10"
10
1.0 mm
TRANSMISSION ELECTRON MICROSCOPE
STEREOBINOCULAR
MICROSCOPE
MONO OBJECTIVE
OPTICAL MICROSCOPE
SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE
fiC
LU
00
5
2
O
O
CHOICE OF MICROSCOPE FOR PARTICLE SIZE MEASUREMENT
Figure 3A-13. Relationship between particle size, diameter and number of atoms for the light
and electron microscope range.
Source: McCrone (1973).
3-A14
image:
-------
FILTER: Gelman Type A. glass fiber
AP, cm Hg
V, cm/sec
Dp) Mm
0.035
0.10
0.30
1.0
FILTER: Ghia S2
AP, cm Hg
V, cm/sec
Dp, Mm
0.035
0.10
0.30
1.0
FILTER: Whatman
1
11.2
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
37PJ 02, teflon
1
23.4
<0.0002
<0. 00006
<0. 00007
<0. 00007
No. 1, cellulose
1.5
16.9
PENETRATION
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
membrane, 2.0 MID
3
64.1
PENETRATION
0.0011
0.00008
<0. 00007
<0. 00009
fiber
3
32.7
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
pore
10
187
0.0005
<0. 00024
<0. 00022
<0. 00008
10
108
0.0008
0.00054
<0. 00007
<0.0002
AP, cm Hg
V, cm/sec
Dp, Mm
0.035
0.10
0.30
1.0
1
6.1
0.56
0.46
0.16
0.019
3
17.4
PENETRATION
0.52
0.43
0.044
0.034
10
47.6
0.34
0.13
0.0049
0.0044
30
102
0.058
0.0071
0.00051
0.00042
Table A-l. Fractional penetration by particle size and face velocity for three
selected filter types Lin et al. (1978).
3-A15
image:
-------
SOURCES AND EMISSIONS
4.1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter presents a characterization of sources and emissions of particulate matter
and sulfur oxides. It highlights the magnitude and characteristics of both natural and
manmade emissions. Emissions from natural sources are those not caused by man. Volcanoes and
the biosphere are prime examples of natural emissions sources. Manmade sources include
stationary point sources (utility power plants, industrial facilities, etc.), fugitive sources
(both industrial and non-industrial; roadway dust, for example), and transportation sources
(vehicle exhausts). All of these emissions categories are discussed further in this chapter.
Chapter 4 is closely linked with Chapter 5 and 6. These three chapters, taken as a
whole, present the known material concerning the relationship between emissions and ambient
air concentrations. Chapter 4 summarizes sources and emissions of particulate matter and
sulfur oxides, while Chapter 5 summarizes measured ambient pollutant concentrations and
characteristics. Chapter 6 presents what is known about the complex processes altering and
dispersing the emitted substances as they move through the atmosphere. Chapter 4 also relates
directly to other chapters in this document, particularly those discussing pollutant effects
on visibility, acidic deposition, and health.
One issue worthy of mention at this point concerns the relationship between emission
intensity and possible effects on humans. The proximity of emissions to humans can often be
more important than relative intensity. For example, mass emissions from residential fuel
combustion (home heating) and transportation sources are minor on a national level. However,
they are emitted in highly populated areas, close to ground level, thereby elevating their
possible effects on human health and welfare. Dust from unpaved roads, on the other hand,
appears significant in comparison. But these emissions usually occur in rural areas, and tend
to settle out quickly, lessening any possible consequences. Conversely, some natural source
emissions can be fairly intense (volcanic ash or sulfur from marshlands, for example). But in
general they tend to be distributed fairly evenly nationwide. For reasons such as these,
certain manmade emission sources, particularly stationary point sources, have been given a
greater share of the attention in this chapter.
A number of other issues raised in this chapter have, for good reason, been discussed
only briefly or not at all. First, predictions of future emissions trends have not been
presented due to the complexities of supporting assumptions. Other documents where adequate
discussion of assumptions was possible are referenced. Data on the particle size distribution
and chemical composition of particulate emissions are incomplete or inadequate in many cases.
Some available data have been summarized, but discussion has been kept brief. Also,
discussion of the effects of control devices on emission particle size distributions has been
limited. Other documents where these effects are thoroughly discussed have been referenced.
SOX4A/B 4-1 12-17-80
image:
-------
4.2 SUMMARY
Particulate matter and sulfur oxides are emitted into the atmosphere from a number of
sources, both natural and manmade. Natural source emissions include terrestrial dust, sea
spray, biogenic emanations, volcanic emissions, and emissions from wildfires. The predominant
manmade sources are stationary point sources, industrial and non-industrial fugitive sources,
and transportation sources. Annual U.S. emissions from natural sources are estimated at 84 x
10 metric tons of particulate matter and 5 x 10 metric tons of sulfur (the equivalent of 10
x 10 metric tons of sulfur dioxide). Manmade sources emit roughly 125 - 385 x 10 metric
tons of particulate matter per year and 27 x 10 metric tons of sulfur oxides per year in the
U.S. Because of the assumptions and approximations inherent in emissions calculations, the
numbers quoted above should not be considered more than estimates. Section 4.3 further
discusses the problem involved with emissions estimates.
The characteristics of particulate matter emissions vary according to source type and a
number of other factors. Particulate emissions from natural sources tend to be rather coarse.
(For the purposes of this chapter, coarse refers to particles with a diameter greater than 2.5
micrometers.) Particulate matter generated by non-industrial fugitive sources—unpaved roads
and wind erosion of cropland, for example—is quite significant on a mass basis. However,
only about 50 and 20 percent are less than 10 and 1 micrometers (Mm), respectively. Most of
the particulate matter emitted by stationary sources and transportation sources, on the other
hand, is relatively fine, or less than 2.5 urn in diameter. Adding control devices further
concentrates particulate emissions in the finer ranges since most control devices are more
efficient at removing larger particles. Therefore, the estimated 10.5 x 10 metric tons of
particulate matter generated in 1978 by stationary point sources probably consists largely of
finer particulates, since that estimate was arrived at assuming the application of control
devices. In addition, the finer particles emitted by stationary point sources tend to include
more toxic elements than do emissions from natural or manmade fugitive sources.
Virtually all of the manmade sulfur oxide emissions result from stationary point sources.
Over 90 percent of these manmade sulfur oxide emissions are in the form of sulfur dioxide
(S0«). The balance consists of sulfates in various forms. Most natural sulfur is emitted as
reduced sulfur compounds. But these compounds are probably oxidized in the atmosphere to
sulfur dioxide and sulfates.
4.3 DATA SOURCES AND ACCURACY
The most important information presented in this chapter concerns emission quantities and
characteristics. Though this information was gathered from the best and most recent
literature available, problems are still apparent. Specifically, estimates of emission
quantities vary, as do those of emission characteristics.
Emission quantities are typically estimated using emission factors. (The impossible
alternative would be direct measurement of pollutants from each emission point.) Emission
factors relate the quantity of pollutants emitted to an indicator of activity such as
SOX4A/B 4-2 12-17-80
image:
-------
production capacity or quantity of fuel burned. But because emission factors are statistical
averages, they are not necessarily precise indicators of emissions from an individual source.
When applied to a large number of sources, however, a reasonable estimate of total emissions
can be obtained. Therefore, for larger geographic areas, the percentage error should be
smaller.
Table 4-1 illustrates the problems associated with the use of emission factors.
"Estimates" refers to National Air Pollutant Emission Estimates, 1970-1978 (U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 1980a). Emissions totals in that document were obtained from one
calculation performed at the national level by use of total national activity levels and
national average emission factors for each source category. "NEDS" (National Emissions Data
System) refers to the 1977 National Emissions Report (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
1980b). NEDS national emissions totals were obtained by adding the emissions from individual
facilities. Mistakes, biases, and omissions are more likely to affect the NEDS
TABLE 4-1. TWO EPA ESTIMATES OF 1977 EMISSIONS OF
PARTICULATES AND SULFUR OXIDES (10b METRIC TONS PER YEAR)
Particulates Sulfur Oxides
Source Category Estimates
Fuel combustion 4.8
Industrial processes 6.4
Solid waste disposal 0.5
NEDS
3.6
3.9
0.4
Estimates
22.2
4.2
0.0
NEDS
22.7
5.1
0.0
estimate. Therefore, the "Estimates" are judged by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
to be the most reliable national estimates presently available. The NEDS state emissions
totals, presented in Section 4.5.2, are the best available at the state level, but these
totals should be considered carefully for the reasons given here.
Problems are also apparent with fugitive particulate emissions, both industrial and
non-industrial. Industrial process fugitive particulate emissions, or process fugitives,
include most industrial particulate emissions not passing through a stack or other
identifiable emission point. Process fugitives are difficult to estimate due to the lack of
engineering data and adequate emission factors. One reference (Zoller et al., 1978) estimated
them at 3.4 x 106 metric tons per year. However, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's
"Estimates" include "rough estimates of fugitive particulate emissions from industrial
processes." Therefore, the particulate emissions under the industrial processes category
presented in this chapter probably include part of the emissions listed as process fugitives.
SOX4A/B 4-3 12-17-80
image:
-------
Estimates of non-industrial fugitive particulate emissions vary quite significantly in
some cases. Cooper et al. (1979) estimated annual emissions from entrainment of dust from
unpaved and paved roads at 290 x 106 metric tons and 7.2 x 10 metric tons, respectively.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1980b) estimated emissions from the same categories
at 35 x 10 metric tons and 4.7 x 106 metric tons. Differences are probably due to the use of
different assumptions and method of calculation.
Finally, particle size and composition data are also subject to differences. Most of
these data are based on emissions sampling and analysis studies. While these studies
probably exhibit a high degree of accuracy on a case-by-case basis, making generalizations
based on data from a small number of individual sources may not be advisable. Emission
characteristics, as well as emission quantities, are highly subject to a number of
source-specific factors such as source characteristics and operating conditions, and fuel
characteristics. For example, the size distribution of particulate emissions from a given
utility boiler can be altered significantly by changing boiler load. Therefore, the emission
characteristics from a particular source could vary from the information presented in this
chapter.
4.4 NATURAL SOURCES AND EMISSIONS
Knowledge of natural sources and emissions of particulate matter and sulfur, including
sulfur oxides, is important for understanding air pollution. Baseline concentrations in
continental and marine air represent natural exposure levels and also provide a reference for
comparing concentrations in polluted air. Thus, the concentrations and biological effects of
air pollutants can be compared with those of natural atmospheric components.
Significant natural sources of particulate matter and sulfur, including reduced sulfur
which can become oxidized to sulfur oxides in the atmosphere (see Chapter 6), are terrestrial
dust, sea spray, the biosphere, volcanoes, and wildfires. Estimates of emissions from these
natural sources in the U.S. are described in more detail in subsequent sections. Table 4-2
presents a summary of natural source emission totals and characteristics.
4.4.1 Terrestrial Dust
Terrestrial dust is transferred to the atmosphere by the action of wind on the earth's
soils and crustal materials. Theoretical and experimental studies (Gillette, 1974) indicate
that sand grains, produced by the weathering of rocks and soils and moved by wind, cause the
pulverization of soil minerals, as in sandblasting, to produce fine particles. These
particles may become airborne and may be transported through the atmosphere for considerable
distances. For example, dust from the Sahara Desert may be carried by air currents across the
Atlantic Ocean as far as Florida and Barbados (Delaney et al., 1967; Junge, 1957).
The amounts of global terrestrial dust have been estimated at 182 x 10 metric tons per
6 *
year (Robinson and Robbins, 1971) and 100-500 x 10 metric tons per year (National Research
Council, 1979). Calculations by Vandergrift et al. (1971), based on soil conservation data,
resulted in estimated U.S. natural dust emissions of 57 x 10 metric tons per year.
SOX4A/B 4-4 12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-2. SUMMARY OF NATURAL SOURCE PARTICULATE AND SULFUR EMISSIONS0
i
ui
Estimated U.S. Emissions
(10e metric tons per year)k Participate Characteristics
Source Category Parti cul ate
Terrestrial Dust 57
Sea Spray 5.5°
Biosphere 20
Volcanoes Variable
Wildfires 0.5-1.0
TOTAL ^84+
Sulfur" Size Range Data
10% <1 (jm
22% <3 um
1.2 - 5.5d Unknown
Variable ^-5% <1 (jm
80% <1 urn
•\-5+
Chemical Composition
Al, Ca, Fe, K, Mg, Na,
Si, organics, trace
elements
Seawater, organics
Organic aerosols, trace
metals
Al, Ca, Fe, K, Mg, Si,
Trace elements
Organics, trace minerals
aAll data are referenced in the text.
One metric ton of sulfur, when oxidized, equals two metric tons of sulfur dioxide,
clncluding 0.7 x 10 metric tons of sulfate aerosol.
Predominantly reduced sulfur compounds.
image:
-------
Terrestrial dust in the atmosphere is composed primarily of seven major elements -
silicon, aluminum, iron, sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium - organic material, and
trace elements (Miller et al., 1972). The major elements are present in aerosol samples to
nearly the same extent as in earth crustal material (Miller et al., 1972; Lawson and
Winchester, 1979a). Atmospheric concentrations of many trace elements, however, are
10- to 1000- fold higher than would be expected from physical dispersion of soil materials.
These anomalous trace element enrichments have been observed in many parts of the world,
including northern Canada (Rahn, 1974), the South Pole (Zoller et al., 1974), and South
America (Adams et al., 1977). Table 4-3 summarizes geometric mean enrichment factors,
relative to aluminum, for various elements according to Rahn's compilation of all published
data up to 1976 (Rahn, 1976).
The atmospheric enrichment sources of these elements are unknown, but transport from
polluting industries (Rahn, 1974), natural rock volatility (Goldberg, 1976), and biogenic
emanations (Barringer, 1977) have all been suggested. In general, not enough is known about
element ratios in the natural atmosphere to detect a pollution component.
Most terrestrial dust particles are greater than 2 |jm in diameter (EPA, 1979). The major
element constitutents of terrestrial dust also occur principally as coarse particles.
Size-fractionated particle samples indicate that more than 90 percent of the mass occurs on
the first three impactor stages, >4, 4-2, and 2-1 urn aerodynamic diameter (Winchester et al.,
1979). The low relative abundance of submicron silicon, iron, and other major dust
constituents reflects the greater amount of energy needed in order for fine particles to be
generated from soils by the wind-driven sandblasting mechanism. This energy is normally not
provided by the atmosphere near the ground.
4.4.2 Sea Spray
Aerosol droplets are generated at the ocean surface by the action of wind, principally
through a process whereby air bubbles become entrained and rise to burst at the surface.
Robinson and Robbins (1971) estimated global emissions of particulates from sea spray at 900 x
10 metric tons per year, including 120 x 10 metric tons of sulfate aerosol per year
(Eriksson, 1959, 1960; Robinson and Robbins, 1968). Assuming 10 percent of the annual
production penetrates continental areas (Eriksson, 1959), and assuming the impact of the U.S.
3 3
is proportional to the ratio of U.S. to global coastline (12 x 10 miles: 200 x 10 miles),
approximately 5.5 x 10 metric tons of sea spray particulate per year (including 0.7 x 10
metric tons of sulfate aerosol per year) impact upon U.S. coastal areas.
Sea spray is composed of seawater and organic materials, and surface-active materials
which may be concentrated into the 0.05 to 0.5 urn thickness of bubble surface (Maclntyre,
1974). The surface-active material may be of natural or pollutant origin and may include
*
Includes unknown amounts of indirect manmade contributions.
SOX4A/B 4-6 12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-3. AEROSOL ENRICHMENT FACTORS RELATIVE TO AT
EF Elements
0.7-7 Li, Na, K, Rb
Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba
Sc, Y, lanthanides
Al, Ga, Tl
Si, Ti, Zr, Hf, Th, U
Mn, Fe, Co, Nb
7-70b Cr, Cs, V, W, B, Ni , Ge
70-400b H, In, Cu, Mo, Bi , Zn, As
400-4000b I, Hg, S, Cl , Au, Ag, Sn, Sb,
Pb, Br, Cd, Te, Se, C, N
aGeometric means of element ratios to Al, relative to geochemical average earth
crustal material.
(e1ement/A1)aeroso1
(element/Al)crust
Anomalously enriched elements arranged in order of increasing EF.
Source: Based on Rahn (1976).
organic molecular films, organic and inorganic particulate including viruses, bacteria, and
large living forms (Blanchard and Parker, 1977; Duce and Hoffman, 1976). Such materials, by
becoming components of sea spray aerosol droplets, may be carried through the atmosphere far
from the point or origin. While not clearly understood, the potential for virus transfer from
coastal waters to the atmosphere and transport by winds inland to inhibited areas has been
demonstrated (Baylor et a!., 1977).
Because of differences in the mechanics of droplet formation, differences in chemical
composition may exist (Berg and Winchester, 1978). For example, some droplets may or may not
contain the surface-active particulate matter scavenged from the water column by the rising
bubbles. Chloride, bromide, and iodide also may be present (Moyers and Duce, 1972). A clear
understanding of the processes through which sea spray droplets are formed and transported has
not yet been achieved.
SOX4A/B 4-7 12-17-80
image:
-------
The size distribution of sea spray particles as documented by Taback et al. (1979) is as
follows: >10 urn - 24 percent, 3-10 urn - 54 percent, 1-3 urn - 20 percent,
less than 20 x 10 metric tons per year. Isoprene derivatives such as terpenes, caroten^pds,
and other compounds are believed to predominate. They are likely to be partially oxidized to
C02 and H20, resulting in blue haze and submicron condensation nuclei (Went, 1960; Went et
al., 1967; Rasmussen and Went, 1965; Schnell and Vali, 1972, 1973).
Trace metals have long been known to occur in fluids secreted by plants. Radiotracer
strontium is transferred from plant foliage to the atmosphere, presumably in particles (Moorby
and Squire, 1963) which may be affected by electric fields (Fish, 1972). Transpiration causes
the transfer of both cations and anions to the atmosphere (Nemeryuk, 1970). Twenty-seven
trace elements have been identified in exudates from coniferous trees (Curtin et al., 1974).
Radiotracer experiments using zinc and lead show that particles greater than 5 urn in diameter
contain most of the metals released (Beauford et al., 1975, 1977). Sulfur, potassium, and
phosphorous have also been shown to be associated with tropical forests and to occur in large
aerosol particles (Lawson and Winchester, 1979b). The metal content of plant-derived aerosols
is so high that it has been suggested as an indicator for geochemical prospecting (Barringer,
1977; Curtin et al., 1974).
The terrestrial and marine biospheres, while not direct sources of sulfur dioxide, are
significant sources of reduced sulfur compounds. Volatile reduced sulfur compounds are
released to the atmosphere via microbiological processes and may become oxidized to S0? and
sulfate. The compounds released included hydrogen sulfide (hLS), dimethyl sufide (DMS),
dimethyl disulfide (DDMS), carbon disulfide (CS2), carbonyl sulfide (COS), and methyl
mercaptan (CHgSH) (Lovelock et al., 1972; Rasmussen, 1974; Lovelock, 1974; Adams et al.,
1979a).
A number of previous estimates of global emissions of reduced sulfur compounds range from
64 x 10 metric tons per year (land) and 27 x 10 metric tons per year (ocean) (Robinson and
Robbins, 1968) to 3 x 10 metric tons per year (land) and 34 x 10 metric tons per year
(ocean) (Granat et al., 1976). Granat's estimate, scaled down to the U.S., would result in
0.2 x 10 metric tons per year (land) and about 2-5 x 10 metric tons per year (ocean) (based
on Galloway and Whelpdale, 1980). These estimates, however, were derived indirectly as
balances for other sulfur fluxes.
Recent field monitoring studies conducted by Maroulis and Bandy (1977), McClenny et al.
(1979), and Adams et al. (1979a), result in slightly different estimates. Adams et al.
_o -i
(1979b) calculated a mean annual sulfur flux of 0.02 g S m yr , weighted over a number of
eastern U.S. soil types, including marshes. The entire U.S. would probably average 0.02-0.05
SOX4A/B 4-8 12-17-80
image:
-------
~2 -1
g S m yr (Adams, 1980). Applying these numbers to the entire earth's land area
(approximately 56 million square miles) results in about 3-7 x 106 metric tons per year. The
land area of the U.S. (3.6 million square miles) emits about 0.2-0.5 x 106 metric tons per
_2 -i
year based on 0.02-0.05 g S m yr . The impact of marine biogenic activity would be limited
primarily to coastal areas. Sulfur emissions from marine biogenic activity are probably on
the order of 1 x 10 metric tons per year (based on Galloway and Whelpdale, 1980). Note that
these lower estimates of sulfur emissions on a national scale do not preclude significant
localized biogenic sulfur emissions, especially in areas where wetlands are prevalent (Henry
and Hidy, 1980).
4.4.4 Volcanic Emissions
Emissions from volcanic eruptions and fumaroles may contribute to global atmospheric
background levels of particulate matter and sulfur. Volcanoes are one of the few sources of
atmospheric particulate and sulfur whose effects can be felt at great distances. Plumes from
volcanoes intense enough to inject material into the upper troposphere or lower stratosphere
(about 10-15 miles above the earth's surface) have been tracked great distances before removal
(Fegley et al., 1980). The famous eruption of Krakatoa in 1883 injected enough dust into the
stratosphere to cause brilliant sunsets thousands of kilometers away and a global reduction of
incoming solar radiation (Wexler, 1951a,b).
Until recently, volcanic activity has been relatively insignificant in the United States.
The Mt. St. Helens eruption was only the second this century in the contiguous United States.
Mt. Lassen, California, in 1915, was the previous one. There have been about 20 other
volcanic eruptions since 1900 in Hawaii and Alaska.
The average global emission rates of particulates and sulfur compounds have been
estimated by a number of investigators. Robinson and Robbins (1971) estimated the average
global emission rate of small particles (the persistent fraction) at 3.6 x 10 metric tons per
year. Airborne measurements and observations made during the 1976 eruption of the St.
Augustine volcano (Alaska) led to particulate emissions estimates for a one-year period for
that particular volcano of 6 x 10 metric tons for particles of 0.01 - 66 urn in size and 0.25
x 10 metric tons for particles 0.01 - 5 urn in size (Stith et al., 1978).
Estimates of global volcanic sulfur emissions as documented in Granat et al. (1976),
range from 0.75 - 3.75 x 10 metric tons per year. Emissions of SO^ for a 1-year period at
St. Augustine were estimated at 0.1 x 106 metric tons (or 0.05 x 10 metric tons of sulfur)
(Stith et al., 1978). The St. Augustine volcano also emitted lesser quantities of H2S. Stith
et al. (1978) estimated global volcanic emissions of H2$ at 1 x 10 metric tons per year.
Particles collected from the St. Augustine eruptions were composed primarily of silicon,
aluminum, magnesium, calcium, and iron. Trace amounts of potassium, titanium, and sulfur were
also present (Stith et al., 1978). Samples of Mt. St. Helens ash have contained mainly
silicon, aluminum, iron, calcium, sodium, magnesium, and potassium. Titanium, phosphorous,
and manganese, as well as traces of sulfur, chlorine, strontium, barium, vanadium, zirconium,
and zinc (among others) have also been found (Fruchter et al., 1980).
SOX4A/B 4-9 12-17-80
image:
-------
Based on the St. Augustine particulate emissions (6 x 106 metric tons total, 0.25 x 10
metric tons less than 5 urn) less than 5 percent of the particles were less than 5 urn in size
(Stith, et al., 1978). According to preliminary airborne studies of Mt. St. Helens ash,
significant amounts of particulate matter between 1 and 2 urn have been emitted to the
atmosphere (Hobbs et al., 1980). Other preliminary studies of Mt. St. Helens ash place the
fraction less than 3.5 urn at around 2 percent (Fruchter et al., 1980).
(This section could be revised depending on the availability of further information from
the Mt. St. Helens eruptions.)
4.4.5 Wildfires
There are three major types of large scale fires: 1) wildfires, 2) prescription fires in
natural areas, and 3) agricultural burning. The latter two types are exclusively man-caused
and are mentioned in Section 4.5. Wildfires, defined by the Forest Service as "any fire that
burns uncontrolled in vegetative or associated flammable material," are treated as a natural
emission source, as has been done in the literature, even though man's activities cause about
90 percent of their total number; only 10 percent are truly "natural," resulting from
lightning (USDA Forest Service, 1979).
Wildfire particulate emissions calculations have typically been based on three numbers:
wildfire acreage, fuel burned per acre, and emissions per unit mass of fuel. Robinson and
Robbins (1971) estimated yearly particulate emissions from forest fires in the U.S. as 0.7 x
10 metric tons, based on 4.5 x 10 acres burned, 18 tons of fuel per acre, and 17 pounds of
particulate per ton of fuel. Yamate (1973) arrived at 0.5 x 10 metric tons per year,
assuming numbers similar to those used by Robinson and Robbins.
Recent research, however, has proposed estimates of particulate emissions per unit mass
of fuel at 17-67 pounds per ton (GEOMET, 1978) and 80 pounds per ton (Radke et al., 1978),
based on airborne sampling studies in Oregon and Washington. Most likely, since emissions
from fires are dependent on fuel conditions and fire behavior (GEOMET, 1978), an estimate in
between the extremes should be chosen as an average. Assuming 40 pounds per ton, 1977 U.S.
wildfire acreage of 3.15 x 10 (USDA Forest Service, 1979), and a U.S. average of 17 tons of
fuel per acre (Yamate; 1973), U.S. particulate emissions from wildfires total 1.0 x 10 metric
tons per year.
Chemical analysis of particulate matter from temperate forest burning indicates
approximately 50 percent benzene-soluble organic matter, 40 percent elemental carbon, and 10
percent mineral matter (Ryan and McMahon, 1976). Another analysis suggests 55 percent tar, 25
percent soot, and 20 percent ash (Vines et al.,.. 1971). About 80 percent of the mass of smoke
particles from forest fires is less than 1 urn in diameter, with the average size being 0.1 urn
(GEOMET, 1978; Radke et al., 1978; Vines et al., 1971).
Wildfires contribute varying amounts of other pollutants to the atmosphere. Carbon
monoxide and hydrocarbons are the most significant. Wildfires are not, however, considered to
be a source of sulfur oxides (Radke et al., 1978; Yamate, 1973; Vines et al., 1971).
SOX4A/B 4-10 12-17-80
image:
-------
4.5 MANMADE SOURCES AND EMISSIONS
A number of definable source categories emitting particulate matter and sulfur oxides can
be attributed solely to man. They are the subjects of this section. Emissions from these
source categories are summarized in Table 4-4. Manmade emissions of particulate matter result
primarily from stationary point sources (fuel combustion and industrial processes), industrial
process fugitive particulate emission sources, non-industrial fugitive sources (roadway dust
from paved and unpaved roads, wind erosion of cropland, etc.), and transportation sources
(automobiles, etc.). From Table 4-4 it is evident that non-industrial fugitive emissions are
significant on a mass basis. However, these emissions normally originate away from heavily
populated areas and settle out more rapidly than do point source emissions.
TABLE 4-4. SUMMARY OF ESTIMATED ANNUAL MANMADE EMISSIONS
Source Category
Stationary point sources
Industrial Process Fugitives
Non- industrial fugitives
Transportation sources
TOTAL
Emissions (10
Particulate matter
10
3.3a
110-370
1.3
-125-385
Metric tons)
Sulfur oxides
26.2
-
-
0.8
27.0
NOTE: Approximately half of the 3.3 x 10 metric tons from process fugitives
are probably included in the 10.5 x 10 metric tons from stationary
point sources. See Section 4.3 for explanation.
Manmade emissions of sulfur oxides result almost exclusively from stationary point
sources. The combustion of fossil fuels by electric utilities causes most sulfur oxide
emissions. Transportation sources also contribute a small amount of sulfur oxide emissions.
4.5.1 Historical Emission Trends
Economic conditions and the degree to which air pollution control devices are used are
the two factors having the most impact on emissions totals, especially from stationary point
sources (fuel combustion and industrial processes). Economic conditions affect the amounts of
goods produced and, therefore, the amounts of emissions generated. The economics of relative
fuel prices also affects emissions. That is, higher prices on oil and natural gas cause
increased use of coal, which generally emits more particulate matter and sulfur oxides per
unit energy than oil or natural gas. Increased use of control devices has resulted from the
enactment of regulations such as New Source Performance Standards and State Implementation
Plans.
Historical trends in particulate matter (not including fugitive emissions, which have not
been documented) and sulfur oxide emissions are shown in Table 4-5. Data for the years 1940,
1950, and 1960 are from U.S. EPA (1978b), while data for 1970 through 1978 are from U.S. EPA
Sources: U.S. EPA (1978b); U.S. EPA (1980a)
SOX4A/B 4-11
12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-5 (a) NATIONAL ESTIMATES OF PARTICULATE EMISSIONS3
(10 metric tons per year)
SOURCE CATEGORY
Stationary fuel
combustion
Industrial processes
Solid waste disposal
Transportation
Miscellaneous
TOTAL
Table 4-5
SOURCE CATEGORY
Stationary fuel
combustion
Industrial processes
Solid waste disposal
Transportation
Miscellaneous
TOTAL
1940
8.7
9.9
0.5
0.5
5.2
24.8
1950
8.1
12.6
0.7
1.1
3.7
26.2
(b) NATIONAL ESTIMATES OF
(10 metric tons per
1940
15.1
3.4
0.0
0.6
0.4
19.5
1950
16.6
4.1
0.1
0.8
0.4
22.0
1960
6.7
14.1
0.9
0.6
3.3
25.6
SULFUR
year)
1960
15.7
4.8
0.0
0.5
0.4
21.4
1970
7.2
12.8
1.1
1.1
1.0
23.2
OXIDE
1970
22.7
6.2
0.1
0.7
0.1
29.8
1975
5.1
7.4
0.5
1.0
0.6
14.6
EMISSIONS
1975
20.9
4.5
0.0
0.8
0.0
26.2
1978
3.8
6.2
0.5
1.3
0.7
12.5
1978
22.1
4.1
0.0
0.8
0.0
27.0
Does not include industrial process fugitive particulate emissions, and non-
industrial fugitives from paved and unpaved roads, wind erosion, construction
activities, agricultural tilling, and mining activities.
Includes forest fires, agricultural burning, coal refuse burning, and structural
fires.
SOURCES: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1978b)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1980a)
SOX4A/B 4-12 12-17-80
image:
-------
(1980a). Emissions estimates from the latter are considered more accurate. It should be
noted that local emission trends might not necessarily coincide with national emission trends.
Nationwide emissions of particulate matter (not including fugitive emissions) have
generally decreased since 1950 after a slight increase from 1940 to 1950. These emissions
have resulted primarily from stationary fuel combustion (utility and industrial) and
industrial processes. Particulate emissions from stationary fuel combustion decreased fairly
consistently from 1940 to 1978. From 1940 through the early 1970's this was probably due to
increased use of oil and natural gas. Even though the oil embargo of 1973-1974 caused
increased use of coal, conservation efforts by industry and the installation of control
equipment resulted in further reductions in particulate emissions through 1978.
Industrial process emissions of particulate matter increased from 1940 to 1960, then
declined steadily through 1978. Increases were due to expanding production, while decreases
were due to installation of controls.
Nationwide emissions of sulfur oxides have increased overall since 1940. As with
particulate matter, stationary fuel combustion (primarily utility and industrial) and
industrial processes (primarily ore smelting) have been the main contributors. Coal
combustion was the largest stationary fuel combustion source. Coal use by industrial,
commercial/institutional, and residential users has declined, corresponding with a decrease in
sulfur oxide emissions from those categories. Increased coal use by electric utilities,
however, has more than offset this decrease. Sulfur oxide emissions from electric utilities
account for more than half the total emissions. Flue gas desulfurization (FGD) systems have
seen only limited use to date and have not had a major impact on emissions. About eleven
percent of U.S coal-fired electrical generating capacity is presently fitted with FGD (U.S.
EPA 1980e).
From industrial processes, increased production caused most of the sulfur oxide emission
increases through 1970. However, since that time significant emission reductions from
non-ferrous smelters and sulfuric acid plants have occurred. For smelters, by-product
recovery of sulfuric acid has significantly reduced sulfur oxide emissions. Sulfur oxide
emissions from copper, lead and zinc smelters have gone from 4 x 10 metric tons per year in
1970 to about 2 x 10 metric tons per year in 1978.
Future emission trends are subject to a number of assumptions concerning economic
climate, fuel use, environmental policy, and control technology. These considerations are
beyond the scope of this document. (See U.S. DOE 1978 and U.S. DOE 1979.)
4.5.2 Stationary Point Source Emissions
This section presents an analysis of sources and characteristics of particulate and
sulfur oxide emissions from stationary point sources; the two major categories are fuel
combustion and industrial processes. A third but minor category is solid waste disposal.
Table 4-6 lists calculated estimates of 1978 emissions from these source categories. Based on
these estimates, fuel combustion contributed 36 percent of the particulates and 84 percent of
SOX4A/B 4-13 12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-6. 1978 ESTIMATES OF PARTICIPATE AND SULFUR
OXIDE EMISSIONS FROM STATIONARY POINT SOURCES
-,-,-cL
o
Emissions QO metric tons)
Source category
Fuel combustion
Utility
Coal
Oil
Gas
Industrial
Coal
Oil
Gas .
Other fuels
Commercial /Institutional
Coal
Oil
Gas
Residential
Coal
Oil
Gas
Industrial processes
Metals
Iron and steel
Primary smelting
Iron foundries
Other
Mineral Products
Cement
Asphalt
Lime
Crushed rock
Other
Particulates
2,350
140
10
700
90
40
280
20
60
10
20
20
30
830
480
140
120
780
150
150
1,340
910
Sulfur oxides
15,900
1,720
0
1,890
1,150
0
150
40
900
0
60
260
0
110
1,960
0
0
670
0
0
0
30
SOX4A/B
4-14
12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-6. (continued)
Emissions (10 metric tons)
Source category
Petroleum
Refining
Natural gas production
Chemicals
Sulfuric acid
Other
Other
Grain processing
Pulp and paper
Other
Solid waste disposal
TOTAL
Particulates
70
0
0
190
730
240
60
500
10,460
Sulfur oxides
900
140
220
0
0
80
0
0
26,180
Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1980a).
Primarily wood/bark waste.
the sulfur oxides emitted by stationary point sources in 1978. Industrial processes emitted
59 percent of the particulates and 16 percent of the sulfur oxides. Solid waste disposal
contributed 5 percent of the particulates.
An unknown percentage of particulates and sulfur oxides is emitted as primary sulfates.
Primary sulfates consist of gaseous sulfur trioxide (S03), sulfuric acid (H2S04), and
particulate sulfates. Estimates of primary sulfate emission quantities from major sources
have not been generated to date. Primary sulfates are of increasing concern because of their
potential impacts, especially on health.
Geographically, the different regions of the United States, shown in Figure 4-1, emitted
varying amounts of particulate matter and sulfur oxides. Table 4-7 presents state and
regional estimates of population (1979), emissions (based on the 1977 NEDS inventory),
emissions densities, and percentage contributions to total U.S. point source emissions. Based
on this information, Regions III through VI emitted over 70 percent of the particulate matter
and sulfur oxides emitted by stationary sources in the U.S. In Region III utility and
industrial fuel combustion contributed most of the particulates and sulfur oxides. The
mineral products industry also contributed heavily to particulate emissions. In Regions IV
and V utility fuel combustion and the mineral products industry contributed most of the
particulate emissions, while utility fuel combustion contributed most of the sulfur oxide
emissions. The mineral products industry and total fuel combustion caused most of the
SOX4A/B
4-15
12-17-80
image:
-------
ALASKA
Figure 4-1. Map of EPA Regions.
4-16
image:
-------
TABLE 4-7. STATE-BY-STATE LISTING OF TOTAL ESTIMATED PARTICIPATE AND SULFUR OXIDE EMISSIONS
FROM STATIONARY POINT SOURCES (1977),
POPULATION, AND DENSITY FACTORS
Region and state
Region I
Connecticut
Maine
Massachusetts
New Hampshire
Rhode Island
Vermont
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region II
New Jersey
New York
Puerto Rico
Virgin Island
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region III
Delaware
Population
(1000's)B
3,099
1,091
5,774
871
935
487
12,257
5.5
7,327
17,748
2,712
62
27,849
12.6
582
District of Columbia 674
Maryland
Pennsylvania
Virginia
West Virginia
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
4,144
11,862
5,032
1,821
24,143
10.9
Total -area
OniZ)fc
5,009
33,215
8,257
9,304
1,214
9,609
66,608
1.8
7,836
49,576
3,435
133
60,980
1.7
2,057
67
10,577
45,333
40,817
24,181
123,032
3.4
Population
density ,
(people/mi )
619
33
704
94
770
51
184
935
358
790
466
457
283
10,060
392
259
126
77
196
Particulates
Total emissions
(10 metric tons)
26.8
42.2
52.8
10.8
3.9
4.5
141.0
1.8
63.6
206.6
55.9
11.3
337.4
4.3
32.6
2.7
46.8
685.0
116.4
187.2
1,070.7
13.6
Emission
density
(tons/miz)
5.4
1.3
6.4
1.2
3.2
0.5
2.1
8.1
4.2
16.3
85.0
5.5
15.8
40.3
4.4
15.1
2.9
7.7
8.7
State
emissions
(% of U.S.)
0.34
0.53
0.67
0.14
0.05
0.06
0.81
2.62
0.71
0.14
0.41
0.03
C.59
8.69
1.48
2.38
Sulfur Oxides
Total emissions
(10 metric tons)
71.9
125.3
265.3
107.9
17.2
8.9
596.5
2.1
259.4
897.3
291.4
3.7
1,451.8
5.2
118.6
21.3
305.5
2,235.3
396.0
1,109.0
4,185.7
15.0
Emissions
density,
(tons/mi )
14.4
3.8
32.1
11.6
14.2
0.9
9.0
33.1
18.1
84.8
27.8
23.8
57.7
317.9
28.9
49.3
9.7
45.9
34.0
State
emissions
(% of U.S.)
0.26
0.45
0.95
0.39
0.06
0.03
0.93
3.22
1.05
0.01
0.43
0.08
1.10
8.03
1.42
3.98
image:
-------
TABLE 4-7. Continued
Region and state
Region IV
Alabama
Florida
Georgia
Kentucky
Mississippi
North Carolina
South Carolina
Tennessee
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region V
Illinois
Indiana
Michigan
Minnesota
Ohio
Wisconsin
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region VI
Arkansas
Louisana
New Mexico
Oklahoma
Texas
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Population
(1000'sr
3,742
8,594
5,084
3,498
2,404
5,577
2,918
4,357
36,174
16.4
11,243
5,374
9,189
4,008
10,749
4,679
45,242
20.5
2,186
3,966
1,212
2,880
13,014
23,258
10.5
Population
Total 7area density .
(mi ) (people/mr)
51,609
58,560
58,876
40,395
47,716
52,586
31,055
42,244
383,041
10.6
56,400
36,291
58,216
84,068
41,222
56,154
332,351
9.2
53,104
48,523
121,666
69,919
267,338
560,550
15.5
73
147
86
87
50
106
94
103
94
199
148
158
48
261
83
136
41
82
10
41
49
41
Particulates
Emission State
Total emissions density emissions
(10-3 metric tons) (tons/mi*) (% of U.S.)
264.5
191.0
107.5
385.3
147.9
186.9
89.5
143.2
1,515.8
19.2
473.4
393.4
233.4
127.9
585.3
249.6
2,063.0
26.2
123.6
303.8
81.2
81.7
" 422.3
1,012.6
12.8
5.1
3.3
1.8
9.5
3.1
3.6
2.9
3.4
4.0
8.4
10.8
4.0
1.5
14.2
4.4
6.2
2.3
6.3
0.7
1.2
1.6
1.8
3.36
2.42
1.36
4.89
1.88
2.37
1.14
1.82
6.01
4.99
2.96
1.62
7.43
3.17
1.57
3.85
1.03
1.04
5.36
Sulfur Oxides
Emissions State
Total emissions density, emissions
(10Jmetric tons) (tons/mi^) (% of U.S.)
919.7
873.4
620.8
1,471.0
225.8
547.4
264.8
1,145.4
6,068.3
21.8
1,522.6
1,700.2
1,093.3
247.1
2,932.0
594.2
8,089.4
29.1
119.1
311.7
516.2
101.2
1,314.9
2,363.1
8.5
17.8
14.9
10.5
36.4
4.7
10.4
8.5
27.1
15.8
27.0
46.8
18.8
2.9
71.1
10.6
24.3
2.2
6.4
4.2
1.4
4.9
4.2
3.30
3.14
2.23
5.28
0.81
1.97
0.95
4.12
5.47
6.11
3.93
0.89
10.53
2.13
0.43
1.12
1.85
0.36
4.72
image:
-------
TABLE 4-7. Continued
Particulates
Region and state
Region VII
Iowa
Kansas
Missouri
Nebraska
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region VIII
Colorado
Montana
North Dakota
South Dakota
Utah
Wyomi ng
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region VII
Iowa
Kansas
Missouri
Nebraska
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Population
(1000's)D
2,896
2,348
4,860
1,565
11,669
5.3
2,670
785
652
690
1,307
424
6,528
3.0
2,896
2,348
4,860
1,565
11,669
5.3
Population
Totalparea density ,, Total emissions
(mi ) (people/mi ) (10J metric tons)
56,290
82,264
69,686
77,227
285,467
7.4
104,247
147,138
70,665
77,047
84,916
97,914
581,927
16.1
56,290
82,264
69,686
77,227
285,467
7.4
51
29
70
20
41
26
5
9
9
15
4
11
51
29
70
20
41
209.1
170.6
171.9
125.9
677.5
8.6
40.4
29.8
33.6
43.1
91.7
171.8
410.4
5.2
209.1
170.6
171.9
125.9
677.5
8.6
Emission State
density emissions
(tons/mi2) (% of U.S.)
3.7
2.1
2.5
1.6
2.4
0.4
0.2
0.5
0.6
1.1
1.8
0.7
3.7
2.1
2.5
1.6
2.4
2.65
2.16
2.18
1.60
0.51
0.38
0.43
0.55
1.16
2.18
2.65
2.16
2.18
1.60
Sulfur Oxides
Emissions State
Total emissions density, emissions
(10Jmetric tons) (tons/mi^) (% of U.S.)
308.2
172.1
1,355.2
51.3
1,886.8
6.8
99.6
189.8
113.5
38.7
198.6
173.5
813.7
2.9
308.2
172.1
1,355.2
51.3
1,886.8
6.8
5.5
2.1
19.4
0.7
6.6
1.0
1.3
1.6
0.5
2.3
1.8
1.4
5.5
2.1
19.4
0.7
6.6
1.11
0.62
4.87
0.18
0.36
0.68
0.41
0.14
0.71
0.62
1.11
0.62
4.87
0.18
image:
-------
TABLE 4-7. Continued
Region and state
Region VIII
Colorado
Montana
North Dakota
South Dakota
Utah
Wyoming
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region IX
Arizona
California
Hawaii
Nevada
Guam
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region X
Alaska
Idaho
Oregon
Washington
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
U.S. TOTALS
Populatioi
(1000's)1
2,670
785
652
690
1,307
424
6,528
3.0
2,354
22,294
897
660
85
26,317
11.9
403
878
2,444
3,774
7,499
3.4
220,951
Population
i Total, area density ,
5 (mi^r (people/m/)
104,247
147,138
70,665
77,047
84,916
97,914
581,927
16.1
113,909
158,693
6,450
110,540
212
389,880
10.8
589,757
83,557
96,981
68,192
838,487
23.0
3,620,000
26
5
9
9
15
4
11
21
140
139
6
401
68
1
11
25
55
9
61
Particulates
Emission State
Total emissions density emissions
(10 metric tons) (tons/mi2) (% of U.S.)
40.4
29.8
33.6
43.1
91.7
171.8
410.4
5.2
64.4
235.4
17.5
89.5
4.5
411.3
6.2
23.1
25.2
81.2
112.8
242.3
3.1
7,882
0.4
0.2
0.5
0.6
1.1
1.8
0.7
0.6
1.5
2.7
0.8
21.2
1.1
<0.01
0.3
0.8
1.7
0.3
2.2
0.51
0.38
0.43
0.55
1.16
2.18
0.82
2.99
0.22
1.14
0.06
0.29
0.32
1.03
1.43
Sulfur Oxides
Emissions State
Total emissions density, emissions
(10Jmetric tons) (tons/mi^) (% of U.S.)
99.6
189.8
113.5
38.7
198.6
173.5
813.7
2.9
1,118.2
515.8
56.0
298.2
53.7
2,041.9
9.0
15.6
45.7
39.3
235.7
336.3
1.2
27,834
1.0
1.3
1.6
0.5
2.3
1.8
1.4
9.8
3.3
8.7
2.7
253.3
5.2
<0.01
0.5
0.4
3.5
0.4
7.7
0.36
0.68
0.41
0.14
0.71
0.62
4.02
1.85
0.20
1.07
0.19
0.06
0.16
0.14
0.85
?Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1978b).
^Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1979).
The accuracy of these data may not warrant the number of significant figures shown.
Source: The World Almanac and Book of Facts 1980 (1980).
image:
-------
particulate emission in Region VI. The primary metals and petrochemical industries, along
with fuel combustion contributed most of the sulfur oxides emissions in Region VI.
In other regions grain processing (Region VII) and mineral products (Region IX) emitted
large amounts of particulate matter. Fuel combustion (Regions II and VII) and the primary
metals industry (Region IX) contributed significant amounts of sulfur oxides.
The quantity and characteristics (size and composition) of particulate matter emissions
from stationary sources may be affected by several factors. Among these are source type,
operating conditions and practices, fuel characteristics (if the source is a fuel combustion
source), and type of emission control equipment, if any. The chemical composition of emitted
particles can determine possible reactions that occur during transport and the final effects
upon receptors (see Chapters 5 and 6). Particle size affects suspension time and transport
distance. It is also an important factor in determining any possible health effects (see
Chapters 13, 14, and 15).
Table 4-8 presents a summary of particle size and chemical composition data for
uncontrolled particulate emissions from stationary sources. Note that these data are for
uncontrolled emissions. This is significant because control devices exert strong influence on
the particle size distribution of emissions. Table 4-9 illustrates that, for coal-fired
boilers, most control devices are more efficient at removing larger particles. Therefore,
even though the total mass of smaller particles decreases, the percentage increases. [Refer
to U.S. EPA (1980b) for further discussion on the effects of control devices on emissions
characteristics.] Therefore, applying the particle size percentages shown in Table 4-8 to
the emission quantities listed in Table 4-6 and 4-7 would probably result in an
underestimation of the finer particle fractions since Tables 4-6 and 4-7 were arrived at
assuming the application of control devices.
As a further example, control devices have helped reduce the mass flow of particulate
emissions in California's South Coast Air Basin by 95 percent or more from what prevailed
under uncontrolled conditions. However, over 90 percent of the remaining emissions (both
point sources are miscellaneous area sources) have particle sizes less than 10 pm (Taback et
al., 1979).
A final point with respect to Table 4-8 is that the particle size and chemical
composition data represent an overall source category. Therefore, in the iron and steel
industry, for example, not all of the many different processes emitting particulate matter
would necessarily have emissions exhibiting that exact characteristics shown. The reader
should refer to the documents cited for more detailed information.
The same factors mentioned earlier may affect the quantity and characteristics of sulfur
oxide emissions. By volume, over 90 percent of total national sulfur oxide emissions are in
the form of sulfur dioxide, SO-. Primary sulfates account for most of the other 10 percent.
Little is known about primary sulfates, but combustion of coal and oil is thought to be a
major source. Primary sulfates are of increasing concern because of their potential impacts
on visibility, acidic deposition, and health.
SOX4A/B 4-21 12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-8. EXAMPLES OF UNCONTROLLED PARTICIPATE EMISSION CHARACTERISTICS'
ro
ro
Particle size data Chemical Composition Data
Source category
Fuel combustion
Utility
Coal
Oil
Industrial
Oil
Gas
Com/Inst/Res
Oil
(weight % less than stated size) Major elements
15 pm 2.5 |jm 1.0 urn and compounds
15-90 5-70 1-15 Al.Ca.Fe.Si,
sulfates.organics
95 70-95 95 Al ,Ca,Fe,Mg,Na(
sulfates.organics
65-95 Al,Fe,Mg,Si,
sulfates.organics
100 Cl.Na.sulfates,
organics
Al .Ca.Mg.Zn,
sul fates
Trace elements
(less than 1% by weight'
As.B.Ba.Be.Cd.Cl.Co.Cr,
Cu.F.Hg.K.Mg.Mn.Na.Ni,
P.Pb.S.Se.Ti.V.Zn.Zr
As,Ba,Br,Co,Cr,Cu,K,
Mn,Mo,Ni,Pb,Se,Sr,Ti,V
As , Ba , Ca , Cd , Co , Cr , Cu , Hg ,
K.Mo.Ni.Ph.Se.Sr.Ti.V.Zr
As,Ba,Cd,Cr,Cu,Hg,K,
Ni.Pb.Sb.C
Gas
100
Cl.Na.sulfates
organics
image:
-------
TABLE 4-8. (continued)
Particle size data
Source category
Industrial processes
Metals
Iron and steel
Primary aluminum
Primary copper
Primary lead
Primary zinc
Iron foundries
^s. Mineral products
tio Cement
CO
Asphalt
Lime
Gypsum
(weight % less than
15 urn 2.5 urn
35-99
90 75
20-95
80
90-98
70-95 65-90
80 30
10 1
25-50
stated size)
1.0 pro
40-95
35-45
70
65
5-35
0-30
5
20
Chemical Composition Data
Major elements
and compounds
Al,C,Ca,Cr,Fe,K,Mg,
Mn,Pb,Si,Zn,
sulfates, organics
Al,C,Ca,F,Fe,Na
Cu,Pb,S,Zn
Pb.Zn
Cd,Fe,Pb,S,Zn
Al,C,Ca,Cl,K,Mg,
Na.Si , carbonates,
sulfates
Al.C.Ca.Fe.K.Mg,
Si .sulfates
Ca,Fe,Mg,Se,Si,
carbonates
Al.C.CA.Mg.Na,
Trace elements
(less than 1% by weight)
Ag,As,Br,Cd
Mo,Ni,Rb,Se
Ag.Al ,As,Cd
Si.Te
As,Cd,Se,Te
Cu,Hg,Mn,Sn
Ag,Ba,Cd,Cr
Mo,Ni,Pb,Rb
Ag,As,Ba,Cr
As,Ba,Br,Cd
,Cs,Cu,F,I,
,Sn,Sr,V,Zr
.Hg.Sb.Se,
,Cu,F,Fe,Mn,
,Se,Ti,Zn
,Ti
.Cl.Cr.Cu,
sulfates
Fe,K,Mn,Mo,Ni,Pb,Se,
Sr.Y.Zn
image:
-------
TABLE 4-8. (continued)
I
ro
Source category
Crushed rock
Petroleum
Particle size data
(weight % less than stated size)
15 jjm 2.5 pm 1.0 |jm
1-2
50-90
Chemical Composition Data
Major elements
and compounds
Ca,Si,P
Asphalt, coke dust,
Trace
(less than
Ba,Cu,Fe,K
elements
1% by weight)
,Mn,Sr
Chemicals
sulfuric acid
Others
Grain processing
Pulp and paper
Solid waste disposal
Incinerators
90-95
45
40-95
2
70-80
35
10-55
0
sulfuric acid mist,
flyash, soot
Sulfuric acid mist
Organics
Ca,Mg,Na,carbonates,
sulfates
aSources: Surprenant et al. (1979); Taback et al. (1979); U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(1980c); U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1980d).
Since a number of references were cited, some characterizing different processes, discrepancies
may exist in the ranges shown.
cElements and compounds listed were included in at least one of the references cited.
image:
-------
4.5.2.1 Fuel Combustion—Stationary fuel combustion includes all boilers, heaters, and
furnaces. Utilities, industry, and commercial/institutional and residential establishments
are the fuel combustion source categories. In the utility and industrial sectors, coal, and
to a lesser degree, oil combustion contribute most of the particulate and sulfur oxides
emissions (see Table 4-6). Oil combustion causes most of these emissions from
commercial/institutional and residential establishments.
Coal is a slow-burning fuel with a relatively high ash content. Coal combustion
particulates consist primarily of carbon, silica, alumina, and iron oxide. See Table 4-9.
Particulate sulfates and trace elements are also included. A large percentage of the trace
elements in raw coal remain in the solid waste or bottom ash. Table 4-10 (based on 1974
emissions data) shows this. The roughly 940,000 metric tons of trace elements emitted to the
atmosphere represent about 15 percent of total particulate emissions.
Uncontrolled, the quantity and particle size distribution of coal fly ash depend on the
amount and type of coal burned, the unit type, and the ash content of the coal. Cyclone and
pulverized-coal furnaces, typically used in utility boilers, discharge finer particles than
stoker-fired boilers, used mainly by industry. The combustion of low-ash coal produces less
particulate matter than the combustion of high-ash coal. High-sodium lignite causes less
combustion particulate formation than does low-sodium lignite (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 1977).
In the combustion of most coals (most commonly bituminous), greater than 90 percent of
the coal sulfur is converted to gaseous S02 about 1 to 2 percent of the emitted sulfur oxides
are in the form of primary sulfates (Homolya and Cheney 1978a; Homolya and Cheney, 1979).
Lignite is being utilized where it is plentiful at relatively low cost. The alkali
content (mostly sodium) of lignite ash has a major effect on the amount of coal sulfur
retained in bottom ash. A high-sodium lignite may retain over 50 percent of the available
sulfur, while a low-sodium lignite may retain less than 10 percent (U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 1977).
Several factors can affect the formation of primary sulfates from coal-fired boilers.
The higher excess oxygen levels commonly used in industrial boilers increase the oxidation of
S02 to S03 and H2SO. (Homolya and Cheney, 1978a; Bennett and Knapp, 1978). Most gaseous S03
is hydrated to gaseous or aerosol H^SO. before exiting the boiler stack (Homolya and Cheney,
1979). Dirty equipment may also increase primary sulfate emissions from coal-fired boilers
since boiler deposits can act as catalysts in the oxidation of SO,, to sulfates. Conversely,
the relatively low flame temperatures used in most coal-fired boilers lessen the formation of
S03 from S02.
After coal, oil combustion in the utility and industrial sectors contributes the greater
amounts of emissions. In direct contrast to coal, however, oil is a fast burning, low ash
fuel. The low ash content results in formation of less particulate matter, but the size of
particles formed by oil combustion is generally smaller than of particles formed by coal
SOX4A/B 4-25 12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-9. SIZE SPECIFIC PARTICIPATE EMISSIONS FROM
COAL-FIRED BOILERS3
Control device
ESP
Wet scrubber
Fabric filter
i
PO
^rmv^o- II <^ Fnw-
Inlet size distribution Outlet size distribution Removal Efficiency (%)
(uncontrolled) (controlled)
(Mass percent less than) (Mass percent less than) (at)
15 urn 2.5 urn 15 pm 2.5 (jm 15 urn 2.5 urn overall
15-50 5-20 70-95 15-70 65-99+ 60-95 85-99+
30-95 10-70 80-95 50-90 75-95 50-90 80-95
55-65 20-45 ^80 20-90 -99 -99 -99
i vrtnnnant1 a 1 P *»/•»+• orfinn Anonrw flQftHrM
Based on limited data.
image:
-------
TABLE 4-10. TRACE ELEMENT AIR EMISSIONS VS. SOLID WASTE:
STATIONARY FUEL COMBUSTION SOURCES, AND
PERCENT FROM CONVENTIONAL
TOTAL (METRIC TONS PER YEAR)3
-ti-
ro
Mr emissions (fly ash)
Element
As
Ba
Be
B
Br
Cd
Cl
Cr
Co
Cu
F
Fe
Pb
Mn
Hg
Ni
Se
Ti
U
V
Zn
Zr
Util
90
88
89
90
84
61
83
84
63
72
83
77
92
89
81
60
85
89
86
63
89
78
Indust
8
9
9
9
13
21
13
11
23
16
13
20
7
10
14
21
13
9
10
20
10
20
Com/Inst
2
3
2
1
2
18
2
5
14
12
2
3
1
1
3
19
2
2
4
17
1
2
Res Total
<1 2
<1 2
<1
<1 4
1 6
<1
2 644
<1 1
<1
<1 2
2 33
<1 154
<1 1
<1 4
2
<1 7
1
<1 56
<1 1
<1 9
<1 2
<1 2
939
,990
,770
240
,990
,080
300
,100
,630
460
,540
,570
,200
,180
,630
50
,350
790
,250
,540
,980
,090
,090
,820
Util
89
83
83
85
0
83
0
75
69
78
0
87
81
98
78
81
76
83
84
84
83
86
Solid waste (bottom ash)
Indust
9
13
12
13
0
14
0
12
9
12
0
9
15
1
20
12
22
13
13
12
13
11
Com/Inst Res
1
2
2
I
0
1
0
5
8
4
0
2
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
3
2
0
2
0
8
14
6
0
2
3
<1
<1
4
1
2
2
2
3
2
Total
12
15
16
5
1
4
1,369
2
12
4
178
4
8
6
17
1,662
,250
,970
740
,240
0
110
0
,040
,920
,280
0
,900
,530
,520
10
,700
370
,700
,510
,450
,890
,240
,370
sSource: Suprenant et al. (1976).
image:
-------
combustion (see Table 4-8). Also, while coal combustion contributes most of the trace
elements associated with particulate emissions, oil combustion is the source of 50 to 80
percent of cadmium, cobalt, copper, nickel, and vanadium emissions (Suprenant et al., 1976).
Oil-fired boilers generally convert over 90 percent of available fuel sulfur to gaseous
S02 emissions. However, high flame temperatures used in the combustion of oil exacerbate the
formation of primary sulfates. Tests have shown that about 7 percent by weight of sulfur
oxide emissions from oil combustion is emitted as primary sulfates (Homolya and Cheney,
1978b). Increasing excess oxygen and increasing the oil vanadium content will increase the
formation of primary sulfates (Homolya and Cheney, 1978b; Bennett and Knapp, 1978; Dietz
et al., 1978). Vanadium acts as a catalyst in the oxidation of S02 to S03-
Low sulfur oil and natural gas are the fuels typically used for space heating in the
commercial/institutional and residential sectors. Total emissions are minor compared with the
utility and industrial sectors. However, most commercial/institutional and residential
sources are in areas of high population density and release emissions at or near ground level,
thereby providing for high population exposure (Suprenant et al., 1979). Also, emissions are
concentrated primarily during the winter heating season.
There has currently been a trend toward homeowners burning coal or wood in auxiliary
space heaters to lower fuel bills. Should this trend continue, the increased emissions from
this sector could significantly affect urban air quality.
4.5.2.2 Industrial Processes—Major industrial process sources of particulate and sulfur
oxide emissions include the metals, mineral products, petroleum, and chemicals industries.
Others are grain processing and pulp and paper production. See Table 4-6.
The most significant emitters in the metals industry are iron and steel, and primary
smelting. The iron and steel industry involves coke, iron, and steel production. Coking is
the process of heating coal in a low-oxygen atmosphere to remove volatile components, which
are recovered. Coke is used in the production of iron. Both particulates and sulfur oxides
result from charging of coal to the hot ovens, door and topside leaks, underfiring, pushing
(removal of hot coke), and quenching. Some fine particles consist, at least partly, of
condensed organic components.
Particulate emission sources of iron production include the combustion gases, tapping
operations, and blast furnace slips (operations that require bypassing the control device).
The emitted particles are probably all fine particles that either escape the control device or
result from tapping (see Table 4-8). Blast furnace flue dust is composed primarily of iron,
silicon dioxide, and aluminum oxide, among others.
Steel is produced several different ways. The basic oxygen furnace produces steel from a
furnace charge composed of about 70 percent molten pig iron and 30 percent scrap. A stream of
commercially pure oxygen is used to oxidize impurities, principally carbon and silicon. The
tremendous agitation produced by the oxygen lancing produces high dust loadings consisting
SOX4A/B 4-28 12-17-80
image:
-------
mostly of iron and small amounts of fluorides. Most of the particles are less than 5 (jm. One
source reports that the particles contained 80 ppm cadmium, 4600 ppm lead, and 45,000 zinc.
From 1960 to 1975, steel production in open hearth furnaces declined from 90 percent of
the U.S. total to 20 percent (Desy, 1978). Open hearth furnaces are being replaced by basic
oxygen furnaces which produce 272 or more metric tons of steel per hour compared to the 27 to
54 metric tons per hour typically produced in an open hearth furnace. The composition of
particulate emissions is similar to the basic oxygen furnace. Most of the emissions before
control are less than 5 |jm and probably 90 percent are fine particles after control.
Two types of electric furnaces, the arc furnace and the induction furnace, are used to
produce steel. The arc furnace is used to produce high-alloy steel, as well as a considerable
amount of mild steel. Particulate emissions consist primarily of oxides of iron, manganese,
aluminum, calcium, magnesium, and silicon. Particulate fluorides are also emitted. Emissions
are primarily fine particles. The induction furnace produces primarily specialty and high
alloy steels with no real emission problems.
The primary metals industry includes the smelting of copper, lead, and zinc, along with
aluminum production. Sulfur in unprocessed copper, lead, and zinc ores is converted to S02 in
the smelting processes (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1977). A relatively small
portion of the sulfur is emitted as particulate sulfate and sulfuric acid. The bulk of 502 is
formed in the roasting, smelting, sintering, and converting processes (U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, 1974). Particulate matter emitted from the same processes is mostly fine
particles, less than 2.5 pm in diameter.
Aluminum production involves mainly bauxite calcining, reduction, and grinding.
Particulate emissions are primarily alumina with about 25 percent particulate fluoride (U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1977). Before control, 35 to 44 percent of the particles are
below one micron in diameter.
Emissions from the mineral products industry result primarily from the production of
Portland cement, asphalt, and crushed rock. Others include lime, glass, gypsum, brick,
fiberglass, cleaned coal, phosphate rock, and potash. Emission points such as crushing,
screening, conveying, grinding, drying or calcining, and loading are common to most mineral
products industries. Fugitive dust from most of these processes tends to be larger than 15
microns. However, drying and calcining produce relatively finer particulates. The
composition of particulate emissions is similar to the mineral being processed.
More than 30 raw materials are used to make cement. They can be divided into four basic
categories: lime (calcareous), silica (siliceous), alumina (argillaceous), and iron
(ferriferous). The kiln and associated clinker cooler are potentially the largest sources of
particulate and sulfur oxides emissions (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1977). Kiln
emissions also include primary sulfates (Bellinger et al., 1980). Probable particle size
distribution and chemical composition are shown in Table 4-8.
SOX4A/B 4-29 12-17-80
image:
-------
Asphalt concrete is a mixture of aggregate, asphalt cement, and occasionally mineral
filler. Commonly, asphalt concrete is produced in conjunction with crushed and broken stone
production facilities. The rotary dryer typically used to dry and heat the aggregate is
potentially the largest particulate emission source (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
1977).
Emissions from the production of crushed rock result primarily from the processes
mentioned earlier. The chemical composition of particulate emissions is similar to the
material processed. The particles emitted are normally relatively coarse.
The major sources of sulfur oxide emissions in the petroleum industry are the catalytic
cracking and sulfur recovery processes and off-gas flares (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 1977); Dickerman et al., 1977). S02 emissions from the catalytic cracking process are
emitted during the catalyst regeneration step.
Major sour gas streams are usually treated in a sulfur plant. Most sulfur plants utilize
a modified Glaus process which consists of multi-stage oxidation of hydrogen sulfide to
elemental sulfur. The sulfur recovery efficiency of these sulfur plants ranges from 92 to 97
percent depending on the number of catalytic stages. Sulfur plant tail gas is usually
incinerated so that most of the remaining sulfur species are oxidized to S0?. Some plants
have installed tail gas clean-up systems to further reduce S02 emissions. These units along
with a sulfur plant can achieve up to 99.8 percent sulfur recovery.
Minor off-gas streams and recovered vapors are often combusted in flares. Most of the
sulfur species present in these vapors are oxidized to S0?.
A variety of processes make up the chemical production industry. Chemical process
industries that contribute significant amounts of sulfur oxide emissions are sulfuric acid
plants, elemental sulfur plants, and explosives manufacturing.
Sulfuric acid is manufactured primarily by the contact process. The three types of raw
materials charged to sulfuric acid plants are elemental sulfur, spent acid and hydrogen
sulfide, and sulfide ores and smelter gases. The amount of SO,, emissions in acid plant exit
gases is an inverse function of the sulfur conversion efficiency of the process (U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1977). Sulfuric acid mist is generated by the process SOp
absorbers. The quantity and size distributed of the acid mist are dependent on the type of
sulfur feedstock used, the strength of the acid produced, and the conditions in the absorber.
The manufacture of TNT and nitro cellulose explosives produces emissions of SO,, and
sulfuric acid mist. A major raw material in the production of these explosives is sulfuric
acid. Sulfuric acid concentrators, sellite exhaust, and incinerators are the major sulfur
oxides sources in these processes. Sulfur oxide emissions may vary considerably depending on
the efficiency of the process and the operating conditions (U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 1977).
Particulate emissions from grain processing typically result from handling, cleaning,
drying, and milling (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1977). Grain processing
particulates are normally coarse, and are composed of the parent organic material.
SOX4A/B 4-30 12-17-80
image:
-------
Chemical wood pulping by the kraft or sulfite processes involves cooking wood chips under
pressure to dissolve the lignin that binds the cellulose fibers, in addition to washing,
milling, bleaching, and drying (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1977). Particulate
emissions occur primarily from the recovery furnace (used to recovery cooking chemicals) and
the lime kiln (lime is used in cooking). Sulfur dioxide emissions result mainly from
oxidation of reduced sulfur compounds in the recovery furnace.
4.5.3 Industrial Process Fugitive Particulate Emissions
Fugitive dust emissions result from wind erosion of storage piles and unpaved plant roads
and from vehicular traffic over plant roads. Fugitive process emissions result from
industry-related operations such as materials handling, loading, unloading, and transfer
operations. Point sources controlled incompletely, such as furnace charging and tapping, and
equipment that is maintained poorly, such as leaking furnaces and coke oven doors, are also
fugitive process emission sources.
Process fugitives are not emitted from a definable point such as a stack. They are
difficult to collect, measure, and control. For a given industry, there are generally a large
number of fugitive particulate emission sources. For example, 20 separate sources have been
identified for foundries (Jutze et al., 1977). In terms of total emissions, however, one or
two of these sources may predominate.
Even though fugitive particulate emission totals may appear small when compared with
totals from large point sources, they may take on importance because of the concentration of
control efforts on point source emissions. In the integrated iron and steel industry, where
fugitive particulate emissions are characterized relatively well, fugitives are estimated to
account for about 10 percent of all uncontrolled emissions. However, since fugitive
particulate emissions are poorly controlled, they account for greater than 60 percent of total
controlled emissions (Spawn, 1979). Also, in situations where point sources are controlled
well or use high stacks, fugitive particulate emissions exert the primary effect on local air
quality. Extremely high suspended particulate levels have been measured in areas where
process fugitives are predominant (Lynn et al., 1976; Lebowitz, 1975).
Table 4-11 presents estimates of uncontrolled industrial process fugitive particulate
emissions. Particle size and composition characteristics are also presented. Unfortunately,
many of the emission factors used to estimate process fugitives are based on engineering
judgement or extrapolation from similar processes. Often, there is little test data available
to support these estimates since process fugitives are difficult to measure. Therefore, the
accuracy of these estimates is questionable. Also note that some of the emissions presented
in Table 4-11 may have already been accounted for in Table 4-6 (Section 4.5.2). This overlap
is due to using different references (see Section 4.3).
As is evident from Table 4-11, three broad categories account for nearly all of the
potential process fugitives in the United States. They are mineral products, food and
SOX4A/B 4-31 12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-11. UNCONTROLLED INDUSTRIAL PROCESS
FUGITIVE PARTICULATE EMISSIONS3
Annual uncontrolled
fugitive particulate
emissions
Size
Source category (10 metric tons) characteristics
Major components
Mineral products
Crushed rock
Extraction,
Surface coal mining
Portland cement
Asphalt concrete
Lime manufacturing
Concrete batching
Food and agriculture
Grain elevators
Primary metals
Coke/iron/steel
Foundries
730
700
100
50
30
1,250
250
125
10-50%<10 urn
1-2%<1 urn
50-70%<4 urn
45-70%<5 urn
10-20%<5 urn
Coke mfg: 27-.
<10 um, 15-26%
<2 |jm; iron mfg
1-10%<5 urn;
Steel mfg: 50%
<5 um
50%<15 um
Same as parent
material (important
for toxic minerals
such as asbestos,
beryl Hum, si 1 ica)
Limestone, clay,
shale, gypsum,
iron-bearing and
siliceous materials
Sand, crushed stone,
limestone, hydrated
1 ime
Limestone, lime
Cement dust
Grain dust
Polycyclic "organic
matter, coal dust,
code dust, iron
oxide dust, kish
(graphite material),
metal fume (pri-
marily iron oxide)
Metal oxide fume
Primarily oxides of
silicon and iron),
fine carbonaceous
fume
SOX4A/B
4-32
12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-11. (continued)
Annual uncontrolled
Fugitive particulate
, emissions
Size
Source category (10 metric tons) characteristics Major components
Aluminum
Copper
Lead
Secondary metals
Wood products
TOTAL
60
40
15
10
10
3,370
50-90%<10 urn
10-50%<5 urn
10-90%<5 urn
80-100%<5 urn
40-90% 10 urn
Particulate fluo-
rides, alumina
(Al 0), carbon
dust, condensed
hydrocarbons, tars
Cu, Fe, S, SiO
from ore concen-
trate; metal fume
consisting of
oxides of As, Pb,
Zn, Cu, Cd
Metal fume consist-
ing of oxides of
Pb, Cd, Zn, Sb
Oxides of A1.Cu.Pb,
Sn.Zn; Oxides of
alkali metals;
A1C1,, NH.Cl.NaCl,
ZnCK; flourides,
and carbonaceous
materials
Sawdust
aSources: Taback et al. (1979)
Zoller et al. (1978)
Jutze et al. (1977)
SOX4A/B
4-33
12-17-80
image:
-------
agriculture, and primary metals. In the mineral products industries, fugitive particulate
emissions tend to reflect the composition of the parent materials. The limited amount of
particle size data indicate that most particles are relatively coarse.
Grain elevator operations account for the fugitive particulate emissions in the food and
agriculture industry. These emissions consist almost entirely of grain dust from loading and
unloading, drying and cleaning operations, conveyor belts, and transfer points. Only about
one percs-::-- of these particles are less than 10 urn in size.
Primary metals production encompasses six separate industries. Fugitive particulate
emissions in *nis category result from the handling and transporting of raw materials and from
the s,neHiMb and refining of these raw materials into their finished metal products. While
emissions of uid hist type are not characterized well, emissions of the second type often
consist of fme metal fumes. This is particularly significant because of the quantities of
toxic trace ir^sis than can be concentrated and volatilized in metal melting operations. Some
cf these U.-ic components of particuiate emissions are presented in Table 4-12.
The r&T.e.iiirg t.,o categories, secondary metals and wood products, account for less than
one percer.t of the national total of industrial process fugitive particulate emissions.
Fugitive raetai T^me participates from secondary metal melting operations also include toxic
components. These are presented in Table 4-12.
4.5.4 Non-Industrial Fugitive Particulate Emissions
This section addresses the subject of non-industrial fugitive particulate emissions, or
fugitive dust. These emissions are caused by traffic entrainment for dust from public paved
and unpaved roads, agricultural operations, construction activities, surface mining
operations, and fires. With the exception of fires, all of these sources may be classified as
open-dust sources; that is, they entail dust entrainment by the interaction of machinery with
aggregate materials and by the forces of wind on exposed materials.
A number of factors can affect the degree of emissions from open sources. These factors
could generally be classified under three headings: material, equipment, and climate.
Material encompasses such factors as silt content and moisture content. For example,
increasing the silt content and decreasing the moisture content of unpaved road material would
probably result in more dust being generated. Equipment factors generally refer to vehicle
wtignt and speed. For example, increasing the speed or weight of a vehicle travelling over an
ui.paved road would tend to increase emissions. Climatic factors are wind speed and
precipitation. Increased wind speed and decreased precipitation would both tend to increase
emissions from any open-dust source.
Estimated U.S. annual particulate emissions from non-industrial fugitive dust sources are
difficult to pin down. As shown in Table 4-13, fugitive dust emissions from unpaved roads
tend to be quite significant. The two available estimates, however, vary by almost an order
of magnitude. Fugitive dust from wind erosion of cropland and construction activities as
documented by Cooper et al. (1979) also appears significant. However, no other estimates with
SOX4A/B 4-34 12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-12. TOXIC COMPONENTS OF FUGITIVE (AND STACK) PARTICULATE
EMISSIONS IN THE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY METALS INDUSTRIES3
Industry POMb As Be Pb Cr Cd Hq Se Aq Co Ni Fluorides
Primary metals
1. Coke ++c + + + + + + + +
2. Iron + +
3. Steel + + +
4. Foundaries + + + + +
5. Aluminum + ++
6. Copper ++ ++ + + +
7. Lead + ++ + + +
8. Zinc ++ + +
Secondary metals
4a, 1. Lead ++
(V, 2. Aluminum ++
c~" 3. Copper (brass/bronze) ++ +
4. Zinc + + + +
aSources: Daugherty and Coy (1979), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1978a), Bohn et al. (1978),
Jutze et al. (1977), Steiner (1977), Nelson et al. (1977), and Vandegrift et al. (1971).
Polycyclic Organic Matter
The symbol (+) is used to indicate the presence of a toxic component in the particulate emissions. If the
toxic component is present in large quantities (>5 percent by weight), the symbol (++) is used.
image:
-------
TABLE 4-13. ESTIMATED ANNUAL PARTICULATE EMISSIONS FROM
NON-INDUSTRIAL FUGITIVE SOURCES
Estimated Emissions
(10 metric tons/year
Source Category
Unpaved roads
Paved roads
Wind erosion of cropland
Agricultural tilling
Construction activities
Minerals extraction
Mineral tailing
Prescribed fires
Cooper et al. (1979) U.S. EPA (1980b)
290 35
7.2 4.7
40
2.9
25
3
0.7
0.4 0.2
aParticles less than 30 urn in diameter.
Includes prescribed forest burns and agricultural burning.
which to compare are available. Total fugitive emissions range from approximately 112 x 10
metric tons per year to 369 x 10 metric tons per year. The lower figure assumes the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency's estimate of fugitive emissions from paved and unpaved roads,
while the higher figure assumes the estimate of Cooper et al. Because of the disparity
between comparable estimates, the estimated emissions presented in Table 4-13 should be
considered with a degree of caution.
Information on particle size distribution is also limited. Some limited data are
presented in Table 4-14 but they are representative only of California's South Coast Air Basin
and should not be extrapolated to the nation as a whole. Dust from unpaved roads,
agricultural tilling, construction, and road building is composed primarily of silicon,
phosphorous, aluminum, iron, calcium, and potassium. Trace elements include barium, cobalt,
copper, lead, manganese, nickel, titanium, vanadium, and zinc (Taback et al., 1979).
Finally, it is estimated that fugitive dust emissions exceed particulate emissions from
stationary point sources in 90 percent of the Air Quality Control Regions that are not meeting
the ambient standards for total suspended particulates (Carpenter and Weant, 1978). However,
the impact of fugitive dust emissions on populated areas may be lessened bacause of several
SOX4A/B 4-36 12-17-80
image:
-------
TABLE 4-14. ESTIMATED PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS FOR SEVERAL
NON-INDUSTRIAL FUGITIVE SOURCE CATEGORIES3 IN CALIFORNIA'S
SOUTH COAST AIR BASIN
Weight Percent in Size Range
Source Category
Unpaved road dust
Agricultural tillage dust
Road building and construction dust
Agricultural burning
>10 urn
54
40
36
image:
-------
composition for diesel engines are sensitive to many parameters, including vehicle size,
operating conditions (speed, load), and fuel characteristics. Normally, carbon-containing
species dominate, including a material similar to lubricating oil (Black and High, 1978).
Engine-related particles are mostly under 1 |jm in diameter. For vehicles burning leaded
gasoline, the available data indicate a mass medium diameter of about 0.25 urn (Moran et al.,
1971). Due to the predominance of sulfates, catalyst-equipped vehicles burning unleaded
gasoline emit smaller particles having a mass mean diameter of about 0.05 (jm (Groblicki,
1976). The size distribution of diesel particulate matter suggests a mass median diameter of
about 0.2 |jm (Dolan and Kittleson, 1979).
Very little data exist on non-engine particulates from highway vehicles. About 40
percent of particles from tire wear are less than 10 urn (about 20 percent are less than 1 urn);
they are composed primarily of carbon (Taback eta!., 1979). Particles from brake lining
attrition are all less than 1 urn and are composed mainly of asbestos (80 percent) and carbon
(Taback et al., 1979).
SOX4A/B 4-38 12-17-80
image:
-------
4.6 REFERENCES
Adams, D. F., S. 0. Farwell, M. R. Pack, and W. L. Bamesberger. Preliminary
measurements of biogenic sulfur-containing gas emissions from soils. J.
Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 29:380-383, 1979a.
Adams, D. F., S. 0. Farwell, M. R. Pack, and E. Robinson. Estimates of
natural sulfur source strengths. Presented at the Gatlinburg Conference
on Sulfur, Gatlinburg, TN, October 1979b.
Adams, D. F. Personal communication [Telephone conversation], October 1980.
Adams, F., R. Dams, L. Guzman, and J. W. Winchester. Background aerosol
composition on Chacaltaya Mountain, Bolivia. Atmos Environ. 11:629-634,
1977.
Barringer, A. R. AIRTRACE--an airborne geochemical exploration technique.
_In: Proceedings of the First Annual William 1. Pecora Memorial
Symposium, American Mining Congress, Sioux Falls, South Dakota, October
1975. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1015, U.S. Department of the
Interior, Washington, DC, September 1977. pp. 231-251.
Baylor, E. R., M. B. Baylor, D. C. Blanchard, L. D. Syzdek, and C. Appel.
Virus transfer from surf to wind. Science (Washington, DC) 198:575-580,
1977.
Beauford, W., J. Barber, and A. R. Barringer. Heavy metal release from plants
into the atmosphere. Nature (London) 256:35-37, 1975.
Beauford, W., J. Barber, and A. R. Barringer. Release of particles containing
metals from vegetation into the atmosphere. Science (Washington, DC)
195:571-573, 1977.
Bennett, L., and K. T. Knapp. Sulfur and trace metal particulate emissions
from combustion sources. In: Workshop Proceedings on Priminary Sulfate
Emissions from Combustion Sources, Vol. 2: Characterization, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Southern Pines, North Carolina, April
24-26, 1978. EPA-600/8-78-020b, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC, August 1978. pp. 165-183.
Berg, W. W. Jr., and J. W. Winchester. Aerosol chemistry of the marine
atmosphere. In: Chemical Oceanography. Vol. 7. 2nd Edition. J. P.
Riley and R. Chester, eds., Academic Press Inc., London, England, 1978.
pp. 173-231.
Black, F., and L. High. Diesel hydrocarbon emissions, particulate and gas
phase. Presented at Symposium on Diesel Particulate Emissions Measure-
ments and Characterization, Ann Arbor, MI, May 1978.
Blanchard, D. C., and B. C. Parker. The freshwater to air transfer of
microorganisms and organic matter. In: The Aquatic Microbial Community.
J. Cairns, Jr., ed., Garland Publishing, New York, NY, 1977. pp.
625-658.
Bohn, R., T. Cuscino, and C. Cowherd. Fugitive Emissions from Integrated Iron
and Steel Plants. EPA-600/2-78-050. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, March 1978.
SOX4A/B 4-39 12-17-80
image:
-------
Bradow, R. L., F. M. Black, J. N. Braddock, C. T. Hare, M. Ingalls, and J. M.
Kawecki. Study of Particulate Emissions from Motor Vehicles. A Report
to Congress. Draft Report. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC, 1979.
Carpenter, B. H., and G. E. Weant, III. Particulate Control for Fugitive
Dust. EPA-600/7-78-071, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, April 1978.
Cooper, D. W., J. S. Sullivan, M. Quinn, R. C. Antonelli, and M. Schneider.
Setting Priorities for Control of Fugitive Particulate Emissions from
Open Sources. EPA-600/7-79-186. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC, August 1979.
Curtin, G. C., H. D. King, and E. L. Moiser. Movement of elements into the
atmosphere from coniferous trees in subalpine forests of Colorado and
Idaho. J. Geochem. Explor. 3:245-263, 1974.
Dannis, M. L. Rubber dust from the normal wear of tires. Rubber Chem.
Technol. 47:1011-1037, 1974.
Daugherty, D. P., and D. W. Coy. Assessment of the Use of Fugitive Emission
Control Devices. EPA-600/7-79-045. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, February 1979.
Delany, A. C., D. W. Parkin, J. J. Griffin, E. D. Goldberg, and B. E. F.
Reimann. Airborne dust collected at Barbados. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta
31:885-909, 1967.
Dellinger, B., G. Grotecloss, C. R. Fortune, J. L. Cheney, and J. B. Homolya.
Sulfur Dioxide Oxidation and Plume Formation at Cement Kilns. Env.
Science and Technology, 14:1244-1249, 1980.
Desy, D. H. Iron and Steel. Bureau of Mines Mineral Commodity Profiles No.
MCP-15, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington, DC, July 1978.
Dickerman, J. D., T. D. Raye, J. D. Colley, and R. H. Parsons. Industrial
Process Profiles for Environmental Use. Chapter 3: Petroleum Refining
Industry. EPA-600/2-77-023c, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC, January 1977.
Dietz, R. N., R. F. Wieser, and L. Newman. Operating parameters affecting
sulfate emissions from an oil-fired power unit. In: Workshop
Proceedings on Primary Sulfate Emissions from Combustion Sources, Vol 2:
Characterization, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Southern Pines,
North Carolina, April 24-26, 1978. EPA-600/9-78-020b. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, August 1978.
pp. 239-270.
Dolan, D. F., and D. B. Kittleson. Roadway Measurements of Diesel Exhaust
Aerosols. SAE Paper No. 790492, Detroit, MI, March 1979.
Duce, R. A., and E. J. Hoffman. Chemical fractionation at the air/sea
interface. Annu. Rev. Earth Planet. Sci. 4:187-228, 1976.
Eriksson, E. The Yearly Circulation of Chloride and Sulfur in Nature;
Meteorological, Geochemical and Pedological Implications. Part I,
Tellus, Vol. 11., 1959; Part II, Tellus, Vol. 12., 1960.
SOX4A/B 4-40 12-17-80
image:
-------
Fegley, R. W., H. T. Ellis, and J. L. Heffter. Volcanic contributions to the
stratospheric sulfate layer. J. Appl. Meteor. 19:683-690, 1980.
Fish, B. R. Electrical generation of natural aerosols from vegetation.
Science (Washington, DC) 175:1239-1240, 1972.
Fruchter, J. S., D. E. Robertson, J. C. Evans, K. B. Olsen, E. A. Lepel, J. C.
Laul, K. H. Abel, R. W. Sanders, P. 0. Jackson, N. S. Wogman, R. W.
Perkins, H. H. Van Tuyl, R. H. Beauchamp, J. W. Shade, J. L. Daniel, R.
L. Erikson, G. A. Sehmel, R. N. Lee, A. V. Robinson, 0. R. Moss, J. K.
Briant, and W. C. Cannon. Mount St. Helens ash from the 18 May 1980
eruption: chemical, physical, mineralogical, and biological properties.
Science (Washington, DC) 209:1116-1125, 1980.
Galloway, J. N., and D. M. Whelpdale. An atmospheric sulfur budget for
eastern North America. Atmos. Environ. 14:409-417, 1980.
GEOMET, Incorporated. Impact of Forestry Burning Upon Air Quality. A
State-of-the-Knowledge Characterization in Washington and Oregon.
EPA-910/9-78-052, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Seattle, WA,
October 1978.
Gillette, D. A. On the production of soil wind erosion aerosols having the
potential for long range transport. J. Rech. Atmos. 8:735-744, 1974.
Goldberg, E. D. Rock volatility and aerosol composition. Nature (London)
260:128-129, 1976.
Granat, L., H. Rodhe, and R. 0. Hallberg. The global sulfur cycle. Ecol.
Bull. (Stockholm) 22:89-134, 1976.
Groblicki, P. J. General Motors Sulfate Dispersion Experiment: Aerosol
Sizing Measurements. GMR-2127, General Motors Corporation, Warren, MI,
April 1976.
Henry, R. C., and G. M. Hidy. Potential for atmospheric sulfur from micro-
biological sulfate reduction. Atmos. Environ. 14:1095-1103, 1980.
Hobbs, P. V., L. F. Radke, M. W. Eltgroth, and D. A. Hegg. Airborne studies
of the emissions from the volcanic eruptions of Mt. St. Helens.
Submitted for publication to Science, 1980.
Homolya, J. B., and J. L. Cheney. An assessment of sulfuric acid and sulfate
emissions from the combustion of fossil fuels. In: Workshop Proceedings
on Primary Sulfate Emissions from Combustion Sources, Vol. 2: Character-
ization. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Southern Pines, North
Carolina, April 24-26, 1978. EPA-600/9-78-020b, U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, August 1978a. pp.3-11.
Homolya, J. B., and J. L. Cheney. Primary Sulfate Emissions from Oil
Combustion. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, 1978b.
Homolya, J. B., and J. L. Cheney. A study of primary sulfate emissions from a
coal-fired boiler with FGD. J. Air. Pollut. Control Assoc. 29:1000-1004,
1979.
SOX4A/B 4-41 12-17-80
image:
-------
Jacko, M. G. , and R. T. Ducharme. Brake Emissions—Emission Measurements from
Brake and Clutch Linings from Selected Mobile Sources. APTD-1557, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Ann Arbor, MI. March 1973.
Junge, C. E. Chemical analysis of aerosol particles and of gas traces on the t
Island of Hawaii. Tellus 9:528-537, 1957.
Jutze, G. A., J. M. Zoller, T. A. Jansen, R. S. Amick, C. E. Zimmer, and R. W.
Gerstle. Technical Guidance for Control of Industrial Process Fugitive
Particulate Emissions. EPA-450/3-77-010. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, March 1977.
Lawson, D. R., and J. W. Winchester. A standard crustal aerosol as a
reference for elemental enrichment factors. Atmos. Environ. 13:925-930,
1979a.
Lawson, D. R., and J. W. Winchester. Sulfur, potassium, and phosphorus
associations in aerosols from South American tropical rain forests.
Geophys. Res. 84:3723-3727, 1979b.
J.
Lee, R. E., Jr., and F. V. Duffield. Sources of environmentally important
metals in the atmosphere. In: Ultratrace Metal Analysis in Biological
Sciences and Environment, A Symposium, 174th Meeting America! Chemical
Society, Chicago, Illinois, August 29-30, 1977. T. H. Risby, ed.,
Advances in Chemistry Series 172, American Chemical Society, Washington,
DC, 1979. pp. 146-171.
Lebowitz, M. F. Short-term testing for fugitive dust effect. Presented at
the 68th Annual Meeting Air Pollution Control Association, Boston, MA,
June 15-20,1975. Paper No. 75-25.4.
Lovelock, J. E. CS9 and the natural sulfur cycle.
248:625-626, 1974.
Nature (London)
Lovelock, J. E., R. J. Maggs, and R. A. Rasmussen. Atmospheric dimethyl
sulphide and the natural sulphur cycle. Nature (London) 237:452-453.
1972.
Lynn, D. A., G. L. Deane, R. C. Galkiewicz, and R. M. Bradway. National
Assessment of the Urban Particulate Problem. Vol. 1: Summary of
National Assessment. EPA-450/3-76-024, U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, June 1976.
Maclntyre, F. Chemical fractionation and sea-surface microlayer processes.
In: The Seas: Ideas and Observations on Progress in the Study of the
s¥as. Vol. 5: Marine Chemistry. John Wiley and Sons. Inc., New York,
NY, 1974. pp.245-299.
Maroulis, P. J., and A. R. Bandy. Estimate of the contribution of
biologically produced dimethyl sulfide to the global sulfur cycle.
Science (Washington, DC) 196:647-648, 1977.
McClenny, W. A., R. W. Shaw, R. E. Baumgardner, R. Paur, A. Coleman, R. S.
Braman, and J. M. Ammons. Evaluation of Techniques for Measuring
Biogenic Airborne Sulfur Compounds: Cedar Island Field Study 1977.
EPA-600/2-79-004, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, January 1979.
SOX4A/B
4-42
12-17-80
image:
-------
Miller, M. S., S. K. Friedlander, and G. M. Hidy. A chemical element balance
for the Pasadena aerosol. J. Coloid Interface Sci. 39:165-176, 1972.
Moorby, J., and H. M. Squire. The loss of radioactive isotopes from the
leaves of plants in dry conditions. Radiat. Bot. 3:263-167, 1963.
Moran, J. B., 0. J. Manary, R. H. Fay, and M. J. Baldwin. Development of
Particulate Emission Control Techniques for Spark-ignition Engines.
APTD-0949, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Ann Arbor, MI, July
1971.
Moyers, J. L., and R. A. Duce. Gaseous and particulate bromine in the marine
atmosphere. J. Geophys. Res. 77:5330-5338, 1972a.
Moyers, J. L., and R. A. Duce. Gaseous and particulate iodine in the marine
atmosphere. J. Geophys. Res. 77:5229-5238, 1972b.
National Academy of Sciences. Airborne particles. University Park Press,
Baltimore, MD, 1979.
Nemeryuk, G. E. Migration of salts into the atmosphere during transpiration.
Sov. Plant. Physiol. 17:560-566, 1970.
Nelson, K. W., M. 0. Varner, and T. J. Smith. Nonferrous metallurgical
operations. In: Air Pollution. 3rd Edition. Vol. IV: Engineering
Control of Air Pollution. A. C. Stern, ed. , Academic Press, New York,
NY, 1977. pp. 846-887.
PEDCO. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Utility FGD Survey.
EPA-600/7-80-29c, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, April-June, 1980.
Radke, L. F., J. L. Stith, D. A. Hegg, and P. V. Hobbs. Airborne studies of
particles and gases from forest fires. J. Air. Pollut. Control Assoc.
28:30-34, 1978.
Rahn, K. A. Sources of Trace Elements in Aerosols—An Approach to Clean Air.
Ph.D. Thesis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, 1974.
Rahn, K. A. The Chemical Composition of the Marine Aerosol. Technical
Report, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, July 1976.
Rasmussen, R. A. Emission of biogenic hydrogen sulfide. Tellus 26:254-260,
1974.
Rasmussen, R. A., and F. W. Went. Volatile organic material of plant origin
in the atmosphere. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 53:215-220, 1965.
Robinson, E. , and R. C. Robbins. Sources, Abundance, and Fate of Gaseous
Atmospheric Pollutants. Stanford Research Institute, Menlo Park, CA,
February 1968.
Robinson, E., and R. C. Robbins. Emissions, Concentrations, and Fate of
Particulate Atmospheric Pollutants. Stanford Research Institute, Menlo
Park, CA, March 1971.
SOX4A/B 4-43 12-17-80
image:
-------
Ryan, P. W., and McMahon. Some Chemical and Physical Characteristics of
Emissions from Forest Fires. Paper 76-2.3, presented at the 69th Annual
Meeting of the Air Pollution Control Association, Portland, OR, June
22-July 1, 1976.
Schnell, R. C., and G. Vali. Atmosphere ice nuclei from decomposing
vegetation. Nature (London) 236:163-165, 1972.
Schnell, R. D., and G. Vali. World-wide source of leaf-derived freezing
nuclei. Nature (London) 246:212-213, 1973.
Spawn, P. Letter report submitted under Contract No. 68-02-2687, Technical
Directive No. 007. September 20, 1979.
Springer, J. J. Current and Future Trends of Exhaust Emissions from HD
Highway Vehicles. Presentation to Federally Coordinated Program of
Highway Research and Development, Federal Highway Administration, College
Park, MD, October 1978.
Steiner, B. A., Ferrous metallurgical operations. In: Air Pollution. 3rd
Edition. Vol. IV: Engineering Control of Air Pollution. A. C. Stern,
ed., Academic Press, New York, NY, 1977.
Stith, J. L., P. V. Hobbs, and L. F. Radke. Airborne particles and gas
measurements in the emissions from six volcanoes. J. Geophys. Res.
83:4009-4017, 1978.
Surprenant, N. , R. R. Hall, S. Slater, T. Susa, M. Sussman, and C. Young.
Preliminary emissions assessment of conventional stationary combustion
systems. Vol. II: Final Report. EPA-600/2-76-046b. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, March, 1979.
Surprenant, N., R. R. Hall, K. T. McGregor, and A. S. Werner. Emissions
assessment of conventional stationary combustion systems. Vol. 1: Gas
and Oil-Fired Residential Heating Sources. EPA-600/7-79-029b. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, May 1979.
Taback, H. J., A. R. Brienza, J. Macko, and N. Brunetz. Fine Particle
Emissions from Stationary and Miscellaneous Sources in the South Coast
Air Basin. Prepared for California Air Resources Board by KVB, Inc.,
February 1979.
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service. 1977 Wildfire Statistics.
U.S. Department of Agriculture, April 1979.
U.S. Department of Commerce. Bureau of the Census. Statistical Abstract of
the United States: 1979. 100th Edition. U.S. Department of Commerce,
Washington, DC, September 1979.
U.S. Department of Energy. National Energy Plan II—Appendix: Environmental
Trends and Impacts. U.S. Department of Energy, May 1979.
U.S. Department of Energy. National Environmental Impact Projection No. 1.
U.S. Department of Energy, April, 1978.
SOX4A/B 4-44 12-17-80
image:
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards. Background Information for New Source Performance Standards:
Primary Copper, Zinc, and Lead Smelters. Vol. 1: Proposed Standards.
EPA-450/2-74-002a. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, October 1974.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards. Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors 3rd Edition.
(Including Supplements 1-7). Parts A and B. AP-42, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, August 1977.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. An Assessment of the Health Effects of
Coke Oven Emissions. External review draft. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, April 1978a.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Air Pollutant Emission
Estimates, 1940-1976. EPA-450/1-78-003, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, July 1978b.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Protecting Visibility.
EPA-450/5-79-008. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, OAQPS, Research
Triangle Park, NC, October 1979.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Air Pollutant Emissions
Estimates, 1970-1978. EPA-450/4-80-002. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, OAQPS, Research Triangle Park, NC, January 1980a.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Emissions Report.
EPA-450/4-80-005. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, OAQPS, Research
Triangle Park, NC, March 1980b.
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. Control techniques for particulate
emissions from stationary sources (preliminary draft). U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, OAQPS, Research Triangle Park, NC, July
1980c.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Summary data received from G. Johnson,
Fine Particle Emissions Information Data System. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, IERL, Research Triangle Park, NC, September 1980d.
Vandergrift, A. E., et al. Particulate pollutant system study. APTD-0743.
Prepared by Midwest Research Institute for the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, May 1971.
Vines, R. G., et al. On the Nature, Properties, and Behavior of Bush-fire
Smoke. Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization,
Australia, 1971.
Went, F. W. Organic matter in the atmosphere, and its possible relation to
petroleum formation. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 46:212-221, 1960.
Went, F. W., D. E. Slemmons, and H. N. Mozingo. The organic nature of atmos-
pheric condensation nuclei. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 58:69-74, 1967.
Wexler, H. On the effects of volcanic dust on insolation and weather. Bull.
Am. Meteorol. Soc. 32:10-15, 1951a.
SOX4A/B 4-45 12-17-80
image:
-------
Wexler, H. Spread of the Krakatoa volcanic dust cloud as related to the
high-level circulation. Bull. Am. Meteorol. Soc. 32:48-51, 1951b.
Winchester, J. W., R. J. Ferek, D. R. Lawson, J. 0. Pilotte, M. H. Thiemens,
and L. E. Wangen. Comparison of aerosol sulfur and crustal element con-
centrations in particle size fractions from continental U.S. locations.
Water Air Soil Pollut., in press, 1979.
World Almanac and Book of Facts 1980. Grosset and Dunlap Edition, 1980.
Yamate, G. Development of Emission Factors for Estimating Atmospheric
Emissions from Forest Fires. EPA-450/3-73-009, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, October 1973.
Zoller, J., T. Bertke, and J. Janzen. Assessment of Fugitive Particulate
Emission Factors for Industrial Processes. EPA-450/3-78-107. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, September
1978.
Zoller, W. H., E. S. Gladney, and R. A. Duce. Atmospheric concentrations and
sources of trace metals at the South Pole. Science (Washington, DC)
183:198-200, 1974.
SOX4A/B 4-46 12-17-80
image:
-------
5. ENVIRONMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS AND EXPOSURE
5.1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter has two functions. One is to show the concentrations of sulfur dioxide and
of particles suspended in the air to which all living things and valuable objects are exposed.
The second is to show how the various sources of air pollutants contribute to these exposures.
The first goal is to demonstrate the concentrations of these two air pollutants in a way
relevant to the effects they might cause. Measurements of sulfur dioxide, of TSP, and of some
chemical components of particulate material in the ambient air have been made for a long time,
mostly with methods and procedures which have some imperfections. In Chapter 3, the most
current information relative to sources of error in measurement are covered in detail. Here,
only tho.se issues which influence interpretation are mentioned and then only briefly. The
reader is cautioned to consult Chapter 3 for more detail.
Despite imperfections in measurement methods, state and local monitoring data stored by
EPA is the largest source of information relative to long-term trends in pollutant concentra-
tions and of the geographical distributions of the pollutant levels. Therefore, the existing
monitoring data are presented first to gain this overall perspective with respect to SOp and
particles in that order.
The pollutant called particulate matter is exceedingly complex both with respect to its
physical properties and chemical composition. In Chapter 2 those characteristics of particles
which are generally observed in most atmospheres are covered in detail. Consequently, in this
section only those features of chemical composition and physical size are treated which
influence data interpretation. The reader is directed to Chapter 2 for more detail on these
subjects.
Recently, particle measurements have been collected and analyzed to estimate the relative
contributions of important sources. In this case, the complexity of the particles proves to
be valuable since many source types have nearly unique chemical signatures. Consequently, it
is often possible to make at least approximate assignments of the relative amounts of sus-
pended particulate material derived from road dust, power plants, automobiles, and other
common sources provided that an adequate description of the source signature is available.
Since this technique is still new, only a few studies are available some of which are
discussed to show the approximate source contributions in representative cases. For a more
complete description of particle emission factors and inventories. Chapter 4 should be con-
sulted.
Ultimately, the importance of the ambient air measurements of pollutant concentrations is
in estimating harmful effects. When the effect considered is visibility reduction, the
important factors are concentrations of light scattering and attenuating particles over the
geographical scale of several miles. In materials damage, concentrations of SOp and of
XD25A/A 5-1 1-19-81
image:
-------
soiling particles are important over time scales of months or years. But when considering
harmful influences of air pollutants on living things, the important matter is the dose. Dose
incorporates concentration, time and absorption and the relationship among these parameters.
Throughout their lifetime people inhale a complex mixture of gases and particles. Other
living things, vegetation and animals, are also exposed to the same complex mixtures, whose
composition varies with time at any given location because of changing atmospheric conditions
and source contributions. The effects of air pollution on health and welfare are function of
dose delivered to the receptor and the ability of the receptor to cope with the resultant
stress. In humans, the stress experienced by a critical organ or receptor tissue from
particle inhalation depends on particle size, composition, morphology, acidity or basicity,
and other physical-chemical properties of the aerosol. The delivered dose is also a function
of the anatomical features of the receptor as well as manner of breathing, breathing rate, and
integrity of bodily defense systems.
It is almost impossible to measure directly the air pollution dose to a population or
even to an individual except in the laboratory. As an alternative to direct measurement of
dose, exposure can and often must be used as an approximation of dose for studies on air
pollution risk and effects. The exposure-response relationship for air pollution is most
important for establishing standards. Unfortunately, to extrapolate from measurements of
ambient levels at a few locations to an individual or population exposure is a very difficult
task at present. The outdoor air's contribution to indoor concentrations is still being
investigated. The additional exposures to gases and particles from nonoccupational indoor
sources are not adequately quantified.
Indoor air quality and activity patterns complicate air pollution exposure estimates and
are discussed later in this chapter. First, the ambient outdoor concentrations of sulfur
dioxide and particulate matter are examined.
5.2 AMBIENT MEASUREMENTS OF SULFUR DIOXIDE
Ambient concentrations of sulfur dioxide are determined by the following factors: (1)
the density of emissions sources; (2) the source characteristics such as stack height, exit
velocity, and source strength (3) the local meteorological conditions (4) the local topography
and surrounding buildings (5) the reaction rate of sulfur dioxide in plumes, and (6) the
removal rates by precipitation, deposition at surfaces, and other reactions. These factors
interact in such a way that in urban and industrialized areas with high densities of SO,,
emissions, the S0? concentrations are much higher than in surrounding rural areas. It is
quite common to find gradients in S0? concentration within these industrialized and areas,
with a central core area reporting the highest S0~ concentrations. This pattern is shown
diagrammatically in Figure 5-1.
Where SOp emissions are dominated by a single or a few point sources, the pattern of S0?
concentrations could be different from the pattern displayed in Figure 5-1. Depending on
XD25A/A 5-2 1-19-81
image:
-------
<
image:
-------
topography, meteorology, and source characteristics, the concentration patterns may be
asymmetrical and the temporal distribution may be skewed to low mean values with a few
intermittent high peaks. These differences in concentration patterns may be important to the
effects experienced in exposed human populations.
Most urban areas have experienced dramatic improvements in air quality as a result of:
(1) restrictions on sulfur in fuel (2) better controls on new and existing sources; (3)
displacement of sources and the building of new sources in less populated regions; and (4) the
building of taller stacks.
This section presents SCL concentration data for specific locations and areas where
levels are currently high. The national status of SO,, concentrations is reviewed, along with
trends data. A comparison is made between S0? levels in six cities in the early 1960's and
the concentration in the late 1970's. Insights on factors that are important determinants of
population exposures are presented in the discussion of diurnal and seasonal SCL concentration
patterns. Since S02 can be measured by a variety of methods (see chapter 3), a brief
discussion of SCL monitoring and instruments precedes the substantive sections on
concentrations.
5.2.1 Monitoring Factors
The Environmental Protection Agency is now in the process of revising federal, state, and
local air monitoring networks. By 1981, states will be operating a selected number of sites
in the National Air Monitoring Station (NAMS) Network. These sites are to be located in the
areas of highest pollution concentrations and areas of high population density. They are
designed to serve in assessing the trends and progress in meeting standards. By 1983, the
state and local agencies are to be operating the State and Local Air Monitoring Station
(SLAMS) Network. This network is designed to be part of each state's implementation plan. It
is expected that this will mean fewer sites than are currently in operation; however, the
effort of federal coordination of air monitoring should provide the much-needed quality
control. The trend to reduction in the number of stations is already apparent in the 1977
sulfur dioxide data. There were 117 fewer monitoring sites reporting data in 1977 than in
1976 (2365 vs. 2482). Many States terminated all or most of their 24-hr West-Gaeke bubbler
sampling in 1978, and most remaining bubbler stations are being fitted with temperature
controls to avoid sample degradation (see Chapter 3). However, state and local agencies,
where they can, are relying primarily on continuous monitoring equipment.
Nationally, SCL monitoring is not as extensive as TSP monitoring. In 1978 there were 947
sites with continuous monitoring equipment and 1298 bubbler sites. Every state conducted SCL
monitoring. All reported sites are considered to have produced useful information on
short-term (1 to 24 hour) SCL concentrations. However, only those sites reporting a specified
number of hourly or daily observations per year are considered valid in terms of their annual
mean. EPA's minimum criteria for a valid annual mean are: 6570 hourly values from a
continuous monitor or 5 24-hour values in each quarter from a bubbler monitor.
XD25A/A 5-4 1-19-81
image:
-------
It is with respect to the number of SOp sites with valid annual means that the national
coverage appears inadequate. Only 99 of the 1298 bubbler sites (or 7.6 percent) have valid
annual means in 1978; only 385 of the 947 (or 40.7 percent) continuous sites are considered
valid. There are 7 states with no valid annual SOp data for 1978. EPA is currently taking
steps to improve the quality of S02 data and increase the number of representative sites
reporting valid data.
For valid bubbler sites, the average number of 24-hr observations in 1978 was 60. The
number of observations per site ranged from 28 to 322. For the valid continuous sites the
mean number of observations was 7806 hourly measurements. This ranged from a minimum of 6578
hr to a maximum of 8755 hr.
5.2.2 Sulfur Dioxide Concentrations
Although there are natural sources of SOp such as volcanoes (see chapter 4), they are of
minor importance. Sulfur dioxide has a rather short half-life in the troposphere (see
chapter 6). Background levels are often below the monitor's detection limit. Therefore it is
3
not surprising that the annual mean S0? concentration is 3 ug/m in some nonurban locations.
Monitoring in urbanized areas near industrial sources that use sulfur-bearing fuels shows
rather high concentrations of SO,. In 1978 the annual mean concentrations obtained by SO,,
bubblers ranged from 3 to 79 |jg/m . The valid continuous monitors registered 1978 annual mean
concentrations ranging from 3 to 152 ug/m .
The concentration of SOp like that of TSP is affected by meteorological variables
influencing transport, dispersion, and removal, as well as by topography and the configuration
of sources. Spatial and temporal variations in these parameters are reflected in the range of
maximum and 90th percentile concentrations reported across the Nation. For bubbler sites, the
3 3
lowest 24-hr maximum value reported by a site was 3 ug/m and the highest was 907 ug/m . For
the valid continuous sites the spread of 24-hr maximum values was greater, ranging from 10
3 3
ug/m at one site to 2512 ug/m at another site. Among all continuous sites reporting in
•3
1978, regardless of validity, the extreme 24-hour value was 3931 ug/m .
Figure 5-2 presents the distribution of annual averages for all valid continuous
monitoring sites in 1978. On this time scale, the most commonly measured values are between
3 3
20 and 30 ug/m with most values below 60 ug/m . Most monitoring stations are situated
specifically to detect higher urban or source-specific levels of SOp, however, and the data in
Figure 2 may be judged more nearly representative of high population density areas than of the
bulk of U.S. land area. The following section discusses the effect of site location.
5.2.3 Sulfur Dioxide Concentration By Site and Region
5.2.3.1 Analyses by Various Site Classifications—In this section the distributions of annual
mean and 90th percentile concentrations by site descriptors are presented for bubbler and for
continuous methods. As with TSP, a two-descriptor code has been associated with each site.
Distributions for every combination of Type 1 (population, source, background) and for Type 2
XD25A/A 5-5 1-19-81
image:
-------
120
110
100
90
>
ui
M 80
ta
I 7°
O
u
60
O 50
cc
111
m
5 40
z
30
20
10
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
ANNUAL AVERAGE CONCENTRATION
Figure 5-2. Histogram shows annual average sulfur dioxide concentrations for valid continuous sites,
1978.
5-6
image:
-------
(central city, suburban, rural, remote) will not be presented. In some cases the designations
are contradictory, such as "population-remote" or "background-central city." The purpose of
presenting these distributions is to permit comparison of these two categories of sampling
methods and to examine the SO,, concentrations as a function of location.
In Table 5-1 the cross-tabulation of mean concentrations by method is presented for
center-city sites that are primarily either population oriented or source oriented. The third
and fourth numbers in each cell are the column percentage and total percentage of sites having
concentrations within the designated range. Examination of each of these numbers reveals that
bubblers are, on the average, reporting lower concentrations than the continuous instruments,
an expected result because of the method biases reported in Chapter 3. In Table 5-1, 14.4
percent of the "population-oriented" continuous monitors report mean concentrations above 62
ug/m while only 1.6 percent of the bubblers report these higher concentrations. Of the
"source-oriented" sites, a higher percentage (7.1 percent) of the bubblers are above 62 ug/m ,
but this is still less than the 12.5 percent of the continuous monitors in this category.
5.2.3.2 Regional Comparisons—Regional differences in S0? concentrations are not striking.
In part, this is the result of the locational dependency of the monitor. In previous sections
it was shown that high S0? levels are found around smelters in otherwise clean areas. In the
eastern and northern states, most continuous S0? monitoring is in urbanized areas. Mean
concentrations across all continuous monitors in Regions I, II, III, IV, and V range from 23
ug/m to 51 ug/m (see Table 5-2). The maximum annual mean among the valid sites in these
regions ranges from 59 ug/m in Region I to 140 ug/m in Region III. In the less
industrialized or less populated regions (VI through X), the mean annual concentration across
all sites in each region ranges from 8 ug/m to 40 ug/m .
Even with the summary of the 1978 continuous SO,, data, it is difficult to speculate on
regional differences in S02 concentrations. Concentrations are influenced primarily by local
sources. The locations of monitors have clearly not been randomly chosen in each region, nor
have they been systematically deployed for source population or background sampling.
Therefore, a better indicator of regional differences in SO,, concentrations and population
exposures can be obtained from examining sulfur emission patterns (see Chapter 4).
The data base used in compiling Figure 5-3, collected between 1974 and 1976, offers finer
spatial resolution of national S0? concentrations on a county scale. The second highest 24-hr
average S0? concentration by county is displayed. Some areas in the west with extremely high
concentrations were still problem areas in the late 1970's (see Table 5-3). Several counties
and cities are still reporting high concentrations; however, one should not infer that the
reported concentration prevails throughout the county. High readings may exist at one or more
monitoring sites (for example, Deer Lodge County, MT), but it is likely that there are
substantial gradients across the county, and almost certainly across an air quality control
region (AQCR).
XD25A/A 5-7 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-1. CROSSTABULATION OF ANNUAL MEAN SO, CONCENTRATION BY METHOD (BUBBLER OR CONTINUOUS)
FOR POPULATION-ORIENTED AND FOR SOURCE-ORIENTED CENTER CITY SITES
en
i
oo
Purpose of Site
Annual mean
S09 concentration,
ug/m3
2-7
Number of sites
Percent of row
Percent of column
Percent of total
7-18
Number of sites
Percent of row
Percent of column
Percent of total
18-33
Number of sites
Percent of row
Percent of column
Percent of total
33-62
Number of sites
Percent of row
Percent of column
Percent of total
>62
Number of sites
Percent of row
Percent of column
Percent of total
Column total
Number of sites
Percent of total
Bubbler
139
90.3
27.6
17.7
159
83.2
31.6
20.2
106
55.2
21.1
13.5
91
45.3
18.1
11.6
8
16.3
1.6
1.0
503
63.9
Population
Continuous
15
9.7
5.3
1.9
32
16.8
11.3
4.1
86
44.8
30.3
10.9
no
54.7
38.7
14.0
41
83.7
14.4
5.2
284
36.1
Row Total
154
19.6
191
24.3
192
24.2
201
25.5
49
6.2
787
100.0
Bubbler
9
75.0
16.1
8.7
18
64.3
32.1
17.3
12
46.2
21.4
11.5
13
46.4
23.2
12.5
4
40.0
7.1
3.8
56
53.8
Source
Continuous
3
25.0
6.3
2.9
10
35.7
20.8
9.6
14
53.8
29.2
13.5
15
53.6
31.3
14.4
6
60.0
12.5
5.8
48
46.2
Row Total
12
11.5
28
26.9
26
25.0
28
26.9
10
9.6
104
100.0
image:
-------
TABLE 5-2. CONTINUOUS S02 MONITOR RESULTS BY REGION.
VD
Region
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
Type
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Number of
sites
22
72
51
87
26
108
100
203
111
254
13
32
13
38
12
49
19
52
18
29
Min.
6665
185
6597
140
6578
94
6678
421
6580
129
6631
1669
6769
334
6741
373
6857
105
6651
625
Number of
observations
per site
Mean Max. s.d.
7519
4582
7540
5815
7562
4381
8305
5754
7640
5512
7443
5461
7540
4676
7739
4694
7952
4973
7854
6158
8416
8416
8697
8697
8638
8638
8755
8755
8715
8715
8452
8452
8325
8325
8624
8624
8638
8638
8677
8677
567
2720
546
2380
670
2534
574
2848
625
2327
607
2072
439
2624
514
2358
507
2525
464
2526
Arithmetic Means
Min. Mean Max.
16
8
15
15
12
7
5
3
7
3
3
3
6
4
3
3
3
3
13
13
33
39
37
41
51
45
23
23
36
37
13
12
31
25
40
34
8
24
34
33
59
138
78
94
140
140
63
77
84
192
31
56
47
82
152
152
29
87
78
78
s.d.
12
23
16
19
23
21
12
13
16
25
7
13
14
20
47
39
6
20
18
17
90th Percent! le
Min. Mean Max.
34
14
35
35
34
14
9
3
10
5
3
3
13
5
3
3
3
3
35
29
65
77
72
78
97
86
54
49
70
73
31
29
62
52
100
89
16
49
90
72
147
340
159
173
282
282
135
180
167
501
69
160
94
155
488
488
48
213
150
150
s.d.
27
52
30
33
46
40
27
29
30
50
19
38
25
41
146
113
12
49
38
38
image:
-------
Figure 5-3. Characterization of 1974-76 national SO2 status is shown by second highest 24-hr average
concentration. (The current 24-hr primary national ambient air quality standard is 365 M9/m^f which
is not to be exceeded more than once per year.)
Source: Monitoring and Reports Branch, Monitoring and Data Analysis Division, Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
5-10
image:
-------
TABLE 5-3. ELEVEN SO, MONITORING SITES WITH THE HIGHEST ANNUAL MEAN
CONCENTRATIONS IN 1978 (VALID CONTINUOUS SITES ONLY)
Location
Annual Means
ug/m
Maximum 24- hr,
ug/m
Description
Helena, Deer Lodge 152
Co. , Montana
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 140
Helena, Deer Lodge 95
County, Montana
Magna, Salt Lake Co., 93
Utah
2512 Rural-mine smelter
602 Center city industrial
1450 Rural-industrial
1.6 miles east of
smelter
811 Suburban-industrial
Toledo, Ohio
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
Buffalo, New York
Kellogg, Shoshone Co.,
Idaho
Shoshone Co. , Idaho
New York City, New York
Mingo Junction, Ohio
84
79
78
78
77
77
76
915
376
267
294
493
296
329
Center city industrial
Suburban- i ndustr i a 1
Suburban- i ndustri a 1
Suburban- residential
Suburban- industrial
Center city residential
Center city industrial
XD25A/A
5-11
1-19-81
image:
-------
*
5.2.4 Peak Localized SO,, Concentrations
5.2.4.1 1978 Highest Annual Average Concentrations— The reasons for S02 variability have been
mentioned in earlier sections. This section examines the locations with the highest annual
averages and the highest maximum concentrations, and analyzes the distribution of S02
concentration nationally by site descriptors. However, because of the differences in S02
concentrations between bubbler and continuous monitoring, the distributions by site descriptor
will be treated separately for each method.
Table 5-3 lists the annual mean and the maximum 24-hr concentration for the 11 valid
continuous monitoring sites with the highest annual means in 1978. The highest annual mean
concentration was 152 ug/m . This site in Montana was situated 2 miles northeast of a
smelter. It also had the highest 24-hr concentration (2512 |jg/m3) of any valid continuous
monitor. The maximum hour was 7205 ug/m3, and the second highest hour was 6026 ug/m at this
site. Of the highest 11 sites, 5 are associated with smelters, 5 are associated with
industrialized areas or towns, and one, New York City, is a densely populated city. In New
York City, S02 emissions from space heating, power plants, and a variety of industrial sources
resulted in a high annual mean concentration. Keep in mind that these are peak reporting
sites; the urban sites do not typify an entire city. Conversely, there may be unmonitored
neighborhoods incurring even higher concentrations.
5.2.4.2 1978 Highest Daily Average Concentrations—About fifty monitoring sites in the
United States have consistently reported maximum 24-hour average S0? levels in excess of 300
o *-
ug/m in recent years. Almost all of these have very high second and third highest values
also. Many of the sites having high daily averages are located near specific industrial
sources such as smelters, steel plants and paper mills. In fact the highest SOp values
recorded are from sites specifically located for the purpose of monitoring community exposures
from intense local sources. Monitors around smelters have frequently reported 24-hour values
of 1000 to 3000 ug/m , the highest levels in the United States.
High 24-hour S0? values occur in 17 states encompassing all major regions of the country.
Ten of the highest sites are in Montana, six in Wisconsin, and six in Minnesota; most of
these are close to intense sources. However, several urban sites and, especially, center-city
sites in industrialized communities such as Philadelphia, and Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, New York,
New York, Toledo, Ohio and Hammond, Indiana, sill have high maximum 24-hour values, above
250-300
5.2.4.3 Highest 1-hour S00 Concentrations 1978 NADB Data—Single hourly SO, values greater
3
than 1000 ug/m (0.4 ppm) have been measured in about 100 cities and counties in 28 states in
recent years. Such values are very widespread across the country; Maine, Florida, Montana,
Texas, Arizona, and Washington all have sites in this category. Of these top 100 sites, all
3
but 15 also had second highest values in excess of 1000 ug/m .
XD25A/A 5-12 1-19-81
image:
-------
Hourly measurements this high are comparatively infrequent and for most of these 100 high
sites, less than 1 percent of hourly values are in this category. But for a few sites,
notably those close to metals smelting operations in a few cities, such values are observed up
to 5 percent of the time. Highest 1-hour values are found in Deer Lodge County, Montana,
where several measurements over 5000 ug/m were recorded in two sites in 1978. Anaconda,
Montana; Miami and San Manuel, Arizona; Newark, Delaware; Buffaloe County, Wisconsin; St.
Charles County and North Kansas City, Missouri, all report at least one value in excess of
4000 ug/m3.
5.2.5 Temporal Patterns in SO^Concentrations
5.2.5.1 Diurnal Patterns—In some locations S0? concentrations have distinct temporal
patterns. These patterns depend on the variability of meteorological factors and on the
variability of source emissions.
Diurnal variations in SO- concentrations reflect the changing dispersion characteristics
of the lower atmosphere and variations in mixing height. If emissions are predominantly from
low-level sources such as residential and and institutional space heating, the highest hourly
concentrations will frequently occur at night and in the early-morning hours. At these times,
low mixing height and decreased wind speeds lead to higher concentrations. During the day
more vertical mixing usually occurs and wind speeds increase; this results in the dilution of
low-level emissions. Figure 5-4 gives the composite diurnal pattern of hourly concentrations
for SO,, for the month of December 1978 in Watertown, MA. The pattern just described is
apparent.
In locations where S0~ emissions from taller stacks are the major S0? source, a different
diurnal pattern can occur. In these situations, typical of power plants and smelters, the
highest concentrations usually occur in the morning hours just after sunrise. Levels can be
almost zero at night if the source is emitting into a stratified region above a lower level
inversion. Upon inversion breakup, when heating at the surface causes vertical mixing, an
elevated plume can be mixed to the ground. Fumigation conditions lasting from several minutes
to several hours can occur. Two composite diurnal patterns of hourly S0? concentrations at a
site in Kingston, TN, illustrate this point (See Figure 5-5). In January of 1975, a nearby
1500-MW power plant was emitting through nine stacks less than 320 ft high. In 1978 the
emission had been switched over to two 1000-ft stacks. Montgomery and Coleman (1975) analyzed
the effects of tall stacks on the peak-to-mean ratios for different averaging times and
discussed the influence of inversion breakup. In essence, even with tall stacks, inversion
breakup that catches the plume and brings it to the surface can occur. So the peak-to-mean
ratio is almost independent of stack height. The frequency of occurrences on the other hand
would most likely be less with taller stacks.
In Figure 5-5 the diurnal plot of hourly values in Kingston reveals a pattern different
from that found in Watertown, MA. The maximum hours occur in midday. The hourly
XD25A/A 5-13 1-19-81
image:
-------
o.
a
o
z
LLJ
O
0.040
0.030
0.020
0.010
I
10
12 14
HOUR
16
18
20
22
24
Figure 5-4. Composite diurnal pattern of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for
Watertown, MA, for December 1978.
5-14
image:
-------
0.050)
i
<
oc
111
o
8
o"
U)
0.040
0.030
0.020
0.010
JAN 1975
10
12 14
HOUR
16
18
20
22
24
Figure 5-5. Monthly means of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for Kingston (TVA site
44-1714-003, "Laddie Village") for January 1975 and 1978.
5-15
image:
-------
observations in January 1978 show a less pronounced diurnal cycle. Some similarity can be
found in comparing the diurnal pattern of hourly averages for Watertown, Massachusetts (Figure
5-4), and St. Louis, Missouri (Figure 5-6). In February, 1977, a major local source of S02
was still in operation in St. Louis. The midmorning and late night maxima are again
associated with diurnal variations of meteorological factors. By February, 1978, the source
had shut down and the SCk levels at the monitoring stations reflect this fact. The absence of
low-level stacks emitting into a stable layer of air near the surface at night is noticeable.
Concentrations do not build up at night as in the previous year.
Diurnal patterns of hourly S02 values for the industrialized river valley town of
Steubenville, OH, are shown in Figure 5-7. In June of 1976, a distinctive maximum in the
diurnal pattern appears. In July of 1977 there is no apparent variation across the hours.
In concluding this section it can be said that the variations in hourly concentrations
are influenced by source configuration and meteorological dispersion. Therefore, it is
difficult to generalize about the diurnal pattern of the hourly concentrations. It has been
shown that, although there may be some similarities, the daily patterns in S02 concentrations
are different for different locations and can change in time for a given location.
5.2.5.2 Seasonal Patterns—Concentrations of S02 display seasonal variability. The
variability is most pronounced in areas in which there is strong seasonal variation in the
emission-source strength or in meteorological conditions. Obviously, in urban areas where
space heating is the major source of S02, the levels will be much higher during the heating
season. Figure 5-8 illustrates just such situations in Watertown, MA and Steubenville, OH.
The highest monthly mean concentrations occur in the winter months.
Figure 5-8 also shows the data for St. Louis, Missouri, where the seasonal pattern is
different. Here a local industrial source dominates S02 concentration patterns around the
monitor. The higher monthly mean concentrations occur in the months with the higher frequency
of south winds. The source is to the south of the monitoring station. Any increase in S0?
concentrations as a result of the winter heating season is not apparent.
5.2.5.3 Yearly Trends—The S0? levels in most urban areas in the United States have improved
steadily since the mid-1960's. The trend of decreasing S02 concentrations can be resolved
into three distinct periods. From 1964-69 the improvement was gradual. In the middle period,
between 1969 and 1972, the improvement in most urban areas was more pronounced. Since 1973
the improvement has again become slower. The 1977 EPA trends report states: "In most urban
areas, this is consistent with the switch in emphasis from attainment of standards to
maintenance of air quality; that is, the initial effort was to reduce pollution to acceptable
levels followed by efforts to maintain air quality at these lower levels." From 1972 through
1977 annual averaged SO,, levels dropped by 17 percent, or an annual improvement rate of about
4 percent per year. Figure 5-9 summarizes the annual average S02 concentrations for 32 urban
NASN stations for the years 1964-71. In this figure the first two periods are apparent. In
XD25A/A 5-16 1-19-81
image:
-------
0.200
0.010
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
HOUR
Figure 5-6. Monthly means of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for St. Louis (city site
no. 26-4280-007, "Broadway & Hurck") for February 1977 and 1978.
5-17
image:
-------
I
0.080
0.070
0.060
O 0.050
K
cc
£ 0.040
UJ
O
o
u
pg
O
0.030
0.020
0.010
i—r—i—i—i—i i r
_L
J L
±
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
HOURS
Figure 5-7. Monthly means of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for Steubenville, OH
(NOVAA site 36-6420-012) for June 1976 and July 1977.
5-18
image:
-------
0.040
0.030
a
a.
0.020
IU
o
o
u
eg
0.010
CITY SITE
STEUBENVILLE 36 6420 012
ST. LOUIS 26 4280 007
WATERTOWN 22 2380 003
I I
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
MONTH
Figure 5-8. Seasonal variations in sulfur dioxide levels are shown for Steubenville, St. Louis, and
Watertown.
5-19
image:
-------
1964
1972
Figure 5-9. Average sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for 32
urban IMASN stations.
Source: National Academy of Sciences (1.975).
5-20
image:
-------
Figure 5-10 the national trends in annual average S0? concentrations from 1972-1977 at 1333
sampling sites are displayed. In Figure 5-10, the diamond symbolizes the composite annual
average concentration; the triangle is the median value, while the dots are extreme values and
the thick band covers the 10-90th percentile range.
Over the period of 1970-77 SO- emissions are reported to have decreased only slightly
(EPA, 1978). In 1970 the estimated annual manmade S02 emissions were 29.8 million metric
tons. By 1977 this was reduced only to 27.4 million metric tons. The improvement in the
ambient air quality levels for SOp reflects displacement of sources from urban areas to rural
areas, the restriction of sulfur content of fuels used in low-level area sources, the building
of newer sources with taller stacks, and source emissions controls.
The first air quality criteria document for sulfur oxides, published in 1969, presented
the frequency distributions for sulfur dioxide levels in selected American cities for
1962-1967 (U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1969). The 1960's data came
from the Continuous Air Monitoring Project (CAMP), which operated continuous monitors in a few
of the largest U.S. cities. The cities are: Chicago, Philadelphia, St. Louis, Cincinnati,
Los Angeles, and San Francisco. Improvements in sulfur dioxide levels in each of the six
cities are demonstrated by comparing their 1962-1967 data with data for 1977 (Table 5-4). In
each city there is more than one continuous monitor now operating. The station reporting the
highest levels in 1977 was used in order not to overemphasize any improvement. The comparison
is only an approximation because the locations of the monitors and the instrumental methods
used were not the same as those reported in the 1969 document.
TABLE 5-4. COMPARISON OF FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF SO, CONCENTRATION (PPM)
DURING 1962-673 AND DURING 1977 .
Frequency Distribution of S00 (ppm)
City
Chicago
Philadelphia
St. Louis
Cincinnati
Los Angeles
San Francisco
Concentrations
Sulfur Oxides
1969.
Year
1962-67
1977
1962-67
1977
1962-67
1977
1962-67
1977
1962-67
1977
1962-67
1977
from CAMP
document, U
Percentile 30
0.03
0.01
0.03
0.01
0.02
0.005
0.01
0.013
0.01
0.01
stations as reported
.S. Dept. of Health,
50 70 90
0.08 0.17 0.32
0.022 0.032 0.06
0.05 0.09 0.21
0.02 0.04 0.08
0.03 0.05 0.11
0.01 0.03 0.1
0.018 0.03 0.07
0.02 0.025 0.04
0.015 0.02 0.04
0.02 0.02 0.03
0.01 0.03
0.001 0.01 0.01
in Air Quality Criteria
Education, and Welfare,
99
0.65
0.12
0.45
0.23
0.26
0.37
0.18
0.085
0.08
0.05
0.07
0.03
for
NAPCA,
Maximum
0.95
0.25
0.85
0.44
0.72
0.67
0.53
0.29
0.25
0.09
0.17
0.03
Concentrations from NADB, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1977.
XD25A/A
5-21
1-19-81
image:
-------
1972
90THPERCENTILE
56
48
m
E
Ol
a. 40
z"
g
H
<
C
£ 32
UJ
U
Z
o
o
UJ
D 24
x
o
o
tc
D
"- 16
-J
CO
8
0
I I I I
9
0
c>
A
T
I
•
0
f*m
O
A
T
I
O
O
A
I
MM
0
A
T
O
A
I
6-
*-
•*-
• —
c
. m-iupn^nE AVERAGE
- MEDIAN
•»5TH ocm-ewTii F
— — 10TH PERCENTILE
0 -
—
O
A
<\
\
' —
O
—
A
T
1973
1974 1975
YEAR
1976
1977
Figure 5-10. Nationwide trends in annual average sulfur dioxide concentrations from 1972 to 1977 are
shown for 1233 sampling sites.
Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (1978a).
5-22
image:
-------
it
In each city the peak concentration has decreased. In most cities the peak is less than
one-half of the earlier values. The only exception is St. Louis, where the earlier peak was
0.72 ppm and the 1977 peak was 0.67 ppm. The result is not unexpected in that the earlier
summary is a composite frequency distribution of 5 years of monitoring.
More stable indicators of improved air quality are provided by the 50th, 70th, and 90th
percentile concentrations. In Chicago, the 50th percentile concentration dropped from 0.08
ppm to 0.022 ppm. In Philadelphia the levels have improved substantially; the 50th, 70th, and
90th percentile concentrations are less than one-half the earlier values. Modest improvement
is shown for St. Louis and Cincinnati; their 50th percentile concentrations are lower now than
they were in the mid-19601s. The highest concentrations occur as frequently in St. Louis as
they did before, but in Cincinnati they occur less frequently. Review of the St. Louis S02
data shows improved air quality for most of the city. The high concentrations now reported
are typical of only a smaller section of the city. Los Angeles shows improvement in reducing
the high concentrations, but the 50th percentile concentration is actually slightly higher
than it was the previous decade. Similarly, San Francisco has trimmed the peaks, but it has a
very low median value.
In summary, the frequency of peak levels has been reduced in most urban areas. The
steady improvement of SO, ambient air quality has been slowed somewhat in recent years. Only
3
1 percent of the sulfur dioxide monitoring sites show levels above 80 ug/m , the current
annual NAAQS. In 1974 the annual mean sulfur dioxide standard was exceeded in 3 percent of
the monitoring stations (31 of 1030), compared with 16 percent in 1970. In 1977 and 1978, 2
percent of the sites reported violations of the 24-hr standard. In 1974 this standard was
exceeded in 4.4 percent of the reporting stations (99 of 2241), compared with 11 percent in
1970. Many of these sites reporting violations of the 24-hr standard are in remote areas near
large point sources.
5.3 AMBIENT MEASUREMENTS OF SUSPENDED PARTICULATE MASS
The general character of matter designated atmospheric suspended particles has been
-9
described in Chapter 2. These particles range in size from about 5 x 10 m, roughly
-4
corresponding to agglomerates of a few tens or hundreds of molecules, up to about 10 m,
specks of material discernable to the human eye. A useful division of these particles by size
into fine and coarse fractions occurs in the range of 1 to 2 x 10 m or 1 to 2 micrometers
(um) as was discussed in Chapter 2.
The mass of suspended particles, generally concentrated in particles above about 0.1 |jm,
is usually estimated by filtration of known volumes of air. The goal of this filtration
process is the separation of the gas phase from liquid and solid condensed phases of
atmospheric aerosol. Thus, the mass of material accumulated on a filter is taken to represent
the volume of aerosol treated, and results are presented in 10 grams, i.e., micrograms (|jg)
3
of particulate matter/cubic meter of aerosol, abbreviated "pgAi ".
XD25A/A 5-23 1-19-81
image:
-------
Chapter 3 discusses some of the complications of commonly used filtration methods
including retention of reactive gases such as S02 and HNO, and loss by evaporation of water
and other moderately volatile liquids. While commonly used filtering media are highly
efficient for collection of fine particles, determining coarse particle concentrations has
involved major problems in sampler design. Despite these complications, which were discussed
in detail in Chapter 3, the largest body of information on the distribution of suspended
particulate mass in time and space has been obtained with the hi-vol or TSP (total suspended
particulates) method. Routine monitoring information is available from the National
Aerometric Data Bank maintained by EPA for many sites; some are EPA sites, many are operated
by state and local agencies.
The following discussion relies mainly on NADB data; analyses are to be found in the 1976
and 1977 National Air Quality and Emissions Trends reports, in Trends in the Quality of the
Nations Air reports in 1980, and in the document "Deputy Assistant Administrator's Report on
Ambient Monitoring Activities - Air Portion." (EPA 1977, 1978a, 1980, 1980a).
5.3.1 Monitoring Factors
The accuracy and precision of particulate monitoring are limited by three general
considerations: (1) sampling methods, including instrumentation, analytical methods, and
quality assurance; (2) sampling frequency; and (3) location of monitors. Chapter 3 discusses
the first of these considerations; the second and third are discussed in this chapter.
Sampling frequency affects the confidence limits on mean TSP concentrations and annual or
seasonal trends. It is appropriate to discuss this limitation at the beginning of this
section before the 1978 national TSP data base is presented. The siting of TSP monitors
influences significantly the levels measured, and hence the interpretation of data. These
considerations are presented with examples in several sections of this chapter.
5.3.1.1 Sampling Frequency--In 1978 there were 4105 TSP monitoring sites in the United States
and its territories that reported data to the National Aerometric Data Bank (NADB) of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. Of these, only 2882 had enough observations per quarter and
per year for the data to be considered valid for estimating annual averages. The number of
sites reporting valid data range from zero in Delaware and American Samoa to 318 in Ohio. The
most populous state, California, had 60 and New York had 236.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has established a uniform sampling schedule to
be followed by all State and local agencies. It requires a 24-hr sample (midnight to
midnight) every 6th day. Hence, in 1 year there are 60 or 61 possible sampling days from
which to derive the mean value and distribution, and to determine attainment of current
standards. In 1978 14 percent of all reporting sites had 60 or more observations.
Sampling days are missed and samples must be voided for a variety of reasons. Therefore,
a minimum requirement has been established for considering the data from any site as valid in
XD25A/A 5-24
1-19-81
image:
-------
determining an annual average: there must be at least five observations during each quarter
of a calender year. Of the Federal, State, and local TSP sites reporting data to NADB, 70
percent met this requirement.
The distribution of observations for the 2882 valid monitoring sites in 1978 is shown in
Figure 5-11. Ten (10) percent of these sites had less than 47 observations; 50 percent had
more than 56 observations. However, 80 percent of the monitoring sites collected fewer than
60 samples. Three percent of the monitors sampled at an equivalent frequency of 1 day in 3,
and fewer than 2 percent collected samples at a frequency of 1 day in 2.
The current NAAQS for TSP consists of an annual geometric mean and a once-per-year daily
value. Frequency of monitoring is a fundamental parameter of the air quality data used for
comparison with the standards. The period of determining an annual average for comparison is
a calendar year. If the number of 24-hr observations is less than 365, then the true mean
concentration for the year can only be expressed as residing within a range of values. By
assuming that the actual distribution of values is log normal, then confidence intervals can
be calculated from the geometric mean and the geometric standard deviation. Figure 5-12 shows
the effect of sample size on the 95 percent confidence intervals for a hypothetical site whose
o
true annual geometric mean is equivalent to 75 pg/m the current annual standard. From this
3
example we can only conclude that the annual geometric mean is 75 ± 7 M9/m . if the mean for
that year was determined from a sample size of 61. Increasing the sampling frequency to 1 day
in 2 reduces the level of uncertainty so that the annual mean can be expressed as 75 ± 3
(jg/m .
A critical factor in evaluating compliance with once-a-year standards is the effect of
sampling frequency. Figure 5-11 shows that in 1978 the majority of valid sites (80 percent)
had fewer than 60 sampling days. The sites with more frequent sampling had a greater chance
of sampling the higher concentrations as Figure 5-12 shows. Assuming that there are a number
of days on which the observations are above the standards, the probability of selecting 2 or
more days on which standards are exceeded is a function of sampling frequency. If there are
10 days above the standards, there is only a slightly better than 50 percent chance of
actually monitoring on 2 of those days given a sampling frequency of 61 out of 365 days. When
the sampling frequency is doubled to 122 sampling days, the probability of capturing 2 days
out of 10 that exceed the standards increases to 80 percent. In actuality, samples are not
taken randomly; they are taken systematically, usually at a rate of once every 6 days. The
probability of capturing the highest period is further complicated in that the log normal
distribution of TSP concentrations does not apply uniformly to all sites.
An additional complication occurs when the meteorological regimes affecting the TSP
concentrations are considered. Attainment of standards may depend on the number of "clean"
XD25A/A 5-25 1-19-81
image:
-------
1000
900
800
700
600
< 500
in
5 400
I 300
§ 200
u.
CO
O
K
ID
8
o
image:
-------
95
90
^
11 85
z"
O
H
£ 80
O
2
O
70
65
ABOVE THE STANDARD
I AREA OF
UNCERTAINTY
BELOW THE STANDARD
61 91 122 183
NUMBER OF SAMPLING DAYS PER YEAR
365
Figure 5-12. The 95 percent confidence intervals about an annual
mean TSP concentration of 75 ng/m^ is shown for various sampling
frequencies (assume the geometric standard deviation equals 1.6).
5-27
image:
-------
sampling days versus the number of "dirty" sampling days. Watson (1979) exemplifies this
problem with Portland, OR, TSP data. The annual geometric mean TSP data show a decreasing
trend from 1973 through 1975, with a significant increase in 1976. If these data are
reexamined and weighted by the meteorological regimes actually sampled in each year, the
conclusions are changed. The stratified mean TSP values show a large drop in concentrations
occurring between 1974 and 1975, with the levels being constant for the year before and after.
Since these means are determined from a sample set varying from 49 samples in 1974 to 79
samples in 1976, a statistical test is required to determine whether the means of any year are
significantly different from those of any other year. The 95 percent confidence intervals for
all stratified means do overlap. Watson concludes, then, that there is a reasonable chance
that the true means do not really vary from year to year.
5.3.1.2 Monitor Location—The choice of sampling location can obviously affect the
concentrations measured. Remotely located monitors typically record low concentrations; urban
monitors characteristically record higher concentrations. The positioning of a monitor at a
chosen location can also affect measured concentrations. For example, at a specific location,
the height of the monitor above the ground influences sample concentrations. If the monitor
is elevated above surface sources, lower concentrations of coarser particles might be
measured.
Some studies indicate that TSP concentrations decrease with increasing monitor elevation
(Record and Bradway, 1978; Lioy et al., 1980a, Pace, 1978), with distance from a roadway and
with distance from other nearby sources. However, monitor elevation does not appear to be
systematically biasing the national TSP data in the aggregate. Other siting considerations
are discussed later.
The inferences drawn about air quality levels, trends, and population exposures from the
TSP data presented in this chapter are made in full knowledge of the following limitations of
TSP monitoring: (1) sampling sites are not standardized; (2) frequency of sampling is quite
varied; (3) the vast majority of sites reporting have fewer than 60 sampling days per year;
(4) the frequency of sampling is not randomized with respect to meteorological conditions.
(5) no spatial averaging is used in analyzing or reporting data; and (6) though the ambient
air monitor is stationary, the population it is intended to represent is highly mobile and
spends a portion of its time indoors.
5.3.2 Ambient Air TSP Values
The distribution of 1978 annual arithmetic means for valid TSP monitoring sites is
plotted in Figure 5-13. Half of all the Nation's sites had annual arithmetic mean values less
O «
than 60 ug/m . Annual mean values range from 9 to 288 ug/m . Only 14 valid sites had annual
XD25A/A 5-28
1-19-81
image:
-------
I I I I II
90THPERCENTILE
D O MEAN
lilt II
0.01 0.1 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 95 98 99 99.8 99.9 99.99
% OF SITES REPORTING ANNUAL MEAN CONCENTRATION LESS THAN
Figure 5-13. Distribution of mean and 90th percentile TSP concentrations is shown for valid 1978 sites.
5-29
image:
-------
mean concentrations equal to or less than 16 |jg/m . These lower values are associated with
remote monitoring sites. Two background sites, Glacier National Park and Acadia National
Park, had 1977 annual averages of 11 and 21 ug/m3 respectively. At the other end of the
O
distribution, 25 percent of sites had annual means greater than 76 ug/m and 10 percent were
greater than 96 ug/m . Higher annual concentrations are found in many populated and
industrialized areas. About 30 sites reported annual averages in 1978 above 150 mg/m .
Topping the list are four central-city sites in commercial, residential, or industrial
settings. A Phoenix, AZ, site (0136) had the highest annual mean of 256 ug/m , followed by a
site in Calexico, CA at 201 ug/m and an industrial site in Granite City, IL, at 197 ug/m .
These extremely high annual TSP concentrations are associated with commercial and
industrial locations. Of the top 30 sites, 15 are industrial. Many of the higher
concentrations (19 of 30) were found at central-city locations. Only four were classified as
rural sites, most of which are also residential areas. It is also likely that arid climates
and dusty conditions in the vicinity of some monitoring sites might lead to suspension of
surface material. However, it is impossible to ascertain the contribution of fugitive or
resuspended dust to the concentrations measured at these 30 sites without more detailed
analysis. The histogram of sites against concentrations (Figure 5-14) shows that over a third
3
of all monitoring sites had annual mean values between 40 and 60 ug/m . Slightly less than
o
another third had annual averages between 60 and 80 ug/m .
The distribution of 90th percentile values is also plotted in Figure 5-13. To interpret
this distribution, consider that half of all valid monitors had a 90th percentile value in
excess of 97 ug/m . For 10 percent of the monitors, 10 percent of the observations exceeded
3 3
160 ug/m . For one monitor, 10 percent of the observations exceeded 600 ug/m .
Daily, or 24-hr, TSP concentrations have a wide range. In remote areas such as the
Pacific islands, daily values may be as low as a few micrograms per cubic meter. Over the
o
continental United States, concentrations from 5 to 20 ug/m are routinely reported. In other
locations, daily TSP values can exceed 10 times the levels found in remote areas, on occasion
exceeding 3000 ug/m . Values exceeding 1000 ug/m are observed in remote arid regions as well
as in populated urban areas. Daily TSP levels approaching these higher values, 500 to 1500
ug/m , are frequently associated with adverse meteorological conditions: low-level inversion,
stagnation, or high winds resuspending surface material.
Thirty valid TSP monitoring sites report highest 24-hr values above 600 ug/m3. Only a
few of these sites are in the top 30 in annual average. In cities like Topeka, KS, and Libby,
MT, which are not densely populated or industrialized, these high concentrations may result
from chance occurrences, such as fires or dust storms. In other cities like El Paso, TX, and
Granite City, IL, which are industrialized, the maximum concentrations are more likely to be
related to persistent sources of pollution.
XD25A/A 5-30 1-19-81
image:
-------
I I I I I I
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
TSP CONCENTRATION, Aig/mJ
Figure 5-14. Histogram of number of sites against concentration shows that over one-third of the_sites
had annual mean concentrations between 40 and 60 jug/m^.
5-31
image:
-------
5.3.3 TSP Concentrations by Site and Region
Ambient TSP can be simply considered as arising from the participate emission of three
broaa source categories: 1) readily Identifiable large point sources such as smoke stacks,
2) fortuitous sources such as dusty roads and plowed fields, 3) natural sources. The
relative contributions of these three sources are affected by meteorological conditions and
location. Hence it is not surprising to see a wide variation in daily measurements at a
single site, variation over an urban area, or variation among regions of the country. This
section will, by illustration, examine these differences in TSP concentrations by location.
5.3.3.1 TSP by Site Classifications--Evidence that fugitive dust contributes significantly to
both Western arid sites and many urban sites is quite extensive. Discussion of the general
influence of fugitive dust may be found later in this chapter in the section on coarse
particles.
The general differences in annual TSP concentration among locations is seen in Figure
5-15. These differences reflect the character of the neighborhoods where the monitors are
located. This figure summarizes the mean concentrations from 154 sites in 14 cities.
Residential neighborhoods in and near cities have TSP levels between 50 and 70 ug/m .
Commercial sites have a wider range of concentrations (60 to 110 ug/m ). Industrial locations
generally range between 80 to 150 ug/m .
The 1978 data base also has been analyzed on the basis of two additional sets of
descriptors. One description scheme classifies monitoring sites by their purpose: population
exposures, source receptors, or background sites. The other scheme identifies sites by the
amount of development: central city, suburban, rural, or remote. These classifications are
not mutually exclusive.
When sites are grouped by descriptors, a distinct weighting becomes apparent. Almost 80
percent of the sites are population oriented; approximately 15 percent are source related, and
less than 6 percent are background monitors. The distribution by development also reflects
its population emphasis. Of the total monitors, 83 percent are at either central-city or
suburban sites, 15 percent are at rural sites, and 2 percent are at remote sites. In these
data 38 percent of the background sites had median values less than or equal to 27 ug/m ,
whereas only 4.4 percent of all sites had these low values. Only 30 percent of the background
3 7
sites had median values above 44 ug/m , and none had values above 97 ug/m , whereas 75.5
percent of source sites had median values above 44 ug/m . The pattern is consistent for the
distribution of the 90th percentiles cross-tabulated by site purpose. Cross-tabulations of
site median values and site 90th percentile values with the development-related site
descriptors is further confirmation of the influences of siting on measured TSP
concentrations. Rural and remote sites have lower median values and lower 90th percentile
values. The suburban sites reflect the overall national distribution. The central-city
category has proportionately more sites in the higher concentration ranges.
XD25A/A 5-32
1-19-81
image:
-------
I9U
n
.E
a.
g 100
P
K
Z
2 50
8
Q_
n
.^^
"
_
RESIDENTIAL
COMMERCIAL
INDUSTRIAL
Figure 5-15. | Histogram of mean TSP levels by neighborhood shows
lowest levels in residential areas, higher levels in commercial areas,
and highest levels in industrial areas.
Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1976).
5-33
image:
-------
5.3.3.2 Intracity Comparisons—Because of the strong neighborhood influence on TSP
concentrations, it is not unusual to find considerable variation in peak and mean
concentrations across a community. It is instructive to examine intracity differences because
it illustrates the difficulty in estimating population exposures to TSP.
Data on the nine cities having the highest annual TSP concentrations in 1977 are given in
Table 5-5. Only sites having enough observations per quarter to report an annual mean are
used. Although TSP concentrations in these cities were generally high, in 1977 the less
developed or less industrialized areas in each city had annual geometric mean concentrations
below 75 (jg/m3, (currently the annual primary NAAQS), with the exception of Granite City, IL.
The annual mean concentration for the dirtiest sites can be two to four times higher than that
for the cleanest sites within the same city.
TABLE 5-5. RANGE OF ANNUAL GEOMETRIC MEAN CONCENTRATIONS IN
AREAS WITH HIGH TSP CONCENTRATIONS IN 1977
Number
City of sites
Tucson, AZ
Pocatello, ID
Chicago, IL
Granite City, IL
Taos County, NM
Middletown, OH
Cleveland, OH
Youngstown, OH
El Paso, TX
Regional Differences
7
4
25
8
1
3
23
5
14
Number of sites
with annual average
>75 |jg/m
3
3
12
8
2
13
4
10
Annual
rang^,
Mg/m
67-156
65-218
50-170
85-185
168
64-192
48-152
66-172
60-158
in Background Concentrations—It has
Range of
maximum 24- tor
value, M9/m
178-591
344-1371
152-1106
227-485
577
157-707
128-705
163-602
205-691
been demonstrated th
concentrations can vary across an urban area and among cities with different sources and
meteorology. Superimposed on this intercity difference may be regional differences in the
natural or transported fraction of TSP concentrations. Figure 5-16 shows the contribution of
these sources to nonurban levels. It was assumed that the global and local contributions in
the average would be similar. The greatest difference among regions is the contribution from
"continental" and transported emissions. These two categories of particles contribute in such
a way that nonurban sites in the West typically report annual geometric means of 15 |jg/m3, in
the Midwest, 25 Mg/m , and in the East, 35 Mg/m3. Except for the Acadia National Park site
(18 Mg/m ) and Millinocket (23 ug/m3), all sites in Maine had 1977 annual geometric means
XD25A/A
5-34
1-19-81
image:
-------
z
O
LLJ
O
1
0.
50
40
30
20
10
LOCAL
TRANSPORTED PRIMARY
TRANSPORTED SECONDARY
f ~~\ CONTINENTAL
FI*71 GLOBAL
• •••••
>•••••
• •••••
I • • • •
• • * • «
WEST
MIDWEST
EAST
Figure 5-16. Average estimated contributions to nonurban levels in the
East, Midwest, and West are most variable for transported secondary
and continental sources.
Source: GCA.
5-35
image:
-------
above 30 (jg/m • Nonurban sites in Wisconsin typically had mean TSP levels less than 25 ug/m •
Nonurban sites in Montana had levels less than 20 ug/m in 1977; the individual means were:
33 3
Big Horn County, 17 (jg/m ; Custer County, 15 (jg/m ; Powder River County, 14 pg/m .
5.3.3.4 Peak TSP Concentrations—To indicate the severity of TSP ambient exposures, the 90th
percentile concentration of the 24-hr measurements was examined for all 4008 sites in the 1977
NADB. The concentrations of TSP and other air pollutants have been widely reported to be log
normally distributed (Larsen, 1971). This statistical relationship, however, appears
inappropriate at the high and low ends of the distribution (Mage and Ott, 1978). Because the
extreme values at the high end are subject to wide scatter, the 95th or 99th percentile was
found to be less representative of the severity of high TSP levels. The 90th percentile was
therefore chosen as being a more stable indicator, the TSP value which is exceeded 36 days of
the year.
Figure 5-17 shows the number of AQCR's whose monitors have their 90th percentile TSP
concentration within the various categories. Of the country's 254 AQCR's, only 20 reported
every station with a 90th percentile below 100 (jg/m . One hundred and fifty-four AQCR's had
90th percentile values in at least one site between 100 to 200 jjg/m . These data suggest that
most of the U.S. population might experience ambient TSP concentrations exceeding 100 ug/m
for at least 36 days of the year.
5.3.4 Temporal Patterns in TSP Concentrations
5.3.4.1 Diurnal Patterns--TSP concentrations vary with local emissions strength,
meteorological conditions, and the changes in the contributions from background particles.
The particle emissions loadings to the atmosphere in general increase during the day and
decrease at night The atmosphere undergoes greater vertical mixing during the day, and wind
speeds near the surface increase as a result. Greater vertical mixing coupled with increased
source emissions cause particle mass loadings to increase. At night, decreased mixing and the
resultant decreased surface winds permit settling of larger particles. With increased
atmospheric stability, local elevated sources are not as likely to mix to the ground. The
final result is that diurnal patterns in TSP are frequently not pronounced. Trijonis (1980)
found no clear diurnal trend in sub-15 urn particle mass in 6-hour samples from the St. Louis
Regional Air Pollution Study (RAPS). Stevens, et al. (1980) have found slightly higher
daytime levels of sub-15 urn particle mass in a remote site in the Smoky Mountains; however,
Pierson, et al. (1980) noted no significant diurnal pattern in a forested region in
Pennsylvania.
It is likely that day-night patterns are somewhat obscured by averaging times. Heisler,
et al. (1980) found peaks in light scattering and in particle mass corresponding to rush hours
in Denver in the winter of 1978; minimum values were found in mid-afternoon corresponding with
mixing height maxima. Unfortunately, diurnal cycles are not well established because the
standard sampling procedure for TSP measurements yields a 24-hr sample, midnight to midnight.
XD25A/A 5-36 1-19-81
image:
-------
180
170
160
150
140
130
120
o o
i- O
t— «""
S,UOOV :
0 90
cc
ffl 80
D
2 70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
20
184
35 44
<100
<200
<260
>260
90TH PERCENTILE TSP CONCENTRATIONS, jug/m3
Figure 5-17. Severity of TSP peak exposures is shown on the basis of
the 90th percentile concentration. Four ACQR's did not report.
5-37
image:
-------
5.3.4.2 Weekly patterns—Since human activity follows distinct weekly cycles, it is likely
that anthropogenic sources of particles will also have weekly patterns. The most distinct
weekly patterns are weekdays versus weekends. Trijonis et al. (1980) have examined the St.
Louis TSP and dichotomous data base for weekend-weekday differences in particle loadings.
They concluded that there was only a slight (-9 percent) difference between weekend TSP values
and weekday values for the average of five urban sites in St. Louis. For three suburban sites
the difference was -5 percent and for two rural sites the difference was -12 percent. The
urban difference was dominated by readings from one monitor in a heavily industrial and
commercial area.
5.3.4.3 Seasonal Patterns—Analyzing temporal patterns can frequently provide insight into
the nature and source of particulate matter. Meteorological parameters affect the generation
and dispersion of particles. These parameters include, among others, degree-days, mixing
height, ventilation factors, frequency of calms and stagnations, and precipitation. There are
also seasonal patterns in some sources emissions.
Because meteorological parameters are so important, it is likely that seasonal patterns
in one area cannot be generalized to other areas. Trijonis et al. (1980) found a modest
seasonal pattern of higher TSP concentrations in the summer months in St. Louis. Figure 5-18
supports this observation. It is a comparison between the TSP monthly mean values and the
data from dichotomous sampling. The really distinct seasonal pattern is in the fine aerosol
fraction. Summer fine-particle concentrations are twice as great as winter values. As
discussed later, sulfates aerosol makes up most of the fine-fraction particles and shows a
distinct seasonal pattern.
To illustrate the geographic specificity of these seasonal cycles, 3 years of monthly
averaged TSP data are presented in Figure 5-19. The data are from Steubenville, OH, an
industrialized site in the upper Ohio River Valley. Each monthly mean is derived from 20 or
more sampling days. The TSP concentrations are considerably higher than the St. Louis values.
The months with the highest TSP in Steubenville were March, April, and May in 1977, July,
August, September, and November in 1978, and February and June in 1979. No clear seasonal
pattern emerges from this 3-year period.
5-3.4.4 Yearly Trends—In 1957, a National Air Sampling Network (NASN) began to operate
routinely on a national basis. The U.S. Public Health Service, with cooperation from State
health departments, operated 231 urban and 37 nonurban stations. Some of these stations
operated every other year, so in a given year there were 143 urban and 37 nonurban TSP
high-volume monitoring sites in operation. These sites collected one 24-hr sample every other
week for a total of 26 samples per year. In 1977, over 4000 stations, most of them in state
and local networks, reported TSP values to the National Aerometric Data Bank of the U.S. EPA.
Not only has the number of sites greatly increased, but the sampling frequency has been 1 day
in 6 since 1971. For some cities there are now data for more than 20 years of TSP monitoring.
XD25A/A 5-38 1-19-81
image:
-------
100 -
TSP
—• URBAN
SUBURBAN
— CRURAL
- X.-^-
1 I I 1 I I
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
Figure 5-18, Seasonal variations in urban, suburban, and rural areas are shown for four size ranges of
particles.
Source: Trijonis et al. (1980).
5-39
image:
-------
o
150
cc
t-
01
O
5 100
50
s
5!
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
5 JFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJ JASONDJFMAMJ JASOND
1977 1978 1979
YEAR AND MONTH
Figure 5-19. Monthly mean TSP concentrations are shown for the Northern Ohio Valley Air Monitoring
Headquarters, Steubenville, OH. No clear seasonal pattern is apparent.
5-40
image:
-------
Although the sites may not be in exactly the same locations for every city, general trends in
TSP concentrations can be obtained. Figure 5-20 plots the annual geometric mean TSP
concentrations for three groups of cities. In 1958, these five cities, classified as
industrial, had annual mean TSP concentrations between 140 and 170 ng/rn3. By 1974 the annual
mean concentrations had dropped to between 80 and 110 |jg/m3. Similarly, three of four cities
classified as moderately industrialized showed substantial decreases. Only the Denver station
recorded an increase. The four cities classified as lightly industrialized showed less
overall change.
Examining the expanded data set for TSP from high-volume samplers shows that for 2707
sites, the composite median concentration has remained about 60 ug/m between 1972 and 1977.
The geometric mean over this period has decreased by approximately 8 percent. The decrease in
the 90th percentile of the annual average concentrations is most pronounced over this period
(see Figure 5-21). Lowering the TSP concentrations in locations with very high levels has
been a target of State air pollution control strategies. In addition, displacing sources to
rural regions, building new sources with taller stacks, converting to cleaner fuels, and
restricting open burning have decreased the number of locations experiencing annual
concentrations of over 100 ug/m .
For the period 1970-77 EPA reported an almost 50 percent reduction in TSP emissions.
Most of this reduction occurred in the early 1970's as State air pollution control programs
started many major emitters on compliance schedules. The rather modest composite overall
reduction of 8 percent in annual TSP levels may be explained by the fact that direct emissions
from stationary sources contribute only a fraction of the TSP loadings in the atmosphere.
Another perspective on regional differences is gained from observations of the 1978 data.
Table 5-6 provides a statistical summary for the 50th and the 90th percentiles for valid
monitors. Region IX ranks first for the mean 50th and 90th percentiles, followed by Region
VII, Region VI and Region V. Regions I and II had consistently lower values.
The column presenting the standard deviations of the mean values for the 50th and 90th
percentiles is also of interest. Smaller standard deviations suggest that there is more
uniformity in reported concentrations among monitoring sites. Regions I, II, and IV have less
variance among sites than other regions. This could be interpreted as either more uniform
distribution of pollution levels or more uniformity and consistency in placing monitoring
sites. The larger standard deviations in other regions, particularly in the West, probably
mean that there is greater variation in pollution levels.
There are distinct regional differences in the trends of TSP concentrations. The
distribution of site means and the actual rate of change in TSP levels differ among regions of
the country. These trends are shown in Figures 5-22 and 5-23; it should be realized that the
differences between years and even over the entire period have not been tested for
significance. Therefore, intraregion and interregion comparisons are presented qualitatively.
XD25A/A 5-41 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-6. REGIONAL SUMMARIES OF TSP VALUES FROM VALID MONITORS
en
ro
Number
of sites Region
128
315
300
534
781
294
136
152
89
113
15
9
10
2882
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
Alaska
Hawai i
Puerto Rico
Total0
Median
Minimum
14.0
10.0
27.0
22.0
13.0
12.0
34.0
7.0
16.0
11.0
11.0
25.0
32.0
7.0
Mean
49.2
43.2
59.8
55.3
64.1
65.0
69.7
54.8
76.5
60.3
48.1
39.7
54.3
58.9
Maximum
100.0
114.0
171.0
137.0
189.0
166.0
154.0
164.0
226.0
129.0
94.0
70.0
85.0
226.0
SDa
14.6
15.3
20.3
17.2
22.0
20.9
20.2
32.8
38.0
24.5
22.7
13.7
13.9
22.8
90th percent! le
Minimum
32.0
29.0
52.0
41.0
26.0
37.0
58.0
18.0
37.0
23.0
35.0
40.0
66.0
18.0
Mean
87.3
85.0
105.7
93.5
122.4
110.4
123.6
107.8
133.4
123.6
137.1
63.6
90.7
107.9
Maximum
181.0
286.0
296.0
256.0
383.0
436.0
359.0
412.0
381.1
361.1
250.0
99.0
134.0
436.0
SD°
27.7
30.6
42.1
30.9
42.8
45.8
44.2
64.0
66.0
52.5
68.7
18.9
18.9
44.9
SD, Standard deviation of the mean.
Including American Samoa and Guam.
image:
-------
220
200
180
160
140
.1 120
0»
j 100
80
60
40
20
0
T - 1 - 1 - 1
1 - 1
T—i—i—r
O BALTIMORE
NA BIRMINGHAM
Q CINCINNATI
A CLEVELAND
• PHILADELPHIA
• ST. LOUIS
HEAVILY INDUSTRIALIZED CITIES
I I I I I I I I I I I
1957
1960
1965
VEAR
1970
1974
240
220]
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
I I I I I I
I
T I
O CHATTANOOGA
A DENVER
Q PROVIDENCE
• SEATTLE
I 1
A
/
I I I I I I I I I I I
1957
1960
1965
1970
1974
YEAR
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
T I I \
I I I I I I I
O MIAMI
Q OKLAHOMA CITY
A SAN FRANCISCO
WASHINGTON. D.C.
LIGHTLY INDUSTRIALIZED CITIES
1 I I 1 J_ I J 1 I I I I I I I I I I
1957
1960
1965
YEAR
1970
1974
Figure 5-20. Annual geometric mean TSP trends are shown for selected NASN sites.
5-43
image:
-------
160
w
-S
en 120
a.
Z 100
o
I "
5 60
O
8 40
a.
f2 20
1 1 1 1 1 r-
«•*
_ —
- -L J. ? T f ? -
- m m x x m x "
o 6 6666
.^ ^™
i i i i l I .
1972 1973 .1974 1975 1976 1977
YEAR
I
O
A
i
90TH PERCENT!LE
75TH PERCENTILE
COMPOSITE AVERAGE
MEDIAN
25TH PERCENTILE
10TH PERCENTILE
Figure 5-21. (Top) Nationwide trends in annual mean total suspended
particu late concentrations from 1972 to 1977 are shown for 2707
sampling sites. (Bottom) Conventions for box plots.
5-44
image:
-------
r
U.S. EPA REGIONS, EASTERN STATES
160
140
120
m 100
REGION 1 -
I
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977
YEAR
I
I
I I I
REGION 2 -
I
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977
YEAR
REGION 3 -
J
I
I
J_
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977
YEAR
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
I t
REGION 4 ~
J I
REGIONS ~
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977
YEAR
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977
YEAR
Fipira 5-22. Regional trends of annual mean total impended paniculate concentrations, 1972-1977, Eastern states.
5-45
image:
-------
U.S. EPA REGIONS, WESTERN STATES
160
140
120
*| 100
I 80
w 60
40
20
0
T I 1 I
REGIONS -
II I I I I
I I I I I
REGION? -
I
II III
1972 1973 1974 197S 1976 1977
VEAR
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977
YEAR
I T I
REGIONS -
I I I I
160
140
120
100
BO
60
40
20
0
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976
YEAR
1977
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
I I I I T
REGION 9
J I
I I
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977
YEAR
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977
YEAR
Figure 5-23. Regional trends of annual mean total impended particular concentrations, 1972-1977, Westwn itatm.
5-46
image:
-------
In the Eastern United States, in EPA Regions I and II, the composite average across sites
has decreased from 60 ug/m to approximately 55 ug/m3. The distribution of concentrations is
much narrower in Regions I and II than it is in the more industrialized Regions III, IV,
and V.
In Region III the composite average decreased from 78 to 60 |jg/m3, with the 90th
percentile in the distribution of annual mean concentrations decreasing from slightly over 100
3
to about 95 (jg/m . In Region IV the composite average decreased only slightly, from 65 to 60
3
jjg/m , but has remained relatively stable or has even increased slightly since 1975. In
Region V the composite average decreased from 80 to 70 ug/m , and the 90th percentile has
3
decreased from 100 to 85 ug/m , reflecting the effectiveness of point source control.
The Western States make up Regions VI through X. In Region VI the composite average has
remained at approximately 75 ug/m and the 90th percentile has increased slightly since 1973,
to about 100 ug/m . Industrial, utility, and related growth in this area as well as in Region
IV is probably responsible for keeping TSP concentrations from decreasing. In region VII the
composite average has been almost constant, varying only slightly between 80 and 75 ug/m .
3
The 90th percentile has varied between 110 and 100 ug/ . Region VIII shows wide distribution
in the concentrations. The 10th percentile, at about 20 ug/m , is the lowest among all
regions. The 90th percentile, approximately 100 ug/m , is equal to about the highest
concentrations in any region. The composite average has varied over the 6-year record, but is
essentially the same, approximately 80 ug/m , in 1977 as it was in 1972. The background air
quality in the upper States of this region (Montana, North and South Dakota, Wyoming) is among
the best in the country. Thus, some of the low levels (20 ug/m and below) represent some of
the lowest background concentrations measured in the United States. The high composite
average and high 90th percentile levels reflect the impact of locating monitors near
industrial sources such as smelters and the fugitive dust emissions from windblown soils.
3 3
Region IX has a composite average of 100 ug/m , which is up from 90 ug/m in the early 1970's.
The 90th percentile is also high, at 120 ug/m . Thus, Region IX has some of the highest
3
levels in the country. Region X has a composite average of approximately 70 ug/m , which is
up slightly from a low of 60 ug/m in 1975. The 90th percentile varies between 90 and 100
3
ug/m .
The overall trend in improvement from 1972 through 1975 was followed by a reversal in
some regions in 1976. Despite this short-term reversal in 1976, 60 percent of the sites
showed long-term improvement from 1972 to 1977. For those sites at which TSP concentrations
violated the current annual standard, 77 percent showed long-term improvements. Approximately
25 percent of these sites reported their lowest annual values in 1977. Possibly, the
short-term reversal in 1976 was due to unusually dry weather, resulting in windblown dust that
may have contributed to elevated TSP levels throughout the Central Plains, Far West,
Southwest, and Southeast.
XD25A/A 5-47 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
5.4 SIZE OF ATMOSPHERIC PARTICLES
5.4.1 Introduction
In Chapter 2, the general features of size distributions of atmospheric particles were
discussed in some detail. In recapitulation, it should be recalled that atmospheric particles
tend to be more prevalent in certain particle size bands or modes than in others. Particles
which have grown from the gas phase, either because of condensation or atmospheric
transformation or combustion, occur initially as very fine nuclei 0.05 micrometer or smaller.
These tend to grow rapidly to accumulation mode particles around 0.5 micrometer in size which
are relatively stable in the air. Because of their initially gaseous origin, this range of
particle sizes includes inorganic ions such as sulfate, nitrate and ammonium ion,
combustion-formed carbon, organic aerosols from photochemical conversions plus a variety of
trace elements frequently associated with combustion sources.
Airborne particles of soil or dust mostly result from entrainment by the motion of the
air or from other mechanical action and most of the mass of these materials is in particles
larger than 5 micrometers. While the relative amounts of these two particle types are highly
variable in both time and place, almost always there is a clearly observable minimum or gap in
atmospheric mass distribution occurring in the particle size range of roughly 1 to 3
micrometers. In this range there are only minor percentages of the total mass and this
material appears to be overlap from the two major categories. The larger particles frequently
contain clay minerals, bits of local rocks, limestone aggregate from roadways, fly ash from
power plants, and a wide variety of other substances ranging from insect parts, pollen and
sawdust to liquid globules of acidic smut blown from boiler tubes (Draftz and Severin, 1980),
The elemental analysis of these larger particles is usually dominated by silicon, aluminum,
magnesium, calcium and iron, all components of soil and of flyash (See Chapter 4).
Therefore, it can be difficult or impossible to assign particular sources for this component
on the basis of elemental analysis alone and frequently this group of elements is called
"crustal material." (Cahill, T. A., et. al., 1979).
In the last several years, a general perception has been growing that not all of the
particulate mass is equally damaging to the environment (see Chapter 11). For this reason a
body of information on the mass of particulate material in various size categories has been
gradually accumulating and is here summarized. Furthermore, a national network of sampling
stations equipped with size-selective sampling devices is being set up currently. While some
tabulated data are already available from this network and are summarized here, no detailed
interpretative analysis has been published as yet, nor is any chemical analytical data
available. The analysis of monitoring results from the national inhalable particle (IP)
network must then, wait for subsequent revisions of this document.
In the discussion which follows, the concentration of major chemical components of
atmospheric aerosols are organized by the size mode or particle category in which they are
XD25A/A 5-48
1-19-81
image:
-------
*
most frequently observed. This is not to say that sulfate ion, for example, is exclusively a
component of fine particles. Sometimes, say in the vincinity of a cement manufacturing
facility, there can be substantial amounts of coarse calcium sulfate. However, the rela-
tionship between size and composition of particles is so general that more reason is saved by
this organization than by any other.
Since the finer particles seem to have less diversity and since measurements of the major
anion components of this fraction have been made for a long time, this group is discussed
first. The more complicated coarse fraction has not been very well defined, indeed may not be
definable by chemical analysis alone. There is considerable interest in this size range
currently, though, and studies of these materials are cited in the second part.
5.4.2 Size Distribution of Particle Mass
Evidence from chemical analysis and physical theory (Chapter 2) strongly suggests that
atmospheric aerosols commonly occur in two distinct modes. The fine or accumulation mode is
attributed to growth of particles from the gas phase and subsequent agglomeration. The coarse
mode is made up of mechanically abraded or ground particles. Therefore it is not surprising
to find atmospheric particle mass distributed among fine and coarse particles with a rather
clear interval of demarcation in between.
Unfortunately, gravimetric data by size fraction have been sparse until comparatively
recently. Furthermore, most was obtained with impactors which are influenced by particle
"bounce". (See Chapter 3) Several works suggested the existence of a distinct minimum in the
mass-size distribution in the 1968-70 time period. Lee, et. al. (1968) observed only 14% of
the aerosol mass between 2 and 4 urn in 3 samples from Fairfax, Ohio. Lundgren (1970) found
only 10% of aerosol mass in this range in 10 Riverside, California aerosols samples ranging
3
from 47 to 144 ug/m . O'Donnell et al. (1970) found only 10% in the 2-4 (jm range in one
Pittsburgh, Pa. sample. Lee and Garanson (1972) and Lee, et. al. (1972) have reported many
impactor size distribution for six cities obtained in 1970, all indicating 12-15% of aerosol
mass between 2-5 urn. However, many of these data are clouded by bounce and entry losses and
probably are biased toward low coarse mode distributions.
More recently, evidence from electrostatic sizing equipment has confirmed this general
trend. Figures 5-24 through 5-27 show the distribution of particle volume by size. These
data differ from mass distributions because particle density (mass/volume) was not measured as
a function of size. Figures 5-24 and 5-25 present distributions in and around St. Louis,
Missouri, for a variety of conditions. Generally these distributions show distinct minimum
values in the vicinity of 1-2 urn.
However, the combined influence of nearby sources and of aerosol aging can produce major
shifts in volume and presumably mass distribution. For example, Figure 5-25 shows a third,
very fine "nuclei" mode of particles centering around 0.05 urn. This mode can be attributed to
the presence of nearby automotive traffic. Also shown in Figure 5-25 is the rather narrow
XD25A/A 5-49 1-19-81
image:
-------
I I
BACKGROUND AEROSOLS
- URBAN PLUME INFLUENCED
___ BACKGROUND AVERAGE
_._ AUTO INFLUENCED
_.._ CLEAN BACKGROUND
Dp.M>n
Figure 5-24. Linear-log plot of the volume distributions for the four background distributions.
Notice how much the urban plume adds to the accumulation mode of the background.
Source: Whitby, 1978.
—— LABAOIE POWER PLANT
FLUME
— —— URBAN
—-^ URBAN AUTO
30 —
20 —
10 —
0.003 .01
Dp,»im
Figure 5-25. Linear-log plot of the volume distributions for two urban aerosols and a typical
distribution measured in the Labadie coal-fired power plant plume near St Louis Size distri-
butions measured above a few hundred meters above the ground generally have a rather small
coarse particle mode.
Source: Whitby. 1978.
5-50
image:
-------
0.1
1.0
PARTICLE DIAMETER, urn
10
Figure 5-26. Incursion of aged smog from Los Angeles at the Goldstone tracking station in the
Mojave Desert in California. Note-the buildup in the accumulation mode.
Source: National Research Council (1979).
5-51
image:
-------
PARTICLE DIAMETER, Aim
Figure 5-27. Sudden growth of the coarse particle mode due to local dust sources measured at the
Hunter-Liggett Military Reservation in California. This shows the independence of the accumulation
and coarse particle mode.
Source: National Research Council (1979).
5-52
image:
-------
size distribution from a coal-fired power plant adding to the fine aerosol burden. However,
the mass-size distribution from large sources can vary dramatically among sources depending on
the type and efficiency of control equipment. (See Chapter 4)
There can be major shifts in the relative proportions of fine and coarse particle mass as
an aerosol ages (i.e. moves With the wind). Figures 5-26 and 5-27 show dramatic examples of
this phenomena obtained during the 1972 California ACHEX experiment. In the first case, aged
aerosol is transported in the wind to the site from the Los Angeles area; during this process
coarse particles settta out. In the second case, local winds stir up dust shifting the
distribution toward larger sizes. (National Research Council, 1979).
A summary of mass data calculated from electrostatic size disbributions for several
environments is shown in Table 5-7. Here, the dramatic variations in coarse and fine particle
fractions found in practice are clear.
More recently, a number of studies have been done with virtual impaotors designed to
obtain mass samples of the 0-2.5 urn fine fraction and a 2.5-15 pm coarse fraction.
Researchers from EPA's Environmental Science Research Labs have measured coarse and fine
aerosol mass concentrations in several locations. Dzubay et al. (1977) report on 18 days of
summer sampling in St. Louis, Stevens et al. (1979) report on two months of summer sampling in
Houston, Texas and Stevens et al., (1980) discuss results of an extensive sampling for a week
in the Smoky Mountains. Courtney et al. (1980), discuss the early results from winter
sampling at two locations in Denver, Colorado. Table 5-8 below summarized their reported
findings.
In another short term study, Lewis and Macias, (1980) sampled atmospheric aerosols for 21
3
days in Charleston, West Virginia. The fine fraction average was 33.4 pg/m and the coarse
fraction average was 27.1 ug/m .
Because of the influence of particle size on a variety of adverse effects including
health, visibility, and soiling (see later effects chapters), EPA is establishing a network of
size-selective particulate monitors. Ultimately this grid will include 250 stations to be
established over a 3-year period. During the period April 1, 1979, to June 30, 1980, a total
of 94 stations were established. A map showing current sampler location is shown in Fig.
5-28. (EPA, 1981) Since dichotomous samplers are used in this network, together with
Hi-Vols, it is possible to obtain a general conception of the relationship between TSP
(0 - ~ 60 |jm), dichotomous total (Dtotal) or "inhalable" particles mass (0-15 urn) and the
fine and coarse fractions defined above.
A total of 1960 dichotomous fine and coarse measurements and 2675 TSP measurements are
now in this data base; Hi-Vol measurements with a size-selective inlet are now also being
made. In this data base, daily TSP values range from 33.2 |jg/m in Litchfield, Connecticut
to 474.4 ug/m in Dallas, Texas. Maximum dichotomous sampler values ranged from 28.7 jjg/m in
Pearl City, Hawaii to 267.5 ng/m in Rubidoux, California. (EPA, 1981)
XD25A/A 5-53 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-7. FINE AND COARSE AEROSOL CONCENTRATIONS FROM
SOME URBAN MEASUREMENTS COMPARED TO CLEAN AREAS
Concentration ((jg/m )
Location
St. Louis
Los Angeles
Los Angeles
freeway
Denver
Goldstone
Milford, Mich.
Pt. Argue! lo
(seaside)
Condition
Very polluted
Grand Average
Wind from
freeway
Grand average
Clean
Very clean
Marine air
Fine
particles
296.0
37.0
77.0
16.6
1.5
1.03
1.1
Coarse
particles
94.0
30.0
59.0
232.0
3.0
0.82
53.0
Calculated from volume distribution using assumed particle
density, Pp = 1 gm/cm
Source: National Research Council, 1979.
XD25A/A
5-54
1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-8. FINE FRACTION AND COARSE FRACTION DICHOTOMOUS SAMPLING
BY ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE RESEARCH LAB, USEPA IN 4 LOCATIONS
Location Period
St. Louis Summer
Houston Summer
Denver Winter
Winter
Spring
Smoky Mtns Fall
Days Comments
18 Urban
Rural
28 Urban
19 Urban Site D
Urban Site N
Urban Site D
Urban Site N
19 Urban
28 Urban
7 Remote Day
Remote Night
Concentration o
Fine (|jg/m ) Coarse (ug/m )
29
26
52.2
18.1
25.4
23.2
26.4
26.5
16.1
26.4
22.0
22
15
39.8
22.5
23.4
33.0
26.5
27.1
9.8
6.2
4.9
XD25A/A
5-55
1-19-81
image:
-------
: IAKBON I/»l,oV-S- .fPHILADELPHIAlO
\ STEUBENVILLE«|1-J?^S • BALTIMORE 2
• WASHINGTON. D.C~- ' "
CINCINNATI*1_ f J
J^ ' <
|o X
! , ^HONOLULU
!._'.?»».
bNPS ' NATIONAL PARK SERVICE
NUMBERS REPRESENT QUANTITY OF SITES AT EACH LOCATION
Figure 5-28. Inhalable particulate network sites established as of March 19,1980.
5-56
image:
-------
Because of the limited time period available for analysis (April 1979 to June 1980), it
would be unwise to consider analysis of this data as indicative of geographical on seasonal
trends in particle size. But some additional general factors associated with particle size
can be seen from inspection of the data summary in Table 5-9. (The ratios in the table are
averages of individual sample pair's ratios, and thus will not equal ratios of the average
concentrations given.)
On the average the dichotomous total (D. . ,-. is a fraction of the TSP, but this ratio
varies widely across the country, from about 0.4 to almost 1 in Portland, Oregon and
Litchfield, Connecticut (5 samples). However, most Portland and all Litchfield samples were
collected during the winter months where rainfall or snow cover could have materially reduced
dust levels.
The fraction of fine and coarse components is even more variable. The coarse mass
fraction of the total sub-15 urn mass ranges from about 1/5 to 2/3 in this selected set and
even higher for individual days. Particularly striking are the average values for Dallas and
El Paso, Texas. At both sites, the sub-15 pm mass was only about half the TSP mass. However,
in Dallas only 27% of this was in the 2.5-15 uni range while in El Paso, 64% was "coarse". At
this point, it appears that much remains to be learned about the coarse fraction and its
contribution to aerosol mass.
5.5 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF FINE PARTICLES
It is widely recognized that sulfate, nitrate, and ammonium ions, organics, carbon, and
combustion associated metals are the major components of fine particle mass. Unfortunately,
few studies of aerosol composition have attempted material balance and fewer still have done
so with size fractionation.
Nevertheless, a great deal has been learned about the chemical and elemental composition
of airborne particulate since the early experiments in the 50s by Junge in Frankfurt, Germany,
Roundhill, Massachusetts, Hawaii, and various sites in Florida (Junge 1952). The observation
of Junge that sulfate, ammonium, and nitrate ions appear predominantly in the fine particulate
fraction has been confirmed in independent field observations, both in urban and rural areas
(Lewis and Macias, 1980; Dzubay and Stevens, 1975). In analyzing the St. Louis, Mo.,
dichotomous sampler data by x-ray fluorescence, Dzubay and Stevens found 75 percent of the
zinc, sulfur, bromine, arsenic, silenium, and lead occurred in the fine particulates, and at
least 75 percent of the silicon, calcium, titanium, and iron in the coarse fraction (Dzubay,
1980).
Studies of Charleston, W. Va. particles, Lewis and Macias report material balances of
fine and coarse particles accounting for 69 percent and 60 percent of the mass respectively.
Eighty-five percent of the sulfate and ammonium ions were in the fine particles where they
accounted for 30 and 12.8 percent of the mass respectively. Carbon, both elemental and
organic, was mainly in the fine aerosol (61 percent) where it accounted for 18.2 percent of
the mass.
XD25A/A 5-57 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-9. RECENT DICHOTOMOUS SAMPLER AND TSP DATA
FROM SELECTED SITES—ARITHMETIC AVERAGES
Location
Northeast
Buffalo, NY
Erie Co. , NY
Litchfield, CN
Philadelphia, PA
Southeast
Birmingham, AL
Midwest
Minneapolis, MN
Cincinnati, OH
Southwest
Dallas, TX
El Paso, TX
Far West
Los Angeles, CA
Portland, OR
Pearl City, HA
No. of TSP f§fAL/ Coarse
observations (jg/m3 (# pairs) pg/m
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTota1
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
28 93.7 0.70 (21) 25.2
40
41 32.8 0.64 (25) 5.1
44
5 18.9 0.86 (1) 6.6
5
102 45.1 0.83 (40) 13.3
109
38 60.8 0.68 (23) 15.0
40
44 50.1 0.61 (26) 15.6
41
51 53.6 0.77 (26) 14.4
48
22 94.9 0.47 (21) 9.8
24
29 86.5 0.51 (7) 46.3
26
43 68.4 0.53 (18) 21.3
50
37 66.7 0.90 (19) 42 3
36
27 33.0 0.43 (11) 7.9
25
Fine Coarse
ug/m3 DTQTAL
25.9 0.50
16.2 0.24
13.3 0.33
22. 5 0.38
24.4 0.38
16.4 0.46
25.2 0.35
24.1 0.27
11.7 0.64
24.6 0.47
22.0 0.60
8.4 0.47
XD25A/A r np
b b8 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
Stevens, et al. (1978) have reviewed size-fraction analysis for six sites including the
St. Louis and Charleston data sets mentioned above, together with New York, Portland, Oregon,
Philadelphia, and Glendora, California. They conclude that sulfate ion is predominantly a
fine component (70 percent) which usually accounts for 40 percent of the mass of that fraction
and occassionally up to 50%. The sulfate must be present as ammonium salts or as sulfuric
acid since metallic sulfate could be only 10-30% of the total at maximum. (Stevens et al. ,
1978)
In one site in the Great Smoky Mountains, 89% of the fine particle mass was accounted
for. (Stevens, et al., 1980) Sulfate accounted for 61% of the fine particle mass, ammonium
ion 12%, elemental carbon 5%, and organic carbon 10% with a variety of trace elements, mainly
lead, accounting for the balance. In this study only organic carbon was also a significant
component of the coarse particles.
Studies in a number of sites in California have produced similar results. Flocchini, et
al., 1978) and Cahill, et al., (1977) have reported size fraction distributions for sulfur
(presumably sulfate) in three districts of California. In all areas sulfur was present almost
exclusively in the sub 3.6 urn fraction. In dry weather, sulfur was found in sub-0.65 urn
fractions, while under humid conditions the sulfate appeared in the 0.65 to 3.6 urn cut.
Since sulfate, nitrate, ammonium ion, elemental carbon and organics are the major
components of the fine aerosol, analytical data for them, whether size fractionated or total,
will be discussed together in this section.
5.5.1 Sulfates
The term "atmospheric sulfates" describes a variety of sulfur compounds, including
ammonium sulfate, ammonium bisulfate, sulfuric acid, calcium sulfate, and a variety of
metal salts. Most of the historic data on atmospheric concentrations of sulfates is based
on the water-soluble extract of TSP filters and measurements of the sulfate ion. These
measurements were subject to artifact formation on the glass fiber filters used in the early
NASN measurements. For a complete discussion of these issues see Chapter 3. In general, it
is now accepted that pre-1974 or -1975 TSP sulfate measurements using the traditional glass
3
fiber filters may have overestimated sulfates by as much as 2 ug/m in areas where ambient S0?
concentrations were high.
The range of annual average TSP sulfate concentrations is from less than 1 |jg/m in some
3
states to almost 20 ug/m in urban industrial areas of the Northeast. For 24-hr average
concentrations, sulfate concentrations have ranged from near zero to more than 80 ug/m .
Sulfate, particularly ammonium sulfate, appears to account for the majority of fine
particle mass in many locations (Dzubay, 1980; Stevens et al., 1980; Watson, 1979; Flocchini
et al., 1978; Stevens et al., 1978; Pierson et al., 1980). Although some of this material may
be emitted directly from sources, the majority appears to be secondary, i.e., formed by
chemical reactions in the atmosphere (Friedlander, 1973; Grosjean and Friedlander, 1975).
XD25A/A 5-59 1-19-81
image:
-------
Spatial and temporal variations. The spatial distribution of sulfate concentration for 1974
is displayed in Figure 5-29. Figure 5-29(a) presents the annual average concentrations. An
area having an annual average of more than 15 (jg/m3 extends from the lower Ohio Valley through
the upper Ohio Valley, including major portions of Kentucky, West Virginia, Ohio, and western
Pennsylvania. The areas with annual averages exceeding 10 ug/m include almost all of the
United States east of the Mississippi, except for the South Atlantic States and the upper New
England areas.
O
Through the central Midwest area, values of 4 to 9 ug/m are reported. The high values
seen in the Rocky Mountain States may originate from local smelters and coal-fired power
plants. The Far Western States and the Pacific Northwest experience annual sulfate levels
below 2 to 3 ug/m3, except for the Los Angeles area. The Los Angeles levels are not shown in
this figure, but a 1975 National Academy of sciences report on air quality and stationary
source emission controls indicates that they are between 7 and 13 ug/m (National Academy of
Sciences, 1975).
Seasonal variations in sulfate concentrations are shown in Figures 5-29(b) and 5-29(c)
for the winter months and the summer months. The area of elevated sulfate greatly expands
during the summer months. As demonstrated by several regional studies on atmospheric sulfate
transport, sulfate concentrations can be elevated over large geographical regions under
certain meteorological conditions (Eliassen, 1978; Lyons and et al., 1978; Perhak, 1978;
Whelpdale, 1978). This is support for the transport and conversion beyond the source regions
of sulfur dioxide emissions. It is clear from these contour maps of high sulfate levels that
a large portion of the U.S. population is exposed to annual sulfate concentrations in the
3
ambient air of more than 10 ug/m . In view of the increasing sulfur dioxide emissions from
increased use of coal throughout the United States, particularly in the South Central States,
the area of maximum sulfate levels might expand and shift to the lower Ohio Valley area and
the Southeast.
In a large-scale study of atmospheric sulfate in eastern Canada, Whelpdale (1978) reports
3
mean levels of 10 ug/m over southern Ontario. The mean levels of sulfates dropped to less
than 2.5 ug/m above the 49th parallel. Figure 5-30 displays these values for the period of
study. During episodic conditions that affect primarily and lower Great Lakes region, the
24-hr concentrations have been reported as high as 40 to 50 ug/m3. These episodic conditions
are associated with the position of a high-pressure cell over eastern Canada with southwest
flow occuring on the back side of the high pressure. This synoptic situation favors transport
of sulfur dioxide and sulfates from the high sulfur dioxide source regions of the
industrialized Northeastern United States.
Recently new information on the interrelationship of sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide,
ozone, TSP, sulfates, and nitrates has become available from large-scale regional study. The
Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) Sulfate Regional Experiment (SURE) involves intensive
monitoring from some 54 rural stations and an aircraft sampling program. The area being
XD25A/A 5-60 1-19-81
image:
-------
Figure 5-29. Contour maps of sulfate concentrations for 1974 are
shown for: (a) annual average; (b) winter average; (c) summer
average.
Source: National Research Council, (1978a).
5-61
image:
-------
FORT CHIMO I
CANADIAN SHIELD
ARMSTRONG •
~~ 3.If LAWRENCE
3 3 • fl RIVER
ATLANTIC OCEAN
5 ^ / MOUNT FOREST ( • ^ONTARIO
MICHIGAN
UNITED STATES
SCALE
I I I I I
0 100 200 Ml
Figure 5-30. Intensive Sulfate Study area in Eastern Canada shows the geometric mean of the
concentration of particulate soluble sulfate during the study period. Units are micrograms of
sulfate per cubic meter.
Source: Whelpdale (1978).
5-62
image:
-------
studied is 2400 x 1840 km; it extends from Kansas to the Atlantic coast and from mid-Alabama
to southeastern Canada (see Figure 5-31) (Hidy et al., 1979).
Mueller et al. (1979) reported on the earlier SURE data collected in 1974 and 1975 and
presented the preliminary results of an intensive field study made during July 1977 through
February 1978. Using the limited historic data base, they indicate that the rural stations
experience a frequency of occurrence of 24-hour average sulfate concentration similar to that
observed around large metropolitan areas such as New York City. As seen in Figure 5-32, 24-hr
3
values greater than 10 ug/m occurred in approximately half the data, and the occurrence of
24-hr sulfate levels exceeding 20 ug/m was about 10 to 12 percent.
3
Based on concentrations of 10 to 20 ug/m as an indicator of elevated exposure, the
average concentrations over the entire SURE network area were estimated by a linear
interpolation procedure with a resolution of 80 x 80 km grids. Episodes of elevated sulfates
are extensive; during an episode in early August 1977, the area where sulfate levels exceeded
3 2
20 ug/m expanded to more than 500,000 km . Two regional episodes occurred in January and
early February 1977. In August, 39 percent of the sulfate values exceeded 10 ug/m ; in
January the figure was 30 percent; five percent of the values exceeded 20 ug/m . In October,
3
20 percent of the values exceeded 10-ug/m , and less than 1 percent of the values exceeded 20
3 3
ug/m . Figure 5-33 shows the estimated number of days exceeding 10 ug/m , for August 1977 and
January-February 1978. In August, almost the entire Northeast had at least 10 days with
3
sulfate concentrations greater than 10 ug/m . The area having 20 or more days with more than
3
10 ug/m involved Ohio, West Virginia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, and New York. By contrast, in
the winter months the area of prolonged elevated sulfate concentrations shifts toward the West
and Southeast. The upper Ohio Valley remains high, and an increase in the number of days with
3
more than 10 ug/m also occurs over Tennessee, Alabama, and Georgia.
Studies of seasonal variations have reported elevated concentrations in the summer months
(Hitchcock, 1976; Hidy et al. , 1978). The summer monthly mean concentrations of sulfate in
some regions can be twice those for the winter months. The seasonal variation in sulfate
concentrations in southeastern and midwestern cities is less distinct than the variation in
New York City or Los Angeles (see Figures 5-34 and 5-35). Presently, it is generally reported
that elevated summertime sulfate concentrations are the result of increased homogeneous and
heterogeneous oxidation of anthropogenically produced S0?. However, oxidation of biologically
produced hydrogen sulfide has been offered as an explanation for some high sulfate
concentrations in isolated areas.
Lavery et al. (1979) postulate the existence of two meteorological conditions that result
3
in regional accumulation of particulate sulfate concentrations above 20 ug/m in the
Northeastern United States:
The first regime consists of cases where widespread stagnation occurs
with a large high pressure area slowly moving eastward over the
midwestern and eastern United States. Zones of polluted air collect over
areas within 100-300 kilometers of high sulfur dioxide emissions sources.
These zones maintain themselves over periods of one to four days in warm,
XD25A/A 5-63 1-19-81
image:
-------
Figure 5-31. Map of SURE regions shows locations of ground
measurement stations.
Source: Hidy et al. (1979).
5-64
image:
-------
100
50
01
a
O
8
UJ
D
V)
V)
20
10
O RIVERHEAD, NY (champs)
A BRONX, NY (champs)
D ROCKPORT. (iur.1)
• SCR ANTON (sure I)
O
RANGE OF OCCURRENCE
FOR SURE I AND NYC
CHAMP STATIONS
I I
I I
0.01
10
30
50
80 90 95
99
99.8
99.9
Figure 5-32. Cumulative plots show the frequency of sulfate concentrations in the SURE region on
the basis of the 1974-75 historical data.
Source: Mueller et al. (1979).
5-65
image:
-------
Figure 5-33. Map shows the spatial distribution of number of days
per month that the sulfate concentration equaled or exceeded
10 ng/m^. Station data were extrapolated according to r'2.
(A) January-February 1978 (31 days); (B) August 1977 (31 days).
Source: Mueller et at. (1979).
5-66
image:
-------
200
190
180
170
160
150
ui 140
D
4
Z
UJ
s
4
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
I I I I I I I I I I I I
•SO2 AMBIENT LEVEL
I I I I I I I I I I I I
567
MONTH
8 9 10 11 12
Figure 5-34. 1977 seasonal patterns of SC>2 emissions and 24-hr
average SO2 and SO4 ambient levels in the New York area are
normalized to the annual average values.
Source: Lynn et al. (1975).
5-67
image:
-------
300
250
>
200
oo
g
00
I 150
in
CM
8 100
so
I R I II I I
I I I I I I I I I III
30
20
m
10 30
'c
I-
•n
>
<
m
JAN MAR MAY JUL SEP MOV
Figure 5-35. Monthly variation in monthly mean of 24-hr average
sulfate concentration at downtown Los Angeles is compared with
monthly mean 1973 Los Angeles County power plant SC>2
emissions.
Source: Hidy et al. (1978).
5-68
image:
-------
moist air, with light winds, around the southern and western parts of the
high pressure area. The second regime appears to be conducive to long-range
(greater than 500 km) sulfate transport and involves a channeling of air flow
between the west side of the Appalachian Mountains and weak cold fronts
approximately oriented west-southwest to east-northeast and traveling
south-eastward. The channeling appears to be combined with capped vertical
mixing associated with subsidence around the frontal system. These episodes
can last up to four days.
Urban variations. The preceding discussion of spatial and temporal variations of sulfate was
derived for the most part from widely spaced rural monitoring stations. It is of interest to
note spatial variations on the much smaller scale of a metropolitan area. The sulfate
measured on this scale may consist of a natural background component, a long-distance
transported component, a component formed locally in the atmosphere, and/or an artifact formed
on the filter. Hidy et al. (1978) compare urban sulfate distributions from the previously
reported works of Lynn et al. (1975) for the New York City area, and Kurosaka (1976) did the
same of the Los Angeles area. These areas differ in meteorology and climate, but the
population and total sulfur dioxide emissions are similar.
The population density of New York City is greater than that of Los Angeles (See Table
5-10). In addition, the emission patterns are dissimilar. As seen in Figure 5-36, there is a
significant difference in sulfate concentrations across the New York urban area, with the
highest values observed in a strip from Staten Island northeast into Brooklyn. This may be
biased by the wintertime emissions; in summer, fairly uniform sulfate concentrations have been
found in the New York metropolitan area. The highest concentrations of purely sulfur dioxide
emissions are in eastern New Jersey, Staten Island, Brooklyn, and the high-density areas of
Manhattan. Within a distance of 10 to 50 km from the sources of highest S0? concentration,
the sulfate concentrations have decreased by 30 to 40 percent from their maximum values.
As shown in Figure 5-37, the mean annual average concentrations derived from 24-hr values
in Los Angeles show a relatively uniform distribution across the Los Angeles basin area. A
weak maximum is seen in the area near Burbank, and another maximum may occur in the San
Bernardino area. The areas of major sulfur dioxide emissions are El Segundo and Long Beach
areas and Fontana. A pattern similar to New York is found in the Los Angeles area; at
distances exceeding 50 km from the areas of highest concentration, the sulfate levels drop off
significantly.
Spengler and Dockery (1979) have measured sulfates in particles less than 3.5 urn is
diameter using a network of 10 to 12 sites in each of six cities for periods of up to 2
years. Analysis of variance shows no significant variation among sites within the cities of
Topeka, KS; Portage, WI; Kingston, TN; and Watertown, MA. Some slight variations occur among
the sites in St. Louis, and significant variations occur among the sites in Steubenville, OH.
Only the Corondolet area of southeast St. Louis was monitored, not the entire city. There is
a coke plant and a lead pigment plant nearby, which causes large S0« gradients and perhaps
also sulfate gradients. In Steubenville, the TSP and S0? values near the river are
XD25A/A 5-69 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-10. SOME CHARACTERISTICS OF POLLUTION IN THE
NEW YORK AND LOS ANGELES AREAS
Parameter
Surface area considered,3 km
Population estimate (1970)2
Population density, no./km
S0? emissions, tons/yr ?
S02 emission density, kg/km /yr
Maximum temperature, C
Minimum temperature, °CC
Relative humidity, %e
Normal precipitation, cm
Mean wind speed, m/sec
Mixing height, ?nr
Ventilation, m /sec
S02, ug/m ?_ 3 h
Water- soluble sulfate (SO/ ), ug/ni
N02, ug/m \ 3
Water-soluble nitrate (NO, ), ug/m
o3> ug/m3 n J
Total particulate mass concentration (ISP)
less sulfate and nitrate, TSPM, ug/m
Los Angeles
21,000
9,000,000
430
238,000
10,300 .
22.8 (5.5)a
10.8 (4.6)
50.2 (17.0)
36
3.3 (1.4)
849 (472)
2690 (2160)
12.5 (19.9)
10.1 (7.9)
83.9 (44.3)
9.1 (7.7)
52 (34)
64.5 (27.4)
New York
17,000
12,000,000
710
266,000
14,200
15.0 (7.4)
9.3 (8.4)
59.6 (16.5)
106
5.8 (2.3)
1290 (906)
7460 (6200)
42.9 (45.0)
8.9 (5.7)
67.6 (36.0)
2.6 (2.1)
20 (22)
40.4 (19.9)
Greater metropolitan areas; Los Angeles, South Coast Air Basin; New York, tri-
. state metropolitan area.
Based on EPA Air Quality Control Regions.
.Annual mean of daily maximum or minimum hourly temperature.
Numbers in parentheses are standard deviations.
^Annual mean of daily minimum humidity.
Annual mean of noon wind speed at surface.
^Defined by annual mean of daily midday radiosonde sounding.
Annual mean of 24-hr averaged values, 1974-75; Los Angeles, seven stations,
New York, four stations (see Hidy et al., 1977b for details).
Source: Hidy et al. (1978).
XD25A/A
5-70
1-19-81
image:
-------
13
NEW JERSEY
I I I I I J
Figure 5-36. Map shows annual mean 24-hr average sulfate levels in
micrograms per cubic meter in the New York area, based on 1972
data from Lynn et al. (1975). Squares are locations of three CHAMP
site stations. The fourth station is at the tip of Long Island about
160 km from Manhattan.
Source: Hidy et al. (1978).
5-71
image:
-------
VENTURE CO.1
I I I
10 20
,krn|>: v
CIRCLED NUMBERS: STATION DATA
^: CHAMP STATIONS : ,
O : UNCERTAIN BECAUSE OF DISCREPANCIES
BETWEEN AGENCY ANALYTICAL METHODS
Figure 5-37. Distribution of annual average sulfate concentration in micrograms per cubic meter in the
greater Los Angeles area is based on 1972-74 data.
Source: Kurosaka (1976).
5-72
image:
-------
approximately twice the concentrations 5 km to the west of the river. For sulfates in this
size range the pattern is similar and the gradient is not as pronounced, but the differences
among sites are significant.
An attempt has been made to explain the variability in sulfate data for both the Los
Angeles area and the New York City area by means of stepwise linear regression. Table 5-11
displays the three principal independent variables and the r values associated with them in
explaining the variance of the daily sulfate concentrations. The results are very consistent
in both areas except for Vista, CA, a community about 100 miles southeast of Los Angeles.
TABLE 5-11. PRIMARY RANKING OF VARIABLES FOR CORRELATING AIRBORNE
SULFATE IN TWO CITIES BASED ON A STEPWISE LINEAR REGRESSION OF
15 VARIABLES FROM CHAMP AND RELATED MONITORING STATIONS
A. Los Angeles area
Variable
1
2
3
Correlation
coefficient (R)
Garden
Anaheim Grove
0, 0,
TSPM T5PM
RH RH
0.71 0.77
West
Covina
0,
TSPM
RH
0.79
Glendora
TSPM
RH
0,
3
0.79
Santa Thousand
Monica Oaks
0, TSPM
DP DUI
KM Kn
TSPM 0
X
0.79 0.72
Vista3
T .
o
Rfi
0.56
B. New York
Brooklyn Queens Bronx Riverhead, L.I.
Variable
1
2
3
Correlation
coefficent (R)
TSPM
RH
0,
3
0.60
TSPM
RH
0,
3
0.63
TSPM
o
Rf\
0.54
TSPM
RH
o
3
0.62
.Located 50 km north of San Diego and 16 km inland from the coast.
°RH, Relative humidity.
OX, 1-hr daily maximum ozone value.
Source: Hidy et al. (1978).
The results indicate that the most important variables are the 24-hr ozone level, the
midday relative humidity, and the total mass concentration, minus the sulfate and nitrate
fraction. Hidy et al. (1978) also suggest that these three factors are important in
determining the daily variations of sulfate concentrations. The ozone or oxidant levels are
an indication of photochemical oxidation, the relative humidity is an indication of water
content of the air mass, and TSP is an indication of reactions involving particulate matter.
XD25A/A
5-73
1-19-81
image:
-------
The local sulfur dioxide concentrations did not enter into the correlation sequence as
one of the three principal variables. The findings of Spengler et al. (1979) appear quite
consistent with these findings since the only city with a significant spatial variation among
sites for sulfates also had a variation among sites for the respirable particles and TSP.
5.5.2 Nitrates
Nitrate aerosols make up a varying amount of the total suspended particulate matter.
Although widely reported to be significantly less than the sulfate fraction, nitrates never-
theless represent an important constituent. Most nitrates in the atmosphere are formed in
gas-to-aerosol reactions, principally involving nitrogen dioxide and nitric oxide. These
reactions may yield nitric acid (gas or aerosols), ammonium nitrate, sodium nitrate, and
lesser amounts of other compounds. A minor fraction of the nitrate aerosols measured in the
atmosphere can be attributed to wind erosion of soil and resuspension of fertilizers (National
Research Council, 1978). These sources may be more important locally near fertilizer plants
or transfer facilities, as well as munition factories.
Measurement of particulate nitrate has proven especially difficult (see Chapter 3).
Analytical methods for aerosol nitrate analysis do not differentiate among particles contain-
ing neutral ammonium nitrate, sodium nitrate, and nitric acid. It is therefore impossible to
estimate the relative quantities of neutral and acid nitrates in the aerosol. The reader is
cautioned that most of the literature values cited below probably should be taken as total
nitrate, gaseous HNO., + particulate nitrate. It would be incorrect to interpret the data as
particulate nitrate.
Mean nitrate aerosol concentrations from urban and nonurban NASN sites are summarized in
Figure 5-38 and 5-39, respectively. The annual average concentrations shown are in micrograms
per cubic meter, as measured from high-volume samples. Concentrations in urban air are sub-
stantially higher than those in nonurban air. Although year-to-year variations are substantial,
both urban and nonurban averages show upward trends. These trends are consistent with the
increase in emissions of nitrogen dioxide. A zone of high urban concentrations exceeding 4
ug/m extends eastward from Chicago through the industrialized Northeast through Pennsylvania
to the Philadelphia area. Other zones of high nitrates are found in southern Louisiana,
around Birmingham, AL, and near Little Rock, AR. In general, a zone of high urban nitrates 3
(jg/m and larger extends up from southeastern Texas through the Midwest and across through the
Northeast. Of course, a major emission source may cause high nitrate gradients in the area
surrounding. For example, a study in Chattanooga (Helms et al., 1970; National Academy of
Sciences, 1977) showed an average nitrate concentration of 48.9 ug/m for a site close to the
Volunteer Army Ammunition Plant. This is more than three times the NASN maximum station
average for 1965 (13.5 |jg/m ). This station average was 15 to 20 times higher than that of
the four other Chattanooga sites presumably not influenced directly by the munitions plant.
o
Their averages ranged from 2.4 to 3.8 ug/m . While the artifact phenomenon may discredit
the absolute values, the ratios among sites have more credibility.
XD25A/A 5-74 1-19-81
image:
-------
Figure 5-38. Map shows U.S. mean annual ambient nitrate levels in micrograms per cubic meter.
Source: Akland (1977).
5-75
image:
-------
Figure 5-39. Mean nitrate concentrations in micrograms per cubic meter were measured at nonurban
sites by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (unpublished data).
Source: National Research Council (1979).
5-76
image:
-------
*
It is obvious from these figures that the data base is quite incomplete for the west
coast. No data are reported for the Los Angeles area, nor for the large metropolitan areas of
San Francisco, Seattle, and Portland.
A few studies have sought information on nitrate concentrations by composition and parti-
cle size. Orel and Seinfeld (1977) compared the formation, sizes, and concentrations of
ambient sulfate and nitrate particles. Unlike sulfuric acid, the nitric acid that is formed
tends to remain in the gaseous phase, although it may be an important component of acid pre-
cipitation. The EPRI SURE Project (Kneip et al., 1979) reports nitrate ion concentrations
one-tenth the concentration of sulfate ions. The monthly mean values for August and October
3
1977 are less than 0.6 (jg/m ammonium nitrate at three locations across the Northeast. On a
few occasions the daily levels exceded 1.5 ug/m .
Data from the sulfate and nitrate data base of the California Aerosol Characterization
Experiment are reported by Appel et al. (1978). Summer measurements for 1972 and 1973 from
five fixed and one mobile site indicate that the mass median diameter for nitrates is between
0.3 and 1.6 urn. Twenty-four-hour averaged concentrations of nitrate ion varied across the Los
Angeles basin, from a low of 4 ug/m in Dominguez Hills to a high of 31 ug/m in the eastern
community of Rubidoux. In contrast to sulfate, the diurnal pattern for nitrate often has a
maximum during the morning close to the maximum for gas-phase nitrogen oxides. The authors
concluded that the ratios of ionic constituents and ambient ammonia levels suggested that
ammonium salts were the principal form of sulfate and nitrate.
Until recently such high nitrate levels were not suspected in other regions of the United
States. However, the Environmental Protection Agency has just completed the first analysis
from a dichotomous particle sampling program in Denver, CO. The 24-hr nitrate levels, pri-
3
marily in the fine fraction, often exceeded 10 |jg/m (Courtney et al., 1980).
Japanese workers have been investigating atmospheric nitrates for some time. Kadawaki
(1977) has found a bimodal distribution of nitrates in the Nagoya area of Japan. Submicron
particles (0.4 to 0.6 urn in diameter) are ammonium nitrate; whereas the coarse particles (3 to
3
5 urn in diameter) are sodium nitrate. Background nonurban levels as low as 0.8 to 0.9 \ig/m
on the outer islands of Japan have been reported (Kito, 1977). Maximum average concentrations
3
in the city of Kawasaki were reported to be as high as nearly 7 ug/m (Terabe, 1977).
In summary, our knowledge of nitrates in the atmosphere is rather limited. No compre-
hensive data set exists. The NASN measures nitrate ion every 12th day at relatively few
sites; spatial and short-term temporal variations cannot be discerned. In fact, there are
many cities for which no measured values of nitrates have been reported. Furthermore,
historic data before 1977 are in doubt because of the artifact formation on the filters.
There is some evidence that ammonium nitrate is in the fine fraction, while the artifact is
predominantly in the coarse fraction. There are spatial patterns in nitrate concentrations.
Cities tend to have higher levels of nitrates than do rural regions. Some studies indicate
XD25A/A 5-77 1-19-81
image:
-------
that localized areas may have substantially higher nitrate levels. This raises the concern
that available data on nitrate concentrations may underestimate the actual population
exposure. In the near future, new sampling and analysis techniques should substantially
expand our knowledge of nitrate aerosols, nitric acid, and other nitrogen compounds.
5.5.3 Carbon and Organics
A variety of carbon-containing compounds often account for a substantial, but highly
variable, portion of fine particle mass. Elemental carbon, which is emitted from a variety of
combustion sources, is a significant component also, usually accounting for 10-20% of urban
aerosol mass.
Particles emitted from combustion sources frequently have fuel-derived organic substances
sorbed on their surfaces (see chapter 4) and such components are commonly found in atmospheric
particles. Very much greater concentrations are found associated with high ozone levels. It
is now widely believed that this material is formed by chemical reactions in the atmosphere
which produce compounds of lower volatility than their precursor molecules. These processes
are discussed in more detail in Chapters 2 and 6.
In addition to the organic species accounting for aerosol mass, there are also present in
the particles very much smaller amounts of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons, components of
special interest because several are known to be carcinogenic. One of these compounds,
benzo(a)pyrene is conventionally measured in NASN TSP samples. A complete discussion of these
substances is contained in the Polycyclic Organic Matter document (Santodonato et al., 1979)
to which the reader is referred.
Several comprehensive reviews of airborne-organic particulate matter can be found in the
following references: (National Academy of Sciences, 1972; Duce, 1978; Daisey, 1980; Hahn,
1980; Lamb et al., 1980). Other related publications include National Academy of Sciences
(1976), Perera and Ahmed (1978), and Grosjean (1977).
5.5.3.1 Physical Properties of Particulate Organics—Many atmospheric organic compounds are
distributed between the vapor and particulate phases of the aerosol (De Wiest and Rondia,
1976; Krstulovic et al., 1977; Cautreels and Van Cauwenberghe, 1978) and presumably, this
distribution can vary with temperature. Because of this volatility, there can be substantial
losses of low molecular weight compounds during sampling (Cautreels and Van Cauwenberghe,
1978; Krstulovic et al., 1977; De Wiest and Rondia, 1976; Katz and Chan, 1980; Schwartz et
al., 1981). At the high temperatures found in combustion sources, larger proportions of the
emitted organic compounds will be present in the vapor phase. These compounds will condense
on the surface of particulate matter as the emissions cool and, thus, be enriched at the
surface. Natusch and co-workers (1976) have found that this occurs when PAH is emitted from
power plant stacks. Such surface enrichment can affect the biological impact of POM. While
there is the possibility that POM may exist as particles formed by self-condensation, most POM
is probably absorbed on the surface of other particles, much of it presumably with soot
SOX5C/I 5-78 1-19-81
image:
-------
particles (Thomas et al., 1968). The effect of the substrate upon which POM is adsorbed upon
the chemical and biological reactivity of these compounds is almost entirely unknown.
Korfmacher and co-workers (1980) have recently reported that photodegradation of some PAH
compounds proceeds much more slowly when the compounds are adsorbed on coal fly ash than when
adsorbed on other substrates such as silica gel.
The distribution of organics between vapor and particulate phases is also profoundly
influenced by chemical reactions in the atmosphere. Grosjean and Friedlander (1975) found
that during photochemical oxidant incidents organic substances are converted from volatile to
relatively non-volatile species. In this process the fraction of organic mass in the particle
phase (relative to the gas) can grow from very low values, 1 percent or so, to about 6 percent
of the vapor and particle total.
While both mass and size distribution of organic substances in particles is clouded by
their volatility, there have been some attempts to establish the fine/ coarse ratios. Some of
the heavier polycyclic components are known to be predominantly fine particle components
(Mueller et al., 1964; De Maio and Corn, 1966; Kertesy-Saringer et al., 1971; Pierce and Katz,
1975; De Wiest, 1978; Van Vaeck and Van Cauwenberghe, 1978, 1980). In Los Angeles oxidants
incidents, virtually all the organic particles are smaller than 2.5 (jm (Schuetzle et al.,
1975; Mueller et al., Hidy et al., 1975). Van Vaeck and Van Cauwenberghe (1978) report that
aliphatic hydrocarbons and carboxylic acids are predominantly (90 percent) in fine particles
in European samples. Since in general, organic compounds are distributed disproportionately
in the fine fraction aerosols, it is not surprising to see that they represent an important
fraction of the mass. Organic substances are estimated to be between 25 and 47% of the fine
particulate fraction in the U.S. (Steigerwald, 1975). However, there are also reports of
significant fractions of organic substances in coarse particles in both urban and rural
samples (Stephens et al., 1980; Hidy et al., 1980). It appears there is much to be learned
about the size distribution of organic particles.
5.5.3.2 Carbon and Total Organic Mass—There are limited historical data on the mass fraction
of elemental carbon in atmospheric aerosols in history but very recent work is contributing
information in this area (Rosen et al., 1980; Novakov, 1980; Wolff et al., 1980; Huntzicker et
al., 1980; Stephens and McClenny, 1980; Lewis and Macias, 1980; Stevens et al., 1980).
Techniques currently employed detect both organics and carbon by optical absorption and
selective combustion techniques.
Novakov (1980) reports elemental and organic carbon in over 1000 samples collected from a
variety of urban sites. In New York City, the principle species present was elemental carbon,
accounting for two thirds or more of the carbon mass; the balance was organic. In Denver
about 60 percent was elemental carbon, while in Los Angeles about 70 percent was organic and
the balance elemental carbon.
SOX5C/I 5-79 1-19-81
image:
-------
Wolff et al. (1980), using a somewhat different technique, reported carbon concentrations
in 10 U.S. locations. "Apparent" elemental carbon was reported to range from 1.1 ug/m in a
remote South Dakota location to 13.3 ug/m3 in New York City. These values covered a range of
4 to 11 percent of the TSP.
Stevens et al. (1980), Stevens and McClenny (1980) and Lewis and Macias (1980) have
reported total carbon values of 8.4 ug/m3 (14 percent of DTOTAL) in Charleston, West Virginia,
while in the Great Smoky Mountains only 1.1 ug/m3 (3 percent of DTO-|-AL) was elemental carbon
and 3.4 ug/m (12 percent of DTnT..) was organic carbon.
The mass of organic substances present in atmospheric aerosols was at one time
approximated by solvent-extraction with benzene in routine NASN hi-vol samples. Other
solvents have also been used in such determinations. Unfortunately, such determinations were
terminated in 1970 and except for a few intensive studies (Daisey, 1980; Grojean and
Friedlander, 1975); Wesolowski et al., 1980) there has been no extensive data base on organic
extractables covering the past ten years.
Some typical values for particle number and mass concentrations of organics are listed in
Table 5-12. The organic fraction of the mass concentration as measured by the benzene-soluble
component is also listed, with the benzo(a)pyrene fraction for comparison.* In the organic
fraction, a variety of organic compounds have been identified, including some materials
classified as PAH (Corn, 1968). However, the identified fraction represents only 10% of the
organic components of the urban aerosol. Although the total aerosol number concentration is
often very large in cities, the mass concentration varies less and rarely exceeds about 200
3
ug/m in the United States. The benzene-soluble fraction of this is about 10-20 percent of
the total mass, and the concentration of benzo(a)pyrene is far lower. Even in remote areas,
there is a contribution of organic material.
A limited number of samples have been collected in unpolluted atmospheres. Levels in
remote areas and in marine air for the ether-soluble fraction of organic particulate matter
have been as low as 0.51 (0.18-0.84) ug/m STP. Marine air with a continental influence had
averages of 0.93 (0.48-1.38) ug/m STP and continental air 1.2 (0.69-1.71) ug/m3 STP. Similar
concentrations have been observed at Barrow, Alaska, a remote site in the Arctic, for
cyclohexane- and dichloromethane-soluble POM (Daisey et al., 1981).
Variations in the concentration of organic particulate matter by location, meteorological
conditions, season and by time of day have been observed repeatedly (Hidy et al., 1975;
Gordon, 1976; Calvert, 1976). By way of illustration, Figure 5-40 shows the differing
contributions of the organic fraction in samples obtained in two cities in southern California
(National Academy of Sciences, 1972). In both instances, however, the organic fraction
represents a sizeable portion of total suspended particulate material.
*The benzene-soluble extract is not necessarily equivalent to the total amount of organic
material in the sample, but it is taken to be representative of such a fraction.
SOX5C/I 5-80 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-12. TYPICAL VALUES OF AEROSOL CONCENTRATION FOR DIFFERENT
GEOGRAPHIC AREAS (ANNUAL AVERAGES)3
Number of ,,
Location particles/cm
Nonurban
Continental
General
California
Oregon
Colorado
Indiana
Maine
New York
So. Carolina
Maritime
General
Pacific offshore
Oahu, Hawaii
Urban
Continental
General
Los Angeles
Portland
Denver
Minneapol is
Chattanooga
New York
Greenville, S.C.
Maritime
Honolulu, Hawaii
San Juan, Puerto
Rico
103 -
103 -
•3
HT -
-
-
-
-
103 -
^3 :
103-
103 -
•)
103-
103 -
-
-
-
103 -
—
4
w4
4.
104
A
104
lO/i
10^
104
104
o
103
103
104
Mass
concen-
tration (m),
|jg/m
20 - 80
39
47
14
39
18
29
40
-
19 - 14§
10 - 49
>100
93
72
110
70
105
105
76
40
77
Benzene
soluble
fraction,.of m,
1.1 - 2.2
2.8
0.9
1.1
2.1
1.2
1.8
2.7
H
1.5 - 6.lJ
0.7 - 6.3d
7
12.5
6.6
9.0
6.1
6.9
3.9
7.4
2.3
6.9
Benzo[a]pyrene
fractiog of m,
-
0.48
0.09
0.11
0.25
0.12
0.25
0.43
-
-
~
-
1.87
2.60
2.52
1.18
4.18
3.63
7.49
0.59
1.42
Data based on 1969 National Air Surveillance Network observations, except for
maritime data.
3Aitken nuclei
"Geometric means.
Short-term data.
SOX5C/I
5-81
1-19-81
image:
-------
S04= (4%)
NOJ (5%)
(WATER (16%)
ORGANICS (43%)
10
20
30
40
50
60
PASADENA, 9/20/72; TWO HOUR SAMPLE OVER 1200-1400 PST; LOW OXIDANT, TOTAL
MASS CONCENTRATION, 79 ,ug/m3.
NH4+ (10%)
WATER (10%)
0= (13%)
ORGANICS (24%)
1NOJ (26%)
I I I I
II
10
20
30
40
50
60
POMONA, 10/24/72; SAMPLES FROM 1200-1400 PST; MODERATE OXIDANT, TOTAL MASS
CONCENTRATION, 178/ug/m3.
Figure 540. Calculated distribution of aerosol constituents for two aerosol samples
taken in the Los Angeles basin.
5-82
image:
-------
A pattern of elevated wintertime concentrations of participate organics has been observed
in NYC and in Mainz, West Germany. Winter samples in Mainz of ether-extractable organic
3 3
material averaged 27 [jg/m for TSP concentrations averaging 150 ug/m . Winter samples
collected in February, 1977 in NYC had a total extractable organic fraction of 22 MS/m3 f°r a
3 3
TSP average of 96 ug/m • The August, 1976 levels were 13.3 ug/m for a TSP average of 86
(jg/m3 (Kneip et al. , 1979).
A 1971 study of Colucci and Begeman is an example of a more detailed short-term urban
survey of PAH than is available for NASN. From 1964 to 1965, these investigators found that
the concentrations of benzo(a)pyrene and benz(a)anthracene were 4 1/2 times greater in central
Los Angeles than at two suburban sites. However, the suburban site downwind of the downtown
area (on the average) appeared to have systematically higher benzo(a)pyrene concentrations
than the upwind site. Daily concentrations reported in the Los Angeles area ranged from 0.1
3 3
ug/m to over 10 pg/m , depending on the season. Benz(a)anthracene concentrations were 1 1/2
times larger than the benzo(a)pyrene concentrations. Annual average benzo(a)pyrene
concentrations were similar to the NASN data for downtown Los Angeles. The PAH concentrations
increased substantially in winter. Benzo(a)pyrene concentrations were higher at night, in
contrast with those of other pollutants. All pollutants were higher on weekdays than on
weekends. Benzo(a)pyrene concentration was found to be correlated with carbon monoxide and
lead concentrations, with coefficients ranging from 0.6 to 0.9. Benzo(a)pyrene concentration
was also related significantly to that of hydrocarbon vapors, oxides of nitrogen, and vanadium
(a nonautomotive pollutant). Despite the strong relation to lead, the statistics in the study
failed to reveal a clear identification of benzo(a)pyrene emissions with automotive or
stationary combustion sources.
Trends of BaP concentrations as measured at 34 NASN urban sites are displayed in Figure
5-41. It is indeed encouraging to see the steady decline in BaP concentrations that has
occurred since the mid-601s. The 90th percentile of quarterly measurements has been reduced
dramatically from near 7 ng/m to less than 2 ng/m . These changes reflect both controls and
shifting of sources. Incomplete combustion of fossil fuels., especially coal, is a primary
source of BaP. Major point and area sources include residential coal-fired furnances,
coal-fired utilities and industrial boilers, coke ovens, petroleum refineries, and
incinerators (see Chapter 4). Shifts away from coal for residential, commercial, and light
industrial use have made a substantial contribution to the reduction of urban BaP
concentrations. To a lesser extent the control of particulate emissions has also helped to
lower concentrations.
The national trends in benzene-soluble particulates and BaP as reported by Faoro (1975)
may not be true everywhere. Indeed, specific organic fractions may show opposite trends.
Daisey (1980) discusses BSD trends for NYC; annual averages for the NY University station,
normalized to account for year-to-year meteorological variations, are reported in Table 5-13.
SOX5C/I 5-83 1-19-81
image:
-------
10
•
8 4
O.
£
. 90 PERCENTILE OF
QUARTERLY
MEASUREMENTS
• 50 PERCENTILE OF
QUARTERLY
MEASUREMENTS
^.
I I I
1966 67 68 69 70 71
TIME, year
72
73
74
75
Figure 5-41. Benzo(a)pyrene seasonally and trends (1966 to 1975) in the 50th and 90th
percentiles for 34 NASN urban sites.
Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1979.
5-84
image:
-------
TABLE 5-13. ANNUAL AVERAGES OF ORGANIC FRACTIONS IN TOTAL SUSPENDED
PARTICULATE MATTER, NEW YORK CITY3, DISPERSION NORMALIZED
Year
1968
1969
1977 - 1978
TSP,
M9/ni
95.7
129
59.8
Organic fraction
|jg/m
10.2
10.8
8.8C
Persent organics
in TSP
10.6
8.4
14.7
aNYU Medical Center Station
Total of non-polar (benzene-soluble) and polar (acetone-soluble) organics
cRespirable (<_3.5 |j) organics only
Daisey, 1980.
Although TSP had decreased by 40% between 1968 and 1978, the POM fraction had not decreased
proportionately.
5.5.3.3 Chemical Composition of Particle Organics. Particulate organic matter has often been
fractionated by means of acid-base extractions followed by colume chromatography (Hueper, et
al., 1962; Tabor, et al., 1958; Hoffmann and Wynder, 1977; Asahina, et al., 1972). The
composition data reported by Hoffmann and Wynder (1977), Table 5-14, for Detroit particulate
matter is fairly typical and presents a view of the general proportions of various broad
classes of compounds which are present. Hoffmann and Wynder (1977) found that the PAH
containing fraction was principally responsible for the tumorigenic properties of POM in mice.
Specific classes of compounds which have been identified to date in the organic fraction
of airborne particulate matter include polyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, aromatic and aliphatic
hydrocarbons, aza-arenes, aliphatic and aromatic aldehydes and ketones, quinones, phenols,
polyols, phthalic acid esters, sulfur heterocyclics, aryl and alkyl halides, chlorophenols,
nitro compounds and alkylating agents (Hoffmann and Wynder, 1977; Daisey, 1980; Lamb et al.,
1980). Of all the airborne organic compounds the most information exists for the classes of
polycyclic organic matter (POM). The greatest attention has been focused on the subclasses of
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) and the polycyclic heterocyclic compounds such as the
aza-arenes, because many of the compounds in this class are potent carcinogens on animals.
Some of the compounds identified in POM are pyrene, benzo(a)pyrene, benzo(e)pyrene,
benz(a)anthracene, perylene, chrylene, chrysene, coronene, fluorathane, benzo(ghi)perylene and
alkyl derivations of these compounds (Sawicki et al., 1962; Sawicki et al., 1965).
SOX5C/I 5-85 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-14. COMPOSITION OF THE ORGANIC FRACTION
OF AIRBORNE PARTICULATE MATTER COLLECTED IN DETROIT '
Fraction Percent of Total Extractable
Organic Matter
Aliphatic Hydrocarbons 48.3
Aromatic Hydrocarbons 3.6
Neutral Oxidized Hydrocarbons 20.8
Acidic Compounds 14.8
Basic Compounds 0.55
Insolubles 10.8
aFrom Hoffman and Wynder, 1977.
Included polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.
3/|jg/m annual average Benzene-soluble organics.
TSP not reported.
Benzo(a)pyrene was one of the earliest compounds in this mixture of organic matter than
was identified and then routinely measured. Some measurements for benzo(a)pyrene in the U.S.
date to the early fifties. Sawicki and co-workers in the sixties extracted the identified
many organic compounds. Today there is a renewed effort, using more sophisticated tecnhiques,
and attempting to answer the many questions still remaining on the biological significance,
variations and concentrations, specific source contributions, and the reactivity of airborne
organic matter.
In 1972, the National Academy of Science published an extensive report on the biologic
effects of airborne matter, entitled, Biologic Effects of Atmospheric Pollutants: Particulate
Polycyclic Organic Matter. According to the report, emission source data for airborne organic
substances are generally expressed in terms of estimated BaP emissions. Benzo(a)pyrene is
used as a surrogate for detecting the presence of airborne organic pollutants because it
appears to be a prominent constituent of POM. BaP is also a known animal carcinogen, and the
best documented of all the polycyclic organic compounds (National Academy of Sciences, 1972).
BaP cannot be regarded as a perfect indicator of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in the air,
nor of their carcinogenic properties; however, because better data are generally not
SOX5C/I 5-86
1-19-81
image:
-------
available, BaP is presently used as an indicator of the potential carcinogenicity of general
air pollution (Bridbord, et al., 1976).
Despite much work on certain subfractions of POM, such as the polycyclic organic
fraction, other compound classes such as the oxidized hydrocarbons remain relatively
unexplored. Sawicki (1976) has estimated that "over 99% of the organic pollutants in the air
have never been determined."
Classes of biologically active compounds other than PAH and related polycyclic organics
have been identified in airborne particulate matter. This includes alkylating agents Kneip et
al., 1979; Agarwal et al., 1980) N-nitrosamines (Kneip et al., 1979) nitro derivatives of PAH
(Jager, 1978) and the compounds responsible for the mutagenic activity of POM in the Ames
assay (Kneip, et al., 1979; Talcott and Wei, 1977; Pitts et al., 1977; Daisey et al., 1979).
In addition, there may also be unstable compounds present in the aerosol, such as epoxides and
lactones (Van Duuren, 1972) which are of significance to human health but which decompose upon
collection by conventional sampling techniques. There is a need to identify specific
compounds such as these, to evaluate their significance to human health and to determine their
sources and concentrations in the ambient atmosphere. There is also a need to identify
sampling artifacts and develop improved sampling techniques for organic compounds in the
aerosol.
In photochemical incidents, volatile hydrocarbons are converted to very large quantities
of 5-7 carbon bifunctional carboxylic acids. (Schuetzle, et al., 1975; Grosjean and
Friedlander, 1975; Cronn, et al. , 1977). Schuetzle, et al. (1975) in a 1972 ACHEX incident
report that alkanes and alkyl naphthalenes account for 1.5-3 percent of the fine particle
mass, and bifunctional compounds amounted to about 11 percent. In addition to glutoric,
adipic and pimelic acids, the corresponding hydroxy carboxylic acids and a variety of their
nitrate and nitrite ester derivatives were reported.
Cronn, et al. (1977), confirmed those findings in a series of sub 3.5 urn samples taken
during the 1973 California Air Characterization Experiment. These authors found levels of
organics up to 65 (jg/m out of a fine particle loading of 230 ng/m • These substances
included small amounts of alkanes, alkyl naphthalenes and piperidines (up to 12 yg/m ) and
much larger quantities of C,.-C7 dicarboxylic acids, hydroxy-acids and amides.
3
Grosjean and Friedlander (1975) have found organic extractables up to 141 pg/rn during an
incident in 1973 and 1/2 to 1/3 of this mass was polar organics. These organics together with
ammonium sulfate and nitrate accounted for 95 percent of the secondary aerosol during
photochemical incidents. Therefore, there is substantial evidence that organic particles can
be influenced in a very major way by photochemistry.
5.5.4 Metallic Components of Fine Particles
It is useful to study not only the chemical but also the elemental composition of the
particles. Many trace elements are known to be toxic and can act as catalysts in atmospheric
reactions. Table 5-15 indicates the mean and maximum concentrations of several elements found
SOX5C/I 5-87 1-19-81
image:
-------
(ABU 5-l!i COMPARISON OF IIKUAN AND NONUHtiAN ANNIIAI AVI RAGI CONU NI KA1 IONS
(OK SULCII.U MtlAlS, 1'J/U 1974
Be0
NIT
Cd
IJ NU
tr
Co
l-e
U NU
U NU U NU
Mil
NU
_ NJ _
U NU U
NU
NU
1970
Maximum 2.9 ' .24
Arithmet-
ic mean LDC
Std. devi-'
ation 0.2
1971
Maximum 0.7
Arithmet-
ic mean 0. 1
Std. devi-
ation 0. 1
l'J72
Maximum 10
Arithmet-
ic mean
Std. devi-
ation
i
1973
Maximum
LD
LI)
.03
.24
.01
.03
LD
LD
--
LD
Arithmet- i
ic mean
Std. devi-
LD LO
ation j
1974
Maximum
Arithmet-
ic mean
Std. devi-
ation
0.2
LD
—
LD
LD
--
.099 .0001 .130 .075 ; 014 LD (14.2 1.62 i 5.83 1.471
.003 .0001 ; .008 .003
.007
.295
.004
.016
.112
.002
.007
.032
.001
.003
.077
.002
.005
--
.0001
.0001
.0001
.0001
--
.0001
.0001
—
.0002
.0002
—
.011
.171
.009
.014
.143
.006
.010
.228
.007
.015
.073
.006
.006
.009
.061
.004
.007
.039
.002
.004
.066
.003
.009
.009
.002
.002
LD LD
.001 i --
.085
.001
.003
.042
LD
.002
.027
.001
.002
.029
LD
LD
LD
--
LD
LD
--
LD
LD
--
LD
LO
.001 --
I
1.7 .38
1.3 .27
16.0
2.1
1.6
6.4
1.2
2.80
.51
.38
1.15
.25
.8 .22
6.9
1.1
.8
6.2
1.1
1.19
.19
.18
.69
.24
.71 17
f
1.19 .088
.80
6.31
1.23
.87
6.88
1.13
.78
5.83
.92
.64
4.09
.89
.57
.190
1. 134
.047
.155
1.048
139
.169
.939
.110
.149
.534
.111
.111
2.10
068
.07 .015
.12
.013
1.95 .102
.08 .018
.11
.86
.04
.06
.56
.04
.05
.35
.04
.04
.015
.046
.007
.009
.030
.004
.005
.033
.006
.007
.2/7
.015
.028
.347
.015
.028
.268
.011
.023
.439
.014
.037
.639
.009
.029
.097
,005
,014
.083
.003
.011
.082
.004
.012
.280
.011
.037
.026
.002
.004
i
.26
.05
.03
.51
.04
.05
48
.04
.03
.23
.04
.03
.22
.04
.03
.093
.013
.011
.069
.017
.020
.092
.027
1.222
.052
.116
1.325
.041
. 108
.858
.022
.022
.084
.028
.021
.066
.020
.017
.056
.393
.016
112
.008
.019
.209
.007
.024
.205
.004
.019
.035
.002
.034 .005
.248 , .023
.019 ! .002
.037
.004
/expressed in ng/m
U=urban
NU=nonurban
cLD=less than detectable
Source: G. Akland, 1976.
image:
-------
*
in urban and nonurban areas in the U.S. from 1970 to 1974. In general the trace elements tend
to be enriched in urban aerosols (Table 5-16) because of the concentrations of industrial
sources and greater fuel combustion. As Table 5-17 indicates, they are not homogeneously dis-
tributed among the various particle size fractions. There is also spatial variability in the
composition of the aerosol, as indicated by Table 5-18. These intercity differences reflect
the difference in industries and types of fuel used in these urban areas.
Hi-vol filter samples from the NASN have been routinely analyzed for certain metals going
back to the early 1960s. The data for certain metals for the year 1965-1974 have been
summarized in an E.P.A. report (Faoro and McMullen, 1977). This report presents the composite
national and regional trends for nine trace metals. These are the fuel-related metals--lead,
vanadium, nickel, and titanium--and the industry-related metals—cadmium, chromium, copper,
iron, and manganese. These trends were derived from samples collected from 92 urban and 16
nonurban NASN hi-vol stations.
The instrumental techniques for detecting metals changed in 1970, significantly improving
the lower sensitivity of the detection. This report, in addition to two others (EPA, 1976)
and (Akland, 1976) describes the methods used and the implications to trends analysis. In
general, the data presented here serves as an indication of the changes in atmospheric
concentrations of various metals occurring in different regions of the country. For the most
part the trends are consistent with changes in emission patterns due to industrial source
control and changes in fuel use.
Similar to trends in urban TSP concentrations, metals concentrations have declined in
most, urban areas, with the exceptions of copper, titanium, and possibly chromium. Table 5~19
summarizes metal trends and possible causes for these trends. Both beryllium and cobalt have
such very low concentrations that trends cannot be identified with any certainty. Trends in
other metals, such as vanadium and nickel, parallel air pollution control regulations
mandating the use of low sulfur fuels. There has been a drop in vanadium and nickel,
particularly in the Northeast, because the desulfurization process of petroleum also removes
these impurities. Titanium, on the other hand, may have increased due to the rise in coal use
by utilities. Decrease in iron, manganese, and cadmium concentrations are probably related to
reduced particulate emissions from steel plants and related industries and from improved
incineration or the practice of sanitary landfill instead of incineration. No trends were
apparent for copper, but it is felt that the high concentrations are a result of contamination
from the commutators of the high volume samplers.
5.5.4.1 Lead—The seasonal patterns and trends in the quarterly-averaged urban lead
concentrations are displayed in Figure 5-42. The national composite 50th percent!le of lead
concentrations has decreased from about 1.1 ug/m i'n 1971 to 0.84 ug/m in 1974. This is
about a 24 percent decrease. This decrease is attributed to the decrease in lead content in
gasoline and particularly the decrease in premium gas sales since 1970. The premium gas has a
higher lead content than regular gas. Lead content of gasoline will continue to decrease in
SOX5C/I 5-89 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-16. RATIOS OF URBAN (U) TO SUBURBAN (S) CONCENTRATIONS IN AIR,
CLEVELAND, OHIO, AREA
Element U/S
Antimony
Chloride
Beryllium
Chromium
Cobalt
Bismuth
6.9
6.5
6.1
5.6
3.4
3.3
Element U/S
Mercury
Iron
Cadmium
Sodium
Magnesium
Manganese
Calcium
3.0
2.8
2.5
2.4
2.4
2.2
2.0
Element U/S
Silicon, tin 1.8
Copper, vanadium 1.8
Aluminum 1.7
Zinc 1.6
Arsenic 1.4
Selenium 1.3
Bromine 1.2
X = 2.8
Source: Report of the ECE Task Force on Fine Particulate Pollution.
Task Force of the Economic Commission for Europe's Working
Party on Air Pollution Problems.
Organization, December 1977.
Geneva, World Health
SOX5C/I
5-90
1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-17. CORRELATIONS OF CHEMICAL CONTENT WITH PARTICLE SIZE
a) Predominant Particle Size for Various Substances
Normally fine Normally coarse Normally bimodel Variable
Sulfates
Organic (con-
densed vapors)
Lead
Arsenic
Selenium
Hydrogen ion
Ammonium salts
Soot
Iron, calcium
Titanium
Magnesium
Potassium
Phosphate
Silicon
Aluminum
Chloride
Nitrate
Nickel
Tin
Vanadium
Antimony
Manganese
Zinc
Copper
b) Ratios of Element Distribution Between Fine and Coarse Particles
(St. Louis Urban Aerosol, 18-day average, Aug.-Sept., 1975)
Predominantly fine
Predominantly coarse
Element Fine/coarse
Sulfur 8.90
Lead 3.67
Element
Ca 1 c i urn
Silicon
Iron
Potassium
Titanium
Fine/Coarse
0.09
0.13
0.29
0.33
0.55
Source: Miller, F. J. et a!., 1979.
Dzubay, T. G. et al., 1977.
SOX5C/I
5-91
1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-18. PARTICULATE ANALYSES FROM SELECTED URBAN LOCATIONS
Suspended particulates
Antimony
Beryl lium
Bismuth
Cadmium
Chromium
Cobolt
Copper
Iron
Manganese
Nickel
Tin
Titanium
Vanadium
Zinc
Atlanta,
Georgia
97.
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.017
0.002
0.000
0.04
1.2
0.06
0.007
0.02
0.03
0.001
0.52
Birmingham,
Alabama
142.
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.008
0.005
0.000
0.06
1.7
0.15
0.004
0.01
0.03
0.003
1.09
Baltimore,
Maryland
146.
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.003
0.018
0.000
0.06
0.8
0.08
0.034
0.01
0.01
0.071
0.34
Albuquerque,
New Mexico
120.
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.001
0.000
0.07
a
0.03
0.000
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.00
Not analyzed.
Arithmetic mean values for 1966 expressed as micrograms per cubic meter.
Copyright by the American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1970.
Source: Corn, M. 1976.
SOX5C/I
5-92
1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-19. TRENDS IN REPORTED URBAN METAL CONCENTRATIONS
AND THEIR POSSIBLE CAUSES
Metal
Observed trends
Possible causes
Fuel combustion-related'
metals:
Beryllium
Lead
Nickel
Titanium
Vanadium
Industry-re1ated
metals:
Cadmium
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Iron
Manganese
Unknown
Down last 5 years
Down
Up
Down
Down
No trend
Unknown
No trend
Down
Down
Lower lead content in
gasolines after 1969
Reduction of Ni in residual
oils
Increasing use of coal in
electric utilities
Reduction of V in residual
oils
Controls in metal industry
and improved incineration
practices
Unknown
Contamination from hi-vol
commutator
Improved incineration or waste
burning practices, fuel switch-
ing, controls in steel industry
Controls in metals industry
Source: Faoro and McMullen, 1977.
SOX5C/I
5-93
1-19-81
image:
-------
3.0
2.0
<
tr.
o
o
i 1-°
UJ
I
I I I I
I
66
67
68
72
73
74
69 70 71
TIME, year
Figure 5-42. Seasonal patterns and trends in quarterly average urban lead concentrations.
Source: Faoro, R.B. and T.B. McMullen, 1977.
75
5-94
image:
-------
the future because of increased use of unleaded gasolines in the new cars equipped with
catalytic converters. This national decrease is not experienced equally in various regions of
the country, due to differences in growth rate and vehicle miles travelled. These results,
however, should be used with caution because of the relatively small number of stations used
in determining the trends. A NASN location in downtown Los Angeles experienced the highest
lead concentrations, averaging between 4 and 5 ug/m until 1971; the concentrations decreased
3
to about 2 ug/m in 1974. Again the reduction of lead content in gasoline and the increased
use of lead-free gasoline may have contributed to this decline, but also the decrease in
vehicle miles travelled in downtown urban areas has contributed to this downward trend. There
is some evidence that the rural sites have shown either stable or slightly increasing patterns
in ambient air lead content.
5.5.4.2 Vanadium and Nickel — Figure 5-43 shows, for the five broad geographical areas of the
United States, the 90th percentiles of the annually averaged vanadium concentration. It can
be seen that the Northeast has substantially higher vanadium concentrations than any other
area of the United States. Over this 10-year record the concentrations of vanadium decreased
3 3
74 percent, from 0.35 |jg/m in 1969 to 0.09 ug/m in 1974, most of this drop occurring between
1971 and 1972. The slight increas'e apparent in the South is caused mainly by two or three
stations showing relatively high readings in 1972-74; this is not characteristic of other
sites in the region. For both vanadium and nickel, pronounced and regular high winter and low
summer seasonal variations in both the 50th and 90th percentiles occur in the Northeast. This
is shown in Figure 5-44. These variations are attributed to the metal contents in the fuels
used for space heating. The decrease in the 50th and 90th percentiles of these two metals
reflects the decrease in the sulfur content in petroleum used in this area. This decrease is
exemplified by the approximately 70 percent decrease in the sulfur content of residual oil in
the New York City/Westchester County area since 1979. The vanadium concentrations are shown
to decrease between 70 and 80 percent over the same time period at the New York City NASN
site.
Trends in the 50th percentile of the annual averages for metals associated with
industrial sources in urban areas are shown in Figure 5-45. Chromium and copper
concentrations remained fairly steady over the ten-year period, but, as noted before, the
copper concentrations are suspect because of contamination. Iron and manganese show declines,
especially during the 1970-74 period. Beryllium, cadmium, and cobalt levels were below the
level of detectability for the methods used, and hence cannot be reliably reported.
5.5.5 Acidity of Atmospheric Aerosols
Along with size and chemical composition, the acidity of fine atmospheric aerosols is an
important property. Measurement of acidity by titration is preferred to pH measurements (June
and Scheich, 1971). Measurements to date of the strong acid content of atmospheric aerosols
have indicated that it is quite variable. Around certain sources such as cement and lime
kilns, the airborne particles may be basic whereas around other sources such as sulfuric acid
plants and coke plants the particulate emissions may be very acid.
SOX5C/I 5-95 1-19-81
image:
-------
0.10
a,
O
<
cc
o
o
u
s
o
0.01
0.001
-.-
A \ /' / \"^-
/ \ v/ / v
• • *
I \
/ \ if.
\ / /\
• • • \
— X
\
•
— — — NORTHEAST (29 SITESt
-- _ SOUTH (15 SITES)
_ . — WEST (15 SITES)
__.._ NORTH CENTRAL (14 SITES)
— ••— MIDWEST (19 SITES)
I I I I
I I I I I
1965 66
67 68
69 70 71
TIME, year
72 73
74
Figure 5-43. Regional trends in the 90th percentile of the annual averages for vanadium. (A indi-
cates value below lower discrimination limit.)
Note: 1971-1974 90th percentile below lower discrimination limit - 0.003 = ng/m3.
5-96
image:
-------
0.800
1965 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74
0.150
m
{
0.100
UJ
o
O
o
u
z
0.050
1 I I f
90th PERCENTILE
1965 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74
YEAR
Figure 5-44. Seasonal variation in quarterly averages for nickel and vanadium at
urban sites in the northeast.
5-97
image:
-------
0.1
,1
a.
U
O
u
_l
2
UJ
5
.01
.003
.002
.0008
.0004
"(IRON VALUES SHOULD BE MULTIPLIED BY
10 IN ORDER TO BE IN pg/m* UNITS)
b(TREND PATTERN IS PROBABLY INFLUENCED BY
INTERNALLY GENERATED COPPER FROM THE
SAMPLING DEVICE)
- -\
/s
/ V
\
\/
\
IRON*
COPPERb
MANGANESE
CHROMIUM
CADIUM
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74
YEAR
Figure 5-45. Trends in 50th percentile of annual averages for metals associated with metal industry
sources at urban sites. (A indicates value below lower discrimination limit.)
5-98
image:
-------
Weak and strong acids exist in the atmosphere in both gaseous and participate form.
Organic acids have been reported by Ketseridis et al. (1976), in rural and urban and marine
3 3
atmospheres ranging between 0.3 ug/tn to 10 ug/m . Nitric acid is present in the atmosphere
in concentrations ranging from < 1 to nearly 40 ppb (Spicer, 1977). Vapor-phase HC1 may be
present (Rahn et al., 1979) although quantitative data are sparse. These organic and
inorganic gases can condense or be absorbed on particles either i_n situ or during filter
sampling.
Most of the strong acid found in aerosol particles is chemically associated with the fine
particulate sulfate aerosol mass. Charlson et al. (1978) and others cite numerous
measurements of approximate chemical balance between ammonium cations and sulfate anions.
Thus the major form of sulfate is ammonium sulfate (that is, sulfuric acid fully neutralized
by ambient anmonia. However, on occasion urban and rural aerosols can be acid. Brosset et
al. (1976), Brosset (1978), Hitchcock et al. (1980), Cobourn et al. (1978), Pierson et al.
(1980), Lioy et al. (1980), Leaderer and Tanner (1980), Stevens et al. (1979), and Tanner et
al. (1977, 1979) have all demonstrated that strong acid in the form of ammonium bisulfate and,
less frequently H9SO., may exist at significant levels in the ambient atmosphere. Strong acid
3
levels equivalent to > 15 (jg/m of .sulfuric acid have been observed for periods > 6 hr.
In urban atmospheres sulfate anion usually appears primarily in the form of ammonium
+ 2-
sulfate or ammonium bisulfate (NH. /SO. molar ratios between 1 and 2) as reported by Lioy et
al. (1980) for New York City, Leaderer and Tanner (1980) for New Haven and New York City, and
Cobourn et al. (1978) for St. Louis. Presumably this greater extent of neutralization of
urban sulfate aerosols is due to additional ammonia sources in urban areas, although it may be
due in part to analytical interferences from coarse, basic particles such as resuspended
cement dust present in large amounts in urban aerosols.
On the basis of recent experimental and theoretical work, Huntzicker et al. (1980)
indicate that sulfate aerosol more acidic than (NH.)HSO. should occur only when SOp is being
oxidized rapidly and where the ratios of [SO,,] to [NH3J are high or when the equilibrium vapor
pressure of NH, over the partially-neutralized H-SO. droplet exceeds the ambient NH, partial
pressure. The situation is more complicated in ambient aerosols in which partial ly-ammoniated
sulfate is present in mixtures with nitrate, carbonaceous and other aerosol components in
solid or liquid form which may affect its neutralization rate. In particular, some data
(Tanner, 1980a) suggest that the degree of mixing in the "well-mixed" boundary layer is
inadequate to prevent vertical stratification of strong acid levels since ammonia is largely
emitted (and nitric acid largely removed by dry deposition) at the earth's surface. Further
information on the vertical distribution of strong acid and related species is needed before
emission and neutralization rates may be used to predict acid levels in urban areas.
Cobourn et al. (1978) demonstrated that acid aerosol episodes could occur in urban areas
as suggested by Tanner et al. (1977, 1979) and Brosset (1978). Cobourn et al. (1978), using a
SOX5C/I 5-99 1-19-81
image:
-------
continuous sulfate monitor to distinguish sulfuric acid species from ammonium sulfate,
recorded two acid aerosol episodes of three days or more duration in St. Louis, Mo. Both
episodes were reported to have occurred simultaneously with a regional haze, one in July 1977,
the other in February 1978. They ascribe the city occurrence of H2$04 to conditions where
atmospheric ammonia concentrations are exceptionally low (ammonia is temporarily depleted from
the atmosphere).
The temporal variations of the acid fraction of the sulfate aerosol in St. Louis
displayed patterns similar to those reported by Cunningham and Johnson (1976) in Chicago and
Tanner (1980b) for the New York area. The aerosol acidity often changed drastically within a
few hours. Cobourn et al. (1978) noted a diurnal pattern with highest acid levels in mid-
afternoon and lowest at night. Leaderer and Tanner (1980), taking 6-hour samples, reported
increased aerosol acidity in the 12 noon to 6 p.m. samples taken at High Point, New Jersey and
Upton, Long Island (west and east of New York City, respectively), compared to other sampling
times. At this time the relative contribution of S02 oxidation chemistry, temporal variations
in NH, and SCL emission rates, diurnal variations in turbulent mixing rates, and varying
height of the mixing layer to the diurnal patterns are not known. Dzubay (1980) observed that
while sulfur and lead dominated the fine particles they were insignificant in the coarse
particles. The similar composition of the rural and urban aerosols indicated that the urban
was transported to the rural.
Measurements of acidity in Eastern U.S. aerosol samples indicate that strong acids are
present more frequently and in larger amounts in rural and semi-rural samples than in the
urban samples. Pierson et al. (1980) report 12-hour concentrations of hydrogen ions
3
expressed as HUSO, as high as 17 (jg/m in the Allegheny mountains of Pennsylvania in July and
August 1977. It is likely that strong acid concentrations were substantially higher for
periods less than 12 hours.
Lioy et al. (1980) and Leaderer et al. (1980) characterized the aerosol acidity in the
region surrounding New York City during the summer of 1977. The samples taken at High Point,
o
N.J. (west - northwest of NYC) were more acidic (17.8 pg/m , 6-hr average max. hydrogen ions
expressed as H,,S04) than samples taken in New Haven, Conn, and Brookhaven, N. Y. on Long
Island east of New York City.
Part of the period studied by Lioy et al. (1980) was coincident with the research of
Pierson et al. (1980). Using the combined data set in conjunction with air parcel trajec-
tories and haze analyses Lioy et al. (1980) suggested the presence of a regional acidic aero-
sol distribution which encompassed an area at least 200 miles in diameter during the period
August 3-9, 1977.
5.6 COARSE PARTICLES IN AIR
5.6.1 Introduction
In Chapter 2 and in earlier sections of this chapter it was shown that air in cities
usually contains large amounts of particles larger than 1-3 urn in size. Particles larger than
XD25B/E 5-100 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
10-20 urn tend to settle out of air suspension under the force of gravity. Yet in many areas
these very large dust particles are also present in substantial quantity. The material we are
describing is the dust on window ledges, the stuff which makes things dirty. In Chapter 11
you will see that that at least the smaller sizes of these coarse particles can be deposited
in human airways where they might contribute to adverse effects on health. So coarse particle
mass contributions are substantial and important in the context of air pollution effects.
The composition and sources of coarse particles are not as thoroughly studied as those of
fine particles. One reason is they are more complex. For example, it is possible to
recognize dozens of particle types in ambient air samples; these range from soil particles,
limestone road aggregate, flyash and oil soot to cooking oil droplets, pollen, wood ashes and
even instant coffee (McCrone, 1968; Draftz and Severin, 1980). Man's industry and activity
stirs up dust, quite a lot of dust in arid climates. Unfortunately, the chemical composition
of many kinds of coarse particles can be very similar, at least as determined by elemental
analysis. Consequently, much of the evidence on large particle composition has been attained
from deductions based on microscopical examination.
5.6.2 Elemental Analysis of Coarse Particles
Measurable elements which constitute the major portion of coarse particle mass in cities
are silicon, aluminum, calcium, and iron (Akselsson et al., 1975; Lewis and Macias, 1980; Camp
et al., 1978; Stevens et al., 1980; Dzubay, 1980; Stevens et al., 1978; Cahill et al., 1977;
Hardy, 1979; Trijonis et al., 1980). Although these elements do exist in the fine fraction to
a minor degree, they are everywhere substantially enriched in the coarse fraction.
Occurrence of some elements in coarse particles is very much time and place dependent,
though, and Table 5-20 shows some data illustrative of this point. There appear to be sub-
stantial differences across the country in the fraction of these elements occurring in the
coarse particles. The presence of local sources dominates both the mass and composition of
coarse particles. However, Cooper and Watson (1980) have graphically demonstrated the simi-
larity in elemental distribution for a variety of coarse particle sources as Figure 5-46
shows. Here, the most that can be said is that rock grinding operations produce remarkable
similar coarse particle elemental compositions, whether the mechanical action is intentional
or incidental to other activities. Cement dust and limestones (not surprisingly) also have
similar elemental composition (Draftz, 1979).
Even greater evidence of localized influence on coarse particle concentrations can be
seen with other elements. In the Smoky Mountains, titanium and chlorine are greatly enriched
in the coarse particles (Stevens et al., 1980) while in St. Louis, titanium is mainly a fine
particle component and chlorine is about evenly distributed between coarse and fine particles
(Stevens et al., 1978; Akselsson et al., 1975). In the case of titanium the presence of a
large coal-burning power plant plume over the city greatly influenced the fine particle tita-
nium (Winchester et al., 1980). Chlorine appears to have its origins in fine automotive
XD25B/E 5-101 1-19-8]
image:
-------
TABLE 5-20. COARSE PARTICLE SILICON, ALUMINUM, CALCIUM, AND IRON
Location
Charleston, WV
Smoky Mountains,
TN
u, New York, NY
i
i — »
o
Philadelphia, PA
St Louis, MO
Portland, OR
Glendora, CA
St. Louis, MO
Dates
08/25 -
9/14/76
05/11 -
05/19/77
09/21 -
09/26/78
02/77
03/77
12/75
02/77
03/77
08/-
09/76
Coarse
Mass
27.1
43
5.6
42.6
17.5
NA
27.6
NA
28.0
pg/m
Si
2.8
7.7
0.50
2.0
1.8
4.3
2.8
1.0
4.5
3
Al Ca
1.1 0.96
NA 2.2
0.20 0.32
0.84 1.15
0.64 0.94
8.7 1.9
1.2 0.76
0.3 0.44
1.2 2.8
coarse/fine
Fe
0.59
1.4
0.12
0.96
0.69
1.0
0.95
0.36
1.2
Si
6.8
7
15
5.6
7
10
31
5.3
10
Al
15
NA
10
6.5
13
4.4
5.6
>6
6
mass ratios
Ca
9.7
7.4
20
3.2
6
16
11
4.5
21
Fe
4
4
4
2.5
3.2
3
5.0
3
4.4
Reference
Lewis and Mac i as
1980
Camp et
1978
Stevens
et al.
Stevens
et al.
Stevens
et al.
Stevens
et al.
Stevens
et al.
Stevens
et al.
Dzubay,
al.,
, 1980
, 1978
, 1978
, 1978
, 1978
, 1978
1980
image:
-------
100
10.0 -
tt 1.0
UJ
cc
s
0.10 -
0.01
100
10.0 -
1.0 -
0.10 -
0.01
SOIL
Si
AlT
-Na
mmm
-
S
\
f^n
Mn
Fe
Lr
~™
—
Zn
100
- 10.0
- 0.10 -
0.01
Si
_ AJ
Naj
""
ROCK CRUSHER
__
s
\
Ca
ft
Mn
\/_Cr|
Fe
—
Cu
100
10.0
1.0
0.10
n m
Si
- ^J
r
ASPHALT PRODUCTION
Fe —
S
Cl
Ca
A
Mn
Lr
—
NiCuZn
100
10.0
g 1.0
0.10
0.01
Si
•/I
Naj
COAL FLY ASH
Ca
Fe
Cl
Mn
Pb
NiCu
Figure 5-46. Elemental composition of some coarse particle components.
Source: Cooper and Watson (1980).
5-103
image:
-------
particles at inland sites (Winchester et al., 1980) but in coarse sea-salt particles near the
coast (Hardy, 1979; Draftz, 1979).
Organics and carbonates sometimes can be found in substantial quantities in coarse aero-
sols. For example, De Wiest (1978) found 30-50 percent of extractable organics in 2-10 urn
particles. Lewis and Macias (1980) found 40 percent of the carbon (presumable mostly organ
ics) in dichotomous coarse fractions in Charleston, WV, while Stevens et al. (1980) found
about one third of the organics in the coarse fraction in the Smokey Mountains. Mueller et
al. (1970) was able to differentiate between carbonates and elemental carbon by acid evolution
of C02 but this technique, unfortunately, has not been applied to coarse particle analysis.
Considering that calcium carbonate has often been found as a major component of urban coarse
particle samples (Graf et al., 1977; Draftz, 1979), it is surprising that direct analysis for
carbonate has not been reported.
As mentioned previously, most water-soluble inorganic ions are found in fine fractions.
5.6.3 Evidence from Microscopical Evaluation of Coarse Particles
Efforts to understand the importance of coarse particles in air have been hampered by the
inability of simple chemical analyses (so very successful with fine particles) to reveal much
of their nature. However, estimates of mass balances have suggested for a long time that
these locally-generated coarse particles must constitute a substantial part of the suspended
particle burden.
As an example, the most recent data from the Environmental Protection Agency network of
dichotomous samplers and hi-vols could be interpreted as demonstrating significant amounts of
particles greater than 15 urn in the air if the difference between D. . , and TSP is taken as
representing super-coarse particles. Table 5-21 displays some of these data for selected
sites for illustrative purposes. It is clear that most sites have two thirds or more of the
TSP in coarse and super-coarse particles. For the more arid and dusty parts of the country,
rough estimates of this kind and common sense have suggested to pollution control officials
that TSP must be dominated by locally generated coarse particles.
Since these larger objects can be readily inspected with an optical microscope, a sub-
stantial body of information has been accumulated by visually inspecting particle samples,
such as hi-vol filters or impactor stages. The largest of these studies involved evaluation
of 300 filters from 14 U.S. cities (Bradway and Record, 1976). Table 5-22 presents composite
analyses for all filters from each of the cities. A wide variation was found in these filters
ranging from virtually all dust in Denver and Oklahoma City to mostly dust with considerable
fly ash and soot in most of the industrialized cities. Chattanooga was anomolous in that ex-
tremely large amounts of plant materials were found, including pollen, fibers, fragments of
leaves and other tissues.
XD25B/E 5-104 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-21. RELATIVE AMOUNTS OF FINE, COARSE, AND SUPER-COARSE
PARTICLES AT SELECTED SITES
Phoenix, AZ
El Paso, TX
Dallas, TX
Portland, OR
Los Angeles, CA
Akron OH
Philadelphia, PA
Hartford, CN
Fine
<2.5 urn
34
16
26
32
36
49
51
34
Weight percent
Coarse
2.515
6
51
10
64
31
26
32
32
Super-coarse
>15(jm
60
33
64
4
33
25
17
34
Note: The term 'super-coarse' refers to the difference between the
total dichotomous sample concentration and the Hi-Vol TSP
concentration.
Similar investigations were combined with emissions inventory, modelling, and control
studies in Phoenix, Arizona, in 1977 (Richard et al., 1977, 1977a,b,c; Graf et al., 1977). In
that city 90 percent of the TSP was found to be mineral dust apparently entrained in air by
automotive traffic over 1100 miles of unpaved roads in the area and by intense construction
activities in that rapidly growing desert city. Suck et al. (1978, 1979) found through
meteorological modeling that very little motion of this coarse particulate matter occurs in
the wind. Since wind velocities are characteristically low, agricultural influences are minor
and coarse particles stay more or less where they are generated.
Microscopic evaluations of Miami and St. Louis particles have been conducted both on
total filter samples and on impactor plates (Draftz, 1978, 1979; Draftz and Severin, 1980).
In Miami calcite (calcium carbonate) was the principle component of the coarse particles.
There was evidence that a small part of the calcite was recrystallized from ocean spray.
However, most of the calcite appeared to be roadway aggregate suspended in the air. There
were also significant quantities of halite (NaCl) and of other trace elements characteristic
of sea salt.
The general picture from these studies is that coarse particles are contributed from
numerous local sources and vary dramatically from place to place. It is likely that dust and
XD25B/E
5-105
1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-22. 14-CITY STUDY - MICROSCOPICAL IDENTIFICATION OF COARSE PARTICLES
Wt. % of Component
Location
Oklahoma City
Denver
Miami
St. Louis
Washington, DC
Baltimore
Birmingham
Phi ladelphia
Providence
Seattle
San Francisco
Cincinnati
Cleveland
Chattanooga
Minerals
88
81
79
75
70
69
66
64
64
60
52
51
51
36
Combustion
products
8
7
9
21
23
25
22
33
22
27
29
44
40
35
Biological
material
1
1
1
>1
5
3
2
1
1
3
3
1
1
16
Miscel laneous
(rubber tire
debris)
4
11
12
4
2
3
10
2
13
10
16
4
8
13
XD25B/E
5-106
1-19-81
image:
-------
roadway aggregate suspended by traffic is a substantial source of coarse particles. But in
some areas, industrialized cities especially, there is still some evidence of combustion
source contributions.
5.6.4 Fugitive Dust
A variety of terms have been applied to the coarse particles suspended in the air by the
action of machinery or traffic. The most common of these is fugitive dust and the actions
which produce these particle emissions are frequently called "non-traditional" sources. This
terminology refers to the fact that no one readily identifiable and controllable source pro-
duces stirred-up dust. Essentially all of man's motions, amplified many-fold by machinery,
are responsible for the manmade component of this material.
The wind alone can be a major source when velocities are high and the soil aggregates are
small. For example, Gillette (1978) has estimated soil fluxes for six test soils in a wind
tunnel. He concluded that windspeed and crust play major roles in wind entrainment. A sur-
face crust effectively eliminated fine particle entrainment and greatly reduced coarse
particle entrainment.
In those areas where unpaved roads are common (e.g., the mountain states, the Southwest
and the Northern Great Plains), it is clear that car and truck traffic can be a major source
(See Chapter 4 and Carpenter and Weant, 1978). In large industrial plants, truck traffic over
access roads can be a major source (Cowherd et al., 1979).
Wilson et al. (1979) found that car and truck traffic produced large amounts of dust on
unpaved mining roads in Northeastern Minnesota. Particle sizes were mainly in the 6-30 um
range near the roadway, but large particles were found at about 1/5 the roadside level 400-500
meters downwind. There was visual evidence of dust coating roadside foliage and gusts of wind
caused major short-term pulses in particle concentrations downwind of the road. Davidson and
Friedlander (1978) have quantified deposition of coarse particles on Avena, the common
wild-oat grass of the far west. Dry deposition on the stems of such plants was reported to be
a significant removal mechanism for particles larger than about 7 um.
Reentrainment of road dust has been found a major source of coarse particles in central
business districts (CBD). In a study of several sites in Philadelphia, Record and Bradway
(1978) concluded that entrainment of dust from roadways contributed the majority of
street-level coarse particles and very significant levels at rooftops, 11 meters above the
street. Rainfall, if there was enough of it, reduced the dust levels significantly, e.g.
about 20 percent. However, attempts to flush the street with water redistributed the fine
particles and increased the observed coarse particle level.
In a study of one site in Massachusetts, Record et al. (1979) found coarse particle
levels highly correlated with traffic volume as shown in Figure 5-47. In this study very
large contributions of roadway salt, used for winter snow control, were found in the coarse
particles.
XD25B/E 5-107 1-19-81
image:
-------
COARSE PARTICULATES
8 10 12 14 16
TIME OF DAY (START HOUR)
18
20
22 24
a
a.
§
u
O
O
Figure 5-47. Diurnal variation of particulate concentrations and Plymouth Avenue traffic volume at
Fall River, Mass., during March through June (weekdays only), shows contribution from reentrained
particles.
5-108
image:
-------
*
Yocom et al. (1981) estimated by analysis of a variety of records, the contribution of
fugitive dust to area-wide particle burdens in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. He found both
industrial sources and roadways to be significant contributions, though in widely varying pro-
portions. In the 12 study sites, roadway dust contributed from a low of 4 percent to a high
of 45 percent of annual geometric mean TSP. In most sites 15 to 20 percent of these particles
came from traffic. Industrial fugitive particle emissions were much more significant in this
area, although the general range was similar, 5 to 40 percent of the annual level. In most
sites, industrial fugitive dust contributed 20 to 30 percent of the TSP, outrunning roadway
dust by about 30 percent. These two sources together with the general area background ac-
counted for 80 to 90 percent of the TSP burden in Allegheny county.
5.6.5 Summary
The wind, traffic, construction, mining, and general industrial activity are the major
causes of coarse particles suspended in the air. Dry climates, intense construction activity,
lack of paving, salt from icy streets or the sea can all be contributing factors. The quanti-
tative assignment of particular kinds of sources to the coarse and fine particle burdens has
been addressed in a cursory and introductory fashion in this section. In the next part, more
formal systems for this source apportionment will be addressed.
5.7 SOURCE-APPORTIONMENT OR SOURCE-RECEPTOR MODELS
For quite a long time, the goal of quantitatively assigning the contributions of particle
sources to levels breathed by people or otherwise causing ill effects has been pursued. Re-
cently, Cooper and Watson (1980) and Gordon (1980) have reviewed the current status of calcu-
lational systems or models to estimate source contributions to exposure. Cooper and Watson
have described a number of these methods in a hierarchical sense and Figure 5-48 shows their
analysis of related types of models capable of yielding at least semi-quantitative informa-
tion. Several of the microscope-based conclusions were discussed in the previous section and
the work of Yocom (1981) is basically an example of series analysis. However, the chemical
mass balance and multivariate models have been used quite effectively recently and a few exam-
ples of these approaches are cited below. The results from 3 cities will be presented:
St. Louis, MO; Denver, CO; and Portland, OR. These examples will help to show the contrast
the fractional contribution of particular matter from different sources.
In analyzing the St. Louis Regional Air Pollution Study (RAPS) dichotomous sampler data
by x-ray fluorescence, Dzubay and Stevens (1975) found 75 percent of the zinc, sulfur,
bromine, arsenic, silenium, and lead occurred in the fine particulates, and at least 75
percent of the silicon, calcium, titanium, and iron in the coarse fraction (Dzubay, 1980).
Using groupings of elements to represent sources, Dzubay has postulated the sources making
fractional contributions to two-month summer mean concentrations at several dichotomous
locations in St. Louis. Approximately 50 to 70 percent of the concentration of fine particles
is made up of ammonium sulfates. The next largest identifiable source is motor vehicle
XD25B/E 5-109 1-19-81
image:
-------
OPTICAL
MICROSCOPIC
METHODS
ISEM
AUTOMATED
SEM
ENRICHMENT
FACTORS
TIME SERIES
ANALYSIS
CHEMICAL
MASS
BALANCE
SPECIAL SERIES
ANALYSIS
ADVANCED
MULTIVARIATE DATA
ANALYSIS METHODS
Figure 5-48. Types of receptor source apportionment models.
Source: Cooper and Watson (1980).
5-110
image:
-------
emissions, followed by shale and other sources. The overwhelming majority of the ammonium
sulfate is associated with the fine fraction. Similarly, in the urban core where a number of
the monitors were located, the automobile component was strongly associated with the fine
fraction.
Pace and Meyer (1979) separated the fractional constituents of the St.Louis dichotomous
data to demonstrate the relative contributions of sources to the urban and non-urban
concentrations (see Figure 5-49). As might be expected, the vehicle emission component is
much smaller in the rural samples than it is in the urban samples. The sulfate fraction in
the non-urban sites makes up a larger proportion of the toal fine particulate mass than does
the sulfate fraction in the urban samples. The crustal component and the nondescribed
components remain about the same in both sets of data. Looking at the coarse fraction, it is
interesting to note that the crustal component is much larger in the urban sites than it is in
the non-urban sites.
The monthly averages of size fractionated Denver aerosol mass are compared for two
months, January and May, 1979 by Dzubay (1980). The sulfate component is smaller than in St.
Louis and the motor vehicle component is larger (see Figure 5-50). The winter concentrations
were higher for both the fine and coarse fraction. Much of this difference appears to be in
the excess carbon and nitrate component. The coarse fraction contained road salt particles in
the winter. In Denver samples, unlike eastern aerosol samples, the summer sulfate concentra-
tions appear to be lower than in winter. The asterisks (*) indicate that some or all of the
component could be due to excess carbon. In this case "excess carbon" is determined by the
amount of carbon observed less the amount predicted. In the winter, the carbon concentration
3
in the fine fraction was 17 ug/m . It was not determined for the coarse fraction. In May,
o
the unfractionated carbon was 7.2 ug/m . Wood burning and auto exhaust are believed to be the
important carbon sources in Denver.
Chemical-element balance techniques were applied to TSP and fine fraction aerosols col-
lected in Portland, Oregon, in a year long study. Cooper et al. (1979) describe the experi-
ment and results. Figure 5-51 summarized the resulting source allocation. As in several
other findings, soils and road dust are important components of TSP. What the study did re-
veal was that burning vegetation was the second most important source, contributing almost 15
percent of the TSP mass and 20 percent of the fine particle mass. Sulfate is not the most
abundant component of the fine particle mass. In fact, it is measured to be only 8 percent of
the mass, fourth after auto exhaust, volatilizable carbon and aerosols from vegetation
burning. The study points to the importance of residential wood burning as contributing to
ambient aerosol concentrations.
Studies resolving the source components are great benefits to resolving the fractional
contribution of local versus distant sources. Resolution of this question may await the
application of receptor modeling to other cities and other regions of the country.
XD25B/E 5-111 1-19-81
image:
-------
FINE
(33
COARSE
(27 /Lig/m3)
RAPS URBAN SITES
(103, 105,106,108, 112)
•2-MONTH AVERAGE CONCENTRATIONS
FINE
(28 ftg/m3)
RAPS NON-URBAN SITES
(115, 118,120, 122, 124)
COARSE
(21 /ug/m3)
Figure 5-49. Source contributions at RAPS sites estimated by chemical element balance.
5-112
image:
-------
FINE FRACTION
COARSE FRACTION
T 05%
EFUSE 0.2%
LT 1%
LIMESTONE
>. 05%
^HALE 22%
(NH4)2SO4 2.6%
- NO3 03%
T 1%
REFUSE 0.6%
LIMESTONE 2.6%
JANUARY
JANUARY
27 ng/m3
(NH4)2S04
O3 0.2%
0.3%
'REFUSE 0.8%
SALT 03%
LIMESTONE 1.2%
'SHALE 7%
MAY
IOTOR VEHICLES 5%
(NH4)2SO4 3%
N03
T 1%
REFUSE
SALT 05%
LIMESTONE 7%
MAY
16//g/m3
Figure 5-50. Monthly averages of size fractionated Denver aerosol mass and composition for January and May.
1979. The components labeled by (*) and by (T) are discussed in the text.
5-113
image:
-------
SOIL AND ROAD DUST
739.0%)
VOLATILIZABLE
CARBON (8.1%)
TOTAL
NONVOLATILIZABLE CARBON
"" (22%}
RESIDUAL OIL
(0.8%)
MARINE
(3.8%)
SOIL AND ROAD DUST
NONVOLATIZABLE CARBON
(4.0%)
PRIMARY INDUSTRIAL (3.0%) '
•STEEL PRODUCTION (1.0%)
•ALUMINUM PRODUCTION (0.72%)
•HOG FUEL BOILERS (0.48%)
•SULFITE PROCESS (0.39%)
•CARBIDE FURNACE,CO (0.6%)
VOLATILIZABLE
CARBON
(13.7%)
UNIDENTIFIED (21.3%)
(NH4,H2O,etc)
(NH4. H2O),etc)
RIMARY INDUSTRIAL (4.9%)
CARBIDE FURNACE7CO (2.0%)
ALUMINUM PRODUCTION(1.35%)
STEEL PRODUCTION (0.94%)
HOG FUEL BOILERS (0.22%)
SULFIDE PROCESS (0.18%)
SULFITE PROCESS (0.18%)
FERROMANGANESE PRODUCTION
(0.18%)
FINE
RESIDUAL OIL
(1.4%)
MARINE (3.2%)
Figure 5-51. Aerosol source in downtown Portland, annual stratified arithmetic average. Does not
include the 17%, on the average, of material collected with the standard hi-vol sampler which was not
collected and characterized with the ERT-TSP sampler. Volatilizable and non-volatilizable carbon are
operational definitions which approximately correspond to organic and elemental carbon, respectively.
5-114
image:
-------
*
5.8 FACTORS INFLUENCING EXPOSURE
5.8.1 Introduction
To this point only outdoor concentrations of S02 and particles have been considered in
the discussion. Outdoor concentrations are of major concern in estimating air pollution
effects on visibility, ecological and materials damage. However, people spend the majority of
their time inside buildings or other enclosures; they breathe mostly indoor air and, there-
fore, indoor concentrations dominate average exposure. To the extent that indoor concentra-
tions are different from the outdoors, population exposures are different from those estimated
by outdoor monitors.
In the United States our population is highly mobile. Many persons in their daily travel
pass through areas of both high and low pollution levels within a city. Others work or play
outdoors to a greater degree than the general population. Therefore, individual exposures to
S02 and particles vary more widely than measurements from stationary outdoor monitors suggest.
(Spengler, et al., 1978).
Furthermore, individual variations in respiratory anatomy, illness or smoking habits can
exert important influences on the dose of a pollutant retained by individuals receiving the
same exposure. For example, Cohen, et al. (1979) found that smokers retain test particles
longer than non-smokers. Figure 5-52 presents the results of a study of 12 subjects, 3 of
whom were smokers. Ten months following exposures to a known quantity of metallic dust, the
non-smokers had cleared 85 to 95 percent of the dust from their lungs. At the same time
smokers had retained about half of their original dose. Unfortunately, there are few other
studies which can help in understanding these individual variations.
In this section the two major factors which influence human exposure to SOp and parti-
cles, indoor exposures and activity variations, are presented because they are important in
understanding health effects. First the systematic differences between indoor and outdoor
concentrations of S0~, fine and coarse particles are discussed. Then the limited evidence for
varying exposures of individuals depending on their activities is presented.
5.8.2 Indoor Concentrations of SO,,
Indoor concentrations of S02 are invariably lower than outdoors, usually by a factor of
2. (Spengler et al., 1978; Spengler et al., 1979). Since indoor sources of S02 are usually
negligible, virtually all S0? indoors originated outdoors. Lower indoor concentrations are
commonly attributed to S02 removal by contact with wall coatings, furniture, flooring and
carpets, air conditioning filters and the like.
S0? removal inside chambers and rooms has been shown to be a function of the material
present and the relative humidity. Cox and Penkett (1972) measured the decay rate of SO-,
inside containers. Reaction rates were found to be first order in S02> and irreversible
absorption occurred on the walls. The removal rates were very sensitive to the relative
humidity. As relative humidity increased, so did S02 removal, approaching a maximum value
XD25B/E 5-115 1-19-81
image:
-------
100
10
I I I I I I I I I I
4 6 8 10
POST INHALATION, months
12
Figure 5-52. Smoking impairs long-term dust clearance from the lungs.
Source: Cohen, et al. (1979).
5-116
image:
-------
slightly above 80 percent RH. (Cox and Penkett, 1972). Spedding studied SCL sorption by
indoor surfaces (Spedding and Rowlands, 1970; Spedding, 1970; Spedding etal., 1971). The
surface finish on wallpaper affected sorption rates of SO^. Conventional wallpaper showed
better uptake than PVC wallpaper. Hard woods sorbed S02 better and to a greater depth than
did softer woods. S02 sorption was also measured for leather surfaces. The rate of
absorption seemed to be influenced by the tanning process and the dyes used.
Walsh et al. (1977) measured sorption of S02 by typical indoor surfaces including wool
carpets, wallpaper, and paint. Absorption rates, as measured by deposition velocities, were
lower for carpets with an acidic pH than those which were either neutral or alkaline.
Sorption of S02 appeared to be irreversible. When carpets were preexposed to an S02
concentration equivalent to 27 years of exposure at 30 |jg/m3, the amount of S02 uptake was
reduced by a factor of three. Fresh emulsion paints had the highest deposition velocity or
S02 absorption rates, and vinyl wallpaper had the lowest. It was concluded that the most
effective sorbing materials likely to be present inside homes are cellulose wallpaper,
furniture fabrics, and wool carpets.
Therefore, most studies report lower levels of SOp indoors than outdoors.
Anderson (1971) reports that indoor S02 concentrations average 51 percent of the outdoor
concentrations over a 7.5-month period of paired 24-hr sampling inside and outside a single
room. The correlation coefficient was only 0.52 (Anderson, 1971). Biersteker et al. (1965)
analyzed over 800 paired samples from the living rooms and exteriors of 60 Rotterdam homes.
Indoor S02 levels averaged 20 percent of the outdoor levels, and were lower for newer
homes than older homes. This may imply longer air turnover times in the newer homes or a
"fresher" surface area for S02 absorption (Biersteker et al., 1965). Weatherly (1966)
measured S02 and smoke levels inside and outside a building in central London in early 1960.
Indoor S02 levels were always lower than the corresponding ambient conditions, averaging 40
percent. Spengler et al. (1978, 1979) reported on paired SO, monitoring inside and outside
3
some 75 homes in six cities. Figure 5-53 displays the annual S02 concentration in (jg/m
averaged across each community's indoor/outdoor network of monitors (May 1977-April 1978).
The cities are: Portage, WI; Topeka, KS; Kingston and Harriman, TN; Watertown, MA; St. Louis,
MO; and Steubenville, OH. Where ambient levels were high, the indoor concentrations were
30-50 percent of the ambient levels. In Kingston, many of the indoor levels were less than
the minimal detectable level and were averaged in as zeros. This was not done for Portage and
Topeka, where ambient levels were very low; hence the indoor S02 levels in these cities appear
to be reduced by only 20 percent of the outdoor concentrations.
The seasonal indoor/outdoor pattern for each city depends on the S02 sources in each city
and the use of air conditioning. These differences can be seen by comparing the monthly mean
indoor and outdoor S02 concentrations for Watertown and Steubenville, as shown in Figures 5-54
and 5-55. In Watertown, S02 is primarily derived from sulfur-laden fuels. The ambient levels
XD25B/E 5-117 1-19-81
image:
-------
CM
o
e/3
60
50
40
30
20
10
fc^l OUTDOOR
I | INDOOR
*p<0.05
1
1
I
I
PORT.*
TOPE.* KING.
WAT.*
ST.L.*
STEU.*
Figure 5-53. Annual sulfur dioxide concentrations averaged across each community's
indoor and outdoor network (May 1977 — April 1978).
Source: Spengler et al., 1979.
5-118
image:
-------
CM
g
108
96
84
72
60
48
36
24
12
0
I I I
WATERTOWN
T~l I I T
T~l I I I I I
O INDOOR
D OUTDOOR
- I I I I
NOV DEC JAN FEBMAR APR MAYJUN JUL AUG SEP OCTNOVDEC JAN FEB MAR APR
1976 1977 1978
Figure 5-54. Monthly mean SOo concentrations averaged across Watertown's indoor and outdoor
network (November 1976 - Apriri978).
Source: Spengler et al. (1980).
5-119
image:
-------
E 60 —
s
O
VI
NOV DEC JAN FEBMAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC JAN FEE MAR APR
1976 1977 1978
Figure 5-55. Monthly mean SOo concentrations averaged across Steubenville's indoor and outdoor
network (November 1976 - Aprin978).
Source: Spengler (1980).
5-120
image:
-------
rise in the winter as more residual and distillate oil is used for space heating. The indoor/
outdoor ratios become small because homes are sealed more tightly. In the summer, ambient
levels decrease, but the indoor/outdoor ratio approaches unity because of increased ventila-
tion. In Steubenville, the summer SO,, levels are not substantially reduced from winter
values, since residential and commercial space heating is not the primary source of SCL in
this area. Yet the reduced indoor levels continue since more air conditioning is used in
Steubenville (50 percent of homes samples). Even in the non-air-conditioned homes, summer
levels are reduced by 30 to 40 percent.
While most information supports the idea of lower indoor S02 concentrations, exceptions
are known. Yocom et al. (1971) found one home, heated by a leaky coal furnace, in which the
indoor S02 level was periodically ten times the outdoor level. Bierstecker et al. (1965) have
also found leaking flue gas contributions indoors.
However, the principal body of evidence suggests that indoor exposures are about half
that found outdoors. Consequently, highest exposure levels are likely to be incurred by
people who spend time outdoors near local S0? sources.
5.8.3 Particle Exposures Indoors
5.8.3.1 Introduction--AvaiTable data on indoor particle levels were collected by a wide
variety of measurement procedures ranging from dustfall to condensation nuclei counting.
Earlier in this chapter and in chapter 3 it was noted that the various particle measurement
procedures have definite particle size biases. For example, dustfall and TSP mass measure-
ments are dominated by coarse particles while light scattering and nuclei counting, on the one
hand, and smokeshade and coefficient of haze on the other are better measures of fine particles
and particulate carbon mass (one fine particle component), respectively.
Evidence from this variety of techniques has produced a consistent view of indoor and
outdoor particle concentrations and sources, and this view is presented below by separate con-
sideration of coarse and fine particle studies. Table 5-23 summarizes available studies by
particle measurement technique.
5.8.3.2 Coarse Particle Concentrations Indoors—Particles larger than 5 or 10 urn tend to
settle from the air and two studies using dustfall collection techniques suggest these
particles are greatly reduced indoors. Whitby et al. (1957) studied dustfall in offices,
laboratories and homes. Average indoor dustfall was only 15 to 20 percent of the outdoor
level. No significant differences were found among residential or business locations.
Schoffer et al. (1972) found indoor dustfall about 1/8 outdoor values in a study of 30
residential sites in four cities. There was little correlation between indoor and outdoor
levels. Dustfall was higher in homes where windows were open.
Yocom et al. (1971) studied TSP in public buildings, offices and homes using a
scaled-down version of the high-volume sampler. As mentioned previously the mass of such
filter samples contains both coarse and fine particle fractions. Indoor levels were about
XD25B/E 5-121 1-19-81
image:
-------
TABLE 5-23. SUMMARY OF INDOOR/OUTDOOR (I/O) PARTICULATE MATTER MONITORING STUDIES BY METHOD
Method Author
Dustfall3 Whitby et al.
(1957)
Schaefer et
al. (1972)
Total sus- Yocom et al.
pended par- (1971)
ticujate
en mass
i
i — •
ro
ro
Smoke Whitby et al.
(1957)
Goldwater
et al.
(1961)
Location
Minneapol is
Chicago,
Washington,
Atlanta,
Austin-San
Antonio
Hartford, CT
Minneapol is
Louisvi 1 le
New York
Bui Iding
type
Residential
Lab & office
Residential
Public
Office
Residential
Lab & office
Residential
Lab & office
Residential
Lab & office
Residential
Number Month
of or
sites season
12 Annual
30
Mar.-
Aug.
2 Summer
Fall
Winter
2 Summer
Fall
Winter
2 Summer
Fall
Winter
12 Feb.-
Mar.
18 Feb.-
Mar.
Sampl ing
period
12 hr
12 hr
12 hr
12 hr
12 hr
12 hr
12 hr
12 hr
12 hr
Mean
Indoor
0.54
0.47
0.44
59
58
63
53
31
42
62
53
43
42
46
101
121
149
164
Outdoor
2.86
2.86
3.48
111
119
277
108
50
122
67
77
97
74
74
124
124
263
179
Number
of I/O
samples ratio
0.19
0.16
26 0.12
0.53
0.49
0.23
0.49
0.60
0.35
0.94
0.69
0.44
0.57
0.62
0.81
0.98
12 0.57
18 0.91
image:
-------
TABLE 5-23 (continued).
Method
T
^
0
j
Respirable .
participates
Particle
counts
Author
Jacobs et al.
(1962)
Weatherly
(1960)
Biersteker
et al.
(1965)
Berdyev
et al.
(1967)
Anderson
(1972)
Binder et al .
(1976)
Parvis
(1952)
Ishido
et al.
(1956)
Bui Iding
Location type
New York Residential
London Office
Rotterdam Residential
Dushambee Residential
1st floor
U.S.S.R. Residential
2nd floor
Arhus, Classroom
Denmark
Ansonia, CT Smoking
homes
Non-
smoking
homes
Italy Residential
Osaka Apartment
Number
of
sites
17
1
60
1
1
1
11
9
5
1
Month
or
season
Apr.-
May
Jan.-
Mar.
Winter
Summer
Summer
Sept.-
Apr.
Sept.-
Dec.
Sept.-
Dec.
March
May
June
Nov.
Samp 1 i ng
period
1 hr
24 hr
24 hr
24 hr
24 hr
24 hr
24 hr
24 hr
24 hr
Mean
Indoor
239
195
153
1270
660
27
132
93
45.7
1000
1287
978
738
--
Outdoor
226
205
184
960
960
34
58
58
97.6
1036
1528
1047
752
1897
Number
of I/O
samples ratio
17 1.06
0.95
800 0.84
8 1.32
9 0.60
150 0.81
11 2.28
9 1.60
0.47 CN
0.97 PC
0.84
0.91
0.98
--
image:
-------
TABLE 5-23 (continued).
Method Author Location
Ishido Osaka
(1959)
Jacobs New York
et al.
(1962)
Megaw England
(1962)
Lefcoe and
Inculet (1975)
in
i
•-Coefficient Whitby et al. Minneapolis
*> of haze9 (1957)
Louisville
Carey et al. Cincinnati
(1958)
Shephard Cincinnati
(1959)
Number
Building of
type sites
Apartment
Residential
Hospital
School
Office & lab
Homes
Test building
Homes
(AC & ESP)
Residential
Lab & office
Residential
Lab & office
Residential
Residential
1
1
1
1
12
18
1
2
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Month
or Sampling
season period
Annual
Oct.-
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Mean
Indoor
706
662
1611
2382
424
705
510d
156e
0.6
1.0
2.4
2.8
2.1
2.2
2.0
1.6
1.6
--
0.8
0.8
1.3
0.8
1.5
1.7
1.8
Outdoor
619
678
1595
2346
481
472
227d
59e
1.05
1.05
2.6
2.6
3.8
2.7
2.3
1.8
1.7
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.9
1.1
1.5
Number
of I/O
samples ratio
1.14
0.98
1.01
1.02
0.88
1.49
5 0.66
1.46
2.60
0.57
0.95
0.92
1.06
0.55
0.86
0.89
0.85
0.94
—
0.88
1.00
1.63
0.80
1.15
0.89
1.06
image:
-------
TABLE 5-23 (continued).
Building
Method Author Location type
Yocom et al. Hartford, Public
(1971) CT
Office
Homes
Number
of
sites
2
2
2
Month
or Sampling
season period
Summer
Fall
Wi nter
Summer
Fall
Winter
Summer
Fall
Winter
Mean
Indoor
0.32
0.33
0.36
0.29
0.20
0.37
0.41
0.28
0.32
Outdoor
0.36
0.34
0.51
0.41
0.26
0.54
0.42
0.30
0.39
Number
of I/O
samples ratio
0.90
0.97
0.69
0.70
0.78
0.88
0.98
0.93
0.82
tn
i
ro
in
.Measured as g/m /month.
Measured as |jg/m .
.Measured as number/cm .
Particles >0.3 urn.
,Particles >0.5 urn.
Particles >1.0 urn.
Measured as COH/000 linear ft.
image:
-------
half outdoor levels on the average. In summer and fall, private homes had almost the same
interior daytime TSP values as those found outside although night interior levels were much
lower than outside. In the same study it was shown that indoor/outdoor ratios in air
conditioned office buildings differed seasonlly. In summer and winter indoor TSP was about
half the outdoor values, but in fall when increased volumes of outdoor make up air were used
in air conditioning, indoor and outdoor TSP values were about equal.
Yocom et al. (1970) also obtained some cascade impactor size distributions of indoor and
outdoor particles in six structures in the Hartford, Connecticut area in the fall and winter.
The mass of particles larger than 2.5 urn was always greater outdoors than indoors. However,
the mass of sub-2.5 urn particles was mostly greater indoors than outdoors and the indoor/out-
door ratio varied from 0.63 to 2.6. In a subsequent report, Yocom et al. (1971) reported
substantially increased organic particle levels indoors, confirming similar findings by Gold-
water et al. (1961). This result was attributed to smoking and cooking, indoor activities
which could also increase fine particle mass.
Alzona et al. (1979) have reported elemental analyses for calcium and iron, normally
coarse particle components, and for zinc, lead and bromine, components of fine particles. In
these studies, an experimental room was cleared of airborne particulate matter and then
allowed to come to equilibrium under controlled penetration of outdoor ambient air. Experi-
ments were carried out with windows "cracked" open and wide open, and with windows and/or room
surfaces covered with plastic sheets. Filter samples drawn throughout the experiment were
analyzed by x-ray excitation for elements of known outdoor origin (Fe, Zn, Pb, Br, Ca).
Within several hours, equilibrium was reached in which the indoor/outdoor ratio was typically
0.3 (see Tables 5-24 and 5-25). On the basis of the indoor/outdoor element ratios, they con-
clude that remaining indoors with doors and windows partially closed reduces outdoor dust
exposure by two-thirds. The indoor/outdoor ratios for coarse particle components calcium and
iron were lower than for the fine particle components, zinc, lead and bromine. Therefore, it
appears that tracer components of coarse particles do not penetrate any of these structures as
readily as the fine components.
5.8.3.3 Fine Particles Indoors--In addition to the cascade impactor studies mentioned earlier
in conjunction with the coarse particle discussion, there have been several recent reports of
sub-3.5 urn particle mass measurements indoors and outdoors.
Binder et al. (1976) used high volume air samplers outdoors and personal samplers equip-
ped with a 3.5 (jm cut-off device. The personal monitors were carried by school children who
spent 60 to 80 percent of their time indoors. In homes where there were smokers, the indoor
fine particle mass was almost twice the outdoor TSP.
Spengler and Dockery have measured indoor and outdoor levels of sub-3.5 urn particulate
mass using cyclone-equipped membrane filter samplers. Six cities were studied each with 10 to
15 monitoring sites (Spengler, 1979b; Dockery and Spengler, 1979b; and Dockery, 1979). Figure
XD25B/E 5-126 1-19-i
image:
-------
TABLE 5-24. MEASUREMENTS IN PRINCIPAL ROOM OF STUDY
Case
J
K
L
M
N
P
Number
of runs Conditions
3
2
I
2
6
3
Normal
Plastic over windows
Window wide open
Window cracked open
All surfaces plastic covered
All but windows plastic covered
I/O
Ca
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
10
10
52
20
02
10
Fe
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
17
15
81
16
12
15
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Zn
52
71
93
69
24
58
Pb
0.
0.
1.
0.
0.
0.
49
17
2
55
15
57
Br
0.33
0.17
1.0
0.53
0.20
0.32
Source: Alzona et al. (1979).
TABLE 5-25. MEASUREMENTS IN VARIOUS CLOSED ROOMS
Number
Number of
Case of runs Type of room windows Ca
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Average
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
10 m2,
50 m2,
30 m2,
20 m2,
20 m2,
new univ.
old univ.
bedroom,
bldg.
bldg.
tight home
attic, tight home
bedroom,
leaky home
Chevrolet Vega
Datsun
20 m2,
20 m2,
1 O m
(except A)
440
old chem.
new univ.
old univ.
lab
bldg.
bldg.
0
2
8
2
2 0.05
6
6
(3) 0.08
3 0.15
(3) 0.10
0.10
Fe
<0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
1
33
27
10
33
27
09
13
54
17
24
I/O
Zn Pb
- <0.
0.
0.
0.36 0.
0.
0.
0.21 0.
0.37 0.
0.55 0.
0.52 0.
0.41 0.
1
25
70
40
47
41
12
31
47
49
42
Br
<0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
1
43
58
29
22
36
24
25
58
33
36
Source: Alzona et al. (1979).
XD25B/E
5-127
1-19-8]
image:
-------
5-56 presents annual average values for all sites in the six cities. In all cities except
Steubenville, Ohio, the indoor fine particle level was higher than outdoors. Steubenvil le,
and industrialized community, also had the highest annual average outdoor level. Table 5-26
presents arithmetic averages for all homes in this study stratified by numbers of smokers in
the household (Dockery, 1979). It is apparent that in the absence of smoking, indoor and out-
door levels of fine particle mass are almost the same. However, smoking contributes very
significantly to indoor levels. With two or more smokers in the household, indoor fine
particle mass is about three times outdoor levels. Figure 5-57 presents monthly values for
fine particle mass for all sites stratified by smoking. The monthly trends for smoking house-
holds are consistently higher than for non-smokers over a period of more than two years.
3
Dockery (1979) has calculated that a one pack/day smoker contributes about 18 |jg/m to inside
fine particle moss, and this level is increased by the use of air conditioning, presumably
o
because of recirculation, to 43 ug/m .
TABLE 5-26. RESPIRABLE PARTICULATE CONCENTRATIONS OUTDOORS AND INDOORS
BY AMOUNT OF SMOKING3
Location
Outdoor
Indoor, no smokers
Indoor, 1 smoker
Indoor, 2+ smokers
Number of
homes
74
38
22
9
Number of
samples
2598
1328
712
323
Mean concentra-
tion, ug/m
22.3
24.0
42.8
74.5
Standard
deviation of
home means
12.7
11.4
22.2
37.9
Data averaged across network of samples in six communities for 1977.
Dockery and Spengler (1979) have also reported that indoor sulfate (a fine particle com-
ponent) levels are nearly the same as outdoor except that gas cooking stoves can increase
3
levels by about 1 ug/m . Yocom et al. (1971) have also shown that lead indoor/outdoor ratios
are greater than TSP ratios. Taken with the previously mentioned Alzona (1979) study, it
appears that most fine particle components analyzed are found in high proportion indoors.
A number of studies have reported indoor measurements of smoke shade or coefficient of
haze, both estimates of fine particle carbon. Whitby et al. (1957), Shephard et al. (1958),
and Weatherly (1966) have all found smoke shade values inside and outside buildings to be
XD25B/E
5-128
1-19-81
image:
-------
50
w
s
o."
oc
5
40
30
20
10
OUTDOOR
I I INDOOR
»p<0.05
PORT.'
TOPE.*
KING.
WAT.*
ST.L.*
STEU.
Figure 5-56. Annual respirable particulate concentrations averaged across each community's
indoor and outdoor network (May 1977 — April 1978).
Source: Spengler et al. (1980).
5-129
image:
-------
O
V)
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
O OUTDOOR
Q INDOOR, NO SMOKERS
A INDOOR, ALL SMOKERS
NOV DECJAN FEBMARAPRMAYJUN JULAUG SEP OCT NOVDEC JAN FEBMAR APR
1976 1977 1978
Figure 5-57. Monthly outdoor and indoor (by smoking) respirable sulfate concentrations averaged
across six-city network (November 1976 —April 1978).
Source: Spengler et al. (1980).
5-130
image:
-------
*
nearly equal. Goldwater et al. (1961) found indoor smoke about 75 percent of the outside
levels in 30 New York sites, but that difference was not significant. Jacobs (1962) found no
indoor/outdoor differences in a follow-up New York study. Anderson (1972) found nearly equal
and highly correlated smoke values in a classroom in Denmark. Biersteker et al. (1965), on
the other hand, found no correlation between indoor and outdoor smoke in a winter study of 60
homes in Rotterdam, whitby et al. (1957) and Yocom et al. (1971) both report that indoor co-
efficient of haze values are much closer to outdoors than either dustfal1 or TSP. Apparently,
the fine carbon particles measured by these techniques effectively penetrate buildings.
The similar conclusion is reached in indoor-outdoor light scattering studies. Since
scattering of visible light is caused by the narrow range of particles from about 0.4 to 0.7
urn, measurements using this technique provide another index of fine particle mass. Indoor and
outdoor light scattering values were found to be the same and highly correlated in Japan
(Ishido, 1959; Ishido et al., 1956), in Italy (Pan/is, 1952; Romagnol, 1961), and in New York
(Jacobs et al., 1962).
Therefore, fine particles readily penetrate buildings and occur inside to about the same
extent as outdoors. Indoor activity adds incrementally to outdoor levels and, frequently,
somewhat higher levels of fine particles are observed indoors. Smoking adds very materially
to indoor levels.
5.8.4 Monitoring and Estimation of Personal Exposures
In previous sections of this chapter, the spatial and time-variations in the
concentrations of S0? and of fine and coarse particles and their components are summarized for
both outdoor and indoor exposures. However, looking forward to health effects summarized in
Chapters 11-14, there is still one element of exposure remaining for discussion. In addition
to the particle concentrations measured by long integrating time monitors, i.e., long-term
doses of pollutants, people are exposed to short-term high concentrations. Unfortunately,
sufficient data do not exist to establish the relative importance of concentration and time of
exposure. There is, however, evidence (cited in Chapter 12) for gaseous SOp and for particles
as well, that long-term exposures can cause adverse health effects. There is also evidence
that a short burst of pollutant exposure can cause adverse health effects. Therefore, these
peaks in exposure are likely to be important and there is some evidence that peaks occur both
indoors and outdoors. For example, earlier in this chapter it was noted that high levels of
S0? occur periodically close to intense sources. Obviously, people passing through such an
area, even though they are not resident there, receive a high short-term dose. On roadways
particle concentrations tend to be very high because of resuspension of road dust. Clearly,
travelers experience such concentrations at least for the time they are in traffic. As
pointed out earlier in this section, an individual's daily activities, the places visited, and
activities in the home all play a role in that person's exposure.
For example, Spengler et al. (1980) have followed an individual's daily exposure with a
portable particle monitor and correlated these measurements with activities. Figure 5-58
shows
XD25B/E 5-131 1-19-81
image:
-------
1
o
o
o
o
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
12 1 2
MIDNIGHT
• INDOORS
• IN TRANSIT
O OUTDOORS
CAFETERIA, SMOKING SECTION
BEHIND SMOKING DIESEL TRUCK
COMMUTING
BEDROOM
WELL-VENTILATED KITCHEN
I I I I I I
OUTSIDE CIGAR SMOKER'S
OFFICE
CAFETERIA. NONSMOKING
SECTIS.DEWALK.COMMUTING
BUS EXHAUST
SUBURBS IN
VEHICLE
CITY
STREET*
SUBURBS. OUTDOOR
LIBRARY, UNOCCUPIED CAFETERIA
I I I I I I
CITY. OUTDOORS
I I I I I
LIVING
ROOM
SUBURBS —
JOGGING
LIVING ROOM —
J J I I
56 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 ;
A.M. NOON
TIME OF DAY
5 6
P.M.
78 9 10 11 12
Figure 5-58. Personal exposure to respirable particles.
5-132
image:
-------
time series plots of participate material concentrations to which James Repace was exposed on
October 16, 1979. Sharp peaks are evident in traffic, in indoor smoking areas and in his own
home, particularly in the kitchen. Obviously, controlling outdoor air pollutant levels would
have little influence on his exposure to short-term doses of particles except for roadways.
There have been other recent reports of statistical studies of the relationships among
personal, indoor and outdoor particle concentrations.
In a personal monitoring study designed to test the relationships between outdoor concen-
trations and personal exposures, and to estimate activity-concentrations, Spengler et al.
(1980a) collected 12-hour respirable particulate samples for 15 days on 45 individuals in
Topeka, KS. The correlations between personal and indoor concentrations and the outdoor
levels were less than 0.2. Correlation of men's exposures to the indoor concentrations was
0.5 and of women's exposures to indoor concentrations was 0.7. The correlation between
exposures of husbands and wives was 0.5. The mean personal concentrations were 2 and a half
times the mean outdoor level. It was apparent that somewhere in the person's daily activities
he/she was experiencing higher concentrations than those outside. Passive smoke exposure
accounted for a significant portion of this additional exposure. Figure 5-59 plots the histo-
grams of concentrations for both volunteers who reported no passive smoke exposure during the
2
day and those who reported some exposure to passive smoke. The means were 20 M9/m f°r
non-smoke-exposed samples vs. 40 ug/m for smoke-exposed samples.
In Figure 5-60 the daily mean concentrations for all outdoor, indoor, and personal
samples are presented. There is the suggestion that the variation in outdoor concentrations
causes variations in indoor and personal concentrations. However, variations in indoor con-
centration cause considerable variance in individual exposures.
As an alternative to direct measurement (monitoring), typical personal exposures may be
estimated on the basis of information on indoor and outdoor concentrations and human activity
patterns.
The exposure to particles and gases that one experiences will be ultimately determined by
location and activity. Certainly, locational and activity patterns are very complex in our
society. They are functions of age, sex, social, economic, and educational factors. While a
limited data base exists on activity patterns within our population and on the distribution of
smokers, housing stock, and various other building factors, an exhaustive discussion is not
appropriate for this document.
Time budget studies of the United States population indicate that on the average, 90
percent of an individual's time is spent indoors. Between 5 and 10 percent of the time is
spent in transit in a vehicle. Considering these figures, the indoor environment is very
important in determining the time weighted average exposure.
However, the time weighted average is only one measure of pollution exposure. Time spent
outdoors is variable. The time outdoors varies by the time of day, by time of year, between
regions of the country and among different categories of people. Therefore, in the concern
XD25B/E 5-133 1-19-81
image:
-------
20
18
~ 16
c
u
£ 14
a
z"
O 12
H
.E POPULA
oo o
a.
1 6
to
4
2
n
—
—
^_
—
—
Tl
—
i —
NONSMOKING EXPOSED
— '
—
— -
-H
_
— i
— i
r—
'
i Minn r-i rJ
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
NORMALIZED MEAN FINE PARTICLE CONCENTRATION
(<3.5yum)
14
i 12
o
0)
Q.
z 10
o
< 8
S 6
0
a.
3 4
a.
S
55 2
o
—
—
—
—
nfld
^^^^
SMOKING EXPOSED
H
^^
—•
— '
^^™ |HMH
~~ 1 1
nrinnn^^
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
NORMALIZED MEAN FINE PARTICLE CONCENTRATION
(<3.5 pun)
Figure 5-59. Normalized distribution of personal (12-hour) exposure samples
exposed and smoke exposed samples.
Note: Normalized mean fine particle concentration =•
Source: Spengler et al. (1980a).
concentration,
average concentration,
3) for non-smoke
x 100
5-134
image:
-------
^
a.
z
o
t-
z
UJ
u
o
o
o
t-
GC
EC
Z.
v>
u
cc
z
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
O PERSONAL
INDOOR
A OUTDOOR
I I
I I I I I I
Th Sa Tu Th Sa Tu Th Sa Tu Th Sa Tu Th Sa Tu Th Sa Tu
WEEK1 WEEK 2 WEEKS WEEK 4 WEEKS WEEK 6 WEEK 7
DAILY AVERAGE CONCENTRATIONS FOR THE ENTIRE GROUP OF 46 SUBJECTS IN THE TOPEKA STUDY
«%
Figure 5-60. Daily mean indoor/outdoor and personal concentrations (/ng/m°) of respirable parti-
cles. Daily means averaged over 24 homes and outdoor locations and up to 46 personal samples.
Samples collected during May and June 1979.
Source: Spengler et al. (1980a).
5-135
image:
-------
for indoor pollution, we should not lose sight of the fact that short-term peak ambient con-
centration may be the important component of exposure.
Much work remains to be done on personal exposures to gases and particles. Based on
current understanding, the following qualitative statements can be made:
1. Depending on spatial gradients in ambient air, personal exposures to SO,, should be
less than the outdoor concentrations.
2. Depending on activity times and building characteristics, the longer-term exposure
could be less than half the ambient concentrations.
3. For estimates of personal exposure to particle mass concentration, the ambient
measurement appears to be a poor predictor. While ambient concentrations exert an effect,
personal activities and indoor concentrations cause personal exposures to vary substantially.
4. Tobacco smoke is an important contributor to indoor and personal exposures.
5. Personal exposures to the components of suspended particulate matter that is of out-
door origin and contained in the micron and submicron size fraction may be estimated by
ambient measurements. The smaller size particles of toxic trace elements (V, Cd, Ni, Br, Se,
etc.) and some organic and inorganic compounds (SOT, NO,) which are exclusively of outdoor
origin penetrate the indoor environment in a predictable way. Outdoor measurements of primary
and secondary fine fraction aerosols in non-industrial!'zed communities may prove to be
adequate to characterize population exposures and trends. This last statement assumes no
important indoor sources for this typical outdoor component. This question certainly needs
verification and quantification in field studies.
5.9 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS AND EXPOSURE
The purpose of this chapter is to document the existing concentrations of sulfur oxides
and particulate material in the environment. Since the damage caused by these pollutants to
man and other living things and to valuable objects varies with time, place and other circum-
stances, a wide variety of exposure conditions are relevant for these pollutants.
Sulfur oxide concentrations in the air have been markedly reduced over the past 15 years
because of fuel sulfur restrictions, control technology implementation on major sources, and
redistribution of power plant exhaust to regions outside cities through the use of taller
stacks. There are still some areas with very high S09 concentrations though, and hourly
3
values of 4000 to 6000 |jg/m are rather common near large smelters. In about 100 U.S. loca-
tions, maximum hourly values above 1000 ug/m are found, but much of the nation is basically
in compliance with the current National Ambient Air Quality Standard for sulfur dioxide. In
the last two years S02 has resumed an upward trend because of increasing use of high sulfur
coal.
After a downward trend from 1970 to 1974, total suspended particulate material concentra-
tions have changed very little in recent years despite major reductions in stationary source
emissions inventories. Dusty arid regions of the country still have high TSP as do indus-
trialized cities in the east and far west. Ninetieth percentile values of 24-hour TSP (the
XD25B/E 5-136 1-19-81
image:
-------
values which are exceeded 10 percent of the time) are above 85 ug/m in every region of the
country except Alaska. Regional mean TSP values range from about 50 ug/m3 in EPA Region I to
77 ug/m in EPA Region IX.
Ambient air particles exist in two distinct size ranges, fine particles below about 1 urn
and coarse particles above about 3 |jm. Rather little mass is in intermediate sizes. Except
that both sizes are captured on filters, the two kinds have very little in common. Fine and
coarse particles differ in origin, chemical composition, geographical distribution and physi-
cal behavior.
Fine particles are composed mainly of sulfate, nitrate, and ammonium ions and organic
substances from atmospheric photochemical conversions, and of carbon, organics, and metallic
components directly emitted from combustion sources. Sulfate in its acidic and neutral form
is the principal component, often accounting for 40 percent of fine particle mass. Sulfate
and nitrate ions are present in high concentrations during both summer and winter episodes
o
over very large sections of the Eastern U.S. This area experiences 10 ug/m or greater sul-
fate levels for one or two periods up to a month or more every year. The affected region is
so large in scope that no real background levels of fine particles are available for measure-
ment east of the Mississippi. Sulfate and fine particle levels are nearly the same in cities
and in rural areas. Southern California experiences high levels of sulfate and nitrate,
particularly during photochemical incidents. In that area high levels of fine organic aero-
sols are also found, often exceeding 100 ug/m .
Toxic organics and metals are mainly emitted from combustion and industrial sources and
their concentrations are highest in cities. Trends in these fine particle components have
been mostly down because of control measures taken, such as lead reductions in gasoline.
Coarse particles in air are stirred up by the wind and by machinery. Since these parti-
cles settle fairly rapidly, they tend to be high close to sources. In most cases the coarse
particles account for 2/3 of TSP in dry regions like Phoenix, Oklahoma City, El Paso, or
Denver in the summer. The overwhelming cause of high TSP is local dust, but in industrialized
cities there is evidence that large contributions of soot, fly ash, and industrial fugitive
emissions are also present.
Coarse particles are mainly composed of silica, calcium carbonate, clay minerals, and
soot. Chemical constituents found in this, fraction include the elements silicon, aluminum,
potassium, calcium and iron together with other alkaline earth and transition elements. Or-
ganics are also found in coarse particles although their source is unknown.
Much of this coarse material is road dust suspended by traffic action and street levels
of resuspended dust can be very high. Traffic on unpaved roadways can generate huge amounts
of dust which deposits on vegetation and can be resuspended by wind action. Rain and snow
cover can reduce these emissions, but one study suggests that salting of roadways can be a
major source of winter TSP. Industrial fugitive emissions can be even greater sources of
XD25B/E 5-137 1-19-81
image:
-------
coarse particles, particularly from unpaved access roads, construction activity, rock crushing
and cement manufacturing.
The problem of tracing existing levels of particles to sources is being solved in part by
a number of calculational methods generally categorized as source apportionment or
source-receptor models. The results from chemical element balance calculations or factor
analysis are available now for several cities. Apportionments for these cities are presented
as examples of results to be expected in the future by application of these powerful methods.
Although outdoor concentrations of pollutants can be measured at particular sites, our
highly mobile population can be exposed to either higher or lower values than community moni-
tors show. Indoor values of S0? tend to be lower than outdoor levels because walls, floors
and furniture absorb S02- Indoor particle levels can be high because of smoking, cleaning
operations, or just people's activities. Exposure of individuals to sulfur oxides and par-
ti cu late material can vary more than community monitors show.
XD25B/E 5-138
1-19-81
image:
-------
*
5.10 REFERENCES
Agarwal, et al., 1980
Akland, (1976).
Akland, (1977).
Akselsson, R., C. Orsinc, D. L. Meinert, T. B. Johansson, R. E. Van Grieken, H. C. Kaufman, K.
R. Chapman, J. W. Nelson, and J. W. Winchester. Application of proton-induced x-ray
emission analysis to the St. Louis regional air pollution study. In: Advances in X-Ray
Analysis. Vol. 18, W. L. Pickles, C. S. Barrett, J. B. Newkirk, and C. 0. Ruud, eds. ,
Plenum Press, New York, NY, 1975. pp. 588-597.
Alzona, J. , B. L. Cohen, H. Rudolph, H. N. Jow and J. 0. Frohliger. Indoor-outdoor relation-
ships for airbourne particulate matter of outdoor origin. Atmos. Environ. 13:55-60,
1979. ~~
Anderson (1971).
Anderson, I. Relationships between outdoor and indoor air pollution. Atmos. Environ.
6:275-278, 1972.
Appel, B. R. , E. L. Kothny, E. M. Hoffer, G. M. Hidy, J. J. Wesolowski. Sulfate and nitrate
data from California Aerosol Characterization Experiment Environ. Sci. Technol.
12:418-425, 1978.
Asahina, S. J. Andrea, A. Carmel, E. Arnold, Y. Bishop, S. Joshi, 0. Coffin, and S. S. Epstein.
Carcinogenicity of organic fractions of particulate pollutants collected in New York City
and administered subcutaneously to infant mice. Cancer Res. 32:2263-2268, 1972.
Benson, F. B. , J. J. Henderson, and D. E. Caldwell. Indoor-Outdoor Air Pollution Relation-
ships: A Literature Review. AP-112, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, August 1972.
Berdyev, Kh. B. , N. V. Pavlovich, and A.A. Tuzhilina. Effect of motor vehicle exhaust gases
on atmospheric pollution in dwelling and in a main street. Gig. Sanit. 32:424-426, 1967.
Biersteker, K., H. de Graaf, and C.A. G. Nass. Indoor air pollution in Rotterdam homes. Int.
J. Air Water Pollut. 9:343-350, 1965.
Binder, R. E., C.A. Mitchell, H. R. Hosein, and A. Bouhuys. Importance of the indoor environ-
ment in air pollution exposure. Arch. Environ. Health 31:279, 1976.
Bradway, R. M., and F. A. Record. National Assessment of the Urban Particulate Problem. Vol.
II - Particle Characterization. EPA-450/3-76-025, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC, July 1976.
Bridbord, K., J. F. Finklea, J. K. Wagoner, J. B. Moran, and P. Caplan. Human exposure to
polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons. I_n: Carcinogenesis: Volume I: Polynuclear Aromatic
Hydrocarbons: Chemistry, Metabolism and Carcinogenesis, a Symposium, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency and Battelle Columbus laboratories, Columbus, Ohio, October 1975. R.
Freudenthal and P. W. Jones, eds., Raven Press, New York, NY, 1976. pp. 319-324.
Brosset et al. (1976)
XD25C/E 5-139 1-19-81
image:
-------
Brosset, C. Water-soluble sulphur compounds in aerosols. In: Sulfur in the Atmosphere,
Proceedings of the International Symposium, United Nations Environmental Program,
Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, September 7-14, 1977. Atmos. Environ. 12:25-38, 1978.
Cahill, et al. (1977)
Cahill, T. A., et al., 1979.
Calvert, J. G. Hydrocarbon involvement in photochemical smog formation in Los Angeles
atmosphere. Environ. Sci. Techno!. 10:256-262, 1976.
Camp, D. C. , A. L. Van Lehn, and B. W. Loo. Intercomparison of Samplers Used in the
Determination of Aerosol Composition. EPA-600/7-78-118, U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, July 1978.
Carey, G. C. R., J. J. Phair, R. J. Shephard, and M. L. Thomson: The effects of air pollution
on human health. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 19:363-370, 1958.
Carpenter, B. H. , and G. E. Weant, III. Particulate Control for Fugitive Dust. EPA-600/7-78-
071, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, April 1978.
Cautreels, W., and K. Van Cauwenberghe. Experiments on the distribution of organic pollutants
between airborne particulate matter and the corresponding gas phase. Atmos. Environ.
12:1133-1141, 1978.
Charlson, R. J. , D. S. Covert, T. V. Larson, and A. P. Waggoner. Chemical properties of
tropospheric sulfur aerosols. _In: Sulfur in the Atmosphere, Proceedings of the
International Symposim, United Nations Enviornmental Program, Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia,
September 7-14, 1977. Atmos. Environ. 12:39-53, 1978.
Cobourn, W. G. , R. B. Husar, and J. D. Husar. Continuous i_n situ monitoring of ambient
particulate sulfur using flame photometry and thermal analysis. In: Sulfur in the
Atmosphere, Proceedings of the International Symposium, United Nations Environmental
Program, Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, September 7-14, 1977. Atmos. Environ. 12:89-98, 1978.
Cohen, D. , S. F. Arai, and J. D. Brain. Smoking impairs long-term dust clearance from the
lung. Science (Washington, DC) 204:514-517, 1979.
Colucci, J. M., a nd C. R. Begeman. Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons and other pollutants in
Los Angeles air. Iji: Proceedings of the Second International Clean Air Congress,
International Union of Air Pollution Prevention Associations, Washington, DC, December
6-11, 1976. H. M. Englund and W. T. Berry, eds., Academic Press, Inc., New York, NY,
1971. pp. 28-35.
Cooper, D. W. , J. S. Sullivan, M. Quinn, R. C. Antonelli, and M. Schneider. Setting
Priorities for Control of Fugitive Particulate Emissions from Open Sources. EPA-600/7-79-
186, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, August 1979.
Cooper, J. A., and J. G. Watson, Jr. Receptor oriented methods of air particulate source
apportionment. J. Air Pollut. Control. Assoc. 30:1116-1125, 1980.
Corn, M. Aerosols and the primary air pollution - nonviable particles: their occurrence,
properties, and effects. In: Air Pollution. Vol. I: Air Pollutants, Their Transforma-
tion and Transport. A. C. Stern, ed. , Academic Press, New York, NY, 1976. pp. 78-168.
Corn, M. Nonviable particles in the air. In: Air Pollution. Vol. I: Air Pollution and its
Effects. A. C. Stern, ed. , Academic Press, 2nd Edition. New York, NY, 1968, pp. 47-94.
XD25C/E 5-140 1-19-81
image:
-------
Courtney, W. J., J. W. Tesch, R. K. Stevens, and T. G. Dzubay. Characterization of the Denver
aerosol between December 1978 and December 1979. Presented at the 73rd Annual Meeting,
Air Pollution Control Association, Montreal Quebec, Canada, June 22-27, 1980. paper no.
80-58.1.
Cowherd, C. , Jr., R. Bonn, and T. Cuscino, Jr. Iron and Steel Plant Open Source Fugitive
Emission Evaluation. EPA-600/2-79-103, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, May 1979.
Cox, R. A. and S. A. Penkett. Effect of relative humidity on the disappearance of ozone and
sulphur dioxide in contained systems. Atmos. Environ. 6:365-368, 1972.
Cronn, D. R. , R. J. Charlson, R. L. Knights, A. L. Crittenden, and B. R. Appel. A survey of
the molecular nature of primary and secondary components of particles in urban air by high-
resolution mass spectrometry. Atmos. Environ. 11:929-937, 1977.
Cronn, et al. (1978).
Cunningham, P. T. , and S. A. Johnson. Spectroscopic observation of acid sulfate in atmos-
pheric particulate samples. Science (Washington, D.C.) 191:77-79, 1976.
Daisey, J. M. , I. Hawryluk, T. J. Kneip, and F. Mukai. Mutagenic activity in organic
fractions in airborne particulate matter. In: Proceedings: Carbonaceous Particles in
the Atmosphere, National Science Foundation and Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, University
of California, Berkeley, California, Marcy 20-22, 1978. T. Novakov, ed. , LBL-9037,
University of California, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, June 1979. pp.
187-192.
Daisey, J. M. , R. McCaffrey, and R. A. Gallagher. Particulate organic matter and polycyclic
aromatic hydrocarbons in the Arctic aerosol. Atmos. Environ. 1981. In press.
Daisy, J. M. Organic compounds in urban aerosols. In: Aerosols: Anthropogenic and Natural,
Sources and Transport, Proceedings of a Conference, New York Academy of Sciences and Air
Pollution Control Association, New York, New York, January 9-12, 1979. Ann N.Y. Acad.
Sci. 338:50-69, 1980.
Davidson, C. I., and S. K. Friedlander. A filtration model for aerosol dry deposition:
application to trace metal deposition from the atmosphere. J. Geophys. Res.
83:2343-2352, 1978.
De Maio, L. , and M. Corn. Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons associated with particulates in
Pittsburgh air. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 16:67-71, 1966.
De Wiest, F. Any factors influencing the dispersion and the transport of heavy hydrocarbons
associated with airborne particles. Atmos. Environ. 12:1705-1711, 1978.
De Wiest, F., and D. Rondia. Sur la validite des determinations du benzo(a)pyrene atmospheric
pendant les mois d'ete. Atmos. Environ. 10:487-489, 1976.
Dockery, (1979).
Dockery, D. W., and J. D. Spengler. Indoor-outdoor relationships of respirable sulfates and
particulates. Atmos. Environ., in press, 1981.
Dockery, D. W., and J. D. Spengler. Personal exposure to respirable particulates and sulfates
vs. ambient measurements. Presented at the 70th Annual Meeting, Air Pollution Control
Association,Toronto, Canada, June 1977.
XD25C/E 5-141 1-19-81
image:
-------
Draftz, R. G. Aerosol Source Characterization Study in Miami, Florida: Microscopical
Analysis. EPA-600/3-79-097, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, September 1979.
Draftz, R. G. , and K. Severin. Microscopical Analysis of Aerosols Collected in St. Louis,
Missouri. EPA-600/3-80-027, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, February 1980.
Duce, R. A. Speculations on the budget of particulates in vapor phase non-methane organic
carbon in the global troposphere. Pageo. 116:244-273, 1978.
Dzubay, T. G. Chemical-elemental balance method applied to dichotomous sampler data. In:
Aerosol; Anthropogenic and Natural Sources and Transport, Proceedings of a Conference,
New York Academy of Sciences and Air Pollution Control Association, New York, New York.
January 9-12, 1979. Ann, NY. Acad. Sci. 338:128-144, 1980.
Dzubay, T. G. , and R. K. Stevens. Ambient air analysis with dichotomous sampler and x-ray
fluorescence spectrometer. Environ. Sci. Technol. 9:663-668, 1975.
Dzubay, T. G. , R. K. Stevens, and C. M. Peterson. Application of the dichotomous sampler to
the Characterization of Ambient Aerosols. J_n: X-Ray Fluorescence Analysis of Environ-
mental Samples. T. G. Dzubay, ed., Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Inc., Ann Arbor, MI,
1977, pp. 95-106. (1-35)
Economic Commission for Europe's Working Party on Air Pollution Problems. ECE Task Force on
Fine Particulate Pollution. World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland, December
1977.
Eliassen, A. The OECD study of long range transport of air pollutants: Long range transport
modelling. In: Sulfur in the Atmosphere, Proceedings of the International Symposium,
United Nations Environmental Program, Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, September 7-14, 1977.
Atmos. Environ. 12:479-487, 1978.
EPRI, (1979).
Faoro, R. B. Trends in concentrations of benzene-soluble suspended particulate fraction and
benzo(a)pyrene. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 25:638-640, 1975.
Faoro, R. D. , and T. B. McMullen. National Trends in Trace Metals in Ambient Air, 1965-1974.
EPA-450/1-77-003, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, 1977.
Flocchini, R. G. , T. A. Cahill, R. A. Eldred, L. L. Ashbaugh, and J. B. Barone. Sulfur size
distribution by season and site in California. Presented at the 71st Annual Meeting, Air
Pollution Control Association, Houston, TX, June 25-30, 1978. Paper no. 78-39.6.
Friedlander, S. K. Chemical element balances and identification of air pollution sources.
Environ. Sci. Tech. 7:235-240, 1973.
GCA
GEOMET, Incorporated. Indoor-Outdoor Pollution Levels: A Bibliography. EPRI EA-1025,
Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, CA, March 1979.
EOMET, Incorporated. The Status of Indoor Air Pollution Research 1976. EPA-600/4-77-029,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, May 1977.
Gillette, D. A wind tunnel simulation of the erosion of soil: effect of soil texture,
sandblasting, wind speed, and soil consolidation on dust production. Atmos. Environ'
12:1735-1743, 1978.
XD25C/E 5-142 1-19-81
image:
-------
Goldwater, L. J. , A. Manoharan, and M. B. Jacobs. Suspended participate matter, dust in
"domestic" atmospheres. Arch. Environ. Health 2:511-515, 1961.
Gordon, G. E. Receptor models. Environ. Sci. Technol. 14:792-800, 1980.
Gordon, R. J. Distribution of Airborne Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons throughout Los
Angeles. Environ. Sci. Technol. 10:370-373, 1976.
Graf, J. , R. H. Snow, and R. G. Draftz. Aerosol sampling and analysis -Phoenix, Arizona.
EPA-600/2-77-015, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC, 1977.
Grosjean, D. Aerosols. In: Ozone and Other Photochemical Oxidants. National Academy of
Sciences, Washington, DC, 1977. pp. 45-125.
Grosjean, D., and S. K. Friedlander. Gas-particle distribution factors for organic and other
pollutants in the Los Angeles atmosphere. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 25:1038-1044,
1975. ~~
Hahn, J. Organic constituents of natural aerosols. In: Aerosols: Anthropogenic and Natural
Sources and Transport, Proceedings of a Conference, New York Academy of Sciences and Air
Pollution Control Association, New York, New York, January 9-12, 1979. Ann. N.Y. Acad.
Sci.338:359-376. 1980.
Hardy, K. A. Aerosol Source Characterization Study in Miami, Florida: Trace Element
Analysis. EPA-600/7-79-197-, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Reserach Triangle
Park, NC, September 1979.
Heisler, S. L., R. C. Henry, J. G. Watson, and G. M. Hidy. The 1978 Denver Winter Haze Study.
Vol II - Final Report. Environmental Research and Technology, Inc., Westlake Village,
CA, March 1980.
Helms, G. T. , J. H. Southerland, K. R. Woodward, I. J. Hindawi, D. H. Coventry, and C. D.
Robson. Chattanooga, Tennessee -- Rossville, Georgia. Interstate Air Quality Study,
1967-1968. APTD-0583, U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, National Air
Pollution Control Administration, Washington, DC, October 1970.
Henderson et al., (1973).
Hidy et al. (1980).
Hidy, G. M. , B. R. Appel, R. J. Charlson, W. E. Clark, S. K. Friedlander, D. H. Hutchison, T.
B. Smith, J. Suder, J. J. Wesolowski, and K. T. Whitby. Summary of the California
aerosol characterization experiment. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 25:1106-1114, 1975.
Hidy, G. M. , P. K. Mueller, and E. Y. Tong. Spatial and temporal distributions of airborne
sulfates in parts of the United States. In: Sulfur in the Atmosphere, Proceedings of
the International Symposium,. United Nations Environmental Program, Dubrovnik, Yugo-
slavia, September 7-14, 1977. Atmos. Environ. 12:735-752, 1978.
Hidy, G. M. , P. K. Mueller, V. Dio, and K. C. Detor. Study and implementation of the Sulfate
Regional Experiment (SURE). Proc., 4th Symposium on Turbulence and Diffusion and Air
Pollution, AMS, Jan. 1979.
Hitchcock, D. R. Atmospheric sulfates from biological sources. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc.
26:210-215, 1976.
Hitchcock, D. R. , L. L. Spiller, and W. E. Wilson. Sulfuric acid aerosols and HC1 release in
coastal atmospheres: evidence of rapid formation of sulfuric acid particulates. Atmos.
Environ. 14:165-182, 1980.
XD25C/E 5-143 1-19-81
image:
-------
*
Hoffmann, D., and E. L. Wynder. Organic Particulate Pollutants—Chemical Analyses and
Bioassays for Carcinogenicity. In: Air Pollution. A. C. Stern, ed. , 3rd edit.,
Academic Press, Inc., New York, NY, 1977. pp. 361-455.
Hollowell, 1977.
Hueper, W. C. , P. Kotin, E. C. Tabor, W. W. Payne, H. Falk, and E. Sawicki. Carcinogenic
bioassays on air pollutants. Arch. Pathol. 74:89-116, 1962.
Huntzieker, J. J. , R. A. Gary, and C-S. Ling. Neutralization of Sulfuric acid aerosol by
ammonia. Environ. Sci. Techno!. 14:819-824, 1980.
Ishido, S. Variations in indoor and outdoor dust intensities. Bull. Dept. Home Econ. , Osaka
City University 6:53-59, 1959.
Ishido, S. , K. Kamada, and Nakagawa: Free dust particles and airborne microflora. Bull.
Dept. Home Econ., Osaka City Univ. 21:31-37, 1956.
Jager, J. Detection and characterization of nitro derivatives of some polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons by fluorescence quenching after thin-layer chromatography: application to
air pollution analysis. J. Chromatogr. 152:575, 1978.
Jacobs, M. B., L. J. Goldwater, and A. Fergany: Comparison of suspended particulate matter of
indoor and outdoor air. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 6:377-380, 1962.
Junge, C. Die Konstitution der atmospharischen aerosole. Ann. Meteorol. 5 (Beiheft) 1-55,
1952.
Junge, C. and G. Scheich. Determination of the acid content of aerosol particles. Atmos.
Environ. 5:165-175, 1971.
Kadawaki, S. Size distribution and chemical composition of atmospheric particulate nitrate in
the Ngoya area. Atmos. Environ. 11:671-675, 1977.
Katz, M. , and C. Chan. Comparative distribution of eight polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in
airborne particulates collected by conventional high-volume sampling and by size
fractionation. Environ. Sci. Technol. 14:838-843, 1980.
Kertesz-Saringer, M. , E. Meszaros, and T. Varkovni. On the size distribution of carbon-
containing particles in urban air. Atmos. Environ. 5:429-431, 1971.
Ketseridis, G. , J. Hahn, R. Jaenicke, and C. Junge. The organic constituents of atmospheric
particulate matter. Atmos. Environ. 10:603-610, 1976.
Kito, T. Survey of air pollution on outlying islands: An attempt to collect the background
data as to urban air pollutions. Kuki Seijo 15:10-21, 1977.
Kneip, T. J. , M. A. Leyko, M. T. Kleinman, M. Lippmann, and J. M. Daisey. Organic matter in
New York City TSP: comparisons of seasonal variations and relationships to source
tracers. |n: Proceedings: Carbonaceous Particles in the Atmosphere, National Science
Foundation and Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, University of California, Berkeley,
California, March 20-22, 1978. T. Novakov, ed. , LBL-9037, University of California,
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, June 1979. pp. 79-83.
Korfmacher, W. A., E. L. Wehry, G. Mamantov, and D. F. S. Natusch. Resistance to photochemical
decomposition of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons vapor—adsorbed on coal fly ash
Environ. Sci. Technol. 14:1094-1099, 1980.
XD25C/E 5-144 1-19-81
image:
-------
Krstulovic, A. M., D. M. Rosie, and P. R. Brown. Distribution of some atmospheric polynuclear
aromatic hydrocarbons. Am. Lab. 9:11-12,14,16-18, 1977.
Kurosaka, D. Sulfate Concentrations in the South Coast Air Basin. DTS-76-1, California Air
Resources Board, Sacramento, CA, January 1976.
Lamb, S. I., C. Petrowski, I. R. Kaplan, and B. R. T. Simoneit. Organic compounds in urban
atmospheres: a review of distribution, collection and analysis. J. Air. Pollut. Contr.
Assoc. 30:1098-1115, 1980.
Larsen, R. I. A Mathematical Model for Relating Air Quality Measurements to Air Quality
Standards. AP-89, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Trinagle Park, NC,
November 1971.
Lavery, T. F. , G. M. Hidy, R. L. Basket, and J. Thrasher. Occurrence of long-range transport
of sulfur oxides in the northeastern United States. Proc., 4th Symposium on Turbulence
Diffusion and Air Pollution AMS, Reno, Nevada, Jan. 15-18, 1979.
Leaderer, B. P., R. L. Tanner, and T. H. Holford. Diurnal variations, chemical composition
and relation to meteorological variables of the summer aerosol in the New York sub-region.
Atmos Environ., submitted, 1980.
Lee, R. E. , Jr., and S. Goranson. National air surveillance cascade impactor network. I.
Size distribution measurements of suspended particulate matter in air. Environ. Sci.
Techno!. 6:1019-1024, 1972.
Lee, R. E. , Jr. , R. K. Patterson, and J. Wagman. Particle-size distribution of metal
components in urban air. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2:288-290, 1968.
Lee, R. E. , Jr., S. S. Goranson, R. E. Enrione, and G. B. Morgan. National Air Surveillence
cascade impactor network. II. Size distribution measurements of trace metal components.
Environ. Sci. Technol. 6:1025-1030, 1972.
Lefcoe, N. M. , and I. I. Inculet. Particulates in domestic premises: II. Ambient levels and
indoor-outdoor relationships. Arch. Environ. Health ^0:565-570, 1975.
Lewis, C. W. , and E. S. Macias. Composition of size-fractionated aerosol in Charleston, West
Virginia. Atmos. Environ. 14:185-194, 1980.
Lioy, P. J., P. J. Samson, R. L. Tanner, B. P. Leaderer, T. Minnich, and W. Lyons. The
distribution and transport of sulfate "species" in the New York metropolitan area during
the 1977 summer aerosol study. Atmos. Environ. 14:1391-1407, 1980.
Lioy, P. J. , R. P. Mallon, and T. J. Kneip. Long-term trends in total suspended particulates,
vanadium, manganese, and lead at near street level and elevated sites in New York City.
J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 30:153-156, 1980a.
Lundgren, D. A. Atmospheric aerosol composition and concentration as a function of particle
size and of time. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 20:603-608, 1970.
Lynn, D. A., B. S. Epstein, and C. K. Wilcox. Analysis of New York City Sulfate Data. Final
Report. EPA Contract No. 68-02-1337, GCA Corp., Bedford, MA, 1975.
Lyons, W. A., J. C. Dooley, Jr., and K. T. Whitby. Satellite detection of long range
pollution transport and sulfate aerosol haze. In: Sulfur in the Atmosphere, Proceedings
of the International Symposium, United Nations Environmental Program, Dubrovnik,
Yugoslavia, September 7-14, 1977. Atmos. Environ. 12:621-631, 1978.
XD25C/E 5-145 1-19-81
image:
-------
Mage, D. T. , and W. R. Ott. Refinements of the lognormal probability model for analysis of
aerometric data. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 28:796-798, 1978.
Maunsell, K. Concentration of airborne spores in dwellings under normal conditions and under
repair. Int. Arch. Allergy Appl. Immunol. 5:373-376, 1954.
McCrone, W. C. Morphological analysis of particulate pollutants. I_n: Air Pollution. Second
Edition. Volume II: Analysis, Monitoring, and Surveying. A. C. Stern, ed. , Academic
Press, Inc., New York, NY, 1968. pp. 281-301.
McFadden, J. E., J. H. Beard, III., and D. J. Moschandreas. Survey of Indoor Air Quality Health
Criteria and Standards. EPA-600/7-78-027, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, NC, March 1978.
Megaw, W. S. The penetration of iodine into buildings. Int. J. Air Pollut. 5:121-128, 1962.
Miller, F. J. , D. E. Gardner, J. A. Graham, R. E. Lee, Jr., W. E. Wilson, and J. D. Bachman.
Particle Size Considerations for Establishing a Standard for Inhaled Particles. Draft.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, January 1979.
Montgomery and Coleman (1975).
Moschandreas, D. J. , J. W. Winchester, J. W. Nelson, and R. M. Burton. Fine particle
residential indoor air pollution. Atmos. Environ. 13:1413-1418, 1979.
Mueller et al. 1964.
Mueller, P. K. , G. M. Hidy, T. F. Lavery, K. Warren, R. L. Bassett. Some early results from
the Sulfate Regional Experiment (SURE). Proc. 4th Symposium on Turbulence Diffusion and
Air Pollution, AMS, Reno, Nevada, Jan. 15-18, 1979, pp. 322-329.
Mueller, P. K. , R. W. Mosely, and L. B. Pierce. Carbonate and noncarbonate carbon in atmos-
pheric particles. Li: Proceedings of the Second International Clean Air Congress,
International Union of Air Pollution Prevention, Associations, Washington, DC, December
6-11, 1970. H.M. Englund and W. T. Beery, eds., Academic Press, Inc., New York, NY,
1971. pp. 532-539.
Mueller, P. K. , R. W. Mosley, and L. B. Pierce. Chemical composition of Pasadena aerosol by
particle size and time of day. IV. Carbonate and noncarbonate carbon content. J.
Colloid Interface Sci. 39:235-239, 1972.
NAS, 1980.
National Academy of Sciences. Air Quality and Stationary Source Emissions Control. Serial
No. 94-4, U.S. Senate, Committee on Public Works. Washington, DC, March 1975.
National Academy of Sciences. Airborne Particles. University Park Press, Baltimore, MD,
1979.
National Academy of Sciences. Nitrates: An Environmental Assessment. National Academy of
Sciences, Washington, DC, 1978.
National Academy of Sciences. Nitrogen Oxides. National Academy of Sciences, Washington, DC,
1977.
National Academy of Sciences. Particulate Polycyclic Organic Matter. National Academy of
Sciences, Washington, DC, 1972.
XD25C/E 5-146 1-19-81
image:
-------
National Academy of Sciences. Vapor-Phase Organic Pollutants. National Academy of Sciences,
Washington, DC, 1976.
National Research Council. Sulfur Oxides. National Academy of Sciences, Washington, DC,
1978a.
Natusch, D. F. A. Characterizations of atmospheric pollutants from power plants. Jji:
Proceedings of the Second Federal Conference on the Great Lakes, 1975. Great Lakes Basin
Commission, Ann Arbor, MI, 1976. pp. 114.
NBS, Groff (no date)
Novakov, T., 1980.
O'Donnell, H. , T. L. Montgomery, and M. Corn. Routine assessment of the particle size-weight
distribution of urban aerosols. Atmos. Environ. 4:1-7, 1970.
Orel, A., and J. Seinfeld. Nitrate formation in atmospheric aerosols. Environ. Sci. Technol.
11:1000-1007, 1977.
Pace, T. G. Impact of vehicle-related particulates on particulate concentration and rationale
for siting hi-vols in the vicinity of roadways. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, NC, April 1978.
Pace, T. G. , and E. L. Meyer, Jr. Preliminary characterization of inhalable particulates in
urban areas. Presented at the 79th Annual Meeting, Air Pollution Control Association,
Cincinnati, OH, June 24-29, 1979. paper no. 79-47.2.
Parvis, D. Condensation nuclei in the air of artificially heated environments. Annali del la
Sanita Publica 13:1569-1581, 1952.
Perera, F. P. and A. K. Ahmed. Respirable particulates: impact of airborne fine particulates
on health and the environment. New York: Natural Resources Defense Council, Inc., New
York, NY, October 1978.
Perhak, R. M. Sulfate regional experiment in northeastern United States: the "SURE" program.
In: Sulfur in the Atmosphere, Proceedings of the International Symposim, United Nations
Environmental Program, Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, September 7-14, 1977.
Pierce, R. C., and M. Katz. Dependency of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbon content on size
distribution of atmospheric aerosols. Environ. Sci. Technol. 9:347-353, 1975.
Pierson, W. R. , W. W. Brachaczek, T. J. Truex, J. W. Butler, and T. J. Korniski. Ambient
Sulfate Measurements on Allegheny Mountain and the question of atmospheric sulfates in
the northeastern United States. In: Aerosols: Anthropogenic and Natural Sources and
Transport, Proceedings of a Conference, New York Academy of Sciences and Air Pollution
Control Association, New York, New York, January 9-12, 1979. Ann N.Y. Acad. Sci. 338:
145-147, 1980.
Pitts, J. N., Jr., D. Grosjean, T. M. Mischke, V. F. Simmon, and D. Poole. Mutagenic activity
of airborne particulate organic pollutants. Toxicol. Lett. 1:65-70, 1977.
Rahn, K. A., R. D. Borys, E. L. Butler, and R. A. Duce. Gaseous and particulate halogens in
the New York City atmosphere. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 322:143-151, 1979.
Record, F. A., and R. M. Bradway. Philadelphia Particulate Study. EPA-903/ 9-78-003, U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Philadelphia, PA, June 1978.
XD25C/E 5-147 1-19-81
image:
-------
Record, F. A., K. W. Whiltsee, Jr., and R. M. Bradway. Program to measure, analyze, and
evaluate total suspended particulates (TSP) in Massachusetts. GCA-TR-79-44-G, dtA
Corporation, Bedford, MA, September 1979.
Richard, G. An Implementation Plan for Suspended Particulate Matter in the Pheonix Area.
Vol. IV - Control Strategy Formation. EPA-450/3-77-021d, U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, June 1977c.
Richard, G. , and R. Tan. An Implementation Plan for Suspended Particle Matter in the Phoenix
Area. Vol. I - Air Quality Analysis. EPA-450/3-77-021a, U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, November 1977.
Richard, G. , J. Avery. and L. Baboolal. An Implementation Plan for Suspended Particulate
Matter in the Phoenix Area. Vol. Ill - Model Simulation of Total Suspended Particulate
Levels. EPA-450/3-77-021c, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, August 1977a.
Richard, G., R. Tan, and J. Avery. An Implementation Plan for Suspended Particulate Matter in
the Phoenix Area. Vol. II - Emission Inventory. EPA-450/3-77-021b, U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, December 1977b.
Romagnol, G. Studies on the climatic conditions in some elementary classrooms of Novara.
Italian Rev. Hyg. 21:410-419, 1961.
Rosen, H. , A. D. A. Hansen, R. L. Dod, and T. Novakov. Soot in urban atmospheres: deter-
mination by an optical absorption technique. Science (Washington, DC) 208:741-744, 1980.
Santodonato, J. , P. Howard, D. Basu, S. Lande, J. K. Selkirk, and P. Sheehe. Health Assess-
ment Document for Polycyclic Organic Matter. EPA-600/9-79-008, U.S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, December 1979.
Sawicki, E. Analysis of atmospheric carcinogens and their cofactors. In: Environmental
Pollution and Carcinogenic Risks. Proceedings of a Symposium, International Agency for
Research on Cancer and French National Institute of Health and Medical Research, Lyon,
France, November 3-5, 1975. C. Rosenfeld and W. Davis, eds., IARC Scientific Publica-
tions No. 13, INSERM Scientific Publications No. 13, French National Institute of Health
and Medical Research (INSERM), Paris, France, 1976. pp. 297-354.
Sawicki, E. The Genotoxic Environmental Pollutants. Paper presented at the Symposium in
Management of Residuals from Synthetic Fuels Production, Denver, CO, May 25, 1976.
Sawicki, E. , S. P. McPherson, T. W. Stanley, J. Meeker, and W. C. Albert. Quantitative com-
position of the urban atmosphere in terms of polynuclear aza heterocyclic compounds and
aliphatic and polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 9:515-524,
1965.
Sawicki, E. , T. R. Hauser, W. C. Elbert, F. T. Fox, and J. E. Meeker. Polynuclear aromatic
hydrocarbons: Composition of the atmosphere in some large American cities. Am. Ind.
Hyg. Assoc. J. 23:137-144, 1962.
Schaefer, V. S. , V. A. Mohnen, and V. R. Veirs: Air quality of American homes. Science
(Washington, D.C.) 175:133-175, 1972.
Schuetzle, D. , D. Cronn, A. L. Crittenden, and R. J. Charlson. Molecular composition of
secondary aerosol and its possible origin. Environ. Sci. Technol. 9:838, 1975.
Schwartz, G, J. M. Daisey, and P. J. Lioy. Effect of sampling duration on the concentration
of particulate organics collected on glass fiber filters. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. , in
press.
XD25C/E 5-148 1-19-81
image:
-------
Seisaburo, S., K. Kiyoko, and N. Tatsuko. Free dust particles and airborne microflora. Bull.
Dept. Home Econ., Osaka City Univ. 4:31-37, 1959.
Shephard, B. J. Topographic and meteorological factors influencing air pollution in
Cincinnati. AMA Arch. Ind. Health 19:44-54, 1959.
Shepherd, M. B., G. C. R. Carey and, J. J. Phair: Critical evaluation of a filter-strip smoke
sampler used in domestic premises. AMA Arch. Ind. Health 17:236-252, 1958.
Spedding, D. J. Sorption of sulphur dioxide by indoor suraces -- II. Wood. J. Appl. Chem.
20:226-28, 1970.
Spedding, D. J., and R. P. Rowlands. Sorption of sulphur dioxide by indoor surfaces -- I.
Wallpapers. J. Appl. Chem. 20:143-146, 1970.
Spedding, D. J. , R. P. Rowlands, and J. E. Taylor. Sorption of sulphur dioxide by indoor
surfaces — III. Leather. J. Appl. Chem. 21:68-70, 1971.
Spengler, J. D. Factors influencing exposure. Presented at the Specialty Converence on the
Proposed SO and Particulate Conference on the Proposed SO and Particulate Standards,
Air Pollution Control Association, Atlanta, GA, September 17-T.9, 1980.
Spengler, J. D. , and D. W. Dockery. Long term measurements cf respirable sulfates and
particles inside and outside homes, Paper 2413, 1979 Electro Professional Program, New
York, NY, April 25, 1979.
Spengler, J. D. , B. G. Ferris, Jr., D. W. Dockery, and F. E. Speizer. Sulfur dioxide and
nitrogen dioxide levels inside and outside homes and the implications on health effects
research. Environ. Sci. Technol. 13: 1276-1280, 1979.
Spengler, J. D. , D. W. Dockery, M. P. Reed, T. Tosteson, and P. Quinlan. Personal exposures
to respirable particles. Presented at the 73rd Annual Meeting, Air Pollution Control
Association, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, June 22-27, 1980a. Paper no. 80-61.5b.
Spengler, J. D. , D. W. Dockery, W. A. Turner, J. M. Wolfson, and B. G. Ferris, Jr. Long-term
measurements of respirable sulfates and particles inside homes. Atmos. Environ, (in
press), 1980.
Spicer, C. W. Photochemical atmospheric pollutants derived from nitrogen oxides. Atmos.
Environ. 11:1089-1095, 1977.
Steigerwald, B. J. Particulate control strategy. Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards, EPA, memo to Roger Strelow, Asst. Administrator for Air and Waste Management,
July 2, 1975; submitted by EPA to the Subcommittee, House Committee on Interstate and
Foreign Commerce.
Sterling, T. D. , and D. M. Kobayashi. Exposure to pollutants in enclosed "living spaces."
Environ. Res. 13:1-35, 1977.
Stevens, R. K. , and T. G. Dzubay, G. Russwurm, and D. Rickel. Sampling and analysis of
atmospheric sulfates and related species. _In: Sulfur in the Atmosphere, Proceedings of
the International Symposium, United Nations Environmental Program, Dubrovink, Yugoslavia,
September 7-14, 1977. Atmos. Environ. 12:55-68, 1978.
Stevens, R. K. , R. J. Paur, C. W. Lewis, T. G. Dzubay, and W. J. Courtney. Houston aerosol
characterization: EPA measurements. In: Proceedings of a Specialty Conference, Air
Pollution Control Association, Houston, Texas, October 14-17, 1979. E. R. Frederick,
ed., Air Pollution Control Association, Pittsburgh, PA, 1979. pp. 212-220.
XD25C/E 5-149 1-19-81
image:
-------
Stevens, R. K. , T. G. Dzubay, R. W. Shaw, Jr., W. A. McClenny, C. W. Lewis, and W. E. Wilson.
Characterization of the aerosol in the Great Smoky Mountains. Environ. Sci. Techno I.
14:1491-1498, 1980.
Suck, S. H. , E. C. Upchurch, and J. R. Brock. Dust Transport in Maricopa County, Arizona.
EPA-600/3-79-082, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
September 1979.
Suck, S. H. , E. C. Upchurch, and J. R. Brock. Dust transport in Maricopa County, Arizona.
Atmos. Environ. 12:2265-2271, 1978.
Tabor, E. C. , T. E. Mauser, J. P. Lodge, and R. H. Burttschell. Characteristics of the
organic particulate matter in the atmosphere of certain cities. AMA Arch. Ind. Health
17:58-63, 1958.
Talcott, R. , and E. Wei. Airborne mutagens bioassayed in Salmonella typhimurium. J. Natl.
Cancer Inst. 58:449-451, 1977.
Tanner, R. L. An ambient .experimental study of phase equilibrium in the atmospheric system:
aerosol H+, NH.+, SO. , N00--NHn(q), HN00(q). Presented at the 180th National Meeting,
aerosol H+, NH4+, SO.^ , NO-—NH-Cq), HN03(g).
American Chemical Society, Las Vegas, NV, Augus
ugust 24-29, 1980a.
Tanner, R. L. Sulfur and nitrogen compounds in urban aerosols. Ijj: Aerosols: Anthropogenic
and Naturan Sources and Transport, Proceedings of a Conference, New York, New York,
January 9-12, 1979. ANN. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 338:39-49, 1980.
Tanner, R. L. , R. Cederwal 1, R. Garber, D. Leahy, W. Marlow, R. Meyers, M. Phillips, and L.
Newman. Separation and analysis of airborne sulfate at ambient concentrations. Atmos.
Environ. 11:955-966, 1977.
Tanner, R. L. , W. H. Marlow, and L. Newman. Chemical composition correlations of size
fractionated sulfate in New York City aerosol. Environ. Sci. Technol. 13:75-78, 1979.
Terabe, M. Air pollution in Japan: present state area trends. Kuki Seizo 15:1-10, 1977.
Thomas, J. F. , M. Mukai, and B. D. Tebbens. Fate of airborne benzo(a)pyrene. Environ. Sci.
Technol. 2:33-39, 1968.
Trijonis, J. , J. Eldon, J. Gins, and G. Berglund. Analysis of the St. Louis RAMS Ambient
Particulate Data. Vol. I - Final Report. EPA-450/4-80-006a, U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, February 1980.
U.S. Department of Health, Education & Welfare. Public Health Service. Air Quality Criteria
for Sulfur Oxides. AP-50, U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Washington,
DC, 1969.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Deputy Assistant Administrator's Report on Ambient
Monitoring Activities—Air Portion. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington
DC, 1980a.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Inhalable Particulate Network: Operations and Data
Summary. Draft. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring Systems
Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, NC, 1981.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Air Quality, Monitoring and Emissions Trends
Report, 1977. EPA-450/2-78-052, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, NC, December 1978a.
XD25C/E 5-150 1-19-81
image:
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Air Quality and Emissions Trends Report, 1976.
EPA-450/1-77-002, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
December, 1977.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. Air
Quality Data. 1978 Annual Statistics. EPA-450/4-79-037. November 1979.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Trends in the Quality of the Nation's Air--A Report to
the People. OPA16/9, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Public Awareness,
Washington, DC, October 1980.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1970.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1972.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1974.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1976.
Van Duuren, B. L. Epoxides, hydroperoxides, and peroxides in air pollution. Inter. J.
Environ. Anal. Chem. 1:233-241, 1972.
Van Vaeck, L., and K. Van Cauwenberghe. Cascade impacted measurements of the size
distribution of the major classes of organic pollutants in atmospheric particulate
matter. Atmos. Environ. 12:2229-2239, 1978.
Van Vaeck, L. , and K. Van Cauwenberghe. Differences in particle size distributions on major
organic pollutants in ambient aerosols in urban, rural and seashore areas. Environ. Sci.
Techno 1. 13:1494-1502, 1980.
Walsh, M. , A. Black, and A. Morgan. Sorption of S0? by typical indoor sources including wool
carpets, wallpaper, and paint. Atmos. Environ. 11:1107-1111, 1977.
Warren Springs Laboratory. British Standard 1747, Part 2. Stevenage, G. B. , 1964.
Watson, J. G., Jr. Chemical Element Balance Receptor Methodology for Assessing the Sources of
Fine and Total Suspended Particulate Matter in Portland, Oregon. Ph.D. Thesis, Dept. of
Chemistry, Oregon Graduate Center, Beaverton, OR, 1979.
Weatherly, M. L. Air pollution inside the home in symposium on plume behavior. Int. J. Air
Water Pollut. 10:404-409, 1966.
Weatherly, 1960.
Wesolowski, et al., 1980.
Whelpdale, D. M. Large scale atmospheric sulfur studies in Canada. Atmos. Environ.
12:661-670, 1978.
Whitby, K. T. The physical characteristics of sulfur aerosols. In: Sulfur in the
Atmosphere, Proceedings of the International Symposium, United Nations Environmental
Program, Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, September 7-14, 1977. Atmos. Environ. 12:135-159, 1978.
Whitby, K. T. , A. B. Algren, R. C. Jordan, and J. C. Annis. The ASHAE airborne dust survey.
Heat. Piping Air Cond. 29:185-192, 1957.
Whitby, T. K. , and B. Cantrell. Atmospheric Aerosols — Characteristics and Measurements.
Intl. Conference on Environmental Sensing and Assessment (ICESA) (75CH1004-1), 1975.
XD25C/E 5-151 1-19-81
image:
-------
Wilson, J. C. , K. T. Whitby, V. A. Marple, and J. E. McCormack. Characteristics and origins
of coarse particles in the air of northeastern Minnesota. Particle Technology Laboratory
Publication No. 390, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, April 1979.
Wilson, M. J. G. Indoor air pollution. Proc. R. Soc. London Ser. A. 300:215-221, 1968.
Winchester et al. (1980).
Wolff, G. T., P. J. Groblicki, S. H. Cadle, and R. J. Countess. Particulate Carbon at Various
Locations in the United States. GMR-3459, General Motors Research Laboratories, Warren
MI, October 1980.
Yocom, J. E., E. T. Brookman, R. C. Westman, and 0. Ambardar. Determining the contributions
of traditional and non-traditional sources of particulate matter. J. Air Pollut. Control
Assoc. , 1981. (in press).
Yocom, J. E. , W. L. Clink, and W. A. Cote. Indoor/outdoor air quality relationships. J. Air
Pollut. Control Assoc. 21:251-259, 1971.
XD25C/E 5-152 1-19-81
image:
-------